Introduction

stablished in 1872, the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences currently grants degrees in 57 departments, divisions, and committees in the humanities, natural sciences, and Esocial sciences. Individual programs determine the admissions standards and requirements appropriate to their respective fields. This book outlines those requisites to obtaining a higher degree, along with the current research interests of faculty members. Most programs admit graduate students with the assump- tion that the master’s degree is conferred in the process of pursuing the doctorate. Please see the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Application and Guide to Admission and Financial Aid for those departments that offer admission for the terminal master’s degree. The Harvard Integrated Life Sciences (HILS) is a federation of programs, departments, and subject areas that oversees all PhD education in the life sciences, and integrates 12 life sciences graduate programs and subject areas across four Harvard faculties: the Faculty of Arts and Sciences, the School of Dental Medicine, the Medical School, and the School of Public Health. The School of Engineering and Applied Sciences (SEAS), a School within the Faculty of Arts and Sciences (FAS), offers doctoral and master’s degree programs that lie at the interfaces of engineering, the applied sciences (from biology to physics), and technology. The Faculty of Arts and Sciences allows for the establishment of special ad hoc PhD programs when a student’s approved program extends beyond the academic discipline of a single department. Each ad hoc committee ordinarily consists of four faculty members, three of whom must be members of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences, representing at least two established departments. A student must have completed a full year of graduate study at Harvard and achieved an outstanding academic record in an established PhD degree program in order to apply to establish an ad hoc PhD program. Master’s degrees are not awarded in ad hoc subjects. The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Guide to Admission and Financial Aid contains information useful for all Graduate School applicants. Please refer to that publication for information regarding general admissions and financial aid policies. Many departments also maintain Web pages with additional information.

Should you have any questions, please write to us at [email protected], or at: The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Harvard University Admissions Office Holyoke Center 350 1350 Massachusetts Avenue Cambridge, MA 02138-3654

8/2010 A printed on recycled paper

Table of Contents

African and African American Studies ...... 1 Biology, Molecular and Cellular ...... 97 Anthropology...... 5 Biology, Organismic and Evolutionary ...... 101 Architecture, Landscape Architecture, Biophysics...... 104 and Urban Planning...... 11 Chemical Biology...... 109 Astronomy...... 16 Chemistry and Chemical Biology...... 111 Biostatistics ...... 21 Systems Biology...... 115 Business Economics...... 23 Health Policy...... 118 Celtic Languages and Literatures ...... 25 History...... 126 Chemical Physics...... 27 History of American Civilization...... 130 The Classics...... 29 History of Art and Architecture...... 133 Comparative Literature ...... 37 History of Science ...... 136 Earth and Planetary Sciences...... 41 Human Evolutionary Biology...... 139 East Asian Programs...... 44 Economics...... 49 Inner Asian and Altaic Studies...... 141 School of Engineering and Applied Sciences...... 52 Linguistics...... 142 Applied Mathematics Mathematics...... 145 Applied Physics Middle Eastern Studies...... 147 Bioengineering Music...... 151 Computer Science Near Eastern Languages and Civilizations ...... 155 Electrical Engineering Organizational Behavior...... 160 Environmental Sciences and Engineering Philosophy...... 162 Mechanical Engineering Physics...... 165 English...... 57 Political Economy and Government...... 169 Film and Visual Studies...... 63 Psychology...... 173 Forestry...... 67 Public Policy...... 183 Germanic Languages and Literatures...... 68 Regional Studies-Russia, Eastern Europe, Government...... 71 and Central Asia...... 186 Harvard Integrated Life Sciences Program...... 84 Religion...... 189 Biological and Biomedical Sciences Romance Languages and Literatures...... 195 (Biochemistry and Molecular Pharmacology, Sanskrit and Indian or Tibetan and Cell Biology, Developmental and Regenerative Himalayan Studies ...... 199 Biology, Genetics, Microbiology and Molecular Genetics, Pathology) (Division of Medical Science, Technology, and Management...... 201 Sciences)...... 86 Slavic Languages and Literatures ...... 203 Immunology (Division of Medical Sciences). . . . . 89 Social Policy...... 207 Neuroscience (Division of Medical Sciences). . . . . 89 Sociology...... 210 Virology (Division of Medical Sciences) ...... 89 Special Programs: Byzantine Studies, Biological Sciences in Dental Medicine...... 90 Medieval Studies...... 213 Biological Sciences in Public Health...... 92 Statistics...... 215

PhD in African and African American Studies

The Department of African and African constructed without attention to relations tions of environmental sustainability, health American Studies offers graduate programs in among communities in many parts of the and the burden of disease. Since Harvard was the fields of African American studies and of New World. There are many other reasons the pioneer among American universities in African studies. Their aim is to offer rigorous why this is intellectually necessary: a proper the study of Africa at the beginning of the interdisciplinary training in the humanities understanding of the concept of race, for 20th century, there are strong intellectual and and the social sciences, with a focus in a disci- example, must be comparative (and thus cross- historical reasons for having a strong African plinary field, leading to the PhD. national); and we are bound to acknowledge Studies program here. The study of Africa is in The program admits four or five students the complex role of economic, religious, and fact already part of the literature and discourse a year into a five- to six-year program. While intellectual linkages among communities of across many disciplines in the Humanities and there are no specific prerequisites, typically African descent within the Americas, as well Social Sciences. Historians have long studied students either have undergraduate majors in as their connections with Africa and with African history, ranging from pre-colonial African American studies or African studies, Europe. These general points can be illustrated studies drawing on both oral traditions and or have majors in fields such as anthropology, by various iconic examples: Marcus Garvey, written sources to exploration of colonial comparative literature, English, history, history the founder of the largest African American and post-colonial periods. In the fields of of art, music, philosophy, sociology, and mass political movement in the first half of literature, music, and art, African creativity religious studies, and have done some under- this century was a Jamaican; Alexander Crum- is of interest in terms of their central roles graduate work in the field of African or African mell, who was born in New York, was shaped in African societies as well as their diasporic American studies. by his experiences as one of the founders of circulation and influence on expressive culture the University of Liberia; the decolonization of worldwide. For anthropology, sociology, and African American Studies Africa and the presence of African diplomats political science, Africa has provided major The fundamental rationale for the African in New York at the United Nations affected subjects of research and study as well as a American Studies program is that there now the politics of the Civil Rights movement. source of comparative data. In economics, law, exists a substantial body of scholarly writing It is this interdisciplinary, comparative, political science, public health, and medicine, on African American social, cultural, economic cross-national approach to African American Africa has contributed striking new data that and political life and history, conducted by subjects in the humanities and the social has re-aligned thinking in these fields as well as scholars with a primary training in a tradi- sciences that makes our PhD program unique. provided grist for comparative studies. tional discipline, who have drawn on the work Students study these topics from a variety of African Studies incorporates concerns of colleagues in other fields to enrich their disciplinary perspectives, participating in grad- with many of the central issues and problems work. This interdisciplinary corpus of scholar- uate seminars in anthropology, government, of present-day scholarship. The history of the ship is at the core of African American studies, history, literature, and sociology, for example. continent, in particular the impact of the colo- and most serious work on African American Thus, they are able to ask and answer ques- nial period on indigenous peoples and poli- literature, history, culture and social, economic tions from a wider variety of perspectives than ties, demands close attention as it constructed or political life, proceeds with an awareness traditional disciplinary approaches allow. This borders and boundaries in relationship to of this interdisciplinary background. There interdisciplinary approach enables a student to indigenous ethnic, religious, or national iden- is, as a result, a fairly substantial tradition of produce richly contextualized analyses while tities. Many disciplines have begun to recog- writings and a lexicon of ideas that together retaining a principle focus within one disci- nize the importance of indigenous African define a core of knowledge in the field. Famil- pline. The core seminar assures that students knowledge systems and practices to the global iarity with this core at the graduate level is an have familiarity with the essential social, discourse in areas of natural resources, envi- important part of the training of those who political, economic and cultural background, ronment, healing practices, spirituality, and work on these topics. and a body of established questions central to cultural creativity. Work in African Studies Along with this background, there is also the field. brings to the fore questions about well-worn a good deal of work on the concept of race, categories such as tradition, modernization, which is clearly central to the field, and that African Studies westernization, and secularization. can no longer be said to be rooted in a single African Studies has existed as a field at the The Harvard Graduate Program empha- primary discipline. It draws on anthropology, university level for almost 50 years now, sizes both the local and global dimensions of sociology and intellectual history, the history contributing rich insights and novel para- African Studies, at once seeking to convey of science and philosophy, literary and cultural digms to the humanities and social sciences a broad understanding of African history studies, and political science. through its interdisciplinary approach and and culture while addressing a wide array of These two corpora are substantial enough careful attention to history, culture and lived peoples, languages, and societies past and and of sufficient importance that training in experience. Emerging at the time of Africa’s present on the continent. The program also them provides a significant component of the political independence, the field has matured seeks to recognize important national and graduate education of a student who wishes to at a period of monumental challenges in the regional entities in Africa. The curriculum work in African American studies at the same continent’s quest for development in the face focuses on individuals and institutions impor- time as acquiring the intellectual tools of a of marked resilience and creativity on the part tant to Africa’s past and present as it explores primary discipline. of African peoples. In the past five decades, the relationship of the continent to the wider Our conception of the “American” in paradigms have shifted in the study of Africa world, including the historical African dias- “African American” is capacious, not least in developmental economics, understandings pora that emerged in the wake of the slave because a full history of the African pres- of state and society, ethnicity and identity, reli- trade and the late 20th-century movement of ence in the United States cannot be properly gion and daily life, environment and construc- African peoples after African independence.

Programs of Study 1 The Harvard Graduate Program in First Year This must be done no later than the second African Studies is interdisciplinary and African-American Studies 301/302 semester of their 2nd year. This can be done comparative. In particular, it seeks to look This yearlong course is co-taught by the in a research seminar or in an independent closely at the on-going dialogue between faculty of the program. It aims to introduce tutorial through AAAS 391 (Direct Writing). Africa and the West, most especially the Amer- students to central topics and themes in Students will not be allowed to take their oral ican diaspora, both as historically constituted African and African American studies and to general examination unless they satisfactorily and as newly formed by waves of immigra- major theories and debates. The first term complete a research paper. tion in the late 20th century. It seeks both focuses on issues in literature, philosophy, By the end of the second year, the total to train scholars across the disciplines and to and culture, including: the concepts of race number of courses taken in African and produce individuals who will in the future and ethnicity, slavery and the slave narrative, African American Studies and the primary contribute to the discussion of social, cultural, debates about African literature, the American field should be 14, including at least eight and economic development and growth on the literary canon, the African and the American in the primary field. In particular, students African continent. It seeks to incorporate indi- in African American culture. The second term should take all courses required for an AM in viduals from the widest range of disciplines focuses on issues in the social sciences and their primary field. and experiences, and to engage them with the public policy concerning African and African Students specializing in African or African larger African Studies community at Harvard. American peoples, including such topics as American Studies may substitute other appro- Our curriculum conveys a broad under- African languages, nationalism, colonialism priate courses with the approval of the DGS. standing of African history and culture while and decolonization, varieties of religious Students who have already done an equivalent addressing a wide array of peoples, languages, experience, aspects of intellectual history, course at other institutions may be permitted and societies past and present on the conti- ethnic conflicts and governance, strategies of to substitute graduate level work at Harvard nent and in the African/black diaspora. In economic development, and public health in African and African American history, this respect, we seek to grasp the African (e.g., HIV/AIDS, sickle-cell anemia, malaria, literature, and social science, respectively, for and African American experience in a single, and the politics of science practice) as well as these courses, with the consent of the DGS. unifying perspective that endows this experi- race and class in America, the role of race in (The department will require both a copy of ence with its full historical significance. Thus, the political system, the study of racial atti- the syllabus of the course at the undergraduate our conception of the African diaspora extends tudes, racial discrimination, affirmative action, institution and an oral or written examination beyond the Atlantic paradigm that has domi- criminal justice, and redistricting. There are of the student administered by an appropriate nated academic and intellectual discourse two required final presentations to the faculty member of the department’s faculty.) concerned with the black experience, in order at the end of each term, one on a humanities to project a larger, more comprehensive view topic, the other on a social science topic. that embraces the Indian Ocean, the Pacific In addition, students must ordinarily Third Year area (Peru, Colombia) and the Trans-Saharan- take at least six other courses of which at least Students must have completed all course work Mediterranean. two must be in the Department of African and language requirements prior to their oral and African American Studies and two in the exams for their admission to candidacy. By the primary field. end of the fall term of this year students must have completed the oral exam described below. Requirements for the Degree Second Year Advising Students must ordinarily take at least six Master of Arts (AM) In their first year, students are advised by the courses in their second year. The department does not admit candidates for director of graduate studies (DGS), who serves Students will ordinarily be required to a terminal AM degree, but students who have as their mentor until they choose an advisor, take all of the following courses or their equiv- met all the course requirements for the degree generally before the beginning of their second alents by the end of their second year: may petition to be awarded an AM in African year. After consulting with the DGS, a student and African American Studies. (Students may African and African American Studies 218 may change advisors. Students are encouraged also find that they can meet the requirements — Topics in African and African American to discuss their interests outside of the primary for the AM in their primary field. Students field with faculty from other departments. History (or applicable graduate seminar in another department encompassing a broad should consult with the DGS in their primary This process enables students to develop rela- field if they wish to pursue this option.) tionships with various faculty members from survey of African, African American, or Carib- whom the student will ultimately select a bean History) dissertation committee. One graduate seminar in African and African American Literature Other Requirements Academic Residence African and African-American Studies 241 — Languages A minimum of two years of full-time study Topics in African and African American Social The student’s advisor will identify the language (14 half-courses or equivalent) is required. Science (or applicable graduate seminar in requirements appropriate for the student’s Program of Study another department focusing on Social Science research in the primary field. In general, these methods) Students must take a combination of 14 requirements reflect the language requirements courses of which eight must be courses in a At least one research seminar — Students of the graduate program in their primary primary field. who have not taken a research seminar by field. However, the DGS and the student’s the end of the first semester of their 2nd year primary advisor may propose modifications The distribution of courses in the first must enroll in a graduate course in which of these requirements if, in their judgment, a three years of study is as follows: they produce a paper of publishable quality. different language requirement is more suitable. The student’s orals committee is respon-

2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences sible for determining whether the student of the student’s orals and dissertation commit- Teaching has met an appropriate language requirement tees is subject to the approval of the Graduate An important element of graduate before proposing a candidate to the graduate Committee in African and African American education in the program is the experience committee for admission to the doctorate. Studies, though students are given great flex- of working as a teaching fellow in courses in Students in African Studies are required, in ibility in choosing their advisors. African or African American Studies. The addition to a major European language, to The prospectus is due at the latest by the department also encourages students to seek take at least one African language to the level end of the first term of the fourth year of resi- teaching opportunities in their primary fields. at which they reach proficiency. dence. The student must discuss the prospec The graduate committee must verify that -tus with each member of the dissertation a student has had sufficient preparation in Grade Requirements committee and then have a final oral exam teaching before voting him or her a degree. Students must maintain a grade average of on that prospectus: If the committee accepts Students ordinarily teach at least two B+ or better in each year of graduate work. the prospectus at the exam, the student is courses in African and African American Where the primary field requires either that all admitted to candidacy and begins research for studies and one in their primary field during courses be passed at or above a certain grade or the dissertation. their third and fourth years. that the student’s average grade be higher than NOTE: Many departments and indepen- If designated as part of the student’s B+, the student will be required to meet that dent groups organize dissertation colloquia for financial package, students are expected to requirement for courses in the primary field. students in their fourth, fifth, and sixth years, teach in their third and fourth years at the rate No more than one Incomplete may be at which they may present and discuss their of 2/5 per term. The department will assist carried forward at any time by a graduate research. the student in securing teaching positions. student in African and African American Priority for teaching fellow positions is given studies. It must be made up no later than Dissertation Review to students in their third and fourth years of six weeks after the start of the next term. In During the period that a student is working graduate study. applying for an Incomplete, students must on the dissertation, the student will have have signed permission from the instructor a primary advisor and a Dissertation Satisfactory Progress and the Director of Graduate Studies, or the Committee. Each term the student will The faculty monitors each student’s progress course in question may not count toward the consult with and report to the Dissertation year by year. During the period between program requirements. If students do not Committee, which will in turn report to the admission to candidacy and submission of complete work by the deadline, the course will Committee on Graduate Studies as to the the dissertation, the dissertation committee is not count toward the program requirements, progress toward completion of the disserta- asked whether the candidate is making satis- unless there are documented extenuating tion. While the student’s principal advisor will factory progress and has to certify in writing circumstances. ordinarily become the primary advisor and the when the candidate has completed two draft Prospectus Committee will ordinarily become chapters. Admission to Candidacy the Dissertation Committee, a student, in consultation with the DGS, may choose other Summary of Requirements Oral Examination faculty members. The Dissertation Committee • 14 courses, at least eight in the primary field Once students have completed their course must consist of a primary advisor and at least • African and African American Studies 301, work, they begin to prepare for their oral exam two others, at least one of whom must be a 302, 218, 241, and one graduate seminar in their primary field. For this purpose they member of the discipline of the primary field. in African or African American Literature require a committee, consisting of their major The primary advisor is the chair of the Disser- (or equivalent courses with approval of the advisor and at least two others, at least one of tation Committee and must be a member of DGS) whom should be a member of the discipline the Faculty of Arts and Sciences. In addition, of the primary field. This committee, the at least one other member of the Dissertation • All courses required for an AM in the student’s orals committee, meets with the Committee must be a member of the Faculty primary field student once his or her course work is of Arts and Sciences. • Completion of one research paper of complete, and defines a bibliography and a set Upon approval of the dissertation by the publishable quality (may be completed of topics on which the student will be exam- Dissertation Committee, the department, through AAAS 391) ined orally in the first term of the third year. student, and the Dissertation Committee will • Language requirements as specified Once the student has passed the oral exam, he agree upon a date for the dissertation defense. or she prepares a written prospectus. Completion of the dissertation is ordinarily • B+ average at the end of each year (and any other requirements of the primary field) The Dissertation Prospectus expected by the end of the sixth year. The Dissertation Defense is an oral exami- • No more than one Incomplete outstanding Ordinarily the orals committee then nation open to any member of the University at any given time becomes the dissertation committee, but at which the Dissertation Committee leads in • Oral exam for admission to candidacy students may reform their committee at this questioning the candidate on his or her work. stage. Students have flexibility in picking their Upon completion of the oral examination, • Teaching experience major advisor at the stage that the dissertation the members of the graduate committee will • Prospectus exam committee is formed, since this is the right consult with the Dissertation Committee and moment to identify the member of the faculty vote as to whether the candidate should be • Dissertation completion whose work is closest to theirs. The disserta- recommended for the PhD degree in African • Dissertation defense tion committee is responsible for approving and African American Studies and whether the the prospectus, and this should ordinarily be candidate passed with distinction. completed and accepted at the latest by the middle of their fourth year. The composition

Programs of Study 3 Michèle Lamont, Robert I . Goldman Professor Further information regarding study in the Faculty in the Program of European Studies and Professor of Sociology program may be obtained by contacting: Evelyn Brooks Higginbotham, Victor S . and of African and African American Studies Thomas Professor of History and of African and (on leave 2010-11) Kathleen Cloutier African American Studies (Chair) Ingrid Monson, Quincy Jones Professor of Department of African and Emmanuel K. Akyeampong, Harvard College African-American Music, Supported by the Time African American Studies Professor and Professor of History and of African Warner Endowment Graduate and Undergraduate Program Officer and African American Studies Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138 Marcyliena Morgan, Professor of African and Telephone: (617) 384-7767 Ali S. Asani, Professor of Indo-Muslim and African American Studies and Executive Director e-mail: [email protected] Islamic Religion and Cultures of the Hip Hop Archive Robert H. Bates, Eaton Professor of the Science John M. Mugane, Professor of the Practice of Applications for admission and finan- of Government and Professor of African and African Languages and Cultures and Director of cial aid may be obtained online through African American Studies the African Language Program the Harvard Graduate School of Arts and Sciences. See www.gsas.harvard.edu. Homi K. Bhabha, Anne F . Rothenberg Professor Jacob Olupona, Professor of African and of the Humanities African American Studies (FAS) and Professor Vincent Brown, Dunwalke Associate Professor of African Religious Traditions (Divinity School) of American History (Director of Graduate Studies) Suzanne P. Blier, Allen Whitehill Clowes Tommie Shelby, Professor of African and Professor of Fine Arts and Professor of African African American Studies and of Philosophy and African American Studies Kay Kaufman Shelemay, G . Gordon Watts Lawrence D. Bobo, W .E .B . Du Bois Professor of Professor of Music and Professor of African and the Social Sciences African American Studies Glenda R. Carpio, Professor of English and of James Sidanius, Professor of Psychology and of African and African American Studies (Director African and African American Studies of Undergaduate Studies) Jason Sokol, Lecturer on African and African- Caroline Elkins, Professor of History and of American Studies African and African American Studies Werner Sollors, Henry B . and Anne M . Cabot Marla F. Frederick, Morris Kahn Associate Professor of English Literature and Professor of Professor of African and African American African and African American Studies Studies and of the Study of Religion Doris Sommer, Ira Jewell Williams Jr . Professor Duana Fullwiley, Assistant Professor of Anthro- of Romance Languages and Literatures and of pology and of African and African American African and African American Studies Studies John Stauffer, Professor of English and of Henry Louis Gates Jr., Alphonse Fletcher Jr . African and African American Studies (on leave University Professor 2010-11) Claudine Gay, Professor of Government and of David Williams, Florence Sprague Norman and African and African American Studies Laura Smart Norman Professor of Public Health in the School of Public Health and Professor of Evelynn M. Hammonds, Barbara Gutmann African and African American Studies in the Rosenkrantz Professor of the History of Science Faculty of Arts and Sciences (on leave 2010-11) and of African and African American Studies, Dean of Harvard College William Julius Wilson, Lewis F . and Linda L . Geyser University Professor (on leave spring term) Jennifer L. Hochschild, Harvard College Professor, Henry LaBarre Jayne Professor of Other Faculty Offering Instruction in African Government and Professor of African and and African American Studies African American Studies (on leave spring term) Orlando Patterson, John Cowles Professor of Biodun Jeyifo, Professor of African and African Sociology American Studies and of Literature and Compar- Mark R. Warren, Associate Professor of Educa- ative Literature tion (Education School) Walter Johnson, Professor of History and of African and African American Studies (on leave 2010-11) Jamaica Kincaid, Visiting Lecturer on African and African American Studies and on English and American Literature and Language Michael R. Kremer, Gates Professor of Devel- oping Societies

4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Higher Degrees in Anthropology

Harvard University’s Department of Anthro- the preparation and teaching of undergrad- Financial Aid pology was established in 1886 in response uate courses. Each year prominent scholars Students admitted to the PhD program receive to the demand for instruction in archaeology, throughout the world are invited to participate five years of funding. This guarantee by the ethnology, and physical anthropology to in the department’s seminar series, designed to Graduate School of Arts and Sciences (GSAS) complement the Peabody Museum’s already give faculty and graduate students occasions to includes tuition and fees, plus ten months of world-renowned collections. Since its incep- discuss the concerns of current research and to stipend support in the G-1 and G-2 years; two tion, the department, in spite of its relatively debate directions for the future. years of support from guaranteed teaching small size, has trained a disproportionately fellowships in the G-3 and G-4 years and a large number of the major anthropological final year of support for dissertation comple- scholars in the United States and the world. Master of Arts (AM) tion. Two-month summer research awards are Reflecting its history and continued commit- available for the summers following the first ment to an integrated study of all aspects of Usually, students applying only for a master’s through the fourth years. Awards are reviewed anthropology, the department offers courses degree will not be admitted. (An exception to annually and are contingent upon students in two special fields: archaeology and social this general rule will be made for applicants making satisfactory progress in their programs. anthropology. The Peabody Museum of to the medical anthropology program.) Since Prospective graduate students are urged to Archaeology and Ethnology and the Alfred one of the principal objectives of advanced apply for outside fellowships that offer tuition M. Tozzer Library continue to be the major training in anthropology is preparation for and stipend support during graduate school. resource bases for anthropology in the Univer- college teaching, for which the doctor’s degree These include the National Science Founda- sity. The Tozzer, with its 250,000 volumes, is generally required, the master’s degree in tion Graduate Research Fellowships (www. is the only anthropology library that indexes anthropology is not taken as an end in itself. nsfgradfellows.org), Ford Foundation Diver- articles by both subject and author. The It may be awarded at some point during the sity Fellowships (www7.nationalacademies. museum’s collections, archives, photographic, student’s progress toward the doctorate if the org/fellowships), and the US Department of and conservation facilities are available to student qualifies and so desires; or, in some Education’s Jacob K. Javits Fellowships (www. all members of the department. In addition cases, as a terminal degree for students unable ed.gov/programs). Application deadlines for to its distinguished collections, the Peabody or unwilling to continue toward the doctorate. these fellowships are in the fall, well before Museum houses the anthropology depart- As the statutes of the University state that at Harvard’s admissions deadline. Eligible ment which ahs laboratory facilities in mass least one year of residence at the full tuition applicants are encouraged to investigate these spectrometry, genetics, paleontology, skeletal rate is required for each Harvard degree, funding opportunities early in the application biology, reproductive ecology and nutritional those students who take a Harvard AM are season. ecology. reminded that when they continue for the Anthropology students are eligible for Beyond the immediate limits of the PhD, they must complete an additional year Harvard grants, including summer or term- graduate anthropology programs, Harvard also of residence in the Harvard Graduate School time research awards, traveling fellowships, offers intellectual opportunities for graduate at the full tuition rate. and dissertation completion awards. Many students that are difficult to match elsewhere students also receive support from such — Widener Library, the Museum of Compar- sources as the Social Science Research Council, ative Zoology, the Bauer Center for Genomics Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) the National Science Foundation, the Wenner- Research, the Concord Field Station, the Fogg Gren Foundation for Anthropological Art Museum, the computing resources, and, Prerequisites for Admission Research, Foreign Language and Area Studies above all, the distinguished departments in A bachelor’s degree, ordinarily with distinc- fellowships, and scholarships offered by other the other social sciences, natural sciences, and tion. Previous concentration in anthropology departments or research centers in the humanities. Members of the Department of is not required. All applicants are required to University. Anthropology often coordinate their research take the aptitude tests of the Graduate Record with other faculties in the University and Examinations. In addition to academic qualifi- encourage their students to tailor programs Program of Study cations, admission depends on the availability to their individual interests, drawing on all of faculty supervision in a student’s prospective Archaeology and Social Anthropology have assets of the University. Additional research research area. their own programs of study and examination opportunities at Massachusetts Institute of procedures. Students apply to one of these Technology, Boston University, Brandeis, and Academic Residence programs. A student may change his or her other educational institutions in the Boston Minimum of two years of full-time study area of interest after admission to the program area are available to faculty and students of the (up to 16 half-courses or equivalent). The contingent upon the continued willingness department through a coordinated program of department considers a period of five years in and availability of a faculty member to super- facility sharing. residence the norm for PhD candidates, after vise the student’s research. Fieldwork or lab work, essential compo- which they will receive lowest priority for Admission nents of graduate training in the department, access to departmental aid and facilities. For is available to students as participants on financial residence requirements, see the GSAS The application for admission may be Harvard-sponsored projects or through indi- Guide to Admissions and Financial Aid . obtained and submitted at www.gsas.harvard. vidual projects. Another opportunity offered edu. to graduate students, after their first or second year of study, is assisting faculty members in

Programs of Study 5 INC is likely to jeopardize a student’s chances skill must be demonstrated before the special Archaeology of obtaining teaching fellowships and financial examination is taken. The principal objectives of the graduate awards. program in archaeology are to provide 1) After the successful completion of the Fieldwork informed, critical examinations of core issues general exam and generally no later than the Although no specified period of fieldwork or in archaeology, 2) comprehensive training in end of the fourth semester, an examining and field training is required, it is expected that principal methods and theories of anthropo- dissertation committee will be chosen by the each student’s program of study will include logically oriented archaeology, and 3) direction student and the major advisor(s) on the basis adequate experience in field methods through and support for PhD candidates preparing of the student’s domain(s) of specialization. the student’s participation in archaeological for research and teaching positions in a wide field projects. This fieldwork is frequently variety of domains of archaeological practice. Course Requirements related to gathering data for the dissertation. While students who wish to pursue PhD During the first two years of graduate study, training in any area of expertise are invited the student will normally enroll in 16 half Advisory Meeting to apply to the program, there are several courses (four each term). Within this program In addition to primary advisor(s), students will domains of particular strength in terms of of study, the following requirements must be also have an advisory committee, consisting of faculty interests, departmental facilities, and fulfilled: three archaeology faculty members including institutional resources. Principal strengths in the primary advisor(s), for the first three to a) Anthropology 2250a and 2250b: Prosem- archaeology at Harvard include: a) the archae- four semesters of the student’s academic career. inar in Archaeology (2 half courses) ology of complex societies, b) the archaeology The student shall meet with their advisory of ethnicities and languages, c) archaeology, b) Anthropology 2070a, Archaeological committee at least once during each of the art and religion, d) the archaeology of human Method and Theory: first two years of residence, generally before evolution, and e) environmental archaeology/ In addition, and as part of the 16 half- or during the first week of classes in the fall bioarchaeology. Students are strongly encour- course requirement, the following seminar term. The purpose of these meetings is to aged to select one of these areas of specializa- must be taken prior to the prospectus review proposed plans of study, completion tion in focusing their work, although the defense: of the language and other requirements, and specific program of study pursued by each c) Anthropology 2070b, Case Studies and overall progress in the program. The Advi- student will be developed in close consultation Research Proposal Preparation sory Committee normally will comprise the with his/her principal advisor and advisory student’s advisor(s)and two additional faculty d) Twelve half-courses in archaeology or committee. members. In addition to a primary area of special- other fields chosen in consultation with ization, all students are expected to acquire the advisor and advisory committee. In General Examination a basic understanding of the archaeology the latter category, serious consideration Near the end of the third term of graduate of complex societies in both the Old and should be given to taking courses outside study there will be general examinations. New Worlds as well as general knowledge of the Department of Anthropology in fields These examinations will consist of written those aspects of ethnography, ethnology, and related to the student’s domain(s) of interest and oral components pertaining to important biological anthropology that have particular (e.g., Earth and Planetary Sciences, Biology, issues in world archaeology. The purpose of relevance to his/her area(s) of interest in Near Eastern Studies, Classical Archaeology, the general examinations is to assess the prog- archaeology. The expectation is that the History, Chemistry, Modern or Ancient ress of a student and determine his/her general student will be able to complete the program Languages, etc.). In addition, research time knowledge of current archaeological issues. in six years. (Time R) can be utilized with advisor and Students deemed weak in specific areas or Each student will have a faculty advisor, advisory committee approval as part of the topics will be required to retake the examina- whose research interests will be close to those 16 half-course requirement. tion and/or to take designated courses. of the student. For the first three or four Courses taken to fulfill requirements (a-d) semesters, the student’s progress will be over- must be passed with a grade of B- or better. Dissertation Prospectus and seen by an Advisory Committee, normally In addition, students may continue to take Special Exam consisting of the advisor(s), and two other formal classes into their third or fourth year A dissertation topic is developed in consulta- archaeology faculty members. The student should these be relevant to fulfilling require- tions among the student, the principal advisor, will meet with their advisory committee at ments (e.g., languages, see below) or to their and other appropriate scholars. The disserta- least once during each of the first two years of domain(s) of study. Students are expected to tion prospectus consists of a proposal that residence, generally before or during the first obtain competence in quantitative methods or describes the research on which the disserta- week of classes in the fall term. The purpose computer applications (e.g., GIS) as they relate tion will be based. It should include a state- of these meetings is to review proposed plans to the practice of archaeology. ment of the problem(s) and topic(s) to be of study, completion of the language and addressed and should relate how the student other requirements, and overall progress in the Languages intends to address them. The prospectus program. The progress of each student will be Proficiency in one modern, scholarly language normally should be no longer than 20 double- assessed annually by the archaeology faculty, other than English is required. In addition, the spaced typewritten pages of text and include and this appraisal will be communicated to candidate must attain proficiency in a second relevant visual and bibliographic materials as the candidate. An overall B average is expected scholarly language or in a field language or in well as details on possible funding sources. of the student. Incomplete (INC) grades are a laboratory skill. The election of one among With the approval of the student’s advisor, the expected to be made up on time (by the end these options shall be made following consul- prospectus may be in the form of a proposal to of the term following the term in which the tation by the student with his/her advisor. the National Science Foundation for a disser- INC was taken). No grade of INC can fulfill Proficiency in language(s) and/or laboratory tation improvement grant. any departmental requirement. A record with

6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences The student is required to have devel- certificate, which is submitted with the bound Area Studies Requirement oped and submitted the prospectus to each dissertation to the Registrar’s office. The final All candidates must demonstrate knowledge member of the examining committee at manuscript of the dissertation must conform of the literature relating to their proposed area least two weeks before this examination. The to the requirements described in The Form of ethnographic research. Students should examining committee shall consist of the of the PhD Dissertation, available from the consult with their advisors to plan a course student’s advisor(s) and at least two other Registrar’s Office and online. of study to meet this requirement, which faculty members, one of whom must be an A complete draft of the dissertation is will be tested at the time of the dissertation archaeology program member, although any expected to be submitted by the end of the prospectus examination. additional faculty member who wishes may sixth year of graduate study, and the disser- participate in the examination. Any applica- tation must be approved by the end of the General Examination tion to a funding source outside of Harvard eighth year of graduate study or the student All PhD candidates will be required to take a University for either field or other research will be required to withdraw. written examination towards the end of their funding for dissertation preparation must be third term. Satisfactory performance on this approved by the student’s advisor(s). examination is required of all candidates Following the special examination, a final before they may continue their PhD work. dissertation prospectus must be prepared if the Social Anthropology examining committee deems the preliminary Language Advisors dissertation prospectus inadequate. The final As a rule, students should demonstrate compe- version of the prospectus should be circulated On admission to the program in social anthro- tence in two languages other than their first for comment and approval to the special pology, each student is assigned an advisor. language. examination committee or to the dissertation The student should seek out this advisor at committee at least two weeks before being least once a term to discuss his or her progress Dissertation Prospectus and Conference placed on file with the department’s graduate and to work out a plan of study. The student All candidates must, in consultation with program administrator. also should keep the advisor informed about their advisors, select a dissertation topic and progress while in the field. describe their proposed doctoral research in a The Examining and Dissertation Coursework prospectus. The prospectus should 1) give a Committee and the Dissertation Defense concise statement of the problem of the disser- The examining and dissertation committee The course of study in social anthropology tation or of the hypotheses it proposes to test, will be composed of at least three members, requires a minimum of 16 half-courses (not 2) be situated in a scholarly understanding of two of whom must be archaeology program including TIME), at least 12 of which must be the area, 3) provide a clear research design, faculty members. The chair of the committee in anthropology. and 4) demonstrate familiarity with the appro- must be a member of the archaeology wing Required Courses: priate research methods. The dissertation faculty. Normally the special examination prospectus should be presented no later than committee and the dissertation committee will First Year the end of the third year. be composed of the same individuals, although Dissertation and Defense it may be appropriate that substitutions or a) Proseminar (two half-courses) additions be made. A complete draft of the ANTH 2650a and 2650b A dissertation committee, approved by the dissertation must be received by all members social anthropology faculty, will review the All candidates are required to take the Prosem- of the dissertation committee at least three dissertation and decide when it is ready for inar in Social Anthropology, which is a full-year months before the approved dissertation is due defense. The doctorate will be awarded when course designed especially for first-year graduate at the Registrar’s office and must be approved the candidate passes a defense. The final copy students and intended to introduce them to the by that committee at least two months before of the dissertation should be in committee history and theory of the field. the Registrar’s due date. A draft of the disserta- members’ hands one month before the sched- tion must be made available to other members Any Year uled defense. The final manuscript of the of the Department at least two weeks before dissertation must conform to the requirements the public defense. The text of the dissertation, b) Area-Specific Ethnography (one half- described in The Form of the PhD Dissertation . exclusive of charts, figures, and appendices, course) ordinarily may not exceed 250 typewritten All candidates are required to take one area Satisfactory Progress to Degree pages. specific half-course devoted to the ethnog- A candidate’s program will be reviewed annu- The dissertation defense ordinarily raphy of the region in which they plan to do ally by all members of the social anthropology consists of 1) an assessment of the thesis research. See Area Studies Research, below. faculty. An overall B+ average is expected. by the dissertation committee at least two First-year students must attain at least a B+ months before the dissertation is due at the c) Related Courses (two half-courses) in each of the first-year required courses. All Registrar’s office; 2) an oral presentation for The department recommends PhD candidates course requirements must be fulfilled and the a general audience, including other faculty to take at least one half-course in Archaeology. general exam passed before the dissertation members approximately one month before the These courses should be selected in consulta- prospectus can be submitted. Candidates may Registrar’s due date, and 3) a private defense tion with the student’s advisor. A student who not proceed to their dissertation research until of the thesis with the dissertation committee has already done extensive work in these fields the dissertation prospectus has been approved. and other interested faculty members. After may petition to be excused from this require- Normally, a complete draft of the disserta- successful completion of the defense and after ment, as may a student whose advisor deems tion must be submitted within five years after the incorporation of any required revisions, other courses more appropriate to his or her entering the program (exclusive of the time signatures of the committee members must research interests. required to complete the dissertation field- be obtained on the dissertation acceptance work). Students entering their seventh year

Programs of Study 7 (exclusive of the time required to complete the Program of Study “The Adoption of Pastoralism in Northeast dissertation fieldwork) must submit a letter to A minimum of eight half-courses or equiva- Asia, Monumental Transformation in the the wing requesting an extension of this time lent, five of them in the Department of Egiin Gol Valley” limit. Anthropology, is required. These must include “From Harappa to Hastinapura: A Study of All students must be able to demonstrate the first term of the Proseminar, an ethnog- the Most Ancient South Asian City from the that they are making satisfactory progress raphy course, and three courses in medical Point of View of the Ancient Indian Literature toward the completion of their degree. Failure anthropology. Only one course may be and the Archaeology of the Harappan and to meet these deadlines normally will be included that is outside of social anthropology. Gangetic Civilizations” grounds for dropping the student from candi- Required courses above this minimum are “Deciphering Classic Maya Political Hier- dacy. If dropped, a student can be reinstated determined individually. Each student will only by formal readmission to the Graduate archy: Epigraphic, Archaeological, and Ethno- submit a dissertation which must be read and historic Perspectives on the Courtly Elite” School and to the department; the student accepted by two department members. may also be required to retake the General “Diet, Health, and Lifestyle in Neolithic Examination. North China” “Cultural Transformation and Regional Inter- Recent PhD Dissertation Titles action on the Coast of Southeast China during Special Programs Archaeology the Neolithic Period” The social anthropology wing of the “Micromorphological Observations from the AnthroThe social anthropology wing of the “The End of the Pre-Pottery Neolithic in the Archaeological Sediments of ‘Ubeidiya (Israel), Anthropology Department will accept appli- Middle Euphrates Valley: The Lithic Assem- Dmanisi (Georgia) and Gran Dolina-TD 10 cations for the master’s degree in medical blages of Mezraa Teleilat, Southeastern Turkey” (Spain) for the Reconstruction of Hominid anthropology only from persons who have a “The Environmental Origins of Plants Occupation Contexts” demonstrable commitment to work in medi- and Herbivores in the Southern Levant: an cine and who want supplementary training Isotopic Approach” Social Anthropology in anthropology. Persons in this AM program “Evolution of Foddering Practices in the “Eating their god: The contingencies of are expected to provide their own funds. The Southern Levantine Pre-Pottery Neolithic” nationalism and survival in Shatila Camp” requirements for the special AM program in “A Country of Hearsay and Rumor: Kings, Medical Anthropology for PhD candidates in “Forager Variability and Transitions to Food Strongmen, and Rumor in the Urban Nepali the History of Science include: eight courses, Production in Secondary Settings: Kanysore Political Imaginary” seven of which must be in Social Anthro- and Pastoral Neolithic Economies in East pology, including at least fall semester of the Africa” “The Professionalization of the Iraqi Medical Proseminar. Candidates may also apply for the “The Development of Productive Subsistence Doctor in Britain: Medicine, Citizenship, joint PhD in Social Anthropology and Middle Economies in the Nile Valley: Zooarchaeolog- Sovereignty and Empire” Eastern Studies. In addition, double degrees ical Analysis at El-Mahasna and South Abydos, “Stigma: Social Suffering for Social Exclusion may be taken in the Department (PhD) and, Upper Egypt” and Social Insecurity From Mental illness to respectively, in the Medical School (MD) and “Before the Eagle’s Nest: The Formative Period HIV/AIDS in China” the Law School (JD). In addition, students Archaeology of Cuauhtinchan Viejo, Puebla, “The Politics of Inclusion: Law, History and in the African and African American Studies Mexico” PhD program may choose Social Anthro- Indigenous Rights in Malaysia” pology as a primary field of study. “The power of place: political landscape and “Work No Words”: Voluntarism, Subjectivity, identity in Classic Maya inscriptions, imagery, and Moral Economies among Khoja Ismaili Prerequisites for Admission and architecture” Muslims”” The requirements and standards are the same “Before the Revolution: A Comprehensive “From Heritage to People’s House: as those for the PhD as specified in this publi- Zooarchaeological Approach to Terminal Pleis- Kyomachiya Revitalization Movements and cation. tocene Forager Adaptations in the Western Regional Identity in Kyoto” Taurus Mountains, Turkey” Academic Residence “The Brotherhood of Freemason Sisters: The minimum program consists of one “Blood, Flesh and Bones: Kinship and Knowledge, Subjectivity, and Discretion in academic year of full-time study (eight half- Violence in the Social Economy of the Late Italian Masonic Lodges” Shang (ca. 1250-1050 B.C.)” courses or equivalent) plus one summer. “Border Chinese: Making Space and Forging Where other professional or pre-professional “The Social Lives of Figurines: Recontextual- Identity in Mexicali, Mexico” commitments make it desirable to spread this izing the Third Millennium BC Terracotta year of course work over a two-year period, Figurines from Harappa (Pakistan)” “Development in the KyrgyzRepublic: that will be permitted. Some students will Exchange, Communal Networks, and the “Ancient Maya Territories, Adaptive Regions, want to take an extended program of full-time Foreign Presence” and Alliances: Contextualizing the San Barto- study over a two-year period, and in suitable lo-Xultun Intersite Survey” “Market and Monastery: Manangi Trade cases that will also be allowed, but no AM Diasporas in South Asia and Southeast Asia” “Epigraphic Approaches to the Indus Script” candidate will be permitted to remain in resi- “States of Discontent: Patronage, Liberalism, dence for more than a two-year period. An “The Evolution of Sheep and Goat Pastoralism and Indigenist Democracy in Central Bolivia” overall B+ average is expected of the student. and Social Complexity in Central Anatolia”

8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences “Biotech Pilgrims and Medical Entrepreneurs: “O Outro Lado: Candomblé, Psychiatry And Caton, Steven (PhD, Chicago, 1984), Professor Cultural Encounters from Cyberspace to Discourse In Bahia, Brazil” of Contemporary Arab Studies . Linguistics, China” “A Project of Memoreality: Transnational cultural studies, gender, Yemeni poetics and “Subversive Genes: Re(con)stituting Identity, Development and Local Activism Among politics, US men’s movement. Family, and Human Rights in Argentina” Rural Women in Nepal” Fash, William L. (PhD, Harvard, 1983), “On the Malecón: Revolutionary Desires in “Elegy for Luck: Suicide in a County of North Charles P . Bowditch Professor of Central Amer- Late-Socialist Cuba” China” ican and Mexican Archaeology and Ethnology . Cultural process, settlement pattern analysis, “Buddhism Updated: Technology, Technique, “The Stakes of Recognition: Contesting Amer- sociopolitical evolution, the rise of complex and Moral Imagination in Urban Thailand” ican Indian Identity in Connecticut” culture, Maya epigraphy; Mesoamerica. “To Not Be Sorry: Citizenship, Moral Life “Between Hearth and Celestial Court: Gender Flad, Rowan K. (PhD, UCLA, 2004), Assis- and Biocapitalism in North Carolina Tobacco and the Politics of Shamanic Practices among tant Professor of Anthropology . East Asian Country” the Buriats of Mongolia” archaeology; Neolithic and Bronze Age China; “The Pastoral Clinic: Addiction and Absolu- “Inconstant Homelands: Violence, Story- Complex Societies; Production; Zooarchae- tion Along the Rio Grande” telling, and Community Politics among Kash- ology; Intersections between economic, ritual, political and social aspects of ancient society. “Life in Debt: Depression and Survival in miri Hindu Migrants in New Delhi, India” Chile’s Market Democracy” “Corridors of Peace: Adult commitments to Fullwiley, Duana (PhD, UC Berkeley, 2002), Assistant Professor of African and African “Consumer Lament: An Ethnographic Study doing good for children in post-apartheid American Studies and of Anthropology . Global on Consumption, Needs, and Everyday South Africa” and historical notions of health, disease, race; Complaints in Postsocialist Bulgaria” “The People With Two Kings: Space, History, France, Senegal, US. “The Cultural Encounters in a Chinese and Mobility in a Malaysian Thai Commu- Good, Byron (PhD, Chicago, 1976), Professor Sweatshop: The Transnational Movement of nity” of Medical Anthropology, Departments of Social South Korean Enterprises and the Creation of “Uneasy Reunions: Chinese Women’s Experi- Medicine and Social Anthropology . Medical and Borderland Factory Regime” ences of Immigration and Citizenship in Hong psychiatric anthropology; symbolic anthro- Kong” “Journeys into Later Life: Gender and Self- pology and ethnography of Middle East and of Cultivation in Contemporary Japan” “The Return to Los Loros: the story of a new American health care; Iran, Turkey, the United “Managed Lives: Privatizing Public Health in Guatemalan community of returned refugees” States. Puerto Rico” Herzfeld, Michael F. (DPh, Oxford, 1976), “Beyond Margins and Center: Reconfiguring Professor of Anthropology . Social and semiotic Activist Film Production and Consumption in theory, history of anthropology, performance Post-authoritarian South Korea” Current Research and poetics; Europe, Balkans. “Bastards of Utopia: An Ethnography of Kleinman, Arthur (MD, Stanford, 1967), Radical Politics After Yugoslav Socialism” Interests of Members of the Esther and Sidney Rabb Professor of Anthro- pology, Professor of Medical Anthropology “Restricting the Republic: France, The Veil, Department of Anthropology (Medical School) . Social experience, suffering, and Religious Freedom” Ahmed, Asad (PhD, Chicago, 2006), Assistant social and mental health; China, Taiwan, and “Beyond Native Place Identity in China: Valu- Professor of Anthropology . Legal, linguistic, and North America. ation, Agency, and Household Registration in historical anthropology, Muslim societies, Lahiri, Smita (PhD, Cornell, 2002), Associate a Beijing Restaurant” secularism and religion, ethnography of the Professor of Anthropology . Popular religion, “Cuban Museums and Afro-Cuban Heritage: state, Islamic nationalism, Islamic law, South religious change and the politics of religion, Fragments and Transition in Daily Life” Asian history. historical ethnography, history of anthro- “Too Poor to Own: Landlessness and the Poli- Bar-Yosef, Ofer (PhD, Hebrew Univer- pology; Southeast Asia. tics of Survival in Rural Nepal” sity, 1970), George Grant and Janet G . B . Lamberg-Karlovsky, C.C. (PhD, Pennsyl- MacCurdy Professor of Prehistoric Archaeology. vania, 1965), Stephen Phillips Professor of ”Not Their Fathers’ Days’: Idioms of Time and The origin of modern humans and early Space in the Urban Arabian Gulf” Archaeology and Ethnology . The urban process farming societies; Near East. and exchange networks, physico-chemical “Global Science: The Convergence of Biotech- Bestor, Theodore C. (PhD, Stanford, 1983), analysis of archaeological remains; Near East nology, Capitalism, and National Develop- Professor of Anthropology . Markets, globaliza- and Russia. ment in China” tion, and urban studies; economic institutions Liebmann, Matthew (PhD, Pennsylvania, “Return of Identity: Technology, Memory, and and exchange; food systems and food culture; 2006), Assistant Professor of Anthropology . the Recognition of Srebrenica’s Missing” fishing and the environment; space, place, and North American Archaeology, Southwest “Convincing Women: Global Rights, Local identity; Japan, East Asia, North Atlantic. US, contact and colonialism in the Americas, Families, and the Moroccan Women’s Rights Carrasco, David (PhD, Chicago, 1977), Neil Historic Pueblos, NAGPRA. Movement” L . Rudenstine Professor for the Study of Latin Meadow, Richard (PhD, Harvard, 1986), “Fixing the Past: War, Violence, and Habi- America . History of religions. Senior Lecturer on Anthropology and Director tations of Memory in Post-Independence of the Zooarchaeology Lab . Archaeology of the Bangladesh” Middle East and South Asia, faunal analysis, domestication of plants and animals.

Programs of Study 9 Quilter, Jeffrey (PhD, UC Santa Barbara, 1981), Senior Lecturer on Anthropology . Andean South America, The Intermediate Area, and interactions between and shared culture among New World peoples. Social change and transformations. Ancient and Non-Western Art. The limits and potentials of archaeology in understanding the past. Stager, Lawrence (PhD, Harvard, 1975), Dorot Professor of the Archaeology of Israel and Director of the Semitic Museum . Israel and the Near East. Steedly, Mary M. (PhD, Michigan, 1989), Professor of Anthropology . Historical ethnography; colonialism and nationalism; gender and cultural studies; spirit possession; Indo- nesia. Subramanian, Ajantha (PhD, Duke, 2000), Associate Professor of Anthropology and of Social Studies . Postcolonial anthropology, political theory, anthropology of development, social movements; South Asia, South Asian Diaspora. Taylor, Lucien (PhD, UC Berkeley, 2000), Assistant Professor of Anthropology and of Visual and Environmental Studies . Visual anthropology, ethnographic film, Creoles; Caribbean, Africa, and North America. Theidon, Kimberly (PhD, UC Berkeley, 2002), Assistant Professor of Anthropology . Medical Anthropology, political violence and human rights in Latin America. Ur, Jason A. (PhD, Chicago, 2004), Assistant Professor of Anthropology . Environmental/landscape anthropology; archaeology of Ancient Mesopotamia; GIS; Near East. Urton, Gary (PhD, University of Illinois, 1979), Dumbarton Oaks Professor of Pre- Columbian Studies . South American archaeology and ethnology, ethnoastronomy, state formation; Peru, South America. Watson, James L. (PhD, UC Berkeley, 1972), John King and Wilma Cannon Fairbank Professor of Chinese Society . Chinese kinship and social organization, ritual and political symbolism, social stratification, migration, historical ethnography, social aspects of food and eating; China, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Britain.

1 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences PhD in Architecture, Landscape Architecture, and Urban Planning

Students may study for a PhD degree in archi- eight half-courses. The degree may also be tecture, landscape architecture, or urban plan- Program of Study offered to students unable to complete the ning. These three degrees are administered by a Course information may be found in Courses doctorate. committee of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences of Instruction offered by the Faculty of Arts in cooperation with the Faculty of Design. The and Sciences as well as in the course catalogues program is intended for persons who wish to published by Harvard’s other professional enter teaching and advanced research careers in schools, including the Official Register of the Grades the history and theory of architecture, landscape Harvard Design School. These publications The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences architecture, and urban form from antiquity to are also available online. requires that all students maintain an average the present; or the analysis and development of Students are expected to prepare in each of B or better in each year of graduate study. cities, landscapes, and regions with emphasis of the following areas: All incomplete grades must be removed before on social, economic, ecological, transportation, the end of the next regular term. (1) General Knowledge of the Field: The and infrastructural systems. (The PhD program If students are cross-registered in Schools PhD is an academic degree, but PhD does not prepare students for licensing as design where the grading system does not use letter holders in our fields may be interacting practitioners in any of these fields. For informa- grades, they should ask the course instructor with professionals as well as with other tion on professional masters’ programs, contact to issue letter grades. scholars. In fact, many may elect to teach the Harvard Design School, Admissions Office, in professional schools. Therefore, in 48 Quincy Street, Cambridge, MA 02138, addition to academic requirements, it (617) 495-5453.) is required that every PhD student be Faculty Advisor and Student’s generally knowledgeable of the basic skills of architecture, landscape architec- Graduate Committee Requirements for Admission ture, and urban design. The chair of the PhD committee will assign a faculty member as the student’s advisor at Applicants must have completed a four-year (2) Main Subject: The interfaculty structure the time of registration in the program. This bachelor of arts or bachelor of science degree, and purposes of the program require that advisor will assist in planning the student’s or a professional degree in architecture, students cross disciplinary boundaries. academic program. In addition, not fewer than landscape architecture, or urban planning, All students must master a major area of three faculty members, appointed by the chair or the foreign equivalent of the foregoing. their respective field, including the historic in consultation with the student, will be made Students from other countries must provide development and current state of research available for consultation regarding the general proof of their command of English. To be on the subject. In addition, every student examination and the dissertation. eligible for admission, individuals must also must demonstrate competence in the show evidence of distinguished academic methods of inquiry used for research in his work in the field or closely related fields, or or her major subject. distinguished work in the intended area of (3) All students must also achieve a thorough General Examination concentration. Applications from minorities grounding in the theory and methods Students are expected to take the general are particularly welcome. of one of the arts or sciences related to examination in the fifth term of residence, All applicants are required to indicate a their major subject, such as history of art, and no later than one year after completion proposed major subject of study at the time cultural history, economics, philosophy, of the required coursework. The examination of initial application. These proposed areas of government, sociology, or history of science is given only during the fall and spring terms study should be congruent with the interests equivalent to at least one year of full-time of the academic year. The examination tests and expertise of at least one member of the graduate study. the student’s mastery of their general field of Faculties of Design or Arts and Sciences. (4) Languages: Candidates for the degree in scholarship, specific interpretive problems The results of the Graduate Record architecture must normally have a reading within that field, and their ability to research Examination (GRE) and other supporting knowledge of at least two languages other and write a dissertation. documents specified in the GSAS Guide to than English in which there is broad and At least two months prior to the date of Admission and Financial Aid are also required important literature related to their field the examination, the student should meet parts of the application. or major subject; those in urban planning must have one other language. Every regularly with the examination committee (see student must have a level of mathematical “Advising”) and, with its help, should formu- skills appropriate for research in the major late a proposal describing the general and Academic Residence subject. specific fields to be covered in the examination and possible examination questions. Two years of full-time study while registered in The examination comprises a major and the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences are minor field. The general field is ordinarily a required. Master of Arts (AM) broad area of history and theory of architec- The department does not admit candidates ture, landscape architecture, or urban plan- for a terminal AM degree. PhD candidates ning (for example, “modern architecture from may, however, apply for a master’s degree after 1750 to the present”). The specific field is a having completed with satisfactory grades, narrower area of study chosen by the student

Programs of Study 1 1 and subject to faculty review; in principle it scape architecture, and urban design. An appli- should comprise a coherent and clearly defined Financial Aid cant normally must hold either a professional area of scholarly inquiry which may be inter- Financial aid is administered under the direc- master’s degree in architecture, landscape disciplinary in nature. tion of the Graduate School of Arts and architecture, urban planning, or urban design, The examination will normally consist of Sciences. Harvard grants are awarded to first- or the GSD degree master in design studies two or three written essays, one in the general and second-year graduate students primarily (MDesS). This program requires different field (eight hours) and one or two in the specific on the basis of financial need as determined by application forms. To obtain information and field (total eight hours). Within one week of documents submitted to the Graduate School application forms for this program, see www. the written examination, the student and the of Arts and Sciences at the time of application. gsd.harvard.edu/admits, or write to: Harvard examination committee will meet to evaluate After the first two years, financial assis- Graduate School of Design, 48 Quincy Street, the entire examination and discuss plans for the tance and employment opportunities as Room 334B, Cambridge, MA 02138; or call dissertation. Students whose performance on teaching and research assistants will be allo- (617) 495-2337. the examination is not satisfactory will be given cated on the basis of financial need, the capa- one opportunity to repeat all or part of it. bility of the student concerned, and the funds and employment opportunities available. Students expecting to need financial aid at PhD Standing Committee any time in their program should submit this K. Michael Hays, Co-chair, PhD Program, Dissertation documentation at the time of their first appli- the Eliot Noyes Professor of Architectural Theory cation to the program. The dissertation will be directed by a disser- at the Harvard University Graduate School of tation committee consisting of one primary Design . Hays joined the Faculty of Design advisor and at least two secondary advisors or in 1988 and teaches courses in architectural readers. To Apply history and theory, including Buildings, Two readers must be from the Faculty of Texts, and Contexts from the Enlightenment Arts and Sciences or the Committee on Application forms for admission and financial aid may be obtained from the Admissions through the 20th Century. Hays has played Architecture, Landscape Architecture, and a central role in the development of architec- Urban Planning; one reader will normally Office, Harvard Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, Holyoke Center 350, 1350 Massa- tural theory in North America, and his work be from the area of the student’s disciplinary is internationally known. His research and minor and one reader must be from the chusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02138, or at www.gsas.harvard.edu/prospective_students/ scholarship have to date focused on the areas Harvard Design School. of European modernism and critical theory, as No later than five months (within the admissions.php. On the application’s first page, applicants should indicate “architecture, well as on theoretical issues in contemporary academic calendar) after the successful comple- architectural practice. He has published on tion of the general examination, students landscape architecture and urban planning” as the “program,” and only one of these three the work of modern architects such as Hannes will submit to the chair a written dissertation Meyer, Ludwig Hilberseimer, and Mies van proposal and the names of the faculty persons fields as the “subject.” Further information regarding courses and der Rohe, as well as of figures such as Peter who will supervise it. The student will confer Eisenman, Bernard Tschumi, and the late with the examination committee to discuss programs of study leading to the PhD in architecture, landscape architecture, and urban John Hejduk. He is currently working on a and develop the proposal. The committee will history of architecture since 1968. Hays was conduct an oral examination of the disserta- planning may be obtained by writing to the PhD Program, Gund Hall 334B, Harvard the founder of the scholarly journal Assem- tion proposal, whose purpose is to provide for blage, which was a leading forum of discus- the student a formal occasion to discuss and University, Cambridge, MA 02138; by calling (617) 495-2337; or by visiting the Web sion of architectural theory in North America gain approval of the dissertation topic. and Europe. In addition to his teaching and Students are normally expected to address www.gsd.harvard.edu. Please note that completed materials for research, he is Director of the GSD’s Advanced complete their program (including approval of Independent Study Programs and Chair of the the dissertation) within seven years of entering application and financial aid are due January 2 for the following September. The program does not PhD Committee. In 2000, he was appointed the program. Students who require more than the first Adjunct Curator of Architecture at five years to complete the dissertation after guarantee consideration of application materials received after this deadline. All applicants should the Whitney Museum of American Art. Hays passing the General Examination must peti- received the Bachelor of Architecture from the tion the Committee on the PhD Program in arrange to take the Graduate Record Examina- tion (GRE) not later than October of the year Georgia Institute of Technology in 1976, the Architecture, Landscape Architecture, and Master of Architecture in Advanced Studies Urban Planning to extend their time. before they intend to begin studies. Applicants for whom English is not a native language should from the Massachusetts Institute of Tech- After the approval of the dissertation by nology in 1979, and the Doctor of Philosophy the faculty members who are its director and also schedule their examinations in English (the TOEFL examination) not later than October in in the History, Theory, and Criticism of Archi- reader(s), three copies must be presented to tecture and Art from MIT in 1990. the committee on the PhD not less than six order that the results will be available by the first weeks before the degree recommendations week in January. Antoine Picon, Co-chair, PhD Program . Picon of that committee are due at the Registrar’s is Professor of the History of Architecture and Office. The committee will receive the recom- Technology. He teaches courses in the history mendations of the advisor and reader(s), and Doctor of Design Program of architecture and technology. Trained as an must formally vote on the recommendation engineer, architect, and historian of science for the degree. The final copy of the disser- The Harvard Design School also offers a and art, Picon is best known for his work in tation must conform to the requirements separate three-year program leading to the the history of architectural technologies from described in The Form of the PhD Dissertation. doctor of design degree, which is oriented to the 18th century to the present. His French the practice and teaching of architecture, land- Architects and Engineers in the Age of Enlight-

1 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences enment (1988; English translation, 1992) is Image (1898), and Ruskinian Gothic (1982). history, material culture, and popular culture. a synthetic study of the disciplinary “deep She edited Architectural History 1999/2000: A Professor Cohen is also the author of Making structures” of architecture, garden design, and Special Issue of JSAH (1999), and is the author a New Deal: Industrial Workers in Chicago, engineering in the 18th century, and their of Architecture or Revolution: Charles Moore 1919-1939 (1990) and the co-author of The transformations as new issues of territorial and Yale in the late 1960s (2001) as well as American Pageant: A History of the Republic management and infrastructure-systems plan- numerous articles on 19th and 20th-century (1998, 2002). ning were confronted. In addition to four architecture, the city, photography and other Susan S. Fainstein joined the faculty of the other books—Claude Perrault (1613-1688) ou issues in architectural representation. Editor of Graduate School of Design in 2006, where la curiosité d’un classique (1988), L’Invention the Journal of the Society of Architectural Histo- she is Interim Professor of Planning. She de L’ingénieur moderne, L’Ecole des Ponts et rians from 1997-2000, Blau was Curator of teaches courses on planning implementation, Chaussées 1747-1851 (1992), La ville territoire Exhibitions and Publications at the Canadian redevelopment policy, and planning theory. des cyborgs (1998), and Les Saint-Simoniens: Centre for Architecture from 1984-1990, and Her teaching and research have focused on Raison, Imaginaire, et Utopie (2002)—he Adjunct Curator from 1991-2001. She has comparative urban public policy, planning has also published numerous articles, mostly received a number of awards for her publica- theory, urban political economy, public dealing with the complementary histories of tions, including the Alice Davis Hitchcock participation, and urban redevelopment. She architecture and technology. He has received Book Award, the Austrian Cultural Institute is currently working on a book to be called several awards in France for his writings, Book Prize, the Spiro Kostof Book Award, the Justice, Planning, and the City . Among her including the Medaille de la Ville de Paris Philip Johnson Exhibition Catalogue Award, published works are The City Builders: Prop- and twice the Prix du Livre d’Architecture and the AIA Citation for Excellence in Inter- erty, Politics, and Planning in London and New de la ville de Briey. Picon received engi- national Architectural Book Publishing. York; Restructuring the City; and Urban Polit- neering degrees from the Ecole Polytechnique Blau received a BA from the University of ical Movements . She has co-edited volumes, and from the Ecole Nationale des Ponts et York in England, and an MA and a PhD from inter alia, on urban tourism (The Tourist City Chaussees, an architecture degree from the Yale University. and Cities and Visitors), planning theory (Read- Ecole d’Architecture de Paris-Villemin, and a Giuliana Bruno, PhD, Professor of Visual and ings in Planning Theory), urban theory (Read- doctorate in history from the Ecole des Hautes Environmental Studies . Professor Bruno’s work ings in Urban Theory), and gender (Gender Etudes en Sciences Sociales. explores the relation of cinema to other visual and Planning). She is the recipient of the 2004 Eve Blau . Blau is Program Chair for the Archi- sites, fashioning, in particular, the bond of the Distinguished Educator Award of the Associa- tecture Department at the Graduate School moving image to architecture, travel culture, tion of American Schools of Planning, which of Design and Adjunct Professor of Archi- and the history of the visual arts, as well recognizes lifetime career achievement. tectural History and teaches courses in the as its connection to the art of memory and Professor Fainstein has been a professor history of modern architecture and urbanism. that of map-making. Her previous book, of planning in the Graduate School of She currently teaches Proseminar in History, Streetwalking on a Ruined Map, combined her Architecture, Planning and Preservation at Theory and Urban Studies; Transparency and interests in Italian cinema, women in film, Columbia University and in the Edward J. Modernity, and in the core history sequence: cultural theory, and the spatial architecture Bloustein School of Planning and Public Buildings Texts, and Contexts. Previous of film. It won the 1993 Katherine Kovacs Policy at Rutgers University. She has held the courses include: Scale and Modernity: City, prize for best book in film studies. Its Italian Wibaut Chair for Distinguished International Object, Subject; The Sixties: Architecture in version received the 1995 Premio Filmcritica, Visitors at the University of Amsterdam and the Time of the Vietnam War, and Modern Italy’s national book award in film studies. visiting appointments at the University of the Architecture and the Big City as Form and Bruno is co-editor of Off Screen: Women and Witwatersrand, SA, the University of London, Idea in Europe, 1890-1940. Film in Italy (Routledge, 1988), and Immagini Cleveland State University, and New York Her research focuses on modernism, allo schermo (Rosenberg & Sellier, 1991), University. She led or participated in studies the city, and issues of representation. Her which was named one of the 50 Best Books of the Minneapolis Neighborhood Revitaliza- book, Project Zagreb: Transition as Condition, of the First 100 Years of Film History. Bruno’s tion Program, the rebuilding of Ground Zero Strategy, Practice (2007) examines transition latest book, Atlas of Emotion: Journeys in Art, in Manhattan, and the relationship between as condition that creates opportunities for Architecture and Film (Verso, 2002), charts a competitiveness, cohesion, and governance architecture. The Architecture of Red Vienna, cultural history of spatio-visual arts, focusing in cities in the United Kingdom. She was a 1919-1934 (1999) examines the interrelation on the representation of affects and place. co-principal investigator in the NSF-sponsored of political program, architectural practice, Professor Bruno lectures and publishes International Development and Globalization and urban history in large scale urban inter- internationally on visual culture and has written Program at Columbia and was a member of vention, and the process by which architecture on art and film, among other topics, for exhibi- the board of the UK Cities Programme. She can become an agent of collective discourse tion catalogs of the Museum of Modern Art and has served on numerous editorial boards and and social change. Two other books, Shaping the Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum. was an editor of the International Journal of the Great City: Modern Architecture in Central Lizabeth Cohen, PhD, Howard Mumford Jones Urban and Regional Research . Europe 1890-1937 (1999), and Urban Form: Professor of American Studies . Professor Cohen’s She received her AB from Harvard Städtebau in der postfordistischen Gesellschaft research interests include 20th-century University in government, her MA from (2003) look at the city and urban architecture United States social, political, and cultural Boston University in African Studies, and her in the context of the multinational urban history. Her book A Consumers’ Republic: PhD in political science from MIT. societies of early 20th-century Central Europe The Politics of Mass Consumption in Postwar Peter Galison, PhD, Mallinckrodt Professor of and the current post-Fordist economy. Blau’s America looks at the political consequences of the History of Science and of Physics . In 1997, publications on architecture and modes of a mass consumption-oriented economy and Professor Galison was named a John D. and representational discourse include Architec- culture in post-World War II America. Other Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation Fellow; ture and Cubism (1997), Architecture and Its teaching and research interests include urban in 1999, he was a winner of the Max Planck

Programs of Study 1 3 Prize given by the Max Planck Gesellschaft and completing a book about the “tyranny of Beta Kappa Visiting Scholar, and chair Humboldt Stiftung. Galison is interested in context” in design review administrative and of the Department of History of Art and both the philosophical and historical questions judicial decision-making. Architecture at Harvard. He serves on the that arise when examining the role of experi- As both attorney and urban planner, Board of Directors of the Frank Lloyd Wright ments in modern physics: What, at a given Kayden has acted on behalf of governments, Building Conservancy and the Board of time, convinces people that an experiment is private developers, and not-for-profit groups, Editors of Wright Studies. He received his correct? More broadly, Galison’s main work in and out of court. He has argued cases and PhD from Yale University. explores the complex interaction between the written briefs, including amicus curiae briefs Alina A. Payne, PhD, Professor of History of three principal subcultures of 20th-century in several significant US Supreme Court land- Art and Architecture. Professor Payne teaches physics: experimentation, instrumentation, use cases. In 2002, he founded Advocates for Renaissance and Baroque architecture, late and theory. The volume on experiment (How Privately Owned Public Space to improve 19th- and 20th-century history and theory of Experiments End [1987]) and that on instru- New York City’s 500+ zoning-created plazas, architecture, and architectural representation. ments (Image and Logic: A Material Culture arcades, and indoor spaces in cooperation Topics of her current research include: [Early of Microphysics [1997]) are to be followed by with the City’s Department of City Planning. Modern] Italian architectural theory, criti- the final volume, Theory Machines, which is For the past 13 years, he has been principal cism and historiography, architects’ books and still under construction. In addition, Galison constitutional counsel to the National Trust libraries, architecture and science, architectural has launched several projects examining the for Historic Preservation. representation, and architecture and its rela- powerful crosscurrents between physics and His international work includes advising tionship to the other arts; [20th century] orna- other fields, including his co-edited volumes for the World Bank, the US Agency for ment and the theory of objects in modernist on the relations between science, art, and archi- International Development, and the United architecture, and historiography. tecture, The Architecture of Science (1999) and Nations in China, Nepal, Thailand, Armenia, Picturing Science, Producing Art (1998), as well Ukraine, and Russia. From 1992 to 1994, A. Hashim Sarkis, the Aga Khan Professor as Big Science (1992), The Disunity of Science he was Senior Advisor on Land Reform and of Landscape Architecture and Urbanism in (1996), and Atmospheric Flight in the 20th Privatization to the Government of Ukraine Muslim Societies . He teaches design studios Century (2000). Image and Logic won the Pfizer on behalf of USAID/PADCO. and courses in the history and theory of Award from the History of Science Society in Kayden has been awarded a Guggenheim architecture, such as Practices in Democracy, October 1998. Fellowship, National Endowment for the Arts Constructing Vision: A History and Theory Galison’s courses include: History fellowships, and the “Teacher of the Year” of Perspective’s Applications in Architecture, and Philosophy of 20th-Century Physics; award at the Harvard Design School. He Developing Worlds: Planning and Design History and Philosophy of Experimentation; received his AB degree from Harvard College, in the Middle East and Latin America After Fascism, Art, and Science in the Interwar his JD degree from Harvard Law School, WWII, and Green Modern: A History of Years; Science and Realism; the Einsteinian and his Master of City and Regional Plan- Environmental Consciousness in Architecture Revolution; seminars on Critical History and ning degree from the Harvard Design School. from Patrick Geddes to the Present. Sarkis on the History and Philosophy of Theory in He subsequently served as law clerk to Judge is a practicing architect, working between 20th-Century Physics; and Filming Science. James L. Oakes of the US Court of Appeals Cambridge and Lebanon. His projects include Additionally, he leads weekly meetings of for the Second Circuit and Justice William J. a housing complex for the fishermen of Tyre, Harvard’s Physical Sciences Research Group Brennan of the US Supreme Court. a park in downtown Beirut, two schools in the where students, faculty, and staff have the North Lebanon region, and several urban and Neil Levine, BA, MA, PhD, MA (hon ),. Emmet landscape projects. opportunity to present and discuss relevant Blakeney Gleason Professor of History of Art and topics in the history of science including the Sarkis was previously a lecturer in MIT’s Architecture . Professor Levine teaches courses Department of Architecture and a research history of mathematics and the history of in the history of modern architecture, from the technology. associate in MIT’s Department of Urban 18th through the 20th centuries. His published Studies and Planning. He has taught design Jerold Kayden, the Frank Backus Williams work has focused on issues in the 19th-century studios at the Rhode Island School of Design Professor of Urban Planning and Design, and French architectural theory and practice and and Yale University, and has been visiting Director of the Master in Urban Planning 20th-century American architecture. He lecturer at the American University of Beirut Degree Program, Harvard Graduate School of contributed important essays to the Museum and the Metropolis Program in Barcelona. Design . His research and teaching focus on law of Modern Art’s The Architecture of the Ecole He is author of several books and articles, and the built environment, and public-private des Beaux-Arts (1997) and The Beaux Arts and including Circa 1958: Lebanon in the Pictures urban development. His courses include: Nineteenth-Century French Architecture, edited and Plans of Constantinos Doxiadis (Beirut: Public and Private Development; Design, by Robin Middleton (1982). His most recent Dar Annahar, 2003), editor of CASE: Le Law, Policy; Advanced Topics in Design, Law, book, The Architecture of Frank Lloyd Wright, Corbusier’s Venice Hospital (Munich: Prestel, Policy; and Planning and Environmental Law. was published in 1996. He is now completing 2001), co-editor with Peter G. Rowe of Kayden’s publications include Privately a study entitled Modern Architecture and the Projecting Beirut (Munich: Prestel, 1998), and Owned Public Space: The New York City Crisis of Representation, is co-editing a collec- executive editor of the CASE publication series Experience; Landmark Justice: The Influence of tion of essays on Rome as a Generating Image (GSD/Prestel). William J . Brennan on America’s Communities in American Architecture, 1895-1965, and is Sarkis directs the Aga Khan Program of (co-authored); and Zoning and the American preparing a critical selection of the writings of Activities at the GSD associated with the Aga Dream: Promises Still To Keep (co-edited). He Vincent Scully. Khan Chair. He received his BArch and BFA has written numerous articles on such topics Professor Levine has been the Bannister from the Rhode Island School of Design, his as property rights and government regulation, Fletcher Professor of Architecture at the MArch from the GSD, and his PhD in archi- smart growth, design codes, and market- University of London, the Slade Professor tecture from Harvard University. based regulatory instruments. He is currently of Fine Arts at Cambridge University, a Phi

1 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Christine Smith, the Robert C . and Marion K . Weinberg Professor of Architectural History at the Harvard Graduate School of Design . She teaches courses in Early Christian, Romanesque, and Italian Renaissance architecture; and she has published on Early Christian, Italian Roman- esque, Italian Renaissance, and 20th-century American art and architecture, although most of her publications are in the field of Tuscan Romanesque, or on Leon Battista Alberti and Early Renaissance architectural theory. A book on Giannozzo Manetti’s writings on architecture, Building the Kingdom: Giannozzo Manetti on the Material and the Spiritual Edifice, co-authored with Joseph O’Connor, is in press. This work includes critical editions of, commentaries on, and interpretive essays about his letter written on the occasion of the consecration of Florence Cathedral (1436) and Book 2 of his Life of Nicholas V (1455). A longer project is an anthology of texts c. 300–1520, from the Greek East and Latin West, illuminating such themes as the architect’s knowledge of geometry and mechanics, the participation of the patron in architectural design, the role of architectural ornament (wall revetment and pavements), praise and condemnation of building practice and buildings, the praise of cities, fictive architecture, and the response to ruins.

Programs of Study 1 5 Graduate Studies in Astronomy

The Department of Astronomy offers a rich interferometers in California and France and for astrophysical observation at all wavelengths. and varied program of theoretical, observa of the 30-m millimeter-wave telescope in The Atomic and Molecular Physics (AMP) tional, and experimental graduate work Spain. In addition students frequently use the group has laboratory astrophysics facilities leading to the PhD in astronomy. Students cm-wave facilities of the National Radio including state-of-the-art spectrograph calibra- are not accepted for a separate master’s degree Astronomy Observatory including the Very tors based on laser frequency combs; atomic- program. Research is carried out at the Large Array, the Very Long Baseline Array and and laser- based frequency standards used in Harvard College Observatory, which shares the 100-m telescope in Green Bank West precision tests of relativity; and a wide range of buildings and general facilities with the Smith- Virginia. The Submillimeter Wavelength instruments for laboratory astrophysics, sonian Astrophysical Observatory (SAO). Together, the two observatories constitute Development Laboratory offers opportunities including a spectrograph used to measure gas the Harvard-Smithsonian Center for Astro- for instrumentation work at submillimeter properties relevant to atmospheres of brown physics: a large and diverse research setting wavelengths including the Terahertz band. dwarf stars; millimeter waves spectrometers that provides opportunities in nearly every Students in the R&G Division also make use used to produce highly reactive molecules that branch of astrophysical work, from atomic of ground-based infrared facilities in Arizona, serve as probes of interstellar conditions; labo- physics to cosmology using the full range of Hawaii, and Chile. Harvard is a member of ratory measurements of the weak equivalence techniques from gamma ray detectors through the US consortium developing Square Kilo- principle; and instrumentation for novel appli- radio antennas. meter Array. cations of basic physics developments, Over 360 PhD scientists are engaged in High-energy astrophysics facilities and including medical imaging and geophysical work at the Center for Astrophysics (CfA), opportunities are especially strong. They applications. AMP Facilities for Earth observa- providing students with an unusually wide include the Chandra X-ray Center (managed tion include access to satellite instruments choice of dissertation topics and stimulating by SAO under contract with the National making measurements of Earth’s atmospheric opportunities for both formal and informal Aeronautics and Space Administration), which species to study global pollution and green- learning through courses and seminars. operates the space-based Chandra X-ray Obser- house gases. In addition, department members Graduate students at Harvard benefit from this diverse environment, have access to vatory; ready access to and local expertise with and CfA staff are part of science teams for extensive facilities, and pursue their work in a the entire Chandra data archive, as well as the other future space missions such as the James supportive and stimulating setting. Einstein and Rosat x-ray observatory databases; Webb Space Telescope, the Constellation X laboratory development of x-ray detectors and x-ray observatories, and the Planck surveyor telescopes; development and operation of solar CMB Satellite, and the Kepler extrasolar x-ray telescopes, including Trace and Hinode planet-finder space telescope. The MEarth Facilities XRT; solar x-ray telescope development and Project is a ground-based array of telescopes Students who embark on research at optical operation, and balloon-borne experiments for that monitors thousands of low-mass stars to and infrared wavelengths have access to high- hard x-ray imaging of cosmic sources. Faculty detect extrasolar planets though their photo- performance, well-instrumented 6.5 meter and CfA staff members carry out major obser- metric eclipses. telescopes in both hemispheres: the converted vational programs with the currently operating Students in theoretical astrophysics have Multiple Mirror Telescope at the Whipple x-ray observatories (Chandra, XMM-Newton access to a wide variety of talent at the CfA to Observatory in Arizona and the Baade and and others) as well as coordinated programs carry out investigations ranging from atomic Clay Telescopes at the Magellan Observa- using ground- and space-based telescopes processes through exploding stars and black tory in Chile. Students also have access to the at other wavelengths; and participate in the holes to the origin of the universe. Computa- Whipple Observatory’s 1.5, 1.3, and 1.2 meter design and study of next-generation x-ray tional facilities include numerous networked telescopes equipped with high-performance facilities. work-stations, computing clusters, and a spectrographs and imagers. An active instru- Solar, Stellar and Planetary Sciences facili- variety of output devices. ment development program is aimed at ties include the SOHO Ultraviolet Corona- The John G. Wolbach Library and maintaining state-of-the-art observing facili- graph Spectrometer (UVCS/SOHO) which is Information Center combines the collections ties, and students are welcome to participate currently being used to observe the extended of the Harvard College Observatory Library in this development program. CfA scientists solar corona between 1 and 10 heliocentric (1839) and the Smithsonian Astrophysical have also led the development of infrared array radii. It makes spectroscopic measurements Observatory Library (1959), forming one of cameras for the Spitzer satellite, currently the leading to the determination of densities, the world’s preeminent astronomical collec- world’s premier IR space observatory. Students velocities, temperatures, and elemental abun- tions. Hundreds of digital resources are avail- will have the opportunity to work with this dances in the solar wind, coronal holes, equato- able in addition to print journals, books, experienced team on Spitzer observations. The rial streamers, and coronal mass ejections. It videos, CD-ROMs, DVDs, slides, sky surveys CfA is involved in the Pan-STARRS and LSST has produced interesting results on observa- and slides in astronomy, astrophysics and consortiums, and our students continue to be tions of non-solar targets, such as near-ecliptic related fields. The collections are managed by major users of the Hubble Space Telescope. stars, planets, comets, and interplanetary librarians who will guide you to the informa- Radio astronomy students have direct hydrogen and helium. Using our electron beam tion you need, whether it resides in our collec- access to the Smithsonian Astrophysical ion trap (EBIT), we have been carrying out tions or collections throughout the world. The Observatory’s Sub-Millimeter Array (SMA) an measurements of cross sections and rate coeffi- collection of early observatory publications is eight element sub-millimeter-wave interferom- cients for electron impact excitation (EIE) and considered to be one of the most comprehen- eter operating on Mauna Kea in Hawaii. A other related collision processes for more than sive in the world. 1.2-m telescope is available in Cambridge for 25 years. The Minor Planet Center and the Central survey observations of CO at 3 mm. Students Facilities for laboratory work are extensive, Bureau of Astronomical Telegrams also make have also been active users of millimeter-wave including the development of instrumentation their homes at the CfA.

1 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences of astronomy and astrophysics; take Astronomy or by passing an oral examination in the five Graduate Study Programs 145 and pass it with a grade of B or higher; or “core” courses (Astronomy 150, 201a, 201b, The program of graduate study is designed take an oral exam on the same level at the start of 202a, 202b); equivalent courses taken else- to make Harvard PhD students first-rate the second term. where can also satisfy this requirement. In researchers with a broad knowledge of astro- addition, students are expected to take for physics and competence in teaching. To do 1. Course and General Background Require- ments. Candidates are admitted to the PhD credit at least one of the additional 200 or this, we have constructed an advising program, higher level courses offered by the department and a set of requirements to help students program only, although the AM degree will be awarded upon satisfactory completion or, in several cases, by other departments. A develop their astrophysical understanding, and complete list of these courses is: Astronomy to carry through a successful dissertation in a of the residence requirements. Candidates for the PhD degree in the Department of 191, 192, 193, 218, 219, 225, Physics 210, timely way. 211, and 251a, and b. Courses taken else- The standing Committee on Academic Astronomy must satisfy the course and general background requirements, and complete one where or courses of equivalent intellectual Studies (CAS) in the Department of substance in mathematics or physics may be Astronomy has the primary responsibility research project, a thesis, and final oral examination as described below. used to satisfy this requirement at the discre- for administering graduate programs. This tion of the CAS. For more information about committee is composed of members of the General Background Requirements . Previous specific courses refer to the listings in Courses teaching staff, including the department chair, knowledge of astronomy is not a prerequisite of Instruction. and two graduate students. The purpose of the for admission to the department. However, committee is to insure that students receive students with little or no basic astronomy Teaching . Department of Astronomy graduate adequate guidance at the pre-dissertation background are expected to become familiar students are required to satisfactorily teach level, to see that uniform academic standards with introductory concepts before enrolling at for two semesters. First-year students are not are applied, and to define the professional Harvard. required to teach so they may devote their qualifications expected by the department for time to studies. A student’s teaching will be Placement Exam . All students are expected to evaluated by the course head. Students who advanced degrees in astronomy. At regular pass a written placement examination covering intervals the committee reviews the progress are not proficient in the English language are the basic concepts/core of astronomy and required to demonstrate to the course head of each graduate student. It also reviews and astrophysics. If the student does not pass, there approves study programs, arranges oral exami- their proficiency before they are allowed to will be a choice or taking Astronomy 145 in teach. Various routes to improving English nations, and selects dissertation examining the Spring and passing it with a grade of B or committees, dissertation advisory committees, communications skills are available through higher, or take an oral exam on the same level the University; the department will help and research exam committees. The chair of at the start of the second term. the Committee on Academic Studies is the students achieve the necessary proficiency. The departmental Director of Graduate Studies. Physics and Mathematics . Courses offered by Derek Bok Center for Teaching and Learning A faculty advisor is assigned to each other departments in the University normally offers activities and services to aid those who incoming graduate student to help the student form an essential part of the training of teach, and is especially useful for new teaching make informed decisions about coursework graduate students in astronomy. Candidates fellows or those who are unfamiliar with and research opportunities. Each student is for advanced degrees must have a substantial teaching in the American classroom setting. The first two sections of a student’s teaching free to choose a new advisor at any subsequent background in physics and mathematics. The are part of her/his compensation package from time, but should inform the department following list, based on courses at Harvard, is the department (unless the student has an administrator and the CAS of such a change representative of the minimum background external fellowship, see below). Many students after obtaining the new advisor’s consent. the candidate should have acquired as an wish to teach more than the required amount. Study plans are prepared by students in undergraduate: The Department believes that students should consultation with their advisor early in each 1. Mechanics (Physics 151) have this opportunity if they are in good fall term, and are submitted to the Committee 2. Electromagnetic theory (Physics 153) academic standing and are making good on Academic Studies. With the approval of the 3. Statistical physics (Physics 181) progress toward their degree. Students who student’s advisor, revised study plans may be 4. Quantum mechanics (Physics 143a, undertake additional teaching will normally sent to the committee at any time during the 143b) receive half of their teaching stipend while the year, to reflect changing interests. 5. General mathematics (Applied remaining half is applied to their support if Mathematics 105a, 105b) Requirements for Advanced Degrees sufficient research funds are available. Students A knowledge of more advanced physics and who wish to teach additional courses should The department expects candidates for advanced mathematics is very important to astrophysical obtain the consent of their advisors and, by degrees to acquire professional competence work and students are encouraged to pursue University rules, must be in good academic in an area of research and to acquire a general these subjects at the graduate level by taking standing. If a student has received an outside knowledge of astronomy for an understanding of 232 and 251a, b (or their equivalents) and fellowship that permits additional support and important developments in other areas. Courses Applied Mathematics 201 and 202. As a that fellowship offers full support, they will offered by other departments in the University minimum, students are expected to obtain keep the stipend from teaching in addition to normally form an essential part of the training a satisfactory grade (A or B) or otherwise the fellowship. Students also may not teach of graduate students in astronomy. Previous demonstrate knowledge of the material in more than one course per semester without knowledge of astronomy is not a prerequisite for Physics 251a, or AY 251, or Physics 210, grad- the consent of the Committee on Academic admission to the department. However, students uate-level quantum mechanics, or graduate- Studies (CAS). It is the responsibility of with little or no basic astronomy background level general relativity. the student and their advisor to ensure that are expected to become familiar with introduc- additional teaching (beyond the two required tory concepts before enrolling at Harvard. All Astronomy Courses . Candidates for advanced semesters) will not slow progress toward students are expected to pass a written placement degrees should obtain a broad knowledge of completion of academic/degree requirements. examination covering the basic concepts/core astronomy by obtaining a satisfactory grade

Programs of Study 1 7 Plan of Study . Students are expected to discuss They also conduct a brief oral examina- obtained from the department administrator. their proposed course and study schedule tion on the subject of this research as well as The final manuscript should conform to the with their advisor and then to submit it to the related astrophysics. The research examina- requirements described in the booklet, The committee for approval as part of their study tion is normally scheduled two weeks after Form of the Phd Dissertation . plan. Students should attempt to complete the submission of the research report. Exams 5. Final Oral Examination. The Committee their course work and general background generally last for a few hours including the on Academic Studies will appoint a committee studies before the end of the second year. A presentation, questions and committee delib- to conduct a final oral examination at which student is notified when the CAS agrees that eration. The REC will normally meet in the the candidate will defend their PhD disser- these requirements have been met. spring term of a students second year either to tation. The Final Oral Exam Committee The Astronomy Department has no conduct the research exam or to oversee prog- must contain at least two faculty members formal requirement in foreign languages. ress on the research exam and try to ensure (by university rules) and one examiner from Students should, however, be familiar with the completion by the of the students second full outside the University (by department rules). scientific literature in foreign languages that year. Students who have not completed their Typical committees have four or five members. relates to their own work. research exams by the end of the first semester The examination will be confined to the 2. Research Project . Before beginning work on of their third year will be required, with their dissertation and topics bearing directly on it. a thesis, a student must complete one research advisor, to meet with the CAS. Salary/stipend support may be withdrawn and the student 6. Duration of Graduate Study. Duration of project. The purpose of the project is to intro- graduate study should not ordinarily exceed duce students to methods of research and to not allowed to register, if the student has not completed their research exam by the end of five years, and students in their sixth year are ensure that they can organize material and encouraged to finish promptly. present it cogently in written form. The topic the third year. may be in the area of intended thesis work, 3. Dissertation Proposal . Within three to four 7. Satisfactory Progress. Students who are although research in another area is encour- months of completion of the research exam, not progressing satisfactorily will be put on aged. No research project or paper carried out both the student and advisor should submit grace, essentially a one year University proba- before the student has registered for graduate to the Committee on Academic Studies a tion during which they must begin to make study at Harvard will be accepted. dissertation proposal and a list of possible appropriate progress. Students who, at the Each research project must have a faculty thesis committee members. It is desirable, but end of such a probationary year, are still not supervisor who approves the subject material not required, that the dissertation topic be in progressing satisfactorily, will lose stipend and ensures that the written report meets the an area different from that pursued for the support. appropriate standard. Students are expected to research project. select an area of research in their second term Thesis Advisory Committee . The Thesis Advi- University Requirements for in residence, and should submit a proposal sory Committee (TAC) monitors the student’s Advanced Degrees for a research project to the CAS before May progress towards the completion of the 15 of their first year. This is a short statement University requirements for advanced degrees dissertation, giving both advice and supervi- are found in The Graduate School of Arts and of the intended research and does not require sion. It includes members with interests and prior completion of any phase of the work. Sciences Handbook. University requirements knowledge broadly related to the dissertation include Common Requirements for Degree Research Exam Committees (REC). The CAS research. Although the dissertation supervisor Candidates. Academic Residency Require- will appoint Research Exam Committees for will be a member of the committee, another ments: All candidates for advanced degrees all students when their Research Proposals are member will be designated chair by the must meet the University residence require- submitted in the spring term of their first year. Committee on Academic Studies (CAS). The ments, as defined in The GSAS Handbook. For This committee consists of the research project student and committee will meet together the AM degree, a minimum of one year of supervisor, two readers, and a tentative thesis at least once per semester. Each student has full-time study in residence—normally eight advisory committee chair. The REC will advise the responsibility for arranging TAC meet- half-courses or equivalent—is required; for the CAS on the suitability and scope of the ings each semester. The CAS is charged with the PhD degree, the minimum requirement is research proposal. making sure students have TAC meetings for two years of full-time study in residence— Normally students devote the summer on a semester schedule starting no later than normally 16 half-courses or equivalent. following their first academic year to research six months after a student has completed their project. The final research project report the research exam. The role of the TAC is to is due before May 15 of the second year. provide additional advice to the student and Publication of the report is desirable but not to provide advice to the CAS on the student’s Financial Support essential. The student may work as a member progress towards the PhD. The Department of Astronomy plans to sup of a research group, but the project report In advance of each meeting the student port all students who are accepted for graduate should be written entirely by the student, provides the committee members with a study. The department does not require or though it need not be the final version brief summary of current progress and prob- expect the statement of financial need upon submitted for publication. The report need lems. This, together with an evaluation form application to the Graduate School. Students not describe a completed research project, but completed by the committee and given to the are accepted and supported on the basis of can be a description of work accomplished. Its student, will be reviewed by the CAS. merit. The support may be in the form of a national or University fellowship, a teaching total length should not exceed 50 pages. Our 4. PhD Thesis. It is desirable that the student fellowship, or a research assistantship. The usual advice on presentations is to plan for 30 complete the thesis and other degree require- normal pattern of student support is a “uninterrupted” minutes and to concentrate ments by the end of five years. Before the final combination of fellowship, research assistant- on the motivation for the research, the results oral examination, the student is required to ship, and teaching fellowship. Students gain and the astrophysical conclusions. give a public lecture on the dissertation topic. teaching experience during their graduate Research Exam . The research project report is Information on due dates for degree applica- career by teaching part-time (usually ten evaluated by the Research Exam Committee. tions and submission of disserations may be

1 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences hours a week) during two terms. Prospective Ann Bragg, “The Structure and Initial Mass of magnetic fields in low mass stars and students are urged to apply for outside fellow- Function of h and chi Persei” brown dwarfs. ships that offer tuition and/or stipend support Warren Brown, “Spectroscopy: Instrumenta- David Charbonneau, Thomas D . Cabot during graduate school. Among the many tion and Applications to the Galaxy and to the Associate Professor of Astronomy (Director of fellowships available are the National Science Large Scale Structure of the Universe” Undergraduate Studies) . Detection and charac- Foundation Graduate Research Fellowships terization of planets orbiting nearby, Sun-like (www.nsfgradfellows.org), the Hertz Founda- Pinaki Chatterjee, “Dynamics of Black Holes in Dense Stellar Systems” stars, design and implementation of auto- tion (www.hertzfoundation.org/), the National mated telescopes for photometric monitoring, Defense Science and Engineering Graduate Vincent Fish, “Magnetic Fields in Massive formation and structure of brown dwarfs, and Fellowship (www.asee.org/ndseg/), and the Star-Forming Regions and the Magnetic Struc- searches for their low-mass companions. NASA GSRP Fellowship (fellowships.hq.nasa. ture of the Milky Way” Alexander Dalgarno, Phillips Professor of gov/gsrp/program/). International students Steven Furlanetto, “Probes of the State and Astronomy . Theoretical studies of atomic, should apply for outside funding such as the Composition of the Intergalactic Medium” molecular, chemical, and dynamical processes Fulbright (www.iie.org) and Knox fellowships in astrophysical and atmospheric environ- (www.frankknox.harvard.edu/). As stated Joseph Gelfand, “The Energetics and Envi- ments. Development and application of under Teaching, the first two sections of a ronments of Young Neutron Stars” quantum mechanical methods to atomic and student’s teaching are part of their compensa- Daniel Harvey, “Measuring the Density Struc- molecular physics and chemistry. tion package. Those who undertake additional ture of Star-Forming Dense Cores” Douglas Finkbeiner, Assistant Professor teaching (with the consent of their advisor Robin Herrnstein, “Ammonia at the Galactic of Astronomy and Physics . Observational and the CAS) will normally keep half of their Center: A Detailed Study of the Molecular consequences of dark matter annihilation; teaching stipend if sufficient research funds are Environment in the Central 10 Parsecs of interstellar dust and ionized gas as CMB fore- available. Students with active outside awards, the Galaxy” which pay their tuition and stipend in full, grounds; galactic evolution, cosmic infrared Philip Hopkins, “Quasars and Galaxy may keep all of their funds from teaching. background; large-scale structure, deep Mergers: Fueling, Feedback, and Evolution” redshift surveys (SDSS, DEEP2). Hannah Jang-Condell, “Shedding Some Light Alyssa A. Goodman, Professor of Astronomy . on Planet Formation: Temperature Perturba- Studies of the interstellar medium, interstellar Admissions tions Caused by Stellar Illumination Near an dust and star formation, including single-dish Embedded Protoplanet and Their Effects on and interferometric spectral-line mapping, Application forms for admission and financial Planet Formation Processes” polarimetry, Zeeman observations, infrared aid may be obtained from the Admissions photometry, stellar spectroscopy, satellite Office, Harvard Graduate School of Arts and Saurabh Jha, “Exploding Stars, Near and Far” observations, and theoretical investigations. Sciences, Holyoke Center, 3rd floor, 1350 Nitya Kallivayalil, “The Motions of Magel- Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA lanic Clouds and the Nature of Gallactic Jonathan E. Grindlay, Robert Treat Paine 02138. Prospective students should request Matter” Professor of Practical Astronomy . Compact these forms in the preceding late summer objects and binaries in globular cluster and Heather Knutson, “Portraits of Distant or autumn, and should make every effort evolution of X-ray binaries. Accretion onto Worlds: Characterizing the Atmospheres of to submit them before the due date. We white dwafs, neutron stars, and black holes. Extrasolar Planets” encourage online submission of the applica- Development of a balloon-borne hard X-ray tion. See www.gsas.harvard.edu. Don Lloyd, “Model Atmospheres and Spectra imaging telescopes and future space missions Candidates for admission are required of Cooling Neutron Stars” for hard X-ray observations of X-ray binaries to take the GRE General and the Physics Scott Ransom, “New Search Techniques for and quasars. Subject Test at the earliest convenient date. Binary Pulsars” Lars Hernquist, Mallinckrodt Professor of The February GRE date is too late for consid- Astronomy . Theoretical studies of dynamical eration. Prospective candidates are always Kenneth Rines, “The Infall Regions of Nearby Galaxy Clusters” processes in cosmology and galaxy formation/ welcome to visit the Center for Astrophysics to galaxy evolution. Numerical simulations of meet the faculty and students. Ming Sun, “Hot X-ray Gas in Galaxies, stellar dynamical and hydrodynamical systems. Further information may be obtained from Groups, and Clusters” Investigations of the physics of compact our Website at cfa-www.harvard. edu/hco/ Xiaohu Wang, “Probing the Gaseous Environ- objects, particularly neutron stars and the astro/ or from the Department Administrator, ments of Gamma-Ray Bursts” interplay between thermal and magnetic Department of Astronomy, Harvard University, processes in strongly magnetized neutron stars. 60 Garden Street, Cambridge, MA 02138; (617) 495-3752; [email protected]. John P. Huchra, Robert O . and Holly Thomis Faculty of the Department of Doyle Professor of Cosmology (Director of Graduate Studies) . Observational cosmology; Astronomy in particular, the study of the distribution and Selected PhD Dissertation Titles dynamics of matter in the universe and study James Battat, “Testing Fundamental Physics Charles Alcock, Professor of Astronomy . Massive of the formation of structure in the universe; in the Solar System: Constraints on Lorentz compact halo objects, comets, and asteroids. also research on active galactic nuclei, X-ray Symmetry and Braneworld Gravity” Edo Berger, Assistant Professor of Astronomy . sources, globular clusters around galaxies and Slavko Bogdanov, “X-Ray Emission from Observational studies of gamma-ray bursts star formation in galaxies. Millisecond Pulsars” and transient phenomena in the optical, Robert P. Kirshner, Clowes Professor of Science . X-rays, and radio; multi-wavelength studies Alceste Bonanos, “Determining Distances to Observations of supernovae, supernova Nearby Galaxies” remnants, galaxy dynamics and evolution,

Programs of Study 1 9 clusters and galaxy distributions on very large scales using KPNO, CTIO, Las Campanas, IUE, Whipple Observatory, HST, and the MMT. John Kovac, Assistant Professor of Astronomy and Physics . Observations of cosmic micro- wave background temperature and polariza- tion anisotropies, and their use to search for evidence of Inflation, constrain cosmological parameters, and study the evolution structure. Cosmology using radio observations. Experimental techniques for measurements from radio to sub-mn wavelengths, including interferometry, bolometric detection, optics, and guided wave devices. Analysis methods for CMB and other cosmological datasets. Julia C. Lee, Assistant Professor of Astronomy . High-resolution X-ray spectroscopy. Abraham Loeb, Professor of Astronomy . Theoretical cosmology, in particular the early formation of structure in the universe; gamma-ray bursts and gravitational lensing. James M. Moran, Chair and Donald H . Menzel Professor of Astrophysics . High angular resolution studies of radio sources, conducted with VLA and various VLBI Networks, including H2O, OH, and SiO masers in the late-type stars and newly formed stars, compact H II regions, and quasars. Ramesh Narayan, Thomas Dudley Cabot Professor of Natural Sciences . Research in gravitational lensing. Accretion disks in binary neutron stars and black holes and in galactic nuclei; gamma-ray bursts, gravitational lensing. Dimitar D. Sasselov, Professor of Astronomy . Research in dynamic stellar atmospheres, chromospheric heating, and mass loss through coupled hydrodynamics and radiative transfer. Galactic stellar populations and nucleosyndis- sertation. Extrasolar planets. Irwin I. Shapiro, Timken University Professor . Applications of radio and radar techniques to astrometry, astrophysics, geophysics, planetary physics, and tests of theories of gravitation. Christopher Stubbs, Professor of Physics and of Astronomy . Dark energy and dark matter, observational cosmology. Astronomical instrumentation and detector development; high performance computing applied to astronomical data analysis. Gravitational microlensing and supernova observations. Patrick Thaddeus, Robert Wheeler Willson Professor of Astrophysics and Professor of Applied Physics . Radio astronomy: the study of molecules in the interstellar gas; investigation of the structure of molecular clouds and their distribution in the Milky Way and nearby galaxies. Laboratory Spectroscopy in the millimeter- wave band of reactive molecules.

2 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Higher Degrees in Biostatistics

by all students as they move toward the PhD student who has not passed the written quali- The First Two Years and are expected to be completed by the end fying examination after two attempts will be Advising and Course Selection of the fourth term. The AM degree may be asked to leave the program. Each first-year student is assigned a faculty granted when these requirements are fulfilled. The oral qualifying examination assesses advisor by the Biostatistics Student Advising In addition, the department may confer a the student’s potential to perform research Committee. The faculty advisor will assist the terminal AM on students who will not be in a chosen field, and examines the student’s student in course selection and other academic completing the requirements for the PhD. knowledge of his or her fields of study. The issues until the student has selected a disserta- For the AM degree, four terms of course oral examination should be scheduled within tion advisor. The Student Advising Committee work with a minimum average grade of B is three terms of passing the written examina- oversees student advising and orientation, ordinarily required. With the department’s tion. The student nominates an Oral Quali- funding concerns, teaching and research assis- approval, students with a previous graduate fying Examination Committee of at least three tantships, and other related matters. degree in a medical, scientific, or statistical faculty members who will give this examina- The particular courses a student is field and with prior sufficient prior statis- tion. The membership of the Oral Qualifying required to take may vary based upon his tical training may qualify for the AM degree Examination Committee must be approved or her academic background. The specific with two terms of course work. The specific by the department chair. Successful comple- requirements for the PhD in Biostatistics are requirements for the AM in Biostatistics are tion of the written qualifying examination is outlined in the Biostatistics Graduate Student outlined in the Biostatistics Graduate Student a prerequisite for taking the oral qualifying Handbook. The director of graduate studies Handbook. Upon fulfilling the AM require- examination. is responsible for reviewing the student’s ments, students should submit an application program of study and has the authority to for the master’s degree. consider exceptions to the rules and regulations established by the department. The Dissertation Advisor Selection recommendations of the director of graduate Students select their dissertation advisors studies are forwarded to the department chair Teaching following their successful completion of the for final approval. The Biostatistics program encourages its written qualifying examination. The disser- Advising of students comes from faculty students to gain meaningful teaching experi- tation advisor will take over the duties of advisors, course instructors, the Biostatistics ence as part of their graduate training. All academic advising from the student’s faculty Student Advising Committee, the department PhD students participate as a teaching assis- advisor. A student’s selection of dissertation chair, other faculty, and GSAS. All students tant in courses offered by the department. advisor must be approved by the director of are monitored by the Committee on Academic graduate studies. Standing. Third-and higher-year students are also monitored by their dissertation advisor and their Research Committee. Computing Research Committee Students entering the PhD program in biostatistics are expected to have experience with a After a student has passed the oral qualifying Credit for Work Done Elsewhere programming language and one or more statis- examination, the student, in consultation tical packages. Given the increasing reliance of with the dissertation advisor, nominates a The program may excuse a student from statistical practice on computing technology, Research Committee to oversee the student’s some of the program course requirements students are recommended to take one or progress. The Research Committee ordinarily in consideration of courses taken elsewhere. more courses in statistical computing as part consists of the dissertation advisor, who serves Only graduate courses taken after the bach- of their program. as the chairperson, and two or more faculty elor’s degree may be given official GSAS credit members. The membership of the Research toward the PhD degree. The maximum allow- Committee must be approved by the director able credit for courses taken elsewhere is eight of graduate studies. half-courses (a half-course is equivalent to a Qualifying Examinations The Research Committee will provide five-unit Harvard School of Public Health Each student must take and pass two quali- timely and considered advising to the student. course). Students petitioning for credit for fying examinations: a written qualifying exam- The Research Committee helps set logical work done elsewhere should seek the approval ination and, later, an oral examination. goals for the completion of the dissertation of the director of graduate studies. The recom- The written qualifying examination and monitors progress toward completion of mendations of the director of graduate studies assesses the student’s background in proba- degree requirements. are forwarded to the department chair for final bility and statistical theory and in applications. The student is responsible for arranging approval. It is administered annually by the Biostatistics periodic meetings with the Research Qualifying Examination Committee. Committee. The student and his or her disser- The written examination is typically given tation advisor will prepare a written report Master of Arts (AM) just prior to the spring term of the second twice per year. academic year. The Biostatistics Qualifying No one is admitted as a candidate for the AM, Examination Committee supervises the only for the PhD. Nevertheless, the require- writing and grading of the examination. A ments for the master’s degree must be satisfied

Programs of Study 2 1 Preparation for the Dissertation Defense The FAS Registrar specifies deadlines by which the dissertation must be submitted and the dissertation examination passed to receive the PhD diploma in November, March, or May of each academic year. A dissertation information packet is available from the Registrar’s office or from the biostatistics administration office specifying the steps to be taken when the student is ready to apply for the PhD degree and the various forms that need to be submitted. The dissertation should be an original contribution to scientific knowledge. It can contribute to a subject matter field through innovative application of existing methodology, can produce an original methodological contribution, or be a combination of the two. Acceptance of the dissertation is the responsibility of the student’s Research Committee, the department, and GSAS. When the dissertation is complete, the student defends it to the Research Committee at a public presentation. The defense must be scheduled at least three weeks in advance. Copies of the dissertation should be given to members of the Research Committee and the department chair at least two weeks before the defense.

2 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences The PhD in Business Economics

A joint degree offered by the Department of “Learning How to Invest When Returns Are Economics in the Faculty of Arts and Sciences Program Uncertain” and the Harvard Business School, the PhD During the first year, students take courses in business economics combines economic in graduate economic theory (i.e., micro analysis with the practical aspects of business. economics, general equilibrium, and macro- This degree is primarily intended to prepare economics) to prepare for the written General Faculty students for careers in research and teaching Examination. All courses should be completed Business Economics faculty members come in business administration and related fields with a grade of B or better. Most students take from both the Faculty of Arts and Sciences of economics. The general management an advanced course in statistics and a basic and the Harvard Business School. They approach of the Harvard Business School is graduate course in econometrics. This include, but are not limited to: an important ingredient in the program. is the same first-year program that would be Jerry R. Green, Chair, John Leverett Professor The program can be distinguished from undertaken by a candidate for the PhD in in the University; David A . Wells Professor of the Harvard PhD in economics by its greater economics. Political Economy . Microeconomic theory. emphasis on business fields and its focus on To complete the PhD in business Bharat Anand, Professor of Business Administra- the use of economic analysis and statistical economics, students must fulfill the following tion . Applied and empirical industrial organi- methods in dealing effectively with manage- requirements: zation and corporate strategy. ment problems in these applied business fields. • Courses in economic theory • Five MBA courses for students without an Nava Ashraf, Assistant Professor of Business MBA degree Administration . Decision making, economic Admission • Courses in quantitative methods development, and field experiments. • Written General Examination in economic George P. Baker III, Herman C . Krannert Successful candidates have strong records of theory Professor of Business Administration. Manage- academic performance in rigorous programs • Oral special field examination ment incentives, leveraged buyouts, organiza- and exemplary GRE General Test or GMAT • Dissertation tional economics, and relationships between scores, especially in the quantitative area. firm’s ownership structure and its management. Please note that, when possible, the GMAT Students may specialize in fields such is preferred. They are not required to hold a as: capital markets and financial institutions, Malcolm Baker, Professor of Business Admin- degree in economics, though prior coursework corporate finance, corporate governance, istration. Interaction between corporate is strongly recommended. Furthermore, they competition and strategy, accounting and financing decisions and market efficiency. control, international business, produc- generally have an effective working knowledge Carliss Y. Baldwin, William L . White Professor of college-level calculus and linear algebra. tion and innovation, negotiation and decision-making, game theory, organizational of Business Administration . Finance and organi- Non-native English speakers must take zational economics. the TOEFL, unless they have obtained a economics, business organization, marketing, John Y. Campbell, Morton L . and Carole S . degree from an institution in which English transportation and logistics, agribusiness, Olshan Professor of Economics . Stock prices, is the language of instruction. The committee and business and economic development. term structure of interest rates, and aggregate prefers scores of at least 600 and 260 on the Each field is conceived as a synthesis of consumption in relation to economic fluctua- paper-based and the computer-based tests, some field or area in business administration tions. respectively. with those areas of economics that contribute Further information about the program appropriate theoretical and methodological Peter Coles, Assistant Professor of Business is available on the Harvard Business School tools. Each student takes an active role in Administration . Auctions, experimental Website at www.hbs.edu/doctoral . Applica- selecting and defining the combination of economics, and market design. subjects that make up the special field. tions for admission may be obtained from the C. Fritz Foley, Associate Professor of Busi- Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Admis- ness Administration . International corporate sions Office or completed online at www.gsas. finance. harvard.edu. Questions regarding the program Recent PhD Dissertation Titles should be directed to: Kenneth A. Froot, Andre R . Jakurski Professor Harvard Business School “Behavioral Approaches to Contract Theory of Business Administration . International Doctoral Programs Office and Corporate Finance” finance, distribution of insurance risk, risk capital, and capital allocation. [email protected] “Innovation and Knowledge Diffusion in the (617) 495-6101 Global Economy” Drew Fudenberg, Frederic E . Abbe Professor of Economics. Game theory and microeconomic “Signaling Effects of Strategic Alliances on theory. Small Partners” Financial Aid Stuart Gilson, Steven R . Fenster Professor of “The Organization of Productive Activities in Business Administration . Valuation, corporate All incoming students receive a merit-based Developing Countries: The Role of Business finance, and corporate restructuring. award, regardless of need. This includes a Groups” fellowship for tuition and health fees, as well “Essays on the Economics of Multinational as a stipend for living expenses ($36,600 in Enterprises” 2010-2011).

Programs of Study 2 3 Paul A. Gompers, Eugene Holman Professor of David Scharfstein, Edmund Cogswell Business Administration . Private equity funds, Converse Professor of Finance and Banking . private firms, and long-run performance evalu- Entrepreneurship and venture capital; corpo- ation for newly public companies. rate resource allocation; and financing and Brian J. Hall, Albert H . Gordon Professor management of biotechnology. of Business Administration . Compensation Andrei Shleifer, Professor of Economics . Applied and incentive strategy, corporate gover- theory, corporate finance, and economic tran- nance, corporate finance, and organizational sition. economics. Jeremy C. Stein, Moise Y . Safra Professor of Oliver S. Hart, Andrew E . Furer Professor of Economics . Corporate finance, behavioral Economics . Theory of the firm and contract finance, money and banking. theory. Peter Tufano, Sylvan C . Coleman Professor Paul M. Healy, James R . Williston Professor of of Financial Management . Financial innovation Business Administration . Corporate financial and use of financial engineering by corpora- reporting and analysis and corporate finance. tions. Dale W. Jorgenson, Samuel W . Morris Univer- Luis M. Viceira, Professor of Business Adminis- sity Professor . Econometrics. tration . Investments and asset prices. Robert S. Kaplan, Baker Foundation Professor . Dennis Yao, Lawrence E . Fouraker Professor of Link between cost and performance measure- Business Administration . Incentive and infor- ment systems with strategy implementation mation problems affecting firms. and operational excellence. Tarun Khanna, Jorge Paulo Lemann Professor of Business Administration . Corporate strategy of diversified business. Josh Lerner, Jacob H . Schiff Professor of Invest- ment Banking . Venture capital, private equity, and intellectual property. Robert C. Merton, John and Natty McArthur University Professor . Finance. Julie Mortimer, Associate Professor of Economics . Industrial organization, applied econometrics, and microeconomics. Felix Oberholzer-Gee, Associate Professor of Business Administration . Strategy. Ariel Pakes, Steven McArthur Heller Professor of Economics. Industrial organization and econometrics. Krishna G. Palepu, Ross Graham Walker Professor of Business Administration . Strategy, valuation, and disclosure. Andre F. Perold, George Gund Professor of Finance and Banking . Risk management and capital allocation. Jan Rivkin, Professor of Business Administration . Interactions across functional and product boundaries within a firm. Julio J. Rotemberg, William Ziegler Professor of Business Administration . Sources of economic fluctuations, emphasizing effects of monetary policy, fiscal policy, and oil price changes. Alvin E. Roth, George Gund Professor of Economics and Business Administration . Game theory as part of empirical economics and experimental economics theory. Richard S. Ruback, Willard Prescott Smith Professor of Corporate Finance . Applied corporate finance.

2 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Celtic Languages and Literatures

The First Two Years Master of Arts (AM) General Examination The First Year Ordinarily, students are not admitted to the The general examination is a two-hour oral Eight half-courses. Should include at least department to pursue a terminal AM degree. examination in the general field of Celtic three 200-level half-courses, two of which For students matriculated in the Celtic studies, augmented by the student’s special must be in early Irish or early Welsh language department and working toward the PhD, and interests within Celtic or an allied field, (unless satisfied elsewhere). The ability to students matriculated in other departments normally structured for the purposes of the read Latin and either French or German. The of GSAS, the minimum requirements for the examination as reading lists of primary and ability to read these languages is to be demon- AM in Celtic are: secondary sources in four or five areas. strated as follows: • A minimum of six half-courses in It is conducted by the student’s For Latin, successful completion (B-grade the department, three of which must committee, normally comprising at least two or better) of Harvard Latin Aab; for French, be introductory, intermediate, and members of the Celtic department and one successful completion (B- grade or better) of advanced courses in early Irish or early additional faculty member. Harvard French Ax; for German, successful Welsh (or their equivalents) and at least It is expected that the examination will be completion (B- grade or better) of Harvard one additional half-course in another taken in the third year of PhD residency, ordi- German Ax. An equivalent qualification Celtic language. narily in the fall. In exceptional circumstances, acquired at Harvard or elsewhere (and it may be taken in the spring of the third year. • Two additional half-courses related to In cases of unsatisfactory performance, the approved by the director of graduate studies the field of Celtic studies and approved or Celtic department chair) or a departmental student may normally take the examination a by the department’s director of graduate second time. A student who does not pass on examination may also demonstrate compe- studies. tence in any of the languages noted above. the second attempt must withdraw from the Note: Any coursework offered in satis- • The ability to read Latin, to be dem- program. A student who has not passed the faction of this requirement must normally onstrated by successful completion general examination by the end of the fourth be taken in addition to the eight half-course (B-grade or better) of Harvard Latin year must withdraw. requirement. The demonstration of ability to Aab (or its equivalent elsewhere) or read Latin and either French or German may departmental examination. be postponed until the second year. • The ability to read French and/or Ger- Dissertation A grade of Incomplete, whether in Celtic man, to be demonstrated by successful department courses or in courses in other completion (B- grade or better) of Har- As soon as possible after passing the general departments, must be converted into a letter vard French Ax and/or German Ax (or examination, and not later than the end of the grade before the end of the next registration equivalent elsewhere) or departmental term following successful completion of the period, or it will become permanent unless the examination. examination, the candidate must identify a student has successfully petitioned the GSAS dissertation director and submit a prospectus Dean’s office for an extension of time. of the proposed dissertation. Students must make up incomplete grades Early in the semester following the in required courses before taking the general Teaching approval of the prospectus, the candidate, in consultation with the dissertation director, will examination. Students will normally be eligible for teaching invite two other readers, one of whom must be The Second Year fellowships during their third and fourth years. a member of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences, Students holding the master’s degree may be Students would normally be expected to to serve as additional readers and to offer guid- eligible in their second year. take eight half-courses, two of which must ance as the dissertation progresses. This proce- Students teaching in courses offered by be 200-level courses in early Irish or early dure must have the approval of the chair of the members of the department faculty must Welsh, whichever has not been satisfied in Celtic department. participate in the teaching fellows (TF) orien- the first year or elsewhere. This requirement Two copies of the dissertation must be tation program at the beginning of the term in is exclusive of the Latin, French, and German in the hands of the chair by August 10 for which they will teach, as well as attend course requirement as noted above. The remaining a degree in November, by November 30 for lectures and weekly TF meetings with the language requirement, namely the ability to a degree in March, and by March 26 for a course head. read French or German, is to be demonstrated. degree in May. Students who are fluent in speaking, Any language requirement deferred from the The final manuscript of the dissertation reading, and writing one of the modern Celtic first year must also be met. must conform to the requirements described languages may be eligible to teach introduc- in the booklet The Form of the PhD Disserta- tory and intermediate courses in that language. tion, available from the Office of the Regis- trar or on the Web (www.gsas.harvard.edu/ current_students/ form_of_the_phd_disserta- tion.php). Students are encouraged to complete the PhD before the end of the sixth year.

Programs of Study 2 5 Dissertation Defense Upon completion of the dissertation, the candidate will be required to defend it before an audience comprising members of the dissertation committee together with an invited audience of faculty and students. Once the dissertation has been successfully defended, the members of the dissertation committee will sign the dissertation acceptance certificate.

Ad Hoc Degrees Interested parties should consult the Celtic department’s director of graduate studies and review the GSAS Ad hoc Program requirements described earlier in this handbook.

PhD Secondary Fields The Celtic Department encourages students who have a background and interest in a subject closely related to the field of Celtic studies (e.g., Classics, Comparative Litera- ture, Historical Linguistics, Medieval Studies, Romance Languages and Literatures) to consider completing a Secondary Field in that area. Please see the list of Secondary Fields in PhD Studies in the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Programs of Study. PhD Secondary Field in Celtic Medieval Languages and Literatures Please see the description of the PhD Secondary Field in Celtic Medieval Languages and Literatures at the end of Chapter VI.

2 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences PhD in Chemical Physics

The degree of doctor of philosophy in During orientation week, each entering chemical physics was established to meet the Master of Arts (AM) student meets with an assigned member of the needs of students wishing to prepare them- No master’s degree is offered in chemical Curriculum Advising Committee (CAC) to selves for the study of chemical problems by physics. However, a prospective candidate formulate a plan of study. The CAC advises the methods and theories of modern physics. for the doctoral degree in this subject may students on their academic plans, approves The Committee on the Degree of Doctor of apply to the Department of either Chemistry required courses, and assists in decisions Philosophy in Chemical Physics is composed and Chemical Biology or Physics for the AM related to the PhD program. Any changes to of members of the Departments of Chem- degree in the corresponding subject. The the original plan of study must be discussed istry and Chemical Biology, Physics, and requirements for the AM degree in either with and approved by a member of the CAC. Astronomy, and of the School of Engineering Chemistry or Physics are described in the It is expected that required coursework be and Applied Sciences, with special interests GSAS Handbook under the Chemistry and completed no later than the end of the third in the field commonly known as chemical Chemical Biology or Physics sections. term in residence. physics. The program of study includes Admission to a research group is strongly courses in these subjects, and research on an encouraged at the start of or during the appropriate problem under the direction of a Requirements for the PhD student’s second term. All students should member of one of these departments. enter a research group by the end of the In general, candidates have access to the Prerequisites for Admission. A sufficient prep- second term of their first year unless granted a facilities and are eligible for the fellowships aration in intermediate physical chemistry, deferral by the director of graduate studies. physics, and mathematics. The GRE General and scholarships of these departments. For Rotations. Entering graduate students are further information, consult Higher Degrees in Examination is required, as is the subject exam, in either chemistry or physics. required to participate in three 4-week rota- Chemistry and Higher Degrees in Physics . tions in different laboratories, OR they may Qualifying Requirements. Students in the conduct one 8-week and one 4-week rotation Program for the PhD in Chemical Physics are in two different laboratories. The goal of the Admission required to pass five half-courses with average rotations is to broaden a student’s scientific grades of B or higher. Grades of B- will count perspective by exposing him or her to the Applications for admission to study for the as a pass if balanced by a B+ or better on a science and environment of different labora- PhD degree in chemical physics are accepted one-for-one basis. tories. from students who have received the bachelor’s There are two tracks: degree or have had equivalent preparation. Advising. Each entering student meets with an These applications should be initiated during 1) Either one course from A), one course assigned member of the Curriculum Advising the fall of the year preceding the September from B), and three courses from C); Committee in the week prior to the start of when admission is desired. Normally, students 2) or two courses from A), one course classes, to formulate a plan of study. The CAC are admitted only for September. from B), and two courses from C). advises students on their academic plans, Applicants must take the GRE general approves required courses, and assists in deci- and chemistry (or physics) examinations. sions related to the PhD program. These must be taken no later than November A) Chemistry 242; or Physics 251a, 251b. All students are strongly encouraged to enter a research group by the end of the of the year prior to admission and prefer- B) Chemistry 161 or 240; or Physics 262 second term of their first year, unless a deferral ably earlier so that score reports arrive by the or Applied Physics 284. December application deadline. TOEFL is is granted on a term-by-term basis by the required of all foreign applicants other than C) Applied Mathematics 201, 202; director of graduate studies. Once a student those whose native language is English. Chemistry 158; joins a research group, the faculty member of We encourage prospective students to that group becomes the student’s advisor. If a Applied Physics 195, 282, 292, 295a, student subsequently finds that another area submit their applications online whenever 295b, 296r, 298r; possible at https://apply.embark.com/grad/ of research more closely matches his or her Harvard/GSAS. We also ask the student’s Physics 151, 153, 181 (or Eng. Sci. interests, the student should consult with the recommenders to submit their letters online 181), 218, 232a, 232b, 253a, 253b, director of graduate studies. whenever possible. 268r. At the end of their first year, students Equivalent courses may be substituted are expected to constitute, in consultation with the approval of the chemical phys- with the director of graduate studies, their ics committee. Graduate Advising Committee (GAC). The Financial Support GAC consists of the student’s advisor and two Students should refer to the Higher Degrees in All entering graduate students (G1s) other faculty members, one of whom must Chemistry supplement. are required to take “Chemistry be a CCB faculty member. The committee 301hf. Scientific Teaching and meets yearly, beginning in the student’s second Communication: Practicum” in year, to assess research progress and discuss their first year. This course will teach future plans. Students are expected to present graduate students how to communicate and defend an independent proposal anytime scientific concepts in the classroom. between the second term of their second year and the end of their fourth year in the pres-

Programs of Study 2 7 ence of the GAC. In addition, they will have PhD Dissertation, included in the dissertation meetings with the GAC in the second term preparation packet of procedural and deadline of their second year, and by June 30th of their information that may be obtained from the third and fourth years. The independent CCB department office. proposal defense will serve as one of these All students are expected to provide a three required meetings. Students may have public presentation of their PhD research. The a voluntary meeting in their fifth year and, dissertation defense will be comprised of two if necessary, a mandatory meeting in their parts: 1) a public presentation of the student’s six year. The objective of these meetings is to PhD research to which members of the CCB bring focus to the timely completion of the community will be invited, followed by 2) the degree requirements, to foster (non-advisor) private PhD dissertation defense before the faculty-student interactions, and to provide dissertation defense committee (generally the career counseling. GAC). One of the readers must be a faculty Oral Examinations. Students are expected member of the department of Chemistry and to present and defend a research proposal Chemical Biology (generally the advisor). Two anytime between the second term of the members of the committee must be members second year and the end of the fourth year. of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences. Faculty The presentation will be before a faculty members from other schools at Harvard who committee in accordance with the Graduate hold appointments on GSAS degree commit- Advising Committee guidelines. Additionally, tees as well as FAS emeriti and research profes- all students are expected to provide a public sors may serve as members of the dissertation presentation of their Ph.D. research as part of committee. Faculty of institutions outside of their program requirements. Harvard may serve as a member of the dissertation committee providing the requirement Language. A thorough command of oral of two readers from FAS (one being a CCB and written English is required. Incoming faculty member, generally the advisor) is met. PhD students who are non-native speakers of English and who have not received their undergraduate degree from an English- speaking institution will have their English proficiency tested by the Institute of English PhD in Chemical Physics Language (IEL). Students who are not deemed proficient will be required to take Selected PhD Dissertation Titles courses at the IEL to develop their English language skills as part of their preparation for Carl Barrelet, “Semiconductor Nanowires: teaching and their professional development. From Photonic Devices to Photonic Circuits” Students will not be allowed to teach until Dick Tung Pall Co, “Development of a Laser- they are deemed proficient. Induced Fluorescence Instrument for the in Teaching. It is expected that all students will situ Atmospheric Measurements of Iodine participate in teaching sections or laboratory Monoxide” for two terms. Most students teach in the Param Dhillon, “Slow Dynamics and Aging in spring term of their first year and the fall term Metastable Systems” of their second year. With his or her advisor’s Michinao Hashimoto, “Generation and concurrence, a student may teach in subse- Applications of Bubbles and Droplets in quent years. Microfluidic Systems” Continuance. Continuation in the degree Julius Lucks, “Biophysics of Polynucleotide program is contingent on the following: Unzipping, Viral Codon Usage, and Crystal- (1) satisfactory completion of required line Defects” coursework, (2) successful presentation and defense of a research proposal in accordance Christopher Roland, “Barriers in Sequence with policy set by the Graduate Advising and Mechanical Configuration-Space” Committee (GAC), (3) admission to a Jie Xiang, “Semiconductor Nanowires and research group during the second term in Nanowire Heterostructures: Fundamental residence, unless extension of time has been Transport Phenomena and Application in approved by the director of graduate studies, Nanoelectronics” and (4) satisfactory progress in 300-level research courses. Dissertation. The preparation of a satisfactory dissertation normally requires at least four years of full-time research. The final manuscript must conform to the requirements described in the booklet The Form of the

2 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Harvard Graduate Programs in the Classics

The department has been at the forefront of interests in philology, archaeology, history and tion completion fellowship in the final year, graduate education in classics for well over prehistory, linguistics, philosophy, religion, law, and by a combination of tuition grants and a century. It offers a variety of approaches, literary criticism, mythography, or the medieval teaching fellowships in the intervening years. emphasizing a wide range of knowledge and world both western and eastern. The depart- In addition, GSAS offers a variety of fellow- skills rather than a narrow early specializa- ment also offers specialized training in such ships for assistance at various stages, and also tion. Traditionally, the PhD in Classical disciplines as papyrology, epigraphy, palaeog- limited grants for summer language study, Philology has been the degree taken by most raphy, and numismatics. The resources of other travel, and other projects. The Charles Eliot doctoral candidates, but the department also Harvard departments are open to those inter- Norton Fellowship provides funding for a offers degrees in Ancient History, Classical ested in other ancient languages and scripts, year or a summer at the American School of Archaeology, Classical Philosophy, Medieval the history of science, and the relations of the Classical Studies at Athens. The Dumbarton Latin, Byzantine Greek, and Modern Greek. Greeks and the Romans with other ancient Oaks Research Library and Collection, under All candidates admitted to the PhD programs cultures. the administration of the Trustees for Harvard are expected to enter with competence in the Progress to the doctorate is supported by University, offers some junior fellowships in pertinent languages, ancient and modern, on the outstanding collections of the Widener the late classical, early Christian, and Byzan- which they will build in the course of their Library in every aspect of the ancient world, tine fields. graduate study. with the pertinent texts and journals located The following Graduate School scholar- Ideally, the doctoral program is conveniently beside study desks in the stacks. ships and fellowships are reserved in whole or conceived as lasting six years, divided into The department also maintains the Herbert in part for graduate students of the classics: three segments. The first two years, defined Weir Smyth Classical Library, with 9,000 George Henry Chase, Arthur Deloraine Corey, as “academic residence” for administrative volumes and comfortable working tables. Charles Haven Goodwin, William Watson purposes, are largely devoted to seminars, to Classical art is housed in the Harvard Art Goodwin, Albert and Anna Howard, Francis lecture/reading courses, and to independent Museums, which also have an extensive collec- Jones, the Loeb Classical Library Founda- reading in preparation for the general exami- tion of books on ancient art. The Museum of tion, Joseph Benjamin Moors, Charles Eliot nations. While all these formats are designed Fine Arts, Boston, has famous classical collec- Norton, William King Richardson, Fred N. to broaden experience of the languages and tions, and graduate students may be admitted Robinson, Paul Shorey, and Teschemacher literature needed for the degree, the seminars to its library with special permission. Harvard’s Memorial. For the Bowdoin and other prizes, form the core of the department’s program of Houghton Library holds papyri, manuscripts, students in residence should consult the graduate education. Summers are often spent and rare books pertaining to the classical field. pamphlet “Prizes Open to Students of Harvard in reading to prepare for examinations. Palaeographical works and manuscript facsim- College and in the Graduate School of Arts In the third year, students prepare for iles are kept in Smyth and in Widener D; the and Sciences.” their special examinations in three chosen Parry Collection of oral epic is in Widener C, Candidates who have successfully categories, and begin to gain experience of and epigraphical records and other aids are completed their general examinations (see teaching, which the department regards as an kept nearby in the Smyth Classical Library. below) are normally assigned teaching fellow- essential part of graduate preparation. The departmental space in Boylston Hall, ships in undergraduate courses, which include In the last two years, they continue to and the Smyth library, both contain computer elementary language courses, sophomore and teach, but otherwise work towards the comple- equipment for the use of the graduate students; junior tutorials, literature surveys, and courses tion of the degree, especially the writing of the this equipment provides access to the TLG, taught in translation. dissertation. PHI, DCB, and other standard research tools. The department’s graduate program is Though the department views the training There are regular occasions for graduate chiefly designed to prepare students for the of future university teachers as a major part of students and members of the department to degree of doctor of philosophy (PhD); the its mandate, its primary concern is to foster meet informally outside the classroom; in department will not admit applicants for the as thorough an expertise as possible in those addition, there are frequent colloquia, and degree of master of arts (AM) only. However, classical, medieval, and modern fields which opportunities for discussion of graduate and any student who has completed with honors are centered on Greek and Latin language faculty work. The Seminar on Ancient Greece two years of full-time study (16 applicable and literature. For this reason, the depart- and Rome in Harvard’s Humanities Center half-courses) will qualify for the degree of AM ment emphasizes the acquisition not only of sponsors roundtable discussion groups for in the appropriate area as a level of attainment, knowledge, but also of skills—in teaching, faculty and graduate students. There are many which the department will normally recom- in analysis, in research—which will enable public lectures sponsored by the department mend upon application by the student. No its graduates to find careers both within and each year, including several James Loeb Clas- examinations beyond those required in the outside the traditional fields. Great emphasis sical Lectures given by distinguished scholars courses are required. Prerequisites are the same is laid in the process of graduate admission on invited from outside the University. In alter- as for the PhD. the adaptability of students to a flexible job nate years the Carl Newell Jackson Lectures market, and the department assists the career bring an eminent scholar to deliver four Doctor of Philosophy in development of its students by placement lectures which are subsequently published as a Classical Philology advice and other practical assistance with the book; occasionally the Lectures are replaced by Prerequisites — Competence in both Greek application process. a Colloquium. and Latin sufficient to allow the student In working towards a degree in Classical Funding for the duration of graduate to take courses numbered above 100 upon Philology, students may come to emphasize study is normally provided by outright fellow- entering graduate school. one language over the other and may explore ship grants in the first two years, by a disserta-

Programs of Study 2 9 Academic Residence — Minimum of two the aid of dictionaries). This requirement must Hesiod: Theogony, Works and Days years of full-time study (a combination of 16 be fulfilled before the special examinations Homer: Iliad, Odyssey, Hymns 2 and 5 half-courses, 301s or units of TIME). Students are taken. Tests are normally administered in Isocrates: Panegyricus 26-50, Helen are not normally permitted to take more than September, February, and May. Longus: Daphnis and Chloe 1, 4 two courses numbered 301 before sitting for General Examinations — All students will, [Longinus]: De sublimitate 1-16 their general examinations. normally by May of the second year, take Lucian: Dream, Assembly of the Gods Program of Study — Such as to foster exper- general examinations comprising four parts, Lyric Poetry: selections as in D. Campbell, tise in: namely: Greek Lyric Poetry (1) The methodology covered in the (1) Two written examinations of three Lysias: 1, 7, 12 Proseminar (required). hours each in the translation of Greek and Menander: Samia (2) Greek and Latin languages and litera- Latin authors; each examination will consist Pindar: Olympians 1, 2, 7, 14; Pythians 1, 4, 8, tures, to be tested in the general examinations of six passages (half prose and half verse) of 10; Nemeans 6, 7, 8, 10; Isthmians 7, 8 (see below). which two will be at sight (i.e., not from the Plato: Apology, Gorgias, Republic I, VI (3) Intensive exegesis (textual, critical). list given below). 496a11-VII 518d7, Symposium To this end, before the PhD is conferred, (2) An oral examination of one-and-one- Plutarch: Demosthenes-Cicero, including synk- candidates must pass four seminars having half hours, divided into two parts, on the risis the designation “Classical Philology” (two in history of Greek and Latin literature respec- Polybius: VI 2-10, XXXVIII 22, XXXIX 1-6 Greek topics, two in Latin). tively. This examination will include, but will Sophocles: Antigone, Oedipus at Colonus, (4) Prose composition, both Greek and not be confined to, the material contained in Oedipus Tyrannus Latin. This requirement is normally met by the reading list. The examining committee will Theocritus: 1, 2, 7, 11, 13 passing Greek K and Latin K, or the equiva- consist of one faculty member chiefly respon- Thucydides: I 1-23, 31-44, 66-88,118-146, II lent of the final examination in these courses, sible for Greek literature; one chiefly responsible 34-65, III 35-85, V 26, 84-116, VI 8-23, VII which may be set, if requested, as exemption for Latin literature; and an additional one to 84-87, VIII 1 examinations in late September or in January. moderate the proceedings and to intervene at Xenophon: Agesilaos This requirement must be met before the his or her discretion. Latin Literature: special examinations are taken (see below). These examinations may only be repeated Apuleius: Metamorphoses I, IV 28 - VI 24 (5) Historical linguistics. To this end, once in the event of failure. If a student fails Augustus: Res Gestae candidates must pass Greek 134 and Latin only one part of the examination, then he or Caesar: Bellum Gallicum I, Bellum Civile III 134 or the equivalent work, before taking the she need only repeat that part. Catullus: all special examinations (see below). Before taking these examinations, the Cicero: In Catilinam 1-4; Pro Archia; Pro (6) Ancient history and classical archae- candidate must have read, as a minimum, the Caelio; Philippics 1, 7, 14; Somnium Scipionis; ology. In these areas candidates must pass three following reading list in the original languages. De Officiis I 1-60; Brutus; letters, as in D. R. courses, subject to the following provisions: Shackleton Bailey’s Select Letters (a) If two courses are taken in ancient The Reading List: Ennius: all fragments history, the third must be in classical Greek Literature: Horace: Odes, Epodes, Satires I, Epistles I, II 1 archaeology, and vice versa. Aeschines: Against Ctesiphon 159-end Juvenal: 1-5, 10 (b) At least one of the three courses must Aeschylus: Oresteia, Persae Livy: I, VI, XXI, XXXIII be on a Greek topic, and one other on Apollonius Rhodius: I 1153-1357, III 1-166, Lucan: I a Roman topic. 609-824 Lucretius: I, III, IV 1058-1287, V 772-1457, (c) At least one of the three courses must Demosthenes: Olynthiacs 1, On the Crown VI 1138-1286 be a graduate seminar. 199-end, Philippics 1 Martial: I (d) Two of the three courses must be passed Dio Chrysostom: Euboicus Ovid: Amores I, Fasti IV, Heroides I, VII, Meta- before the special examinations. Epigrams: (numbered as in Page, Epigrammata morphoses I, VIII, X, XV 745-879, (e) A course on an ancient author in Graeca, except where otherwise specified): Tristia I which work of an historical nature Antipater Sidonius: XI, XXXVI-XL Persius: 1 is submitted to fulfill the course Asclepiades: I, VI, XI, XX-XXII, XXXI- Petronius: Satyrica 26.7-78.8 requirements will be permitted to XXXIII Plautus: Amphitruo, Menaechmi count towards the ancient history Callimachus: II-V, VIII, XI, XIV-XV, Pliny: Epistulae I 1, 20, II 1, III 5, 6, 16, 19, requirement. XXIX-XXX, XXXIV, XXXVIII, XLIII, 21, IV 14, V 8, VI 16, 20, VII 24, 33, VIII 8, (7) Other fields (Medieval Latin, Byzan- XLV, LI-LIII, LVI, LIX, LXVII IX 33, 36, X 61, 62, 96, 97 tine Greek, Modern Greek, Classical Philos- Dioscorides: XVII, XXII Propertius: I, II 1, 8, 10, 12, 13B, 15, 26A, ophy, epigraphy, numismatics, palaeography, Hedylus: XI 34, III 1-5, IV 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11 papyrology; other relevant fields with permis- Meleager: VI, IX, XIII, XXIX-XXXVI, Quintilian: X 1 sion of the graduate committee). Candidates XL-LVI, CIII Sallust: Catiline must pass one half-course in any one of these Philodemus: XXIII Seneca: Medea, Epistulae Morales 7, 12, 47, 51, areas, or a second half-course either in Greek Posidippus IX, XXIV, Lithika I-XX Austin- 56, 86, 88, 114, 122 or Roman history or in classical archaeology. Bastianini Seneca (Rhetor): Controversiae I 2, This requirement must be met before the PhD Theocritus: XIII-XV Suasoriae VI is conferred. Euripides: Bacchae, Hippolytus, Medea Statius: Siluae I 1, II 2, 7, IV 6, Thebaid IX Modern Languages — The demonstration of a Gorgias: Helen Suetonius: Tiberius reading knowledge of French or Italian and of Herodotus: I 1-130, III 1-16, 30-87, VIII Tacitus: Agricola, Dialogus, Histories I, Annals German, to be tested by the department (with 18-99 I, IV, XIV

3 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Terence: Eunuchus, Adelphoe readers for approval of the prospectus of the Anatolian, Punic, Byzantine, and other areas Tibullus: I, II dissertation. The prospectus can take many of European art and archaeology. Virgil: Eclogues, Georgics, Aeneid forms, and its scope is various. The purpose is Prerequisites — Entering students are Students may make any substitutions of to ensure that the candidate has done enough expected to have competence in both Greek works by the same author, provided that the work to determine that (a) the project is and Latin sufficient to take courses numbered substituted material is roughly of the same manageable, is of suitable scope, and has not above 100 in one of these languages (the length and parallel in genre. With the approval been done before in the same way, and (b) “major language”), and above the beginning of the graduate committee, students may also the candidate has the knowledge and skills to level of the other (the “minor language”). substitute a work or works of one or more make an original contribution on the topic. In exceptional circumstances and with the authors for a work of another, or a work of The prospectus should include an account approval of the director of graduate studies, an author not on the list for an author on the of the issue to be investigated, an outline substitution of another ancient language in the list, provided that the substituted material of the approach to be taken, an annotated place of the minor language may be arranged. is roughly of the same length and parallel in bibliography, and a timetable for completion. Some preparation in German and either genre. One month before the written examina- The recommended length is 20-25 pages. French or Italian should be undertaken before tion (by June 1 for a fall examination), students The director shall promptly, by means of the admission to the program. will deliver their reading list, whether the orig- appropriate form (available in the department office), notify the graduate committee of the Academic Residence — As for the PhD in inal or a modified version, to the director of Classical Philology. graduate studies. This will be used as the basis approved title and the name of the members for the written translation examinations. of the dissertation committee. Program of Study — Such as to foster knowl- (4) The director shall, by June 1 of each edge of the archaeology and monuments of Special Examinations — By the end of the year, submit the appropriate form (available in the classical world in their historical and social third, or, at the latest, the fourth graduate year, the department office) notifying the graduate context. the candidate must take a two-hour oral exam- committee of the student’s progress towards (1) Proseminar: Taken in the first year. ination in two special authors, one Greek and completion of the dissertation. Pass/Fail. one Latin, and one special field. The candi- (5) Not later than the end of the sixth grad- (2) Classical Archaeology: four seminars, date will be expected to know the historical uate year (except by permission of the graduate of which at least one shall be on a Greek topic background and manuscript tradition of these committee), the candidate must present a disser- and another on a Roman topic. One of the authors. The special field should be selected tation as evidence of independent research. The four may be in a related field. from fields such as the following: a period of dissertation shall be written in accordance with (3) Languages and Literatures: three half- Greek or Roman history, philosophy, religion, the following directions and in conformity with courses at or above the 100 level, of which at mythology, archaeology, topography, epig- guidelines set out in the GSAS publication, The least one shall be in the “major language” and raphy, palaeography, papyrology, grammar or Form of the PhD: another in the “minor language,” and one of linguistics, metrics, history of classical studies, (a) The dissertation must be written in an which shall be a seminar. Medieval Latin literature, patristics, Byzantine acceptable English style. (4) Ancient History: three half-courses, studies, or the special problems of a literary (b) The completed work, in three copies, of which at least one shall be in Greek and genre (e.g., epic, historiography). The choice clearly printed but not yet bound, another in Roman history. One of the three of authors and field should be submitted for must be ready for the three readers shall be a seminar. approval by the graduate committee at the not later than April 1 for the degree (5) Other Fields: three half-courses, of time of the general examinations or within a in May, December 1 for the degree in which one must be in non-classical art history, month following them. Preparation for this March, or August 1 for the degree in and the other two are to be chosen from fields examination will be by independent study, November. such as anthropology, art history, epigraphy, with regular supervision by a faculty member (6) The completed work must be accom- numismatics, palaeography, and papyrology, or for each part of the examination (Class. Phil. panied by two copies of a summary of not over a related field at the discretion of the director 302). These examinations may be repeated 1,200 words, which the director will promptly of graduate studies. only once in the event of failure. forward to the editor of Harvard Studies in Modern Languages — As for the PhD in Classical Philology for publication. Dissertation — (1) At the end of the special Classical Philology. examinations, or at the latest within one (7) When the dissertation is completed month thereafter, the candidate should and submitted, the director and the two General Examinations — All students will, specify the area in which the dissertation is to readers will read and vote on it. A majority of normally by May of the second graduate year, be written and the name of the dissertation votes shall decide whether or not it is accepted. take general examinations comprising three director. This person shall be a member of the Approval of the dissertation constitutes the parts: Harvard faculty. final requirement for the degree. The final copy (1) A written three-hour examination on (2) The candidate, after consultation with should conform to the requirements described the “major language,” consisting of six passages the director, and within two months of the in The Form of the PhD (see above). for translation (three prose, three verse) from special examinations, will then invite two other the works prescribed in the reading list for that Doctor of Philosophy in Classical faculty members to serve as readers. In excep- language. Archaeology tional cases, and with the prior approval of the (2) A three-hour written slide- graduate committee, one of these two members The field of Classical Archaeology is under- examination testing knowledge of major sites, may be drawn from another department, stood to cover Aegean, Greek, Etruscan, and monuments, and works of art in the Greco- another university, or an equivalent institution. Roman art and archaeology. Faculty will also Roman world from the Bronze Age to the Late (3) Before the end of the semester arrange work on a cross-departmental basis in Roman period (a reading list indicating the following the special examinations, the candi- related fields such as Egyptian, Near Eastern, relevant material is available from the director date shall meet with the director and the two of graduate studies).

Programs of Study 3 1 (3) A one-and-one-half hour oral exami- Herodotus: 1 Doctor of Philosophy in Classical nation testing general knowledge of major Hesiod: Theogony Philosophy sites, monuments, and works of art of the Homer: Iliad 1, 18, 22, 24; Odyssey 1, 7, 9, 19 The purpose of the program in Classical Greco-Roman world from the Bronze Age to Inscriptions: R. Meiggs and D. Lewis, A Philosophy is to provide the student with the the Late Roman period. This examination will Selection of Greek Historical Inscriptions #23 basic training in both philosophy and clas- include, but will not be confined to, the mate- (Themistocles Decree), 93 (epigram for a sical philology necessary for work in this field. rial contained in the reading list of relevant Lycian dynast), J. H. Oliver, Greek Constitu- Students who wish their primary grounding to material, and may include original objects. tions #2 (rescript on tomb-violation) be in the classics should apply to the program The examining committee will consist of at Lyric Poetry: selections from Sappho, Alcaeus, in Classical Philosophy in this department; least three faculty members, one of whom will Archilochus, and Simonides, as in D. Camp- students who wish their primary grounding to be appointed to moderate the proceedings and bell, Greek Lyric Poetry be in philosophy should apply to the parallel to intervene at his or her discretion. Lysias: 1 program in the Department of Philosophy. These examinations may be repeated only Pausanias: 1, 5 once in the event of failure. If a student fails Philostratus the Younger: Imagines Prerequisites — Competence in Greek and only one part of the examination, then he or Plato: Symposium Latin sufficient to allow the student to take she need only repeat that part. Sophocles: Oedipus Tyrannus courses numbered above 100 in Greek and Theocritus: 1, 7 above the beginning level in Latin upon Special Examinations — All students will, entering graduate school. normally at the end of the third graduate year, Thucydides: 1; 6.72-105; 7.1-17, 21-24, 36-87 take a two-hour oral examination in three Latin Literature: Academic Residence — As for the PhD in topics, of which at least one should be Greek Augustus: Res Gestae Classical Philology. and one Roman. The choice of topics should Catullus: 63, 64, 66 Modern Languages — As for the PhD in be submitted for approval by the graduate Cicero: letters, as in D. R. Shackleton Bailey’s Classical Philology. committee at the time of the general exami- Select Letters; Fourth Verrine Oration Program of Study — Such as to foster exper- nations, or within a month following them. Horace: Satires I tise in: Preparation for this examination will be by Juvenal: 3 (1) The methodology covered in the independent study, with regular supervision by Lex de imperio Vespasiani, as in M. Crawford’s Proseminar. a faculty member for each part of the exami- Roman Statutes (2) Greek and Latin literature and philos- nation. These examinations may be repeated Livy: 1, 6 ophy; to be tested in the general examinations only once in the event of failure. Martial: 1, 14 (see below). Travel — After passing the special examina- Ovid: Metamorphoses 10 (3) Intensive exegesis. By the end of the tions, students are expected to spend one year Petronius: Satyrica 26.7-78 second year, the candidate must take two half- either in academic programs at the American Pliny the Elder: Natural History 34-35 courses designated “primarily for graduates” School of Classical Studies in Athens or at the Pliny the Younger: Epistulae 1.1, 3, 15; 2.1, 6, and given by the faculty of the department. In American Academy in Rome, or at other insti- 17; 3.5, 6, 16, 19, 21; 4.28, 30; 5.6, 11; 6.16, addition, the candidate must, by the end of tutions abroad which house materials relevant 20; 7.24; 8.8; 9.7, 33, 36; 10.61, 62, 70, 71, the second year, have taken courses requiring to their major area of research. In addition, 90, 91, 96, 97 substantial papers, or have submitted indepen- students are strongly encouraged to acquire Propertius 1 dently written papers, in each of the following fieldwork experience. Scriptores Historiae Augustae: Life of Hadrian areas: Plato, Aristotle, and either Pre-Socratic Seneca: Epistulae Morales 7, 12, 47, 51, 56, Dissertation — At the end of the special or Hellenistic Philosophy. 86, 88 (4) Prose composition. This requirement examinations the candidate should specify the Statius: Silvae 1.1, 3; 2.2; 4.6 area in which the dissertation is to be written is met by passing Greek K (or the equivalent) Suetonius: Life of Nero and Latin H before taking the special exami- and the name of the director. In all other Tacitus: Annals 14 respects the regulations governing the disserta- nations. Virgil: Aeneid 4, 6, 8 (5) Modern philosophy. Before taking tion are the same as those given above for the Vitruvius: De Architectura 1 PhD in Classical Philology. the special examinations, the candidate Students may make any substitutions of must complete, with a grade of B or better, Reading List — The Major Language Transla- works by the same author, provided that the the following courses in the Department of tion Examination (see under General Exami- substituted material is roughly of the same Philosophy: nations) will be based on the following list. length and parallel in genre. With the approval (a) One course in Formal Logic. Students are also urged to read widely in trans- of the director of graduate studies, students (b) One course in Ethics, Political lation from authors and works not included in may also substitute a work or works of one Philosophy, or Aesthetics. the list. or more authors for a work of another, or a (c) One course in Epistemology, Greek Literature: work of an author not on the list for that of Philosophy of Mind, Metaphysics, or Aeschylus: Agamemnon an author on the list, provided that the substi- Philosophy of Science. Aristophanes: Frogs tuted material is roughly of the same length General Examinations — All students will, Aristotle: Poetics and parallel in genre. One month before the normally by the end of their second year, take Demosthenes: Philippics 1 written examinations, students will deliver general examinations comprising four parts, Epigrams (numbered as in Page, Epigrammata their reading list, whether the original or a namely: (a) two written examinations of three Graeca): Callimachus II-V, VIII, XI, XIV-XV, modified version, to the director of graduate hours each in the translation of Greek and XXIX-XXX, XXXIV, XXXVIII, XLIII, XLV, studies. This will be used as the basis for the Latin authors; each examination will consist of LI-LIII, LVI, LIX, LXVII, Posidippus IX, XXIV written translation examinations. six passages, including both prose and verse, Euripides: Bacchae of which two will be at sight; and (b) an oral

3 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences examination of one-and-one-half hours, of Pliny: Epistulate I 1, 20, II 1, III 5, 7, 16, 19, and more on other fields of history such as which half will be on the history of either 21, IV 14, V 8, VI 16, 20, VII 17, 27, 33, X Medieval or Byzantine, should note that the Greek or Latin literature, and half on Greek 96, 97 Department of History also offers Ancient and Roman philosophy. These examinations Propertius: I, II 1, 8, 10, 12, 13B, 15, 26A, History as a field in its PhD program. may be repeated only once in case of failure. 34, III 1-5, IV 3, 7, 8, 9, 11 Some preparation in German and either If a student fails only one part of the examina- Quintilian: X 1 French or Italian is also advised before admis- tion, then he or she need only repeat that part. Sallust: Catiline sion to the program. Seneca: Medea, Epistulae Morales 7, 12, 47, 51, Entering students should also have taken The Reading List: 56, 76, 86, 88, 108, 114, 120-122, 124, De the equivalent of two one-term introductory Greek Literature: Constantia Sapientis, De Vita Beata surveys in Greek history and in Roman history. Aeschylus: Oresteia, Prometheus Suetonius: Tiberius Academic Residence — As for the PhD in Aristophanes: Acharnians, Birds, Clouds, Frogs Tacitus: Agricola, Dialogus, Histories I, Annals Classical Philology (see above). Aristotle: Categories 1-5; Physics I, II; Meta- I-II 26, IV 1-12, 32-67, VI 18-30, 50-51, XI physics A, L; Nicomachean Ethics I-III.5; Poetics 23-38, XII 58-XIII 25, XIV 1-65, XV 38-65, Program of Study — Such as to foster knowl- Callimachus: Aitia fr. 1-2, 67-75, 110, XVI 18-35 edge of Greek and Roman history and histo- Hymns 2 Terence: Heauton Timorumenos, Adelphoe riography, in association with fields such as Demosthenes: Olynthiacs 1, On the Crown Virgil: Eclogues, Georgics, Aeneid philology (in the broad sense), archaeology, 199-end, Philippics 1 Students may make substitutions of epigraphy, and numismatics. Exemptions from Diogenes Laertius: X 1-83, 117-154 authors or works under the same conditions specific courses required below may be granted Euripides: Bacchae, Hippolytus, Medea as students taking the degree in Classical in particular cases on the basis of work already Gorgias: Helen Philology. completed elsewhere. Herodotus: I 1-130, III 1-87 (1) Theoretical and/or Methodological Special Examinations — By the end of the Hesiod: Theogony Approaches: a) Classical Philology 350, and third or, at the latest, the fourth graduate year Homer: Iliad, Odyssey, Hymns 2 and 5 b) one appropriate half-course in theoretical the candidate must take a two-hour oral exam- Isocrates: Panegyricus and/or methodological approaches to history, ination in two special authors, one Greek and Lyric Poetry: selections as in D. Campbell, normally to be chosen from those offered by one Latin, and one special field, which will in Greek Lyric Poetry the Department of History, to be completed this case be a period or area of ancient philos- Lysias: 1, 7, 12 by the time the prospectus is approved. ophy. The candidate will be expected to know Menander: Samia (2) Ancient History and Historiography: the historical background and manuscript Parmenides: all B fragments Four half-courses, of which two shall be in tradition of the chosen authors. The choice Pindar: Olympians 1, 2; Pythians 1, 8, 10 Greek and two in Roman; at least one Greek of authors and field should be submitted for Plato: Apology, Euthyphro, Gorgias, Phaedo, course and one Roman course shall be a approval at the time of the general examina- Republic I, II 357A-369B, IV 427D-445E, V graduate seminar. These four half-courses shall tions or as soon thereafter as possible. These 473B-480A, VI 502C-VII 521B, Parmenides ordinarily be taken in the first two years of examinations may be repeated only once in the 126A-135C graduate study. event of failure. Plotinus: Enneads I 6 (3) Languages and Literatures: Such Plutarch: De Stoicorum Repugnantiis Dissertation — The regulations governing courses as may be recommended by the grad- Sextus Empiricus: Pyrrh . Hyp . I the dissertation are the same as for the PhD in uate committee in order to ensure a high level Sophocles: Ajax, Antigone, Oedipus Tyrannus Classical Philology. Where appropriate, one of competence in both Greek and Latin, to be Theocritus: 1, 2, 7, 11, 13 of the three readers may be from outside the taken before the general examinations. Thucydides: I, II 34-65, III 35-85, V 26, Department of the Classics. (4) Archaeology: One half-course, to be passed before the special examinations. 84-116, VI 8-23, VII 84-87, VIII 1 Doctor of Philosophy in Ancient History Xenophon: Memorabilia (5) Epigraphy, Numismatics: Two half- Prerequisites — A bachelor’s degree in Classics courses, to be passed before the special exami- Latin Literature: (or one in History combined with substantial nations. Apuleius: De Deo Socratis study of Greek and Latin) represents the best (6) Modern Languages: Two examina- Augustinus: De Magistro preparation for the study of Ancient History, tions involving translation (with the aid of Caesar: Bellum Gallicum I, Bellum Civile III which is here understood to mean Greek dictionaries) from German and either French Catullus: all history from the Mycenaean period to Roman or Italian. This requirement must be fulfilled Cicero: In Catilinam 1-4; Pro Caelio; Philippics times, and Roman history from the beginnings before the special examinations are taken. 1; Academica; De Finibus; to late antiquity. Students applying to study Tests are normally administered in September, De Oratore I; Brutus; letters, as in D. R. Shack- Ancient History in the Department of the February, and May. leton Bailey’s Selected Letters Classics must have competence in both Greek (7) Study Abroad: Students are required to Ennius: all fragments and Latin sufficient to take departmental spend a summer or a semester in an academic Horace: Odes, Epodes, Satires I, Epistles I, II 2 courses numbered above 100 (“upper-level program such as the American School of Clas- Juvenal: 1, 3, 4, 6, 10 courses”) in one of these languages (the “major sical Studies in Athens (for which they should Livy: I, XXI, XXXIII language”), and above the beginning level in apply for the Charles Eliot Norton Fellowship), Lucretius: I, II 1-293, III, IV 1058-1287, V, the other (the “minor language”). However, the American Academy in Rome, or other VI 1138-1286 they will be tested equally in both Greek and programs (including archaeological excavations), Martial: I Latin, normally by the end of the second which provide the opportunity of working Ovid: Amores I, Heroides 1, 4, Metamorphoses I, year (see General Examinations (1)). Those closely with ancient material culture. This period VII, VIII, Tristia I wishing to study Ancient History at Harvard of study should be completed before taking Persius: 1 with less emphasis on languages and texts, Plautus: Amphitruo, Pseudolus, Rudens

Programs of Study 3 3 the degree, and preferably before the student Cicero: Pro Milone; De republica; letters, as in selected by the student must be in Greek commences work on the dissertation. D. R. Shackleton Bailey’s Select Letters history, and one in Roman history. With the General Examinations — All students will, Ennius: fragments of Annales as in Skutsch’s permission of the graduate committee, which normally by the end of their second year, take edition will confer with those members of the depart- examinations comprising two parts as follows: Fronto: Principia historiae ment teaching ancient history before giving (1) Language translation examinations, Horace: Odes 3.1-6 (Roman Odes) such permission, students may elect topical comprising two written exams of two hours Juvenal: Satires 1, 3, 10 rather than chronological fields (e.g., women each. Each exam will contain passages for Livy: 1, 21, 22 in antiquity, Roman religion, etc.) for exami- translation taken from the list of ancient Lucan: 1 nation. Such permission will be granted only authors below. Each of these examinations Pliny the Younger: letters, as in A. N. Sherwin- if the three chosen fields ensure sufficiently may be repeated only once in the event of White’s Fifty Letters of Pliny broad coverage of Greek and Roman history. failure. Students are also urged to read the Quintilian: Institutio oratoria 10.1 Dissertation — At the end of the special ancient authors widely in translation. Sallust: Jugurtha or Catiline; selected fragments examinations, the candidate should specify the (2) Oral examination of one-and-one-half of the Histories area in which the dissertation is to be written hours on Greek and Roman history and histo- Scriptores Historiae Augustae: Hadrian and, if possible, the name of the dissertation riography. This examination will be based on [Seneca]: Octavia director. In all other respects the regulations the Reading List below, and will also involve Suetonius: Julius Caesar or Augustus and governing the dissertation are the same as a general knowledge of the outlines of Greek one other those given above for the PhD in Classical and Roman history. The examining committee Tacitus: Histories 1; Annals 4; either Agricola or Philology. Germania will consist of one faculty member chiefly Doctor of Philosophy in Medieval Latin responsible for Greek history; one chiefly Virgil: Aeneid 4, 6, 8 Prerequisites and Academic Residence — As responsible for Roman history; and an addi- Fragmentary historians: Cato in H. Peter, for the PhD in Classical Philology. tional one to moderate the proceedings and to Historicorum Romanorum Reliquiae intervene at his or her discretion. Students may make any substitutions Program of Study — As well as acquiring of works by the same author, provided the close familiarity with Medieval Latin, candi- Reading List — The language translation substituted material is roughly of the same dates will be expected to continue their study examination (see under General Exami length and parallel in genre. With the approval of both Greek and classical Latin. Programs nations) will be based on the following list. of the graduate committee, students may also of study will be determined on an individual Students are also urged to read widely in trans- substitute a work or works of one or more basis in consultation with a faculty director in lation from authors and works not included authors for a work of another, or a work of an medieval Latin. The program will be such as to on the list. author not on the list for that of an author on foster expertise in: Greek Literature: the list, provided that the substituted material (1) The methodology covered in the Aeschylus: Persians is roughly of the same length and parallel in Proseminar or its equivalent in Medieval Appian: BC 1 genre. One month before the language exami- Studies (one required). Aristophanes: Acharnians nations, students will deliver their reading list, (2) Classical and medieval Latin language Aristotle: Constitution of the Athenians whether the original or a modified version, to and literature, to be tested in the General Cassius Dio: 53 the director of graduate studies. This will be Examinations (see below). Demosthenes: Philippics 1 used as the basis for the general examinations. (3) Advanced interpretation. To this end, Dionysius of Halicarnassus: On Thucydides Special Examinations — All students will, before taking the Special Examinations, candi- Herodotus: 1 normally by the end of their third year, take dates must pass four half-courses designated Homer: Iliad 1, 2, 18; Odyssey 2, 9, 11 special examinations as follows: “primarily for graduates” and given by faculty Isocrates: Philip One oral examination of two hours. The of the department or half-courses on medieval Lucian: Quomodo historia conscribenda sit exam will cover three areas for questioning, topics given outside the department. Two of Lysias: Against Eratosthenes one on a specific topic selected from within these half-courses will normally be in classical Maccabees 2 one of the seven fields listed below, the other Latin, two in medieval Latin. Plato: Symposium, Apology two covering two entire fields more gener- (4) Prose composition. This requirement Plutarch: Pericles, Antony, De Herodoti ally (one Greek and one Roman, and both is met by passing Latin K (or the equivalent) malignitate different from the field within which the and Greek H; it must be fulfilled before the Polybius: 1 specific topic has been selected). Special Examinations are taken (see below). Ps-Xenophon: Constitution of the Athenians Greek history: 1) Minoan and Mycenaean (5) Historical linguistics. This require- Sophocles: Oedipus Tyrannus Greece; 2) Dark Age and Archaic Greece; 3) ment is met by passing Latin 134 or equivalent Thucydides: 1, 2.34-65, 3.35-85, 5.26, Classical Greece; 4) The Hellenistic World. work; it must be fulfilled before the Special 84-116, 6.8-23, 7.84-87, 8.1 Roman history: 5) Early Rome and the Examinations are taken (see below). Fragmentary historians: Hellanicus in F. Roman Republic; 6) The Roman Empire; (6) Latin palaeography (which may be Jacoby, Die Fragmente der griechischen Histo- 7) Late Antiquity. met by passing Classical Philology 299 or riker In preparation for these examinations equivalent work). Latin Literature: students will normally take three year-long Modern Languages — As for the PhD in Ammianus Marcellinus: 22 courses (numbered 302) with members of the Classical Philology. Augustus: Res Gestae department in the two terms prior to their General Examinations — All students will, Caesar: 2 books from Bellum Gallicum or taking the examinations. The departmental normally by the end of their second year, take Bellum Civile members will be responsible for setting and grading the examinations in the relevant general examinations comprising four parts, fields. At least one of the examination fields namely:

3 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences (1) Two written examinations of three familiar with the history of Byzantine litera- (as described above). The choice of author (or hours each in the translation of classical Latin ture and the history of Greek in the Byzantine genre) and subject should be submitted for and Medieval Latin authors; each examination period. Before taking special examinations, approval at the time of the general examina- will consist of six passages (half prose and half each candidate must have specialized in one tions or as soon thereafter as possible. These verse) of which two will be at sight. period of Byzantine literature, have become examinations may be repeated only once in the (2) An oral examination of one-and- acquainted with one other aspect of Byzantine event of failure. one-half hours on the history of classical and civilization (such as art, theology, law, philos- Dissertation — The regulations governing Medieval Latin literature. The examinations ophy, or another related medieval literature, the dissertation are the same as for the PhD in will be based on two reading lists in classical including Latin), and have acquired familiarity Classical Philology. and Medieval Latin which will be approxi- with one auxiliary discipline (such as Greek mately the same in length as those in classical palaeography, codicology, epigraphy, or numis- Doctor of Philosophy in Modern Greek Greek and Latin literature required for the matics). (subject to further revision) PhD in Classical Philology (see above). These (2) Outside the department: Before taking Library and Research Facilities — Harvard examinations may only be repeated once in the the special examinations, all candidates must libraries house some 80,000 volumes in event of failure. If a student fails only one part have taken one course in Byzantine history modern Greek language, literature, history, of the examination, then he or she need only and one in Byzantine art. and folklore. The collection dates back to the repeat that part. Modern Languages — Candidates must early nineteenth century, and is the largest Special Examinations — By the end of the demonstrate a reading knowledge of German and richest in the world outside of Greece. Its third or, at the latest, the fourth year the and one of the following: French, Russian, or uniqueness owes much to Harvard scholars, candidate must take a two-hour oral examina- (except for native speakers) Modern Greek, to above all to the efforts of C. C. Felton, E. tion devoted to (a) an ancient Latin author, be tested by the department. This requirement A. Sophokles, C. Whitman, and A. B. Lord. with attention to the author’s influence on must be fulfilled before the special examina- Areas of outstanding excellence include rare medieval literature or thought; (b) a Medieval tions are taken. Tests are normally adminis- nineteenth-century periodicals; first editions Latin author, including the manuscript tradi- tered in September, February, and May. of major and minor poets and prose-writers of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries; rare tion of the author’s works and historical back- General Examinations — All students shall, printed editions and manuscripts of liturgical ground; and (c) a special subject to be selected normally by the end of their second year, take and vernacular texts of the sixteenth to eigh- from the following fields: medieval history, General Examinations comprising four parts, teenth centuries from Venice, Constantinople, philosophy, theology, law, art, Latin palaeog- namely: Jassy, Bucharest, Jerusalem (many directly raphy, Latin grammar and metrics. The choice (1) Two written examinations of three related to the rise of the vernacular and to of authors and subject should be submitted hours each in the translation of ancient Cretan Renaissance literature); a virtually for approval at the time of the general exami- Greek and Byzantine Greek authors; each complete set of first editions of folksong and nations or within a month following them. examination will consist of six passages (four folklore publications (including periodicals) in Preparation for this examination will be by in prose and two in verse) of which two will Greek, French, Italian, German, and English; independent study, with regular supervision by be at sight. the invaluable Whitman/Rinvolucri collection a faculty member for each part of the examina- (2) An oral examination of one-and-one- of karagiozes (shadow puppets); and above tion (Classical Philology 302). These examina- half hours on the history of ancient Greek all the unique and distinctive Parry/Lord and tions may be repeated only once in the event and Byzantine literature, and on the history of Notopoulos archives of folk music and folk of failure. Greek in the Byzantine period. poetry. In addition, Boston libraries (including Dissertation — The regulations governing The examinations will be based on two Boston University) contain largely unre- the dissertation are the same as for the PhD in reading lists in ancient and Byzantine Greek searched materials on the early nineteenth- Classical Philology. literature which will be approximately the century Protestant missions to Greece, while same in length as those in classical Greek and the Hellenic College, Brookline, houses an Doctor of Philosophy in Byzantine Latin literature required for the PhD in clas- excellent selection of books related to church Greek sical philology. These examinations may be history. Prerequisites and Residence — As for the repeated only once in the event of failure. If a PhD in Classical Philology. student fails only one part of the examination, Prerequisites — Two years of enrollment for Program: then he or she need only repeat that part. full-time study, with a total of at least fourteen half-courses completed with honor grades (no (1) Within the department: It is expected Special Examinations — By the end of the grade lower than B-, half of all grades must be that before general examinations all candi- third or, at the latest, the fourth year the A or A-). A full-time program comprises up dates will take courses in the department in candidate must take a two-hour oral exami- to four courses per term, which may include order to improve their knowledge of Greek nation devoted to (a) a Byzantine author courses of independent study and research. (classical and Byzantine) and Latin (clas- writing in high style (including the manuscript Students may take related courses in other sical and medieval), acquire familiarity with tradition of the author’s works and historical departments in line with their individual inter- those ancient Greek authors who were widely background), or a genre in high style, with ests, but must consult with their supervisor in read or imitated in Byzantium, and learn special attention to their antique models, or modern Greek before doing so. the Hellenistic and Roman backgrounds of a Byzantine author writing in middle or low Byzantine civilization. In choosing the relevant style, with attention to subsequent literary Program of Study — In addition to close courses for the degree program and thereafter, development; (b) a special subject to be analysis of modern Greek texts, all candidates candidates should consult their supervisor in selected by the candidate from the following will be expected to take courses, and/or under- Byzantine Greek. Between the beginning of fields: Byzantine art, history, law, philosophy, take programs of guided reading, prior to the the second year and the time of the general theology, another related medieval literature, general examinations, in order to improve (a) examinations, candidates should become including Latin, and an auxiliary discipline knowledge of the history and development

Programs of Study 3 5 of the Greek language, including study of the Special Examinations — By the end of Panagiotis Roilos, Professor of Modern Greek . katharevousa and the principles of modern the third, or, at the latest, the fourth year, Byzantine (12th-15th c.) and modern Greek dialect differentiation; (b) mastery of the the candidate must take a two-hour oral literature and culture, oral poetics, critical rudiments of postclassical history pertinent examination devoted to at least one modern theory, medieval Greek literary theory, to modern Greek; (c) familiarity with ancient Greek author in relation to a genre and/or comparative poetics. and Byzantine texts relevant to the study of special subject to be selected from the fields Mark Schiefsky, Professor of the Classics . The modern Greek culture, including palaeography of language, literature, and ethnography. history of ancient philosophy and science, and the study of Greek manuscripts and early Choice of author(s) and genre/subject should especially medicine and mechanics. printed editions; (d) understanding of major be submitted for approval at the time of the cultural trends from the Renaissance to the general examinations, or as soon thereafter as Francesca Schironi, James L . Loeb Associate present day; (e) awareness of current theo- possible. This examination may be repeated Professor in the Humanities . Grammar and retical approaches. While programs of study only once in the event of failure. exegesis in antiquity, books and libraries in the will be determined on an individual basis in Greek and Roman world, papyrology, Byzan- Dissertation — The regulations governing tine lexicography, reception of classical drama. consultation with the supervisor, two half- the dissertation are the same as for the PhD in courses each for (a) through (c) and at least Classical Philology, except that the dissertation Gisela Striker, Walter C . Klein Professor of one half-course each for (d) and (e) are recom- may be submitted (with approval) in modern Philosophy and of the Classics . Ancient philos- mended. The curriculum is designed to foster Greek. Where appropriate, at least one of the ophy, Hellenistic epistemology and ethics, expertise in (1) and (2) and at least two of (3) readers may be from outside the Department Aristotle’s Logic. through (6): of the Classics. R. J. Tarrant, Pope Professor of the Latin (1) The study of the modern Greek Language and Literature . Latin poetry, Greek language, its history and development from and Roman drama, transmission and editing the Hellenistic koine to the present day; of Latin texts. (2) The study of modern Greek literature, Faculty Research Interests from the 12th century to the present day; Richard Thomas, Professor of Greek and Latin . (3) Literary criticism, with emphasis on Kathleen M. Coleman, Harvard College Latin literature, especially Republican and the poetry and prose of the 19th and 20th Professor and Professor of Latin . Latin literature, Augustan poetry, and Republican prose; Greek centuries; especially Flavian poetry, history and culture new comedy, and Hellenistic Greek poetry; (4) Textual criticism, with emphasis on of the early Empire, arena spectacles, Roman intertextuality. vernacular texts from the 12th to 15th centu- punishment. Benjamin Tipping, Assistant Professor of the ries and on Cretan Renaissance poetry and Emma Dench, Professor of the Classics and of Classics . Greek and Roman epic, especially drama from the 15th to 17th centuries; History . Roman Republican and early Imperial Lucan and Silius Italicus; Roman conceptions (5) Comparative analysis in ancient Greek history; questions of identity in the ancient of heroism; theories of example. mythology and modern Greek folklore; world; Roman imperialism; ancient Italy; the Jan Ziolkowski, Arthur Kingsley Porter Professor (6) Social and anthropological approaches making of the Roman past. to modern Greek culture. of Medieval Latin; Director of Dumbarton John Duffy, Dumbarton Oaks Professor of Oaks . Medieval Latin literature, especially Languages — In addition to a reading Byzantine Philology and Literature . Byzantine narrative; education (grammar, rhetoric, and knowledge of ancient Greek (to the level of literature, philosophy, medicine, the Cappado- dialectic), poetics, and literary criticism and Greek B or the equivalent), and of Byzantine cian Fathers, palaeography, and text editing. theory in the Middle Ages; folktales and Greek (two courses or equivalent), a reading popular culture in medieval Latin sources; knowledge of two other languages relevant to David Elmer, Assistant Professor of Greek and Latin-vernacular relations. the program of study (e.g., Latin, Ottoman/ Latin . Early Greek poetry, especially epic; oral Turkish, French, German, Italian, Russian), traditions; the ancient novel. one of which should be either French or Albert Henrichs, Eliot Professor of Greek Litera- German. Requirements may be satisfied either ture . Greek literature, Attic drama, Hellenistic by course work, or by examination (with the poetry, Greek prose style, the Greek novel, aid of dictionaries). This requirement must Greek mythology and religion, Dionysos be fulfilled before the special examinations ancient and modern, papyrology, textual criti- are taken. Tests are normally administered in cism, history of classical scholarship, paganism September, February, and May. and Christianity, Manichaeism. General Examinations — All students should Christopher Krebs, Associate Professor of the normally, by the end of their second year, take Classics . Greek and Roman historiography, three general examinations, namely: Latin prose literature, the Classical tradition. (1) Two written examinations of three Gregory Nagy, Francis Jones Professor of Clas- hours each, covering (a) translation, expli- sical Greek Literature and Professor of Compara- cation, and commentary on prepared and tive Literature; Director of the Center for unprepared texts from the 12th century to the Hellenic Studies . Archaic and Classical Greek present day, and (b) explication and commen- poetry and prose; rhetoric, linguistics, metrics, tary on prepared texts from a specified field. oral traditions. (2) An oral examination of one-and-one- half hours, to be conducted in Greek and Jeremy Rau, Associate Professor of Classics English. and Linguistics . Greek and Latin historical These examinations may be repeated only linguistics; Homeric language; Indo-European once in the event of failure. languages and linguistics; Indo-Iranian linguistics.

3 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Higher Degrees in Comparative Literature

Harvard University has offered courses To obtain this degree the candidate must or cross-cultural study. This dimension can in comparative literature since 1894. The complete eight half-courses. One of these half- be met by taking a minimum of three courses Department of Comparative Literature was courses must be the Proseminar, another one with a chronological or regional focus different established by vote of the Faculty of Arts and must be in Comparative Literature, and the from the candidate’s primary area of focus. It is Sciences on April 10, 1906, and was reor- remaining six must include three in the first important that these three courses be distinctly ganized upon its present basis in 2007 with literature and two in the second literature. different from the main period and/or culture the merging of the graduate department of No more than one of the eight half-courses in the candidate’s program. Thus a candidate Comparative Literature and the undergraduate may be a reading course. Candidates are concentrating upon European modernism Literature Concentration to form a unified required to have at least as many 200-level as would not be able to fulfill this requirement department. The Department’s students and 100-level courses, and only in rare exceptions with three courses in the European nineteenth faculty pursue studies in the history, theory, will courses below the 100-level be allowed to century; either a greater historical depth or else and criticism of literature extending beyond count toward the degree. The candidate must a significant cultural range (for example, to the limits set by national and linguistic demonstrate proficiency in three languages, modernism in East Asia) would be expected. boundaries. Our PhD program is designed to one of which may be English. Many candidates will declare a chronological provide for the needs of students who wish focus on a particular period. However, candi- to develop a unified program of study that dates may request a focus that covers a genre involves literature in three or more languages. The Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) or field of study if it is followed throughout Students take a combination of Comparative Courses a very broad historical or cultural range, e.g., Literature courses and courses in the depart- The number of courses required for the tragedy or lyric poetry in languages ancient ments of their elected literary fields. Courses PhD in Comparative Literature is sixteen, and modern, or comparative cross-cultural in other disciplines may be included when of which at least eight should be graduate poetics. In addition, all candidates will be appropriate in individual programs. Most of (200-level) seminars. Candidates may arrange welcome to identify a special interest in a the department’s faculty also participate in to produce extra work, typically in the form particular literary form (such as drama, lyric, one of the other departments of language and of a graduate-style research paper, so as to narrative, and the like) or a topic of substantial literature; members of those departments are receive 200-level credit for courses that are scope in literary theory (poetics, literature in regularly engaged in the work of this depart- listed at the 100-level in the Courses of its social context, the relation between litera- ment and are generally available upon request Instruction. The remaining 8 courses may ture and one of the other arts, and so forth). for consultation. include 100-level courses, 200-level “confer- Whatever choice the candidate makes, the All graduate students in the department ence courses” (reading courses not requiring decision must be communicated to the Chair are required to take the Proseminar (Comp. a seminar paper), or language courses. With by April 1 during the first year of study. If Lit. 299ar) during their first year of residence; permission of the Director of Graduate Studies candidates can identify their focus already at candidates for the doctorate are encour- (DGS), up to four language courses may be the outset of their programs, they may do so. counted toward the degree. Such Students aged also to take at least one further course Languages wishing to receive 200-level course credit for in theory and method, critical, historical, Candidates should have knowledge of at a 100-level course should make the neces- or linguistic. During the first two years of least four languages variously related to their sary arrangements early in the term when graduate study, the prospective candidate course of study and long-term interests. One the course is being taken because they must for the doctorate in Comparative Literature language may be studied only for instrumental be approved by the course instructor and the is expected to fulfill the residence require- reasons and at least one must be studied DGS. The necessary approval form is available ments by taking courses offered in this and because it stands in a useful “cross-cultural” or from the departmental office or may be down- other departments of the University (thus also “diachronic” relationship to others: loaded from our website (www.fas.harvard. discharging the requirements for the master’s Instrumental Language: One of the four edu/~complit/). degree), and to submit the Second-Year Paper languages may be an “instrumental” means for Each candidate is normally expected to (due by the end of the G-2 year) and develop reading criticism, or an access to philological balance coursework in the following manner: reading lists and prepare for the PhD Orals and/or historical issues, or a first step toward at least 4 courses in the Department of Examination (taken in the Spring of the G-3 eventually studying the literature. Candi- Comparative Literature ; 3 in a first litera- year). After passing these examinations, candidates may exercise this option by taking an ture; 2 in a second literature; and 2 in a third dates may continue to engage in seminars and upper-level language course or by passing a literature. The first literature must have a attend courses, but their primary task there- language exam in reading knowledge admin- historical component, whatever the student’s after will be the completion of a dissertation. istered under the auspices of the Department. area of specialization, that is, it must include The instrumental language is an option that at least one course in a period different from may appeal to candidates who seek in three The Master of Arts (AM) Degree the others. The remaining coursework may languages a command that may extend to Students already in the program may include relevant courses in a number of areas, include speaking, listening, and writing, and receive the AM degree, but application for including: other literatures; language study; in one language reading knowledge only; admission must be made to the PhD program. philosophy, anthropology, religion, linguistics, other candidates may choose to develop full The only exception to this policy is for art, economics and so forth. command of all four languages. undergraduates in Harvard College with Each degree candidate is expected to fulfill Pre-modern or Cross-cultural Language: advanced standing who may apply to work the 16-course requirement by including a One of the four languages must be either toward a combined AB/AM degree. significant dimension of comparative historical

Programs of Study 3 7 premodern (diachronic) or cross-cultural. faculty member. Writing a Second-Year Paper prospectus of 10-12pages (plus bibliography). The term “premodern” implies that this will demonstrate your ability to do a serious The prospectus should be completed not later language stands in a historically foundational comparative project as you complete the stage than November 15 of the G-4 year, at which or, in certain cases, diachronic relationship of coursework, in the process getting active point the department office will schedule the to one of the other languages. Foundational guidance on making the transition from prospectus conference, to be held if possible languages would include classical Latin and seminar papers to the writing of articles. Your by the end of the fall semester. The confer- Greek, biblical Hebrew, classical Arabic, faculty advisor (typically the instructor of ence is a meeting between the student and Chinese, Armenian and Sanskrit. Normally the relevant seminar) and a secondary reader three faculty members. The conference will be this language is not simply the “Old” form of will provide a pass/fail grade and written a discussion of a fairly broad range of reading a modern language which is studied in Old, comments. undertaken by the student in preparation Middle or Medieval, and Modern forms. The Third Year and Beyond for work on the dissertation. The confer- In the event of uncertainty, candidates and/ The third-year requirements in the PhD ence will include a detailed discussion of the or their advisors should consult the DGS. program in Comparative Literature will dissertation prospectus itself, with the aim of There are inevitably languages which are comprise two parts, a written Ph.D Orals ensuring that the student is well prepared to difficult to classify in this system. A case in Examination and a Prospectus Conference. move forward with the project and has devel- point is classical Japanese. The Department The Ph.D. Orals Examination: this exam oped both a viable conceptual structure and has considered this case twice and has decided will be taken in the spring of the G-3 year. It an appropriate outline of the chapters that both times that although classical Japanese has a tripartite structure and the examination will comprise the dissertation. Typically, the differs substantially from modern Japanese, consists of a one-hour major field and two three examiners for the Ph.D Orals Examina- the distinction is closer to a “medieval vs. half-hour minor fields, each with one exam- tion will also serve as the three faculty partici- Modern” distinction that could be found iner: pants in the Prospectus Conference—but this in other traditions (even English, since Old The major field involves three (or more) is a recommendation rather than a require- English differs sharply from Modern English). languages, with a reading list of some 40 ment. Ordinarily, the three faculty partici- As a result, the Department has resolved that books (or shorter works adding up to a pants in the Prospectus Conference will be the standard foundational language for Japa- comparable amount of reading), selected in three readers of the dissertation. nese is classical Chinese; but the requirement consultation with the examiner to give the Acceptance of Dissertation Prospectus can be satisfied by the ability to read kambun. student’s personal take on the likely field of After the prospectus conference, the The term “cross-cultural” implies that this specialization. The major field should provide prospectus, revised if necessary, will be circu- language is from another linguistic-cultural a broad context for the eventual dissertation lated to all department members. At a depart- group than the others. Usually a candidate topic, while also enabling students to demon- ment meeting convened by the chair it will be working primarily on European languages strate a solid knowledge of the primary field, discussed and voted on. Where appropriate, and literatures, and choosing not to study a of the sort they might be asked to draw on in the first reader will communicate any further premodern language, would need to study a creating a survey lecture course. suggestions for changing the prospectus and language such as Chinese or Arabic to meet The two minor fields will each involve a the bibliography directly to the candidate. this requirement. Normally, English will not reading list of about 20 books or their equiva- count as a cross-cultural language. lent. One minor field could be geared directly Submission of the Dissertation It is expected that students will submit chap- Addendum to the likely dissertation topic, when known; one could have a predominantly theoretical ters to their dissertation committee regu- Candidates whose program of study requires larly. A Chapter Meeting will be held upon more than the language and related study or interdisciplinary cast. If the major field concerns literature of a single period, one of completion of a full draft of each chapter of outlined in previous sections of the regula- a dissertation, involving the three committee tions, especially those involving coursework, the minor fields should be based in another period. members in conversation with the student. may design in advance appropriate arrange- The chapter meeting will be scheduled by the ments in consultation with the DGS. The orals fields and lists will be reviewed and approved by the DGS once the three department at the time a draft is circulated, Grades examiners have approved their lists. During and will be held if possible about two to Candidates are required, in a given year, to the third year, students are expected to meet three weeks after the submission of a chapter. receive more As than Bs and no grade lower periodically with their three examiners, on These meetings should supplement rather than B-. Candidates are not permitted to take whatever schedule fits their preparation, but than replace written feedback, which can be an Incomplete in the Proseminar nor may making sure to have at least one meeting sent in advance of the meeting or handed they take more than one Incomplete a term. every two or three weeks with one or another over at that time. When substantial revisions Any Incomplete must be completed before the examiner. are requested, committee members should end of the term following that in which the Preparation for the Ph.D. Orals Examina- provide timely written comments, though a course was taken, unless the student is given tion is designed to help build interaction with second meeting on the chapter won’t usually an earlier deadline by the instructor. faculty (most likely with some direct overlap be needed. Second-Year Paper with the subsequent dissertation committee), A full version of the dissertation must be In the Spring of the G-2 year each student and the examination itself will create an occa- submitted to every member of the dissertation submits a Second-Year Paper of 25-30 pages sion that approximates aspects of a job inter- committee at least 6 weeks prior to GSAS on a comparative topic. This can be an view or the collegial interactions of a campus Registrar’s deadline for submitting disserta- expanded version of a seminar paper being visit. tions for a particular degree period. This deadline will allow committee members to written that semester or from a previous Prospectus Conference: Following the semester, or it can be developed on the basis make final suggestions and give their approval successful completion of the PhD orals exami- before the manuscript is printed in its final, of an individual reading course guided by a nation, the candidate develops a dissertation

3 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences formal version. It is extremely important for Acceptance of Dissertation Prospectus students in Comparative Literature, by the end students who are in the final stages of disserta- As for the PhD in Comparative Literature. of the Spring semester of the second year. tion preparation to allow ample time to gather Contact the DGS for any further ques- the signatures required on the acceptance tions. certificate and to ensure that the certificate is Requirements for a Secondary submitted by the proper due date. Please note: Applicants for the PhD in Field in Comparative Literature Comparative Literature must also submit a A final two-hour oral defense will be The Department of Comparative Literature writing sample—a paper or scholarly work— scheduled upon completion of the disserta- offers “Comparative Literature” as a secondary in English. tion, conducted by the dissertation committee field in GSAS to enrich the background of and open to students and faculty, held at least PhD students in other departments who seek Further information regarding courses and two weeks before the deadline for deposit of to do research and teach across the institu- programs of study in comparative literature the dissertation in a given degree cycle. tional boundaries of national languages and may be found on our website at http://www. literatures. Students in the various depart- fas.harvard.edu/~complit/ or by contacting the The PhD in Comparative ments of literary studies may eventually be DGS. called upon to teach comparative courses or Applications for admission and grants- Literature with a Special Program courses in general or world literature. The in-aid, together with information regarding in the Study of Oral Tradition secondary field in comparative literature admission procedures, may be found on the and Literature introduces students to basic issues in the field Admissions Office webpage at www.gsas. as well as providing a graduate literary theory harvard.edu , or may be obtained by writing Courses course for students who have not already taken to the Admissions Office, Harvard Graduate As for the PhD in comparative literature, with such a course in their primary department. School of Arts and Sciences, Holyoke Center the following amendments: The number of While we recognize the degree to which 350, 1350 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, required courses for the PhD in comparative literatures in a single language constitute MA 02138. We encourage online submission literature with a special program in the Study a coherent tradition, the Department of of the application. . of Oral Tradition and Literature is 16, of which Literature and Comparative Literature seeks only two may be reading courses; at least 14 to develop an awareness of how literary works Faculty are to be letter-graded courses (i.e., not reading move across language borders, both in the courses). Any question regarding the nature original language and in translation. We seek Daniel Albright, Ernest Bernbaum Professor of of courses taken should be resolved with advi- to call attention to theoretical issues shared Literature sors from the departmental Committee on the across not only the boundaries of languages Svetlana Boym, Curt Hugo Reisinger Professor Study of Oral Tradition and Literature before but across very different traditions. of Slavic Languages and Literatures and Professor submission of study cards. If candidates or Prerequisites of Comparative Literature members of the departmental Committee have An ability to work in literatures in at least questions, they should pose them to the Curric- three languages. Normally this will be demon- Joaquim-Francisco Coelho, Nancy Clark ulum Committee. strated by coursework in which at least some Smith Professor of the Language and Literature Each candidate will normally be expected of the primary readings are in the language. In of Portugal and of Comparative Literature to balance coursework in the following certain circumstances (for example, if one of Verena A. Conley, Visiting Professor of Compar- manner: four courses in the Department of the languages is the student’s native language) ative Literature and of Romance Languages and Literature and Comparative Literature or in the DGS may waive the requirement that Literatures other departments as deemed appropriate by competence in a language be demonstrated David Damrosch, Professor of Comparative the departmental Committee on the Study of by coursework. If English is used as one of Literature (chair) Oral Tradition and Literature; three in a first the languages, the other two languages should literature; two in a second literature; and two show some breadth; that is, they may not James Engell, Gurney Professor of English Liter- in a third literature. be closely allied, either linguistically or by ature and Professor of Comparative Literature Languages academic convention (e.g., Spanish and Portu- Luis M. Girón Negrón, Professor of Romance As for the Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) guese, Urdu and Hindi, classical and modern Languages and Literatures and of Comparative in Comparative Literature. In addition, one of Chinese, or Greek and Latin). The judgment Literature regarding what can legitimately count for the the languages offered as one of the candidate’s Christopher D. Johnson, Associate Professor of set of three languages will be at the discretion three literatures must be represented by (or Comparative Literature at least include) a substantial corpus that is of the DGS. Christie McDonald, Smith Professor of French independent of written transmission and this Requirements Language and Literature and Professor of is derived from collections of performances Four courses, one of which should be the Comparative Literature . recorded under strictly supervised condi- Comparative Literature Proseminar and two of tions of fieldwork. A major resource for such which must be Comparative Literature semi- Sandra Naddaff, Senior Lecturer in Compara- purposes is the Milman Parry Collection at nars at the 200 level. The remaining course tive Literature and Director of Studies in Litera- Harvard University. requirements will be met by either seminars in ture . Common Essay Comparative Literature or 100¬level Literature Gregory Nagy, Francis Jones Professor of Clas- As for the PhD in Comparative Literature. courses (which normally count for graduate sical Greek Literature and Professor of Compara- credit in Comparative Literature). The Third Year tive Literature As for the PhD in Comparative Literature. Successful completion of the Second-Year Stephen Owen, James Bryant Conant Univer- Paper on a comparative topic, as prescribed for sity Professor

Programs of Study 3 9 Panagiotis Roilos, Professor of Modern Greek Studies and of Comparative Literature Judith Ryan, Robert K . and Dale J . Weary Professor of German and Comparative Literature Marc Shell, Irving Babbitt Professor of Compar- ative Literature and Professor of English Werner Sollors, Henry B . and Anne M . Cabot Professor of English Literature and Professor of African and African American Studies Diana Sorensen, James F . Rothenberg Professor of Romance Languages and Literatures and Professor of Comparative Literature . Karen Thornber, Assistant Professor of Compar- ative Literature William Mills Todd III, Harvard College Professor, Harry Tuchman Levin Professor of Literature, and Professor of Comparative Literature Ruth R. Wisse, Harvard College Professor, Martin Peretz Professor of Yiddish Literature, and Professor of Comparative Literature

4 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Higher Degrees Under the Department of Earth and Planetary Sciences

NASA. International students often apply Introduction Admission Requirements for outside funding such as the Fulbright and Understanding our planet will be a funda- Requirements for admission are highly flex- Knox fellowships before coming to the United mental challenge for the scientific community ible and each application is judged on its own States. Information on these agencies is avail- over the next century. Almost every practical merits. Preparation in the related sciences of able in more detail in a separate booklet issued aspect of society—population, environment, biology, chemistry, mathematics, and physics is by the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, economics, politics—is and will be increas- as important as a solid background in geology. Financing Graduate Study. ingly impacted by our relationship with the Earth. Facing these challenges requires Students with backgrounds in biology, chem- approaches that transcend disciplinary bound- istry, physics, engineering, Earth sciences, and aries. The Department of Earth and Planetary related fields are strongly encouraged to apply. Sciences (EPS) uses an integrative scientific The department requires prospective appli- Degree Requirements approach that encompasses and includes many cants to take the Graduate Record Examina- aspects of physics, chemistry, astronomy, and tion (GRE). Residence biology. Entering graduate students are expected Minimum of two years; see The Graduate In addition to the collaborative exchange to have received passing grades in college- School of Arts and Sciences Handbook . Students with other Harvard departments such as level calculus and linear algebra at the level should normally plan to complete all require- astronomy, chemistry and chemical biology, of Applied Math 21a, 21b (http://webdocs. ments for the PhD degree within four years of organismic and evolutionary biology, and the registrar.fas.harvard.edu/courses/Applied- their enrollment at Harvard. Mathematics.html) or Math 21a, 21b (http:// School of Engineering and Applied Sciences, Appointment of Advisors EPS has reciprocal arrangements with Massa- webdocs.registrar.fas.harvard.edu/courses/ chusetts Institute of Technology and the Mathematics.html ).. Students are expected, in In September, all new students are assigned Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution for the course of graduate work, to complete the a preliminary advisor who along with the graduate students to take and receive credit for second and third year of college mathematics Graduate Studies Committee (GSC) will courses. (intermediate and advanced calculus and help first-year students decide which courses differential equations). Students with strong to take during the fall term. Toward the end The laboratories and lecture rooms of the math and physics background doing theo- of the spring term, first-year students submit Department of Earth and Planetary Sciences retical work are expected to take higher-level a Plan of Study listing the courses they plan are housed in the University Museum and graduate mathematics courses. to take to meet academic requirements and in the David and Arnold Hoffman Labora- proposing their choice for an advisor and tory of Experimental Geology. The School of advisory committee (usually three faculty Engineering and Applied Sciences is housed from the department). Each student will meet in Pierce Hall, across Oxford Street from the with one of the Co-Directors of Graduate Hoffman Laboratory. The department oper- Financial Aid Studies to review the Plan of Study, to finalize ates and maintains a seismological station at The Department of Earth and Planetary the appointment of the advisor and advisory the Harvard-Adam Dziewonski Observatory Sciences guarantees full financial support for committee, and to discuss summer research in Harvard, Massachusetts, about 25 miles four years to all PhD candidates. Funding plans. Members of the advisory committee are west of Cambridge. for the fifth year and beyond is considered selected by the student in consultation with Laboratory facilities are available for on a case-by-case basis. Financial support for their advisor. As students’ research interests radiogenic and stable isotope geochemistry, graduate students comes from a combination evolve, the composition of their advisory trace element geochemistry, shock compres- of research assistantships, teaching fellowships, committee can be adjusted. and department funds. sion, geophysics, X-ray diffraction analysis, Plan of Study/Course Requirements mineral analysis with an automated electron Each graduate student is required to teach microprobe, spectroscopy, scanning and trans- two sections. This requirement is generally All students are required to take at least eight mission electron microscopy, and sedimen- completed during the second and third year graduate-level courses in fulfillment of the tology. The department is home to a 3D stereo of graduate work. Funding from this required PhD degree. Four of these courses must be visualization facility. State-of-the-art high teaching is a part of the first two years of letter-graded at the 200 level in earth and performance parallel computing facilities are support. planetary sciences or related courses at used by several groups in the department. The In addition, special summer scholarship a suitable level in other disciplines such specimen collections in mineralogy, petrology, funding is often available for students to do as applied mathematics, applied physics, paleontology, and mining geology are among research-related fieldwork, subject to the astronomy, biology, chemistry, engineering the best in the world. approval of the Graduate Studies Committee sciences, mathematics, or physics. Two letter- (GSC).. graded courses must be Applied Math 105a Prospective students are encouraged and Applied Math 105b, or other equivalent to apply for outside funding from agencies courses approved by the faculty. such as the National Science Foundation, the To ensure that graduate students gain Fannie and John Hertz Foundation, Depart- exposure to the many areas of earth sciences, ment of Defense, Department of Energy, and they must fulfill a breadth requirement.

Programs of Study 4 1 Students are required to take at least two having passed the Qualifying Oral Examina- Karin Louzada, “The Effects of Impact letter-graded EPS courses outside of their tion. Cratering on Planetary Crustal Magnetism” main area of research interest. These courses The object of the dissertation is to show Francis Macdonald, “Neoproterozoic stratig- must be approved by the student’s advisor. By that candidates have technical mastery of the raphy of Alaska and Mongolia” petition to the GSC, courses with an earth or field in which they present themselves and that planetary science component in other depart- they are capable of independent research. The Roiy Sayag, “Dynamics and Spatiotemporal ments at Harvard may count towards the subject should be distinct and limited, and the Variability of Ice Streams” breadth requirement, provided the course is a writer should be able to formulate conclusions Laurel Senft, “The Effect of Target Properties lecture course with an exam or a term paper modifying or enlarging some aspects of present on Impact Crater Formation” designed for graduate students. knowledge. Martin Tingley, “A Bayesian approach to The requirements outlined above are a The final exam is usually held within reconstructing space-time climate fields from minimum standard and students will usually a month after the dissertation has been proxy and instrumental time series, applied take additional courses in both their selected submitted. There are two components to the to 600 years of Northern Hemisphere surface field and others. Students normally satisfy the final exam: the first is a private defense before temperature data” eight-specified course requirements in the first a small faculty committee; the second is a two years of graduate study in preparation for public presentation to the department as a Victor Tsai, “The Use of Simple Physical their qualifying oral examination however, whole. Models in Seismology and Glaciology” students need not fulfill these requirements To learn more about courses, programs Jonathan Wilson, “Reconstructing the Physi- before beginning research and should not of study, and faculty research interests, please ology of Extinct Plants” put off research on this account. visit our website (www.eps.harvard.edu/) or Laure Zanna, “Optimal excitation of Atlantic All degree candidates must maintain an write directly to Sarah Colgan, colgan@eps. ocean variability and implications for predict- average equivalent to B or better to continue harvard.edu, Department of Earth and Plan- ability” in the program. etary Sciences, 20 Oxford Street, Harvard University, Cambridge, MA 02138. Informa- Lin Zhang, “Application of satellite observa- Qualifying Oral Examination tion about admission and financial aid may be tions and adjoint inverse modeling to inter- All candidates for the PhD degree are expected obtained by writing to the Office of Admis- continental transport of ozone pollution” to take the qualifying oral examination by the sions and Financial Aid, Harvard Graduate end of their fourth semester in the program. School of Arts and Sciences, Holyoke Center, The purpose of the oral examination is to 3rd floor, 1350 Massachusetts Avenue, determine a student’s depth and breadth of Cambridge, MA 02138. We encourage online scholarship in a chosen area of specialization submission of the application. See www.gsas. Faculty (not necessarily their prospective dissertation harvard.edu. research), as well as the student’s originality, James G. Anderson, Philip S . Weld Professor of capacity for synthesis and critical examination, Atmospheric Chemistry . Gas-phase kinetics of intensity of intellectual curiosity, and clarity of free radicals; catalytic processes in the atmo- communication. Recent EPS Dissertation Titles sphere controlling global change of ozone; high-altitude experiments from balloons Progress Reports Joseph Bernstein, “Dynamics of turbulent jets and aircraft; development of laser systems in the atmosphere and ocean” In the third and subsequent years of study, for stratospheric and tropospheric studies; students are required to submit to the Duncan Fairlie, “Transpacific transport of development of high-altitude, long-duration department, via their advisory committee, a mineral dust: its impact in the United States unmanned aircraft for studies of global summary of the status of their thesis research, and on sulfate, nitrate, and ozone in Asian change. detailing their accomplishments for the past pollution plumes” Jeremy Bloxham, Mallinckrodt Professor of year, and goals for both the coming year and Itay Halevy, “Aspects of the Early Sulfur Cycle Geophysics, Professor of Computational Science, the period until completion. These Progress and its Effects on the Climate and Geochem- Dean of Science . Planetary magnetic fields, Reports ensure that students, their advisors, istry of Earth and Mars” dynamo theory, structure and dynamics of the and the Graduate Studies Committee have Earth’s core and lower mantle, inverse theory, John Higgins, “The Global Carbon Cycle on the same understanding of students’ progress mathematical geophysics. Geologic Timescales: Insights from Magne- toward the PhD degree. sium Isotopes and Numerical Models” Brian F. Farrell, Robert P . Burden Professor of Meteorology . Explosive development of tropical Final Examination/Dissertation Defense Meytal Higgins, “Reconstructing marine and mid-latitude cyclones, predictability of By the end of the sixth term at Harvard, productivity using compound-specific weather regimes, dynamics of glacial and candidates are required to submit to the nitrogen isotopes” equable paleoclimates. department, via their advisory committee, the Chris Holmes, “Multiscale models of atmo- Colleen Hansel, Assistant Professor of Envi- subject and general objectives of the proposed spheric mercury: bromine chemistry, air-sea ronmental Sciences . Microbial Geochemistry; dissertation research. The dissertation subject exchange, and global transport” must be approved by the advisory committee; metal biogeochemistry; microbe-mineral inter- details may be modified as the investiga- Kurt House, “On the Physics and Chemistry actions; environmental mineralogy; bioreme- tion progresses, but any major change in the of Carbon Dioxide Capture and Storage in diation of metal contaminated ecosystems. Terrestrial and Marine Environments” subject and scope must be approved by the John Holdren, Teresa and John Heinz Professor advisory committee. Candidates must submit David Jones, “Stable Isotopes in Neoprotero- of Environmental Policy and Director of the the dissertation not more than five years after zoic and Early Paleozoic Earth History: Corre- Program on Science, Technology, and Public lation and Climate” Policy at the Belfer Center for International

4 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Affairs, John F . Kennedy School of Government; of life; energy technology; biosphere-atmo- Experimental and computational study of Professor of Environmental Science and Public sphere feedbacks. impact processes; collisional processing and Policy in the Department of Earth and Planetary James J. McCarthy, Professor of Biological evolution of comets, asteroids and planetary Sciences . Oceanography and Alexander Agassiz Professor surfaces; physical properties of planetary mate- Peter Huybers, Assistant Professor of Earth and of Biological Oceanography in the Museum of rials. Planetary Sciences . Paleoclimate, to include Comparative Zoology . Biological oceanography, Eli Tziperman, Pamela and Vasco McCoy Jr . glacial cycles, ocean circulation, and Earth’s phytoplankton ecology, nitrogen nutrition of Professor of Oceanography and Applied Physics surface temperature, explored through phytoplankton. (Co-Director of Graduate Studies) . Large- observational analysis and mathematical Michael B. McElroy, Gilbert Butler Professor scale climate and ocean dynamics, including models. of Environmental Studies . Chemistry of the El Niño, thermohaline circulation, abrupt Miaki Ishii, Assistant Professor of Earth and atmosphere and oceans, including interactions climate change, glacial cycles, and equable Planetary Sciences . Internal structure of with the biosphere, evolution of planetary climates. the earth, seismic source imaging, signal atmospheres. Steven C. Wofsy, Abbot Lawrence Rotch processing, theoretical seismology, and geody- Brendan Meade, Associate Professor of Earth Professor of Atmospheric and Environmental namics. and Planetary Sciences . Active tectonics; Science . Chemistry of the atmosphere on Daniel J. Jacob, Vasco McCoy Family Professor dynamics of fault systems and plate boundary global and regional scales, including strato- of Atmospheric Chemistry and Environmental zones; theoretical geomorphology. spheric and tropospheric chemistry. Engineering . Air pollution, atmospheric Jerry X. Mitrovica, Professor of Geophysics . transport, regional and global atmospheric Ice age geodynamics, plate tectonics, mantle chemistry, biosphere-atmosphere interactions, dynamics and structure, paleo- and modern climate change. climate, sea level change, planetary rotation, Stein B. Jacobsen, Professor of Geochemistry . space geodesy. Isotope and trace element geochemistry; Sujoy Mukhopadhyay, Associate Professor of chemical evolution of Earth’s crust-mantle Geochemistry (Co-Director of Graduate Studies). system; isotopic and chemical evolution of Noble gas geochemistry; record of terrestrial sea water. and extraterrestrial dust fluxes from sediments David Johnston, Assistant Professor of Earth and corals, production rates of cosmogenic and Planetary Sciences . Isotope geochemistry nuclides and application to surface exposure and historical geobiology. Re-animating dating, chemical evolution of the mantle- ancient ecosystems and ocean chemistry using crust-atmosphere system. stable isotope systems, chemical speciation Richard J. O’Connell, Professor of Geophysics . techniques, modern microbial experiments Geodynamics: mantle flow, convection and (for calibration) and theoretical considerations. plate tectonics; models of tectonic processes; Andrew H. Knoll, Fisher Professor of Natural elasticity and rheology of rocks and minerals. History . Paleontology and sedimentary geology Ann Pearson, Professor of Earth and Planetary of Precambrian terrains; evolution of vascular Sciences . Carbon isotope biogeochemistry; plants in geologic time. compound-specific 13C and 14C analysis Zhiming Kuang, Assistant Professor of Climate of lipids and RNA; global organic carbon Science . Tropical convection; large-scale cycle; microbial metabolism in anoxic atmosphere-ocean dynamics, with an emphasis marine systems; sources of carbon to marine on the tropics; space-borne measurements of sediments. atmospheric CO to study the global carbon 2 James R. Rice, Mallinckrodt Professor of cycle. Engineering Sciences and Geophysics . Crustal Charles H. Langmuir, Higgins Professor of stressing and earthquake source processes, frac- Geochemistry . The solid Earth geochemical ture theory, solid mechanics, materials science. cycle, petrology, volcanology, ocean ridges, Daniel Schrag, Sturgis Hooper Professor of convergent margins, ocean islands, composi- Geology; Professor of Environmental Science tion and evolution of the Earth’s mantle. and Engineering; Director of Harvard Univer- Francis Macdonald, Assistant Professor of Earth sity Center for the Environment . Geochemical and Planetary Sciences . Earth history; field oceanography, paleoclimatology, stable isotope geology; tectonics; co-evolution of the crust, geochemistry. the ocean, climate, and life as revealed through John H. Shaw, Harry C . Dudley Professor of field and geochemical studies of the strati- Structural and Economic Geology and Depart- graphic record. ment Chair . Structure of the Earth’s crust, Scot T. Martin, Gordon McKay Professor of active faulting and folding, earthquake hazards Environmental Chemistry. Atmospheric parti- assessment, petroleum exploration methods, cles, cloud formation, and climate change; and remote sensing. energy, pollution, and climate; mineral origins Sarah T. Stewart-Mukhopadhyay, John L . Loeb Associate Professor of the Natural Sciences .

Programs of Study 4 3 Graduate Degree Programs in the Study of East Asia

AM in Regional Studies — East Asia to, the Admissions Office, Harvard Graduate Asia itself. The GRE General test is required. PhD in East Asian Languages and School of Arts and Sciences, Holyoke Center, Although knowledge of an East Asian lan- Civilizations 3rd floor, 1350 Massachusetts Avenue, guage is not a prerequisite, such training also Cambridge, MA 02138 (not the Committee on will be taken into consideration. PhD in History and East Asian Languages Regional Studies — East Asia or any academic Residence. Candidates are ordinarily expected PhD in History with a Special Field in department). Applicants must have, or have in to be registered as full-time students in the East Asian History near prospect, a bachelor’s degree from a recog- Graduate School of Arts and Sciences for four nized institution (or a satisfactory equivalent), PhD in East Asian Languages and another terms (two academic years), but up to one with a superior academic record and other discipline year of credit toward the degree requirements indications of promise. See www.gsas.harvard. may be awarded for work already completed edu for online submission of the application. elsewhere. The holder of a bachelor’s degree who General for special reasons may wish to pursue East Program of Study. Programs are flexible to Asian studies without intending to take a meet individual needs but typically consist of Harvard University over the years has devel- the following. First year: an advanced language oped a number of training and research pro- higher degree should apply to the Office of Special Students and Visiting Fellows, Harvard course in Chinese, Japanese, or Korean, or, for grams and facilities concerning the languages students who have not previously studied the and societies of Asia. The University’s princi- University, Holyoke Center, 3rd floor, 1350 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA language, an appropriate beginning course; pal resources are in the East Asian field, but and six half-courses on East Asian history, 02138. Special Students may be admitted to Central Asia, the Near and Middle East, political, social, and economic developments, part-time as well as full-time study, and the India, and Russia in Asia are all receiving on literature or other cultural manifestations, tuition is the same as in the Graduate School. increasing attention. One primary resource is or courses offering methodological or compara- The University awards no fellowships or finan- the Harvard-Yenching Library, an outstanding tive insights on East Asia. cial aid to Special Students. collection, which has been built up over six Second year: a full course continuing the decades. There are also significant collections Chinese, Japanese, or Korean language; a of East Asian publications in the Fogg Art seminar devoted to the writing of a research Museum, the Peabody Museum of Archae- Degree Requirements paper on a chosen topic; five other approved ology and Ethnology, and the Harvard Law Graduate students may pursue programs half-courses. Students with a special interest in School. Western language works on East Asia leading to higher degrees in several different Vietnam are normally required to attain profi- are housed most extensively in the University’s subjects relating, directly or indirectly, to ciency in the Chinese or Japanese language. central collection, the Widener Library. East Asia. The specific requirements for higher Language Requirement. Minimum language This publication is designed to indicate degrees in such subjects as anthropology, proficiency is ordinarily defined as the satisfac- briefly the opportunities for study and comparative literature, economics, history tory completion of a third-year level course. research on East Asia offered in the various of art and architecture, linguistics, music, For students without prior language back- departmental disciplines and in the several political science, and sociology, in any of which ground, it usually will be necessary to continue programs at Harvard designed specifically for the student may emphasize work on East Asian formal language study, at Harvard or else- the study of East Asia. The language instruc- materials, are listed below. The specific require- where, through the summer following the first tion offered at Harvard includes Chinese, ments for advanced degrees in the East Asian year in residence. Japanese, Korean, Manchu, Mongolian, field follow. Tibetan, Uighur, and Vietnamese. The Thesis. The presentation of an approved departments research seminar paper fulfills the thesis in which the study of East Asia is pursued requirement. include Anthropology, East Asian Languages Higher Degrees in East Asian Further information regarding the AM and Civilizations, Economics, History of Art in Regional Studies — East Asia may be and Architecture, Government, History, Studies obtained by writing to the Chair, Committee Linguistics, Music, and Sociology. AM in Regional Studies — East Asia on Regional Studies — East Asia, 1730 In the following pages, information is The AM degree is administered by the Cambridge Street, Cambridge, MA 02138, or given concerning admission, degree require- Committee on Regional Studies — East Asia. by consulting the Website at www.fas.harvard. ments, fellowships, libraries, museums, This program provides a basic preparation for edu/~rsea/. research activities, and publications. Courses specialization in the East Asian field, both for are described in the Official Register of future PhD candidates and for those preparing Harvard University entitled Courses of for nonacademic careers. Instruction, Faculty of Arts and Sciences. The requirements for this degree are: Admission. Admission is based on the appli Admission cant’s previous record, general ability, and Application forms for admission to AM and promise. The typical applicant will have an PhD programs in the study of East Asia may undergraduate background in the study of be obtained only from, and must be submitted East Asia and/or previous experience in East

4 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Graduate Programs in East Asian China: Fourth-year level in modern students ordinarily will not be allowed Languages and Civilizations Chinese; second-year level in literary to register beyond their tenth year in the The Department of East Asian Languages Chinese; third-year level in modern Japa- Graduate School. If after ten years a candi- and Civilizations offers instruction in the nese or, in exceptional cases, equivalent date has not completed all the requirements Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Manchu, ability in another East Asian language. for the degree, he or she will be withdrawn Mongolian, and Vietnamese languages; its China/Inner Asia: The same as for from candidacy. A candidate who has been faculty also offers Literary Tibetan in the China, with the addition of two years’ withdrawn can be reinstated only by formal Sanskrit and Indian Studies Department. study of one or more of the spoken readmission to the Graduate School and to The principal fields of study are Chinese, or literary languages of Inner Asia the Department for the purpose of getting the Japanese, and Korean literature, East Asian (Manchu, Mongolian, Tibetan, Uyghur, degree. Buddhism, and Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Chaghatay). Further information regarding courses and and Inner Asian history. Instruction in programs of study in East Asian languages Japan: Fourth-year level in modern Japa- Chinese, Japanese, and Vietnamese history and civilizations may be obtained by visiting nese; first-year level in classical Japanese; is also offered in the History Department. the department’s website at http://ealc.org or second-year level in literary Chinese for A rough division of emphasis places Chinese by writing to the chair, Department of East students of pre-modern Japan; first-year and Japanese history after 1800 in the History Asian Languages and Civilizations, 2 Divinity level in literary Chinese for students of Department and most courses in earlier Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02138. modern Japan. Note: In exceptional cases, periods in East Asian Languages and Civiliza- a second year of classical Japanese may be PhD in History and East Asian tions. Faculty holding joint appointments substituted for the fourth year of modern Languages with other departments include specialists in Chinese history, Vietnamese history, Buddhist Japanese. The Department of East Asian Languages studies, Chinese archaeology, and Japanese Korea: Third-year level in modern and Civilizations also administers a PhD in history. Korean; third-year level in modern Japa- History and East Asian Languages. (This nese; first-year level in literary Chinese for replaces the degree in History and East PhD in East Asian Languages and students of modern Korea; second-year Asian Languages formerly administered by Civilizations level in literary Chinese for students of the Standing Committee on the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy in History and East Admission. Strong preference will be given to pre-modern Korea. Asian Languages, which ceased to admit new applicants who achieved distinction in their Tibet: Third-year level in literary Tibetan; students in 2006.) The degree is designed to undergraduate or graduate work, and who first-year level in modern Tibetan; accommodate the needs of students who desire are adequately prepared to meet the language combined three years’ study of literary a more language-intensive program of study of requirements of the doctorate. The GRE and modern Chinese, depending on East Asian history. General test and a writing sample are required. specialty. Note: In some cases, the Admission. Candidates are expected to have Program of Study. Each student is required equivalent background in either Manchu demonstrated special aptitude and compe- to engage in a program of study that involves or Mongolian may be substituted for tence for advanced work in East Asian at least three fields of knowledge. One of Chinese. history. Admission will be based primarily these fields should be chosen to demonstrate General Examination. The student must pass on distinction in undergraduate or graduate breadth in regard to a different area, discipline, a two-hour oral examination in at least three work, including evidence of high achievement or period. The program will be determined fields. In addition to the oral examination, in history or related fields, and evidence of in consultation with the student’s advisor. the student will be required to demonstrate adequate preparation in one of the East Asian Courses in other departments may be included proficiency in the primary language to be used languages. The GRE General test and a writing whenever appropriate. Two research seminar in his or her research. Each subfield within the sample are required. papers with a grade of A- and above, one of department will determine the means to test which must be in the student’s primary field, such proficiency. Residence. Minimum of two years of full-time study (16 half-courses or equivalent). For are required of all students prior to taking the Note: All course, language, and seminar paper General Examination. requirements must be completed prior to taking financial residence requirements, see the GSAS Guide to Admission and Financial Aid . Language Requirements. The Department sets the General Examination . The General Exami- specific language requirements for the degree nation normally must be taken before the start of Program of Study. Students working toward that are intended to ensure that all students are the student’s fourth year in the department . this degree are all required, at an early stage proficient in the primary language(s) needed Prospectus. A prospectus of a student’s disser- in their preparation, to submit a plan to their for professional scholarly research in the field. tation, of 15-25 pages, will be required by the advisor showing the fields of study (normally These requirements are the same for EALC end of the academic term after the General three, but sometimes four) they propose for and HEAL PhD candidates. Examination has been passed. their general examination. The student’s The minimal language requirements for program is built around these fields, which Dissertation. The dissertation, which must the PhD involve mastery of one East Asian may be drawn from the lists of fields for either make an original contribution to knowledge, language and advanced work in a second East EALC or the Department of History. Each may deal with any subject approved by Asian language. What those languages are student must do honors work in two half-year the department. It must demonstrate the depends upon a student’s regional and disci- history seminars. Students who can submit a student’s capacity to make critical use plinary specialization, and there is variation Master’s thesis in a relevant area are required of source material in one or more East across the Department. Standard requirements to complete one substantial research paper, Asian languages. are defined for the different regional specializa- normally as part of a regular seminar. As of May 1994, an overall Graduate tions as follows: School policy has been established that

Programs of Study 4 5 Language Requirement. (See Language Study), ordinarily in May of the fourth term Foreign Language and Area Study Requirements under PhD in East Asian of graduate work. Fellowships (FLAS) Languages and Civilizations .) Dissertation. Please see Higher Degrees in The fellowships are annually assigned to General Examination. The student must pass History for rules regarding the makeup of the Harvard University by the US Department a two-hour oral General Examination in at dissertation committee, the timing of the of Education under the National Defense least three fields, ordinarily chosen from those dissertation proposal, and submission of the Education Act (Title VI) for language and area listed among the requirements for the PhD in dissertation. studies in East Asia at Harvard and approved History (see Higher Degrees in History). One Asian universities; specifically, Inter-University Further information regarding courses of these fields must be in premodern history. centers in Beijing, Tokyo, or at the ICLP in and programs of study in history may be In some cases, fulfilling these requirements Taipei. Applicants must be American citizens obtained by writing to the Director of may entail taking a fourth field. The General or permanent residents of the United States. Examination normally must be taken before Graduate Studies, Department of History, the beginning of the student’s fourth year in Robinson Hall, Cambridge, MA 02138; Harvard-Yenching Institute Fellowship the department. http://ealc.org. Harvard-Yenching Institute Fellowship, Prospectus. A prospectus of a student’s disser- Joint Degrees Between the Department primarily for Asian nationals who plan to return tation, of 15-25 pages, will be required by the of East Asian Languages and to Asia to teach, is awarded for graduate study end of the academic term after the General Civilizations and Other Departments at Harvard University in the humanities and social sciences. The nomination comes from Examination has been passed. After a full year of graduate study, a student East Asian studies Ph.D. programs or from Dissertation. The dissertation must be in a whose subject of study is geographically the Regional Studies (East Asia) admissions field of East Asian history and must demon- limited primarily to East Asia but who is committee. The nominees can be applicants strate the candidate’s capacity to do original specializing in some branch of knowledge who are not directly admitted to a doctoral research work, utilizing one or more of the other than linguistics, literature, or history program, but are judged to be potentially East Asian languages. may, with the approval of the departments competitive for admission to a doctoral program concerned, become a candidate for the PhD Further information regarding courses and after completing an MA degree under faculty degree under a special ad hoc committee programs of study in history and East Asian supervision. Upon successful application, representing the department of the special languages may be obtained by writing to the students will be granted a two-year fellow- discipline and the Department of East Asian Chair, Department of East Asian Languages ship from the Harvard-Yenching Institute Languages and Civilizations. The procedure and Civilizations, 2 Divinity Avenue, to complete their MA degree. If successfully for requesting the formation of such an Cambridge, MA 02138; http://ealc.org admitted to a doctoral program at Harvard or ad hoc committee is outlined in The Graduate other appropriate university upon completion PhD in History (with Special Field of School of Arts and Sciences Handbook. The of the MA, one year of additional fellowship East Asian History) requirements for a PhD degree under such a support will be provided toward completion This PhD degree program is administered by committee are separately determined in each of the doctoral degree. Further information the Department of History. The student must individual case, but the Department of may be obtained from the Program Office, apply to the Department of History and must East Asian Languages and Civilizations will Harvard-Yenching Institute, 25 Francis Avenue, consequently conform to the requirements of normally expect a candidate to meet its Suite 20, Cambridge, MA 02138; www.harvard- the PhD in history, as given in Higher Degrees usual language requirements. In recent years yenching.org in History. such ad hoc degrees have been administered The requirements for this degree are: to students working in the fields of anthro Traveling Fellowships pology, history of art and architecture, and Social Science Research Council Fellowships Admission. Please refer to Higher Degrees in sociology, among others. History. for International Doctoral Research (formerly known as the Foreign Area Fellowship Residence. Minimum of two years of full-time Program), funded by the Ford Foundation, study (16 half-courses or equivalent). For Financial Aid support study in the United States and Asia. financial residence requirements, see the GSAS Inquiries should be addressed to the Social Applications for admission and for financial Guide to Admission and Financial Aid. Science Research Council, 605 Third Avenue, aid should be made as early as possible in the Program of Study. The student’s program is New York, NY 10016; [email protected]. fall preceding the year of desired entrance into built around four “fields of study” selected by Harvard students wishing to study in the Graduate School and prior to January 2 of the student from a list of fields contained in Hong Kong, Japan, Korea, or Taiwan may that year. Higher Degrees in History. also apply for either a US Office of Education- Applicants who expect to rely on financial administered Fulbright-Hays Doctoral Language Requirement. The student must aid from Harvard at any stage in their graduate Dissertation Research Abroad Fellowship or a demonstrate a reading knowledge of of two years should file the appropriate application Fulbright Grant for Graduate Study Abroad East Asian languages, or one East Asian for financial aid at the time they apply for administered by the Institute of International language plus German, French or Russian admission. Detailed instructions are contained by passing examinations administered by the Education for the US Department of State. in the GSAS Guide to Admission and Financial Applications for these two awards may be Department of History, which are ordinarily Aid. given in September and January. See also obtained from the Fulbright coordinator at Course assistants and teaching fellows the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences in Higher Degrees in History . are selected by the various departments and Holyoke Center. General Examination. All students must take committees, and in most departments these There are also travel grants among the a two-hour oral examination, covering four posts are not normally open to first-year Harvard General Scholarships, under the fields of study (see above under Program of graduate students. Kennedy, Knox, and Sheldon Traveling Fellow-

4 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences ships and the Graduate Society Fellowships. In fee is assessed for borrowing privileges by non- was founded in 1955 by Professor John King addition, the Japan Foundation provides disser- Harvard users. (For the fee schedule, inquire at Fairbank, a leading scholar in modern and tation fellowships for research in Japan. the circulation desk.) contemporary China studies. Biblographical records of all Chinese, The center’s primary objective is to facili- Japanese, and Korean-language materials cata- tate research and publication on China, with The Harvard-Yenching Institute logued since 1989 are included in HOLLIS, as particular emphasis on contemporary issues. are the records for the entire Western-language At the same time, the center’s program of The Harvard-Yenching Institute is an indepen- collection. Chinese, Japanese, and Korean- activities reflects the underlying premise that dent nonprofit corporation (with a Board of language materials catalogued prior to 1989 are China today can best be understood in the Trustees and an executive director) primarily listed in separate printed book catalogues. light of its historical background and in its concerned with education in Asia. However, Registered users are permitted entry into geographical and cultural context. the location at this University of the Harvard- the stacks. Study carrels are available in the Although the center does not offer instruc- Yenching Library (which the institute founded library stacks. They are assigned as available tion, it provides assistance to postdoctoral and still helps to support), together with the upon application at the circulation desk. researchers who are preparing manuscripts for institute’s headquarters for its administra- The library sponsors the Harvard-Yenching publication, and to graduate and undergraduate tion, publications, fellowships, and program Library Bibliographical Series under which students traveling to Asia. In addition, the of visiting scholars from East Asia, makes the research aids in East Asian studies are published. center invites senior researchers from American institute a major factor in resources for and For more information consult the and foreign institutions to come as visiting activities in East Asian studies at Harvard. library’s Website at www.hcl.harvard.edu/ scholars, research associates or fellows to work on Although it contributes to the University’s harvard-yenching/. selected projects. Department of East Asian Languages and For more information consult our website at Civilizations, the institute itself is a foundation www.fas.harvard.edu/~fairbank. and not a teaching organization. The institute publishes the Harvard Museums Journal of Asiatic Studies. It also supports The Harvard University Art Museums contain the publication of various books through the a distinguished representation of different The Edwin O . Reischauer Harvard University Press, or in conjunction with branches of the archaeology and fine arts Institute of Japanese Studies the Council on East Asian Studies. of China, Korea, and Japan, housed in the Arthur M. Sackler Museum. The collections of First established in 1973 as the Japan Institute, ancient Chinese bronzes, jades, and Buddhist the Reischauer Institute has a University-wide The Harvard-Yenching Library sculpture, and Japanese woodblock prints are mandate to develop and coordinate activities among the finest in the world. The museum concerning Japan among the various faculties The Harvard-Yenching Library is the largest also houses an extensive working library, a at Harvard, through the advancement of university library for East Asian research in large slide collection, and a substantial photo- instruction and research in the social sciences the United States and one of the most distin- graphic archive. and humanities. Moreover, the Institute seeks guished collections in East Asian languages Harvard’s Peabody Museum of Archae to expand and coordinate Japan-related connec- outside Asia itself. In addition to materials ology and Ethnology has long been a leading tions with other Harvard departments, centers, in Chinese, Japanese, and Korean, it also center for research in the anthropology as well and research institutes, and to respond to schol- contains holdings in Manchu, Mongolian, as the archaeology of Eastern Asia. arly and public interest in Japan from outside Tibetan, Vietnamese, and Western languages. The Boston Museum of Fine Arts Harvard through outreach activities such as Thus, the library is both a subject collection on possesses balanced collections of Indian, lectures, conferences, symposia, exhibitions, East Asia and a general collection of works in Chinese, and Japanese art that are among the and films. the East Asian languages. finest in the world. Chinese numismatics and The institute contributes to (1) support The library, after having been known Japanese ethnology may be advantageously for new teaching positions in the field of Japa- primarily for its outstanding collections on studied in the Essex Institute and the Peabody nese studies; (2) support for research, publica- the classical and traditional literatures, histo- Museum of Salem. tions, library, and administrative costs related ries, religions, and philosophies of China and to institute programs; (3) undergraduate, Japan, has gone through a vigorous expansion graduate, and postdoctoral fellowships and of Korean holdings and is now also being built The Council on East Asian Studies grants; (4) other activities designed to stimu- into a major repository on contemporary East late interest in the study of Japan. Asia, while continuing to grow from strength Established in 1972, the Council on East in its original fields. Asian Studies was formed to coordinate all The library’s collection consists of over teaching and research in East Asian studies at 980,000 volumes. It also boasts an outstand Harvard University. The council is currently The Korea Institute ing periodical collection of more than 14,000 administered through the Asia Center. The Korea Institute is Harvard’s only organiza- titles, and a newspaper collection consisting tion devoted solely to the development and of some 700 titles. Recent years have seen a support of Korean studies at the university. rapid growth in the library’s microfilm and The Fairbank Center for Established in 1981 under the aegis of the microfiche collection to its present size of Chinese Studies Fairbank Center, the Institute became an approximately 80,000 reels and 18,000 fiche. independent organization within the Faculty Electronic resources are also being added The Fairbank Center for Chinese Studies, of Arts and Sciences (FAS) in 1993. The Korea to its collection. originally called the Center for East Asian Institute’s purposes are to give heightened visi- The library is open to all Harvard faculty Research and renamed as the John K. Fair- bility and direction to Korean Studies activities and students and to other qualified scholars. A bank Center for East Asian Research in 1977, throughout Harvard, and to serve as a focal

Programs of Study 4 7 point of involvement for scholars and others Edwin A. Cranston, Professor of Japanese Liter- Michael J. Puett, Professor of Chinese History . outside the Harvard community to conduct ature. Classical literature of Japan, especially Intellectual, cultural, and political history of research with Harvard faculty, students, and traditional poetic forms. early China. resources. Carter J. Eckert, Yoon Se Young Professor of James Robson. Associate Professor of East Asian The Institute’s programs include seminars, Korean History. Late 19th- and 20th-century Languages and Civilizations . Medieval Chinese workshops, conferences, exhibits, films and Korean socioeconomic history; historical Buddhism and Daoism. cultural events. The Institute also coordinates aspects of Korean economic development. a growing array of undergraduate, graduate, Michael Szonyi. Professor of Chinese History . Mark C. Elliott, and postdoctoral fellowships, representing Mark Schwartz Professor of History of Early Modern China. Chinese and Inner Asian History . Social and fields in the humanities and social sciences. Hue-Tam Ho Tai, Kenneth T . Young Professor institutional history of China and Inner Asia; The Institute supports publications in the of Sino-Vietnamese History. Social history Manchu and Mongolian languages. Korean studies field, including a series on including the role of women in premodern Korean literature, studies and translations, Shengli Feng, Professor of the Practice of the Vietnam; comparative study of the Chinese sponsored by the Sunshik Min Endowment Chinese Language and Director of the Chinese and Vietnamese revolutions. for the Advancement of Korean Literature. Language Program. Prosodic syntax, Chinese philology and Chinese teaching pedagogy. Xiaofei Tian. Professor of Chinese Literature . More information on the Korea Institute Chinese literature and cultural history. is available at: www.fas.harvard.edu/~korea, Andrew Gordon, Lee and Juliet Folger Fund Wei-ming Tu, including a link for prospective students. Professor of History. Social and political history Harvard Yenching Professor of of modern Japan. Chinese History and Philosophy and of Confu- cian Studies. Chinese intellectual history; Janet Gyatso, Hershey Professor of Buddhist Asian and comparative philosophy; East Asian The Harvard University Studies . Buddhist history, ritual, and ideas with religious thought; Confucian studies. a focus on Tibetan literature and practice, and Asia Center with recourse to continental feminist theory Leonard van der Kuijp, Professor of Tibetan and philosophy. and Himalayan Studies . Tibetan intellectual The Harvard University Asia Center was history, Indo-Tibetan Buddhist thought and established in 1997 to facilitate teaching and Helen Hardacre, Reischauer Institute Professor premodern Sino-Tibetan and Tibeto-Mongol research in East Asian Studies throughout of Japanese Religions and Society. Japanese political and religious relations. religious history. Harvard University. In addition, the Center David Wang, Edward C . Henderson Professor of will prepare for expanded programs in South- Wilt L. Idema, Professor of Chinese Literature Chinese Literature . Late Imperial and modern east and South Asia. Some of the goals of (Chair) . Chinese literature; late Imperial Chinese literature and culture, comparative the Asia Center are (1) to promote research, drama and fiction. literature and literary theory. teaching and other programs that study Asia Wesley M. Jacobsen, Professor of the Practice of in comparative terms (particularly projects the Japanese Language and Director of the Japa- involving more than one Asian country); (2) nese Language Program. Japanese language and to support cooperative projects involving linguistics. participants from more than one Faculty of the University; and (3) to develop and support Sun Joo Kim, Professor of Korean History . programs which link scholarship on modern Premodern Korean history, social history of Asia to contemporary issues on government, Choson. business, law, society, culture, and other fields. William C. Kirby, T .M . Chang Professor of The Center currently administers Chinese Studies and Spangler Family Professor Harvard’s National Resource Center for East of Business Administration. Modern Chinese Asia and publishes the Harvard East Asian political and economic history; Chinese Monograph Series, the Harvard-Hallym Series, foreign, economic, and cultural relations. and the Harvard-Yenching Institute Mono- Shigehisa Kuriyama, Reischauer Institute graph Series. The Center also supports faculty, Professor of Cultural History . History of medi graduate, and undergraduate research through cine and the body in Japan, China, and its grants and fellowships programs. Europe; Japanese cultural history. Wai-yee Li, Professor of Chinese Literature. Faculty List Early Chinese literature; late imperial China. David R. McCann, Korea Foundation Professor Ryuichi Abe, Reischauer Institute Professor of of Korean Literature . History and translation Japanese Religions . Buddhism and Japanese of Korean poetry; Korean cultural formations; history, literature, and culture. the literatures of war. Peter K. Bol, Charles H . Carswell Professor Melissa McCormick. Professor of Japanese of East Asian Languages and Civilizations, Art and Culture . Premodern Japanese art and Harvard College Professor . Intellectual and culture. social history; later imperial China. Stephen Owen, Eileen Cheng-yin Chow, Associate Professor in James Bryant Conant Chinese poetry; Chinese Chinese Literary and Cultural Studies . Modern University Professor . and Classical Chinese literature and film. literary theory.

4 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Higher Degrees under the Department of Economics

The graduate program of the Department of a degree from an institution at which English Economics is addressed to students of high is the language of instruction; 2) A minimum Degree Requirements promise who wish to prepare themselves in score of 80 on the Internet based test (IBT) on Academic Residence Requirement teaching and research or for responsible posi- the TOEFL administered by the Educational Two years of full-time study (16 half-courses tions in government, research organizations, or Testing Service (ETS), Box 899, Princeton, NJ or equivalent) are required. business enterprises. Admission to the program 08541. is limited to candidates for the PhD. Students To request an application for admission, Plan of Study are expected to devote themselves full-time to write to the Admissions and Financial Aid During the first year of graduate study, grad- their program of study. Students who seek the Office, Harvard Graduate School of Arts and uate students are normally required to take AM degree only cannot be admitted. Sciences, Holyoke Center, 3rd floor, 1350 formal courses in advanced microeconomic There are six major requirements for the Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA and macroeconomic theory in preparation for doctoral degree. They are (1) taking a written 02138; or visit www.gsas.harvard.edu. the required examination in economic theory. examination in economic theory, (2) satisfying Admissions Information 2009-2010 In addition, they should satisfy the course course requirements in distribution and in Number of Applications Received: 863 requirements in quantitative methods and quantitative methods, (3) writing a research Number Admitted: 33 may begin work on fulfillment of the distri- paper in the second year, (4) taking an oral GRE Scores (Admitted Applicants) bution requirement. examination on two special fields selected by Quantitative: 770 – 800 In preparation for the General Oral the student, (5) presenting a seminar on the Average: 797 Examination, described in more detail student’s research, and (6) preparing a doctoral Analytical: 3.5 – 6 below, students are encouraged to choose dissertation. Average: 5.0 from a very large selection of courses offered The student is expected to satisfy the first On-campus interviews are not granted. The each year in the department and pertinent four requirements within two years of resi- application for admission is the basis for evalu- courses offered in other departments. In dence. The department does not assume that ation of each candidate. It is essential that the some fields, but not all, there is a two-term students will have completed their professional Admissions Office receive all admissions mate- sequence of courses intended as the basic training by that time, but does expect them to rials by the due date. Incomplete applications preparation for an oral examination in the have formed an appreciation of the discipline will not be reviewed. field. A student may wish to take more than of economics, to have settled on their personal two terms’ work in the field chosen for the fields of interest, and to have learned to apply examination, including a research seminar or their discipline to those fields. The examina- a reading program under the guidance of a tions are designed to verify that the candidate member of the faculty. has attained a broad integration of this sort. Financial Aid Mathematics Requirement Course of Study The department has limited funding for financial support of graduate study, based both Students are expected to have a strong back- Several kinds of knowledge are required of on need and merit. The program is admin- ground in linear algebra and calculus upon a professional or academic economist. An istered by the Graduate School. In order to entering the program; knowledge of differ economist must understand the nature of be admitted, a student must normally have ential equations, real analysis, probability, long-term changes in the economy (economic adequate resources for the first two years of and statistics is also very helpful. history); the best thinking about the ways graduate study, either from outside public or Written Examinations in which economic units interact with each private sources, or in the form of financial other and with their environment, respond support (financial aid) from the University There are two written examinations in to change, and develop over time (economic up to a minimal level of need, as determined economic theory—one each in microeco- theory and its intellectual development); and by the Graduate School. After the first two nomics and macroeconomics—which are the techniques by which economic data are years, financial support takes the form, largely, administered in the spring and fall. Students assembled, evaluated, and analyzed (statistical of teaching and research assistantships. Aside must pass each examination with a grade of method and its application). In addition an from exceptional circumstances, no direct B or better. They ordinarily take the exami- economist needs the discipline and versatility financial support is available beyond a five- nations in the spring term of the first year gained by detailed study of some economic year study period for the PhD. of graduate study. In preparation, students problems and policy areas (the optional fields). must normally enroll in Economics 2010a-b, Teaching Fellowships Advanced Microeconomic Theory, and The Department of Economics offers teaching Economics 2010c-d, Advanced Macroeco- Admissions Requirements fellowships to degree candidates to provide nomic Theory. However, they will be excused both financial support and experience in from one or more of these courses by passing Concentration in economics is preferred but teaching under supervision. Teaching is the corresponding part of the theory examina- not required. Students will need a strong considered part of the training for the PhD, tion with a grade of B or better when they undergraduate training in both economics and and students who have completed two years in enter in the fall. mathematics. All applicants are required to the program are encouraged to apply. take the GRE. If English is not the candidate’s native language, there are two acceptable ways to demonstrate English proficiency: 1) Hold

Programs of Study 4 9 Course Requirements Economic Theory Econometrics Good Standing Students satisfy the econometrics methods Experimental Economics Macroeconomics Students enrolled in the PhD program may be requirement by completing Introduction to Economic Development Economic History subject to termination of candidacy if they fail Applied Econometrics, Economics 2120 (with Public Economics International Economics to remain in good standing, as defined below: a grade of B or better). Economics 2120 is Industrial Organization Financial Economics (1) Within three years of residence, the offered in the spring term. Students should Labor Economics student shall complete the written theory take Quantitative Methods, Economics 2110, Students may take a second field from the examination, the course requirements in dis- in the fall. This is a prerequisite for Economics list or may propose a second optional field for tribution and econometrics, the second-year 2120. The econometrics requirement may be advanced study that is especially adapted to paper, and the General Oral Examination. satisfied by a more advanced course with the the candidate’s interests and needs. A special (2) Within three years of residence of approval of the instructor. This requirement field of study may be approved if it meets the completing all the requirements listed above normally is completed during the fist year of criteria: (a) that there is a significant body of in (1), the student shall complete the seminar graduate study. economic literature in the field, (b) that the requirements and the dissertation. The distribution requirement is fulfilled field is sufficiently broad to be recognizable as Students who fail to remain in good by passing one course (with grade of B+ or a field for teaching and research, and (c) that standing are not eligible for financial support better) from a list of courses available in the a member of the faculty offers instruction in or employment through Harvard, including Graduate Office. The purpose of the the field and is prepared to give an oral exami- employment as a teaching fellow. Excep- requirement is to ensure that students are nation in it. An optional field will not be tions to these requirements for good standing exposed to non-standard ways of thinking approved if it is a field of specialization within will be granted by the department only in about issues central to economics. This is one of the other fields presented by the candi- very unusual circumstances on the basis of a normally done by taking a course in date. petition by the student. The dissertation must economic history, a course involving non- be submitted in final form within five years of standard approaches to economics, or a Seminars the date of the oral examination; otherwise, course in disciplines of social inquiry After passing the oral general examination, the student’s candidacy for the PhD automati- (anthropology, government, history, philos- student must enroll in a working seminar or cally lapses. ophy, psychology, sociology, etc.) that deals participate in an informal lunchtime seminar with economic topics from the perspectives group. Students in their third year and above Recent PhD Dissertation Titles must present work in a working seminar (or of those disciplines. “Essays in Industrial Organization and Tech- informal lunchtime seminar) each semester. This requirement is frequently satisfied in nological Change” the first year. The course must be taken during Dissertation Committee Requirement the time students are enrolled in the graduate “Essays on the Effects of Law and Policy on program. (Courses taken as an undergraduate Within one year of passing the oral exam the Educational Attainment and Employment or in other graduate programs will not be ination, students must assemble a dissertation of Particular Society Groups” considered.) Courses offered primarily for committee consisting of at least two faculty “Essays on International Capital Markets” undergraduates may be acceptable provided members, and must complete a preliminary research plan of at most five pages, which is “Essays on Finance, International Economics, there is a provision for graduate students to and National Security” take the course with additional requirements. signed by the dissertation committee. The signed research plan will become part of the “Disasters and the Lucas Orchard: Essays in Second-Year Research Paper student’s file kept in the Graduate Office. Finance and Macroeconomics” In the spring term of the second year, students Dissertation “Essays in Political Economy” must enroll in Economics 3000 (Research “Essays on Unemployment and Expectation in Paper) and begin work on the second-year The candidate is required to demonstrate Macroeconomic Models” paper under the supervision of a member of the ability to perform original research in the faculty of the department. Students must economics by presenting a dissertation that “Essays on the Political Economy of Public complete the research paper to the satisfaction includes a significant contribution to economic Good Provision in Developing Countries” knowledge. There is no requirement as to of their faculty supervisor and receive a grade “Topics in International Economics” of SAT in Economics 3000 before they may length of the dissertation; its acceptability take the General Oral Examination. depends entirely on the originality and signifi- “Essays in Taxation and International Rela- cance of the research undertaken and on the tions” General Oral Examinations competence of its presentation. “Essays on the Economics of Crime and The General Examination is a one-hour oral The completed dissertation will be Criminal Justice” examination. One half-hour is devoted to accepted by the department upon recommen- “Essays in International Finance and Macro- each of two optional fields. A student must dation by a dissertation committee, consisting economics” complete the written examination in economic of the dissertation supervisor and two other theory, the course requirements in quantita- faculty members. The student is expected to “Topics in the Economics of Health and tive methods and economic history, and the keep in touch with members of the disserta- Aging” second-year research paper before taking tion committee on the progress of research. “Essays in Development Economics” the oral examination. This examination is The final preparation of the dissertation “Essays on Governance, Population, and normally taken between the second and third manuscript must conform to the booklet The Political Stability” years of graduate study. Form of the PhD Dissertation. In selecting fields for the oral examina- “Estimation and Inference Under Non-Sta- tion, the candidate must choose at least one tionary Data” field from the following list:

5 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences “Essays in Monetary Economics” Department of Economics Green, Jerry. Microeconomic theory “Essays in Applied Game Theory” Faculty Research Interests Hart, Oliver. Microeconomics “Essays on Public and Labor Economics” Helpman, Elhanan. International economics, “Essays on Public Goods Provisions” Aghion, Philippe. Economic theory, develop- economic growth, political economy ment, industrial organization “Three Essays on Development Economics Hornbeck, Richard. Economic history, and Political Economy” Alesina, Alberto. Political economy, monetary economic development and fiscal policy, macroeconomics “Essays on Matching and Market Design’” Ibragimov, Rustam. Econometrics, applied Ambrus, Attila. Game theory, microeconomic econometrics, financial economics, economic “Essays on Careers in U.S. Labor Markets: theory theory, statistics and probability theory The Interaction of Internal and External Labor Markets” Antràs, Pol. International economics, macro- Imbens, Guido. Econometrics economics “Essays in Applied Microeconomics & Jorgenson, Dale. Econometrics Applied Econometrics” Athey, Susan. Microeconomic theory, indus- Katz, Lawrence. Labor economics, applied trial organization, econometrics econometrics Barro, Robert. Economic growth, macroeco- Kremer, Michael. Development economics nomics Joint Programs Lewis, Gregory. Industrial organization, Benmelech, Effi. Empirical corporate finance, microeconomic theory, applied econometrics PhD in Business Economics financial contracting, debt maturity, financial Mankiw, N. Gregory. Macroeconomics This program is administered by a standing markets, economic history, bankruptcy committee composed of members of the Campbell, John. Asset pricing, macroeco- Marglin, Stephen. Theory, history, develop- Department of Economics and the Graduate nomics ment and methodology School of Business Administration. It is Medoff, James. Labor economics described in the section of this publication Chamberlain, Gary. Econometrics entitled “The PhD in Business Economics.” Chaney, Eric. Economic history Melitz, Marc. International economoics Additional information can be found on the Chetty, Raj. Public economics, taxation and Mortimer, Julie. Industrial organization, Web at www.hbs.edu/doctoral. Inquiries about social insurance programs applied econometrics, microeconomics this program should be directed to Cooper, Richard. International economics, Mullainathan, Sendhil. Psychology and [email protected] or economics, poverty, finance Harvard Business School, Doctoral Programs international trade, international monetary Office, Sherman Hall, Boston, MA 02163. economics, international environmental and Nunn, Nathan. International trade, develop- energy issues ment economics, economic history PhD in Political Economy and Cutler, David. Public economics, health Pakes, Ariel. Industrial organization, Government economics econometrics This program is administered by a standing Doraszeslki, Ulrich. Industrial organization, Rogoff, Kenneth. International finance committee composed of members of the computational economics Departments of Economics, Government, Roth, Alvin. Game theory as a part of and the Harvard Kennedy School and is Farhi, Emmanuel. Macroeconomics empirical economics, experimental economics described in a section of this publication Feldstein, Martin. Public economics, taxation, theory entitled “The PhD Under the Committee on social insurance, macroeconomics Sen, Amartya. Economics, philosophy, Political Economy and Government.” Written decision theory inquiries about this program should be sent Field, Erica. Development economics, labor to Director of Doctoral Programs, Harvard economics Shleifer, Andrei. Law and economics, corpo- Kennedy School, 79 JFK Street, Cambridge, Freeman, Richard. Labor economics and rate finance MA 02138. institutions, inequality, crime, philanthropy, Simseck, Alp. Macroeconomics, Finance Applications for admissions and for european labor markets, computer simulation Stein, Jeremy. Corporate finance, behavioral grants, together with information regarding modeling, trade unionism finance, money and banking admissions procedures, may be obtained by Friedman, Benjamin. Macroeconomics, Strzalecki, Tomasz. Economic theory writing directly to the Admissions Office, monetary and fiscal policy Harvard Graduate School of Arts and Stock, James. Macroeconomic forecasting, Sciences, Holyoke Center 350, 1350 Massa- Fryer, Roland. Applied theory, applied micro- monetary policy, construction and use of chusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02138. We economics, labor economics leading and coincident economic indicators encourage online submission of the applica- Fudenberg, Drew. Game theory, microeco- Summers, Lawrence H. Macroeconomics, tion. See www.gsas.harvard.edu. nomic theory international policy, finance, public finance, Further information regarding courses Glaeser, Edward. Urban economics, social labor and programs of study in economics may economics, institutions be obtained by writing directly to the Coor Weitzman, Martin. Microeconomic theory, dinator of Graduate Studies, Department of Goldin, Claudia. Economic history, labor environmental economics Economics, Littauer Center 201, Cambridge, economics MA 02138, or by visiting www.economics. Gopinath, Gita. International macroeco- harvard.edu. nomics, trade

Programs of Study 5 1 Higher Degrees in the School of Engineering and Applied Sciences

The School of Engineering and Applied of four areas: applied mathematics, applied Oral Qualifying Examination: Prepara- Sciences (SEAS) offers doctoral and master’s physics, computer science, and engineering tion in the major field is evaluated in an oral degree programs that lie at the interfaces of sciences. The requirements for each degree examination by a qualifying committee. The engineering, the applied sciences (from biology are summarized below. Please note that examination has the dual purpose of verifying to physics), and technology. Particular areas of we strongly encourage any student who is the adequacy of the student’s preparation for academic focus include applied mathematics, considering ultimately pursuing the PhD at undertaking research in a chosen field and applied physics, bioengineering, computer Harvard to apply directly to the PhD program. of assessing the student’s ability to synthesize science, electrical engineering, environmental Students in our masters programs are not knowledge already acquired. sciences and engineering, and mechanical given preferential treatment in admission to Dissertation: Upon successful completion engineering. the PhD program. of the qualifying examination, a committee In keeping with the interdisciplinary chaired by the research supervisor is consti- nature of modern research, SEAS does not Master of Science (SM) tuted to oversee the dissertation research. The have traditional academic departments and The master of science (SM) degree is awarded dissertation must, in the judgment of the does not award degrees by specific research for the successful completion of eight semester research committee, meet the standards of area. length courses at Harvard. The SM degree is significant and original research. Students may instead work towards a non-research based degree and no dissertation, Final Oral Examination: This public Master of Science, Master of Engineering, foreign language, or general examination is examination devoted to the field of the disser- and Doctor of Philosophy degree in one of required. Upon successful completion of the tation is conducted by the student’s research four subjects—Applied Mathematics, Applied SM degree, any student planning to pursue committee. It includes, but is not restricted to, Physics, Computer Science, and Engineering the PhD degree must formally apply to the a defense of the dissertation itself. Science. PhD program (see below). No preferential The faculty members in the SEAS, nearly treatment is given to SM degree holders 30 percent of whom have joint appointments seeking admission to the PhD program. Part Time Study in other research areas, have close ties with Students admitted to the PhD program can Under unusual circumstances, full-time candi- the science departments (especially Physics, apply for and receive SM on completion of the dates for graduate degrees may petition for Biology, Chemistry, and Earth and Planetary requirements for the master’s degree. permission to study part-time, ordinarily at Sciences) in the Faculty of Arts and Sciences a rate of two half-courses per term. Similarly, Master of Engineering (ME) and increasing ties to Harvard’s professional candidates for the master’s degree who need schools (including business and medicine). Students who wish to pursue more advanced fewer than four semester length to complete Students may also pursue collaborative options formal training without undertaking the the requirements for the degree can arrange to through the Medical Engineering and Medical research required for the PhD degree may earn be charged tuition on a per course basis. Visa Physics (MEMP) program, which is part of the ME degree by successfully completing regulations prohibit foreign nationals who are the Harvard-MIT Division of Health Sciences one year of coursework beyond that required not permanent residents of the US from regis- and Technology. for the SM degree. No dissertation, foreign tering for part-time study. The majority of the course offerings, most language, or general examination is required. of which span across disciplines, are listed in Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) Admission the Courses of Instruction under the following Students with bachelor’s degrees in the natural The PhD requires a minimum academic broad headings: applied mathematics, applied sciences, mathematics, or engineering are residency of two years beyond the bachelor’s physics, computer science, and engineering invited to apply for admission. Since the degree. Programs are individually tailored and sciences. In addition to lecture courses and undergraduate programs of entering students approved by a committee on higher degrees. seminars, students may take directed reading are diverse, the courses students must take to Normally, students spend one-and-one-half to and research courses in connection with their round out their training are extremely varied, two years on coursework—10 semester length dissertations and, on occasion, use them to and a committee on higher degrees helps courses, including at least eight disciplinary explore topics not covered in regular courses. students design appropriate plans of study. courses, are required. Depth and breadth of Programs that include considerable work in Many students embark on programs that lead knowledge are important guiding principles in one or more science departments are common. to careers only peripherally related to their the PhD program. Students may supplement their studies by undergraduate majors. The first year is ordinarily spent princi- cross-registering in other Harvard graduate Students begin graduate study only in pally on coursework, although some students schools or at the Massachusetts Institute of the fall term. Completed applications should may begin research. The second year is usually Technology. (Certain limitations apply.) be submitted as early as possible in the fall of divided between coursework and research, with the preceding academic year and not later coursework completed during the third year if than December 31st, our application dead- necessary. As soon as coursework is completed, line. SEAS does not accept late applications. students conduct research full time. Original Applications for admission for the spring Degree Requirements research culminating in the dissertation is term are not ordinarily accepted. Students may work towards three graduate usually completed in the fourth or fifth year. degrees—master of science, master of engi- No foreign language is required. neering, or doctor of philosophy—in one

5 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Applicants must take the Graduate anticipates that a certain number of entering Record Examination (GRE) general test. students will gain financial support from Collaborative Programs with the Although the GRE Subject Test is not sources outside of Harvard. Applicants are Harvard-MIT Division of Health required, performance on the relevant GRE therefore expected to apply for all non- Subject Test will be considered if it is avail- Harvard scholarships for which they are Sciences and Technology able. Our experience indicates that the results eligible, especially those offered by the of this test can be especially helpful in the National Science Foundation. Medical Engineering and Medical case of foreign applicants. Students whose Because bringing in external fellow- Physics Program native language is not English and who have ship support helps us support more students The five- to six-year Medical Engineering and not received a degree from an institution with internal funds, NSF fellows will receive Medical Physics (MEMP) program leads to where English is the language of instruction a supplemental fellowship to bring their the PhD or ScD in Medical Engineering or must submit, as part of their application, the stipends up to $3,000 above the standard Medical Physics awarded by MIT, or the PhD results of the test of English as a foreign SEAS amount in the first year, and will be awarded by Harvard’s Graduate School of Arts language, administered by the Educational eligible for supplemental research assistant- and Sciences. Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey. ships in subsequent years. Recipients of other The MEMP curriculum gives students Applications from minorities and women external awards made on the basis of open hands-on experience in biomedical sciences are particularly welcome. SEAS requires competition receive similar consideration on a and engineering to allow them to explore the electronic submission of the application and pro-rated basis. fundamental principles underlying human strongly prefers electronic submission of the Financial support takes several forms: biology and diseases, discover new diagnostic letters of recommendation. Please visit www. grants-in-aid (fellowships), teaching fellow- and therapeutic approaches, and ultimately gsas.harvard.edu. for more information about ships, and research assistantships. Ordinarily, ameliorate human suffering. The range of the application process and to link to the first-year PhD students are supported with full interests of students in the program is vast; a application. fellowships so that they may devote all their small sampling of topics includes molecular NOTE: For prospective students inter- time to coursework. Beyond the first year, biology, modeling of biological systems, ested in applying/entering S.M./M.E. when students are in a better position to teach medical imaging and visualization, instru- programs in the Fall of 2011: and assist in research, support is ordinarily mentation, biomaterials, and cellular biome- • SEAS areas will continue to admit A.B./ provided through research assistantships, or chanics. S.M. applicants from Harvard College. a combination of a teaching fellowship and a Requirements and Dissertation: Although • Applied Math, Applied Physics, and Bioen- research assistantship. pathways through the MEMP program are gineering WILL NOT be admitting S.M. Candidates for PhD and master’s degrees intended to be individualized and therefore or M.E. students. can occasionally be employed as technical vary widely, there is a broad curricular and • Computer Science, Electrical Engineering, assistants on one of the numerous research administrative structure that is common to all and Environmental Sciences and Engineer- projects in the SEAS or in a similar capacity paths within MEMP. Curricular requirements ing will be admitting S.M. and M.E. stu- in other parts of the University. During the fall roughly into three segments: pre-quali- dents. academic year, full-time students may not fying, clinical, and dissertation. Curricular • Mechanical Engineering will be admit- accept employment inside or outside the tracks within MEMP are Cellular and Molec- ting S.M. and M.E. students only in solid University, other than teaching fellowships ular Medicine and Systems Physiology and mechanics. Mechanical Engineering WILL or research assistantships, that involves a Medicine. NOT be admitting S.M. or M.E. students commitment of more than ten hours per week, in robotics or biomechanics. without special permission. Bioinformatics and Integrative Genomics There are NO exceptions to the above. Candidates for master’s degrees are not (BIG) Program: eligible for financial aid from SEAS. BIG is a specialized area of study within HST’s Medical Engineering and Medical Physics program. In BIG, bioinformatics is viewed in Financial Aid a broad sense to comprise the overall activity of extracting the functional dependencies of Typically all students admitted to the PhD Part-Time Master’s Program biological systems from the data generated by program in the School of Engineering and The SEAS admits a limited number of part- sequence, microarray, proteomics, and metab- Applied Sciences receive full financial support, time students as candidates for the SM degree olism-probing technologies. comprising tuition, fees, and a cost of-living to study at a rate of one or two half-courses Students interested in BIG are admitted stipend ($2,446 per month before taxes in per term. Under unusual circumstances, full- to MEMP and normally take MEMP’s 2010-11), independent of need as long as they time candidates for graduate degrees may cellular and molecular medicine track along are in good academic standing and making petition for permission to study part-time, with additional courses specifically to fulfill satisfactory progress toward their PhD degree. ordinarily at a rate of two half-courses per the BIG concentration. The BIG program Students are expected to complete their PhD term. Similarly, candidates for the master’s seeks students with a very strong quantita- requirements in four to six years. degree who need fewer than four half-courses tive science background. To be considered for All students who receive financial support to complete the requirements for the degree admission, students must have completed at from SEAS participate in the School’s educa- can arrange to be charged tuition on a per least a baccalaureate degree in engineering or tional program for about ten hours a week for course basis. Visa regulations prohibit foreign physical science or computer science (or equiv- one term—usually as a quarter time teaching nationals who are not permanent residents of alent). Recommended preparation includes at fellow. the US from registering for part-time study. least one undergraduate subject in each of the To provide full support throughout following areas: biology, organic chemistry, the program for all PhD candidates, SEAS

Programs of Study 5 3 computational science, physical chemistry or thermodynamics, biochemistry, and advanced Further Information calculus. Further information regarding programs of study, research, financial aid, and admission Admission to MEMP: All applicants to may be obtained by calling 617-496-9410; by MEMP must also apply simultaneously to a e-mailing admissions@ seas.harvard.edu; or by collaborating graduate department at MIT visiting www.seas.harvard. edu. or Harvard (see list below). Admission to MEMP or MEMP/BIG normally requires an affirmative assessment by both departmental and HST admissions committees (on rare occasions students who are exceptionally well qualified for the BIG program do not win acceptance into their chosen collaborating department. HST may choose to admit such individuals without a collaborating department, in which case HST will administer the doctoral qualifying exam). Students may apply to MEMP or MEMP/BIG through either MIT or Harvard or both.

Applying to MEMP through Harvard Harvard collaborating departments include the following: Biophysics, the School of Engineering and Applied Sciences (SEAS), and Physics. To apply to MEMP through Harvard’s School of Engineering and Applied Sciences, use the standard application available from the Graduate Schools of Arts and Sciences’ (GSAS) website. Submit one original application to the GSAS Admissions Office and a copy of the application, plus original transcripts, letters, and other supporting documentation, to HST Admissions, MIT E25-518, Cambridge, MA 02139. Please note that HST’s application deadline for MEMP is December 15th; all MEMP applications via Harvard must be received at HST by that date.

Special Students Courses offered by the SEAS and departments in the Faculty of Arts and Sciences are open to students who hold a bachelor’s degree or its equivalent, who are able to present evidence of fitness for admission at the graduate level, but who are registered as Special Students and are advised by the director of Special Students, GSAS, Holyoke Center 350, 1350 Massa- chusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02138; 617-495-5392. Special Students are not degree candidates. Credit for a limited number of acceptable semester-length courses can, however, be transferred into a degree program if the student is later admitted to graduate study. Special Student status ordinarily is limited to a maximum of two terms, with extension possible only by reapplication.

5 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences SEAS Supplemental Application- Fall 2011

All applicants to the School of Engineering and Applied Sciences (SEAS) must submit the Supplemental Application Form as part of their completed application.

Last (family) Name______First Name______MI______Date of Birth ______

Required for SEAS Ph.D. applicants: Please indicate the names of up to three SEAS faculty whose research programs are of particular interest to you. For a complete listing of SEAS faculty, please visit http://www.seas.harvard.edu/faculty-research/our-faculty.

1. ______2. ______3. ______

Required for all SEAS applicants: Please rank, in order of interest, the sub-areas in which you are interested. Please do not select more than three and elucidate your selection(s) in your Statement of Purpose.

A. Applied Mathematics: ___ Theoretical & Computational Biology; ___Mathematical Biology; ___Mathematical Geophysics; ___Numerical Analysis; ___Physical & Engineering Mathematics; ___Other ______

B. Applied Physics: ___Theory and Simulation; ___Biophysics; ___Electronic/Magnetic Systems and Devices; ___Materials Science; ___Optics, Electromagnetics, and Light-Matter Interactions; ___Soft Condensed Matter; ___Surface and Interface Science; ___Energy Science and Tech- nology; ___Other ______

C. Bioengineering/Quantitative Biology: ___Biomechanics; ___ Cell and Tissue Engineering; ___Drug Delivery; ___ Neuroengineering; ___ Instrumentation and Robotics; ___Biomaterials; ___Biophysics; ___Biomolecular Engineering; ___Other______

D. Computer Science: ___Artificial Intelligence and Computational Linguistics; __Economics and Computation; ___Graphics; ___ Languages Compilers and Tools; ___ Networking & Systems; ___Theory of Computation; ___Human Computer Interaction; ___Visualization; ___Other ______

E. Electrical Engineering: ___Circuits and VLSI; ___Communication and Signal Processing; ___Computer Engineering; ___Intelligent Systems & Computer Vision; ___Photonics & Optical Devices; ___ RF, Microwaves & Antennas; ___Stochastic Systems; ___Systems & Control; ___ Other ______

F. Environmental Sciences and Engineering: ___Atmospheric Chemistry; ___Climate Dynamics & Physical Oceanography; ___Environmental Chemistry; ___ Environmental Microbiology; ___ Geomechanics; ___Meteorology and Atmospheric Dynamics; ___Environmental Systems, Resource Management & Planning; ___Energy and Environment; ___Other ______

G. Materials Science and Mechanical Engineering: ___Solid Mechanics; ___ Mechanics of Materials; ___Fluid Dynamics; ___ Robotics; ___ Other ______

Programs of Study 5 5 5 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Higher Degrees in English

The Graduate Program in English leads to be taken within the department. Graduate Students may fulfill the ancient and the degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of students in the English department will have modern language requirements (1) by passing Philosophy. The AM is an integral part of the priority for admission into 200-level courses. a two-hour translation exam with a dictionary, doctoral program, and therefore only students The remaining courses may be either at the (2) by taking a one-term literature course who intend to pursue the PhD are eligible for 100- or the 200-level. Students typically in the chosen language, or [for the ancient admission to the Graduate Program in English . devote part of their course work in the first requirement] (3) by taking two terms of year to preparing for the “General” exam, elementary Latin or Greek. Any course taken The Program focusing increasingly on their field in the to fulfill the language requirement must be The program takes from four to seven years second year. passed with a grade of B- or better. Literature- to complete, with the majority finishing level language courses count for course credit; in five or six years. The first two years are Independent Study and Creative Writing elementary language courses do not. devoted to course work and to preparation Students may petition to take one of the for the PhD Qualifying Exam (the “General” 100-level courses as independent study The (Non-Terminal) Master of Arts exam) at the beginning of the second year. (English 399) with a professor, but not before Degree The second and third years are devoted to the second term of residence. Other inde- In order to apply for the AM degree, students preparing for the Dissertation Qualifying pendent study courses will be permitted only must complete, with a grade of B or better, no Exam (the “Field” exam) and to writing the in exceptional circumstances and with the fewer than a total of seven courses, including Dissertation Prospectus. The fourth, fifth, consent of the professor and director of grad- a minimum of four English courses, at least and, when necessary, sixth years are spent uate studies (DGS). Only one creative writing three of which must be at the graduate (200-) completing the doctoral dissertation. From the course, which counts as a 100-level course, level, and one additional course that must third year until the final year (when they are may be taken for credit. be taken at the graduate level, but may be generally supported by Dissertation Comple- taken in another department. Students must tion Fellowships), students also devote time Advanced Standing also fulfill at least one of their departmental to teaching and to developing teaching skills. Once the student has completed at least three language requirements. Students with prior graduate training or those 200-level courses with a grade of A or A-, a with a demonstrated ability may complete maximum of four graduate-level courses may General Exam their dissertations in the fourth or fifth years. be transferred from other institutions, at the At the beginning of the second year, students Students are strongly discouraged from discretion of the Director of Graduate Studies. will take a 75-minute oral exam, based on a taking more than seven years to complete the Transferred courses will not count toward the list of authors and/or titles which the Depart- program, except under the most exceptional minimum of ten required 200-level courses, ment will make available for each entering circumstances. but will be counted as 100-level courses. class in the summer prior to its arrival. The The program aims to provide the PhD examiners will be three regular members of Incompletes candidate with a broad knowledge of the field the department (assistant, associate, or full of English, including critical and cultural No more than one Incomplete may be carried professors), whose names will not be disclosed theory. Additional important skills include forward at any one time by a graduate student in advance. Candidates whose performance facility with the tools of scholarship—ancient in the English Department. It must be made on the exam is judged inadequate will be and modern foreign languages, bibliographic up no later than six weeks after the start of the marked as “not yet passed” and must retake procedures, and textual and editorial methods. next term. the exam at a time to be determined. If candi- The program also emphasizes the ability to In applying for an Incomplete, students dates do not pass on the second attempt, they write well, to do solid and innovative scholarly must have signed permission from the will not be able to continue in the program. and critical work in a specialized field or fields, instructor and the DGS, or the course in Note: Students must fulfill at least one language to teach effectively, and to make articulate question may not count toward the program requirement by the end of the first year in order presentations at conferences, seminars, and requirements. If students do not complete to be eligible to take the General Exam . symposia. work by the deadline, the course will not count toward the program requirements, Field Oral Exam Residence unless there are documented extenuating The purpose of the Field Oral is twofold: to The minimum residence requirement is two circumstances. examine students’ preparation in primary years of enrollment in full-time study, with teaching and scholarly fields they mean to a total of at least fourteen courses completed Language Requirements claim, and to explore an emerging dissertation with honor grades (no grade lower than B-). A reading knowledge of two languages is topic. The two-hour examination is taken by The minimum standard for satisfactory work required. Students will be expected to show February of the third year of graduate study, in the Graduate School is a B average in each proficiency in either two ancient languages, or and is conducted by a three-person examina- academic year. two modern languages, or one ancient and one tion committee, chosen by individual students modern language . (Normally, Latin, Greek, no later than September of the third year, Courses French, German, Spanish, and Italian are the normally from among the tenured and ladder A minimum of 14 courses must be completed accepted languages. Other languages may be faculty of the English department. One faculty no later than the end of the second year. At acceptable if deemed relevant and appropriate member acts as chair of the committee and least ten courses must be at the 200- (grad- to a student’s program of study.) assists students in selecting its other members. uate) level, and at least six of these ten must This committee, or some part of it, will likely

Programs of Study 5 7 continue to serve as individual students’ disser- the scope of the project requires it, students Teaching tation advisors. should consult the DGS about including Students begin teaching in their third year. During the exam, students are asked to a fourth faculty adviser from a department Ordinarily they teach discussion sections in demonstrate an adequate knowledge of both other than English. The advising mode chosen courses and in the department’s program of of the major primary works and selected schol- will be indicated to the department when the tutorials for undergraduate honors majors. arly works in their chosen fields, and to give prospectus is submitted. Regardless of the Preparation for a teaching career is a required a first account of a dissertation project. The structure of advising, three faculty readers are part of students’ training, and Teaching exam focuses on a list of primary and scholarly required to certify the completed dissertation. Fellows benefit from the supervision and guid- works, drawn up by each student in consulta- The Dissertation ance of department members. Teaching fellows tion with the examination committee. When are required to take English 350, the Teaching After the dissertation prospectus has been desired by candidates and their respective Colloquium, in their first year of teaching approved, candidates work with their disserta- committees, the fields list may be informed and are encouraged to avail themselves of the tion directors or their dissertation committee. by longer lists of works provided by the facilities at the Bok Center for Teaching and All of the designated advisors must approve department, augmented by students to accom- Learning. modate their particular scholarly interests. the final work. Each committee meets with its advisee at least The doctoral dissertation is expected to be General Guidelines for Admission four weeks before the exam (i.e., before the an original and substantial work of scholarship The following is a set of general guidelines for Thanksgiving break) to finalize fields lists and or criticism, excellent in form and content. the English department’s admissions process. discuss the exam format. This exam is graded The department accepts dissertations on a It should be noted that while several areas are Pass/Fail. great variety of topics involving a broad range emphasized here, the Admissions Committee of approaches to literature. It sets no specific Dissertation Prospectus carefully examines the overall profile of each page limits, preferring to give students and applicant, taking these and other aspects of the The dissertation prospectus, signed and directors as much freedom as possible. application into consideration: approved by three advisors (one of whom may be the DGS), is due in the Graduate Office Dissertation Defense The Writing Sample: The writing sample is by May 15 of the third year. The prospectus The Dissertation Defense will be a necessary one of the most important portions of the is neither a draft chapter nor a detailed road part of receiving the PhD, though it will not application. Candidates should submit only map of the next two years’ work, but a sketch, be a pass/fail examination. one double-spaced, 15- to 20-page paper, no longer than seven to ten pages, of the topic The form of the defense is as follows: in 12-point type with normal margins. The on which students plan to write. It gives a • each student’s defense will be a separate writing sample must be an example of critical preliminary account of the argument, struc- event; writing (rather than creative writing) on a ture, and scope of the intended treatment of • those present will normally be: the student; subject directly related to English. Applicants the topic. The overview will be followed by a the three advisors; any interested faculty; should not send longer papers with instruc- bibliography. any interested graduate students; tions to read an excerpt or excerpts, but The prospectus is written in consultation • the event will start with a 15-20 minute pre- should edit the sample themselves so that they with the dissertation advisors, who will meet sentation by the student and last at most 90 submit only up to twenty pages. Candidates students at least once in the spring of the third minutes in all; who know the field in which they expect to year to discuss the prospectus and to draw • if a student has left Cambridge and can- specialize should, when possible, submit a up a timetable for the writing of the disserta- not return easily for this purpose, we will writing sample related to that field. tion. In planning a timetable, students need arrange for a video-link discussion. Grades: While candidates’ overall GPA is to bear in mind (1) that two draft chapters • arrangements will be overseen by the Grad- important, it is more important to have an of the dissertation must be completed by the uate Office but conducted by the student average of no lower than A- in literature middle of their fourth year, if they are to be (as per the Fields examination). courses (and related courses). In addition, eligible to apply for completion fellowships in The meeting for a May degree must take while we encourage applications from candi- their fifth year, and (2) that students generally place any time after advisors have signed off dates in programs other than English, they enter the job market in the fall of the fifth or on the dissertation and at least a week before must have both the requisite critical skills and sixth year, with at least two final chapters and Commencement. In practice, however, the a foundation in English literature for graduate a third draft chapter completed. They should student will need to defend after advisors have work in English. Most of our successful candi- also remember that term-time fellowships and signed off and before advisors disperse. That dates have some knowledge of all the major traveling fellowships may be available to them period will normally be between 1-14 May, fields of English literary study and advanced in the fourth year, but that these require appli- and most probably in the early days of May. knowledge of the field in which they intend cations which are due as early as December or Students will be required, in order to be to study. recommended for the degree by the depart- January of the third year. Letters of Recommendation: It is important ment, to submit to the Graduate Office a form Dissertation Advising to have strong letters of recommendation from specifying the defense date. The form will be Students should assemble a group of faculty professors who are familiar with candidates’ available online on the departmental web site. members to supervise the dissertation. Several academic work. Applicants who have been Candidates should print out this form and supervisory arrangements are possible: out of school for several years should try to set to work on establishing the defense date students may work with a committee of reestablish contact with former professors. well before the degree application and defense three faculty members who share nearly Additional letters from employers may also be forms are due. This form will be signed by the equal responsibility for advising, or with a included. Recommenders should comment Chair of the advisory committee and must be committee consisting of a principal faculty not only on the applicant’s academic readiness submitted along with the requisite Application adviser and a second and third reader. If for Degree.

5 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences for our PhD program but also on the appli- Beckett and Aesthetics (2003); Berlioz’s Semi- Interests: The literature, history and culture of cants’ future potential as teachers and scholars. Operas (2001); Untwisting the Serpent (2000); New World slavery; African American visual GREs: High scores in the Verbal (700) and Quantum Poetics (1997);W . B . Yeats: The Poems art and popular culture; Anglophone Carib- Subject tests (650, i.e., English and American ( editor; 1990); Stravinsky: The Music-Box bean literature; Latino/a US literature and literature) are positive additions to the applica- and the Nightingale (1989); Tennyson: The culture; theories on memory and textuality; tion but are by no means the most important Muses’ Tug-of-War (1986); Lyricality in English gender and cultural studies. aspect of one’s candidacy. (The Quantitative Literature (1985); Representation and the Selected Works: Laughing Fit to Kill: Black and Analytical scores carry less weight than the Imagination: Beckett, Kafka, Nabokov, Schoen- Humor in the Fictions of Slavery (2008); Verbal and Subject scores.) Applicants should berg (1981); Personality and Impersonality: “Junot’s Prize: A Pulitzer First for Afro-Latino make timely plans to take these examina- Lawrence, Woolf, Mann (1978). Literature” (2008); “Conjuring the Mysteries tions in order to ensure that the scores arrive of Slavery: Voodoo, Fetishsim and Stereotype Homi K. Bhabha, Anne F. Rothenberg by the January application deadline. Scores in Ishmael Reed’s Flight to Canada” (2004). Professor of the Humanities. BA 1970, received after mid-January may be too late to University of Bombay; MPhil, MA, DPhil be considered. Amanda Claybaugh, Professor of English. BA 1990, Christ Church, University of Oxford. 1993, Yale University; PhD 2001, Harvard Statement of Purpose: The Statement of Interests: Colonial and post-colonial theory; University. Purpose is not a personal statement and should cosmopolitanism; 19th- and 20th-century Interests: 19th-century US literature; not be heavily weighted down with autobio- British and other English-language literatures. 19th-century British literature; transatlantic graphical anecdotes. It should focus on giving Selected Works: “The Black Savant and the literary relations. the admissions committee a clear sense of Dark Princess” (2006); “Framing Fanon” Selected Works: The Novel of Purpose: Literature applicants’ individual interests and strengths. (2005); “Still Life” (2004); “Adagio” (2004); and Social Reform in the Anglo-American World Applicants need not indicate a precise field of “On Writing Rights” (2003); “Making (2007) . specialization, if they do not know, but it is Difference: The Legacy of the Culture Wars” helpful to know something about a candidate’s (2003); “Democracy De-Realized” (2002); Leo Damrosch, Ernest Bernbaum Professor of professional aspirations and sense of their “V .S . Naipaul” (2001), “On Cultural Choice” Literature. AB 1963, Yale University; AB/AM own skills, as well as how the Harvard English (2000); The Location of Culture (1994) . 1966, University of Cambridge; PhD 1968, department might help in attaining their Princeton University. goals. Those who already have a research topic Lawrence Buell, Powell M. Cabot Professor Interests: Restoration and 18th-century in mind should outline it in detail, giving a of American Literature. BA 1961, Princeton literature; Romanticism; Puritan imagination; sense of how they plan their progress through University; MA 1962, PhD 1966, Cornell enlightenment. the program. Those who do not should at least University. Selected Works: Toqueville’s Discovery of attempt to define the questions and interests Interests: American literature (especially the America (2010); Jean-Jacques Rousseau: Restless they foresee driving their work over the next 19th century); literature and the environ- Genius (2005); The Sorrows of the Quaker Jesus: few years. ment; literary and cultural (trans)nationalism. James Nayler and the Puritan Crackdown on the Languages: While there are no specific prereq- Selected Works: Shades of the Planet: American Free Spirit (1996); Fictions of Reality in the Age uisites for admission, a strong language back- Literature as World Literature, ed . Dimock and of Hume and Johnson (1989); The Imaginative ground helps to strengthen the application, Buell (2007); American Transcendentalism: World of Alexander Pope (1987); God’s Plot and and students who lack it should be aware that Essential Writings (2006); The Future of Envi- Man’s Stories: Studies in the Fictional Imagina- they will need to address these gaps during ronmental Criticism (2005); Emerson (2003); tion from Milton to Fielding (1985); Symbol their first two years of graduate study. Writing for an Endangered World (2001); and Truth in Blake’s Myth (1980); The Uses of The Environmental Imagination (1995); New Johnson’s Criticism (1976); Samuel Johnson and Please Note: Applicants should make every effort England Literary Culture (1986); Literary Tran- the Tragic Sense (1972) . to ensure that all supporting materials (e .g ., scendentalism (1973) . recommendations, transcripts, etc .) arrive by the Leland de la Durantaye, Gardner Cowles application deadline . Stephen Burt, Professor of English. BA 1994, Associate Professor of English. BA 1994, No applications for admission in this field Harvard University; PhD 2000, Yale Univer- Michigan State University; AM 1998, PhD will be accepted after the deadline set by the sity. 2002, Cornell University. Graduate School of Arts and Sciences. Interests: Poetry, especially but not only 20th- Interests: 19th- and 20th-century English, and 21st-century; modern and contemporary American, French, and German literature; American writing; literature and the other arts; aesthetics. Faculty of the Harvard English comics and graphic novels; science fiction. Selected Works: Giorgio Agamben: A Critical Selected Works: Close Calls with Nonsense: Introduction (2009); Style is Matter: The Moral Department Reading New Poetry (2009); The Forms of Art of Vladimir Nabokov (2007) . Youth: 20th-Century Poetry and Adolescence Daniel Albright, Ernest Bernbaum Professor (2007); Parallel Play (poems, 2006); Randall of Literature. BA 1967, Rice University; Daniel Donoghue, John P. Marquand Jarrell on W . H . Auden (editor, 2005); Randall MPhil 1969, PhD 1970, Yale University. Professor of English. BA 1978, University Jarrell and His Age (2002); Popular Music Interests: 20th-century literature, music, and of Dallas; MPhil 1981, University College (poems, 1999) . painting; 19th-century literature, music, and Dublin; PhD 1986, Yale University. painting; theory of comparative arts; lyric Interests: Old English; Middle English; history Glenda R. Carpio, Professor of English and poetry; drama; science and literature. of the language. of African and African American Studies. BA Selected Works: Music Speaks (2009); Selected Works: Old English Literature: A Short 1991, Vassar College; PhD 2002, University of Musicking Shakespeare (2007); Modernism Introduction (2004); Lady Godiva: A Literary California at Berkeley. and Music: An Anthology of Sources (2004); History of the Legend (2003); Beowulf: A Verse

Programs of Study 5 9 Translation (editor, 2002); Style in Old English Interests: Shakespeare; modern drama, Stephen Greenblatt, Cogan University Poetry (1987) . dramatic theory, and performance; cultural Professor of the Humanities. BA 1964, studies; psychoanalysis and literature; Renais- Yale University; MPhil 1966, University of James Engell, Gurney Professor of English sance drama; gender theory; visual studies; Cambridge; PhD 1969, Yale University. Inter- Literature and Professor of Comparative media studies; detective fiction; the history ests: Shakespeare; early modern literature and Literature. BA 1973, PhD 1978, Harvard and theory of the profession; animal studies. culture; literature of travel and exploration; University. Selected Works: Shakespeare and Modern religion and literature; literature and anthro- Interests: 18th-century and Restoration; Culture (2008); Patronizing the Arts (2008); pology; literary and cultural theory; literary Romanticism; criticism and critical theory; Profiling Shakespeare (2008); Shakespeare biography. rhetoric. After All (2004); The Medusa Reader (editor; Selected Works: Cardenio (coauthor, play, Selected Works: Environment: An Interdis- 2003); Quotation Marks (2002); Academic 2008); Shakespeare: Freiheit, Schönheit, und die ciplinary Anthology (coeditor, 2008); Saving Instincts (2001); Sex and Real Estate: Why Grenzen des Hasses .Translated by Robin Cackett Higher Education in the Age of Money (2005); We Love Houses (2000); The Turn to Ethics and Klaus Binder (2007); Will in theWorld: The Committed Word: Literature and Public (editor, 2000); Symptoms of Culture (1998); How Shakespeare Became Shakespeare (2004); Values (1999); Coleridge: The Early Family Dog Love (1996); Vice Versa: Bisexuality and Hamlet in Purgatory (2001); The Norton Letters (editor, 1994); Forming the Critical the Eroticism of Everyday Life (1995); Secret Anthology of English Literature (co-general Mind (1989); Biographia Literaria for the Agents: The Rosenberg Case, McCarthyism and editor, 2000); Practicing New Historicism (coau- Collected Coleridge (coeditor, 1983); The Fifties America (editor, 1995); Media Spectacles thor with Catherine Gallagher, 2000); Norton Creative Imagination (1981) . (editor, 1993) Vested Interests: Cross-Dressing Shakespeare (co-general editor,1997); New and Cultural Anxiety (1992); Shakespeare’s World Encounters (editor, 1993); Redrawing Christine Evans, Briggs-Copeland Lecturer on Ghost Writers: Literature as Uncanny Causality the Boundaries (coeditor, 1992); Marvelous English. BA 1993, Murdoch University; MA (1987); Coming of Age in Shakespeare (1981); Possessions (1991); Learning to Curse (1990); 1997; (Writing) University of Western Sydney, Dream in Shakespeare: From Metaphor to Meta- Shakespearean Negotiations (1988); Renaissance MFA 2000 (Playwriting), Brown University, morphosis (1974) . Self-Fashioning (1980) . PhD 2007,Brown University. Interests: Playwriting; screenwriting; contem- Henry Louis Gates Jr., Alphonse Fletcher Joseph C. Harris, Francis Lee Higginson porary US and British drama; post-dramatic University Professor. BA 1973, Yale Univer- Professor of English Literature and Professor theatre; terror, spectacle and performance. sity; MA 1979, PhD 1979, University of of Folklore. BA 1961, University of Georgia; Selected Works: Trojan Barbie (play, 2007); Cambridge. BA 1967, University of Cambridge; MA 1963, “Asylum Seekers and ‘Border-Panic’ in Australia” Interests: African and African-American litera- PhD 1969, Harvard University. (2003); All Souls’ Day (play, 2002); “The ture; cultural theory. Interests: Old English; Old Norse-Icelandic; Theatre of War, the Murder of Bridges” (2002); Selected Works: America Behind the Color Line folklore and mythology. Mothergun (play, 2001) . (2004); The Trials of Phillis Wheatley (2003); Selected Works: “The Rök Stone through Anglo- The Bondwoman’s Narrative (editor, 2002);The Saxon Eyes” (2009); “Philology, Elegy, and Philip Fisher, Harvard College Professor, African American Century (coauthor, 2000); Cultural Change” (2009); “The Rök Stone’s Felice Crowl Reid Professor of English. AB Wonders of the African World (co-editor, 1999); iatun and Mythology of Death” (2009); “Speak 1963, University of Pittsburgh; MA 1966, Africana: The Encyclopedia of the African and Useful Words or Say Nothing”: Old Norse PhD 1971, Harvard University. African American Experience (1999); Encarta Studies by Joseph Harris (2008); “Heroic Poetry Interests: American novel; English novel; Africana (coeditor, 1999); Thirteen Ways of and Elegy: Beowulf’s Lay of the Last Survivor cultural theory; modernism; American art and Looking at a Black Man (1997); The Norton (2007); “Homo necans borealis: Fatherhood its cultural institutions; the philosophy and Anthology of African American Literature and Sacrifice in Sonatorrek” (2007); “Beasts literature of the passions. (co-general editor, 1996); The Dictionary of of Battle, South and North” (2007); “As I Lay Selected Works: The Vehement Passions (2002); Global Culture (coeditor, 1996); The Future of Dying, the Ballad” (2007); “Myth and Meaning Still the New World: American Literature in a the Race (coauthor with Cornell West, 1996); in the Rök Inscription” (2006); “Erfikvði— Culture of Creative Destruction (1999); Wonder, Colored People: A Memoir (1994); Loose myth, ritual, elegy” (2006); “‘Ethnopaleography’ the Rainbow and the Aesthetics of Rare Experi- Canons: Notes on the Culture Wars (1992); The and Recovered Performance: The Problematic ences (1998); Making and Effacing Art (1991); Signifying Monkey (1988); Figures in Black Witness to ‘Eddic Music’” (2003); “‘Double New American Studies (editor, 1991); Hard (1987) . scene’ and ‘mise en abyme’ in Beowulfian Narra- Facts (1986); Making Up Society (1981) . tive” (2000); ‘Goðsögn sem hjálp til að lifa af’ í Jorie Graham, Boylston Professor of Rhetoric Sonatorreki (1999) . Darcy Frey, Briggs-Copeland Lecturer on and Oratory. BA 1973, New York University; English. BA 1984, Oberlin College. MFA 1978, University of Iowa. Amy Hempel, Briggs-Copeland Lecturer on Interests: Narrative journalism; essay; memoir; Interests: English poetry; American poetry; English. San Francisco State University. travel writing; literary science writing. contemporary poetics; film theory; painting. Interests: Short fiction; short-short stories/ Selected Works: “George Divosky’s Planet” Selected Works: All poetry: Sea Change (2008); prose poems. (2002); The Last Shot: City Streets, Basketball Overlord (2005); Never (2002); Swarm (2000); Selected Works: The Collected Stories (2006); Dreams (1994) . The Errancy (1997); The Dream of The Unified The Dog of the Marriage (2005); Tumble Home Field (1995); Materialism (1993); Region of (1997); At the Gates of the Animal Kingdom Marjorie Garber, William R. Kenan Jr. Unlikeness (1991); The End of Beauty (1987); (1990); Reasons to Live (1985) . Professor of English and of Visual and Envi- Erosion (1983); Hybrids of Plants and of Ghosts ronmental Studies. BA 1966, Swarthmore (1980) . Bret Anthony Johnston, Senior Lecturer on College; MPhil, PhD 1969, Yale University. English and Director of Creative Writing. BA 1996, Texas A&M University; MA 2000,

6 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Miami University; MFA 2002, University of ture-1900; religion and literature; Jewish Spenser to Yeats (1986); In These Mountains Iowa. literature. (poems, 1986) . Interests: Fiction writing, painting, sculpture. Selected Works: Jacob’s Cane: A Jewish Family’s Selected Works: Naming the World (2008); Journey from the Four Lands of Lithuania to Robert Scanlan, Professor of the Practice of Corpus Christi: Stories (2004) . the Ports of Baltimore and London, a Memoir Theater. BS 1971, M.I.T.; MA 1974, Rutgers in Five Generations (2009); The Line’s Eye: University; PhD 1976, Rutgers University. Matthew Kaiser, Associate Professor of Poetic Experience, American Sight (1999); The Interests: Theatre directing; formal theory; English. BA 1995, University of Oregon; MA Regenerate Lyric: Theology and Innovation in development of new work for the stage; 1998, PhD 2004, Rutgers University. American Poetry (1993) . contemporary plays and performance; play- Interests: Victorian literature and culture; writing; dramaturgy; Samuel Beckett. gender and sexuality studies. Leah Price, Harvard College Professor, Recent Directing: Whatever Happened to Toby Selected Works: Ed . Crime and Horror in Victo- Professor of English. AB, 1991, Harvard Wing? by Karl Kirchwey (2001); A Chapter of rian Literature and Culture: A Reader (editor, University; PhD 1998, Yale University. Thanatos by Karl Kirchwey (2000); The Philoso- 2009); “The World in Play: A Portrait of a Interests: The novel; history of the book; pher’s Stone by Mozart (1998); The Inferno of Victorian Concept” (2009); “Facing a Mirror: theories of reading; media studies; 18th- & Dante translation by Robert Pinsky (1998); In Philip Meadows Taylor’s Confessions of a Thug 19th-century British culture. Her Sight by Carol Mack (1997) . and the Politics of Imperial Self-Incrimination” Selected Works: “From The History of a Book (2009); “AHistory of ‘Ludicrous’” (2004); to a ‘history of the book’” (2009); The Anthology Elaine Scarry, Walter M. Cabot Professor of “Marius at Oxford: Paterian Pedagogy and the and the Rise of the Novel (2000); Literary Secre- Aesthetics and the General Theory of Value. Ethics of Seduction” (2002) . taries/Secretarial Culture (coeditor, 2005); The AB 1968, Chatham College; AM, PhD 1974, History of the Book and the Idea of Literature University of Connecticut. Joanna Klink, Briggs-Copeland Lecturer on (coeditor, 2006) . Interests: 19th-century British novel; English. BA 1991, Carleton College; MFA 20th-century drama; theory of representation; 1998, University of Iowa; PhD 2001, Johns Martin Puchner, Professor of English. PhD language of physical pain; structure of verbal Hopkins University. 1998, Harvard University. and material making in art, science, and the Interests: Poetry; poetics; creative writing; Interests: Drama (especially modern); literature law. modernism. and philosophy; world literature. Selected Works: On Beauty and Being Just Selected Works: Raptus (2010); Circadian Selected Works: The Drama of Ideas: Platonic (1999); Dreaming by the Book (1999); Fins de (2007); They Are Sleeping (2000) Provocations in Theater and Philosophy (2010); Siècle (editor, 1995); Resisting Representation The Norton Anthology of Drama (coeditor, (1994); Literature and the Body (editor, 1988); Elizabeth D. Lyman, Assistant Professor of 2009); Modern Drama: Critical Concepts The Body in Pain: The Making and Unmaking English. AB 1979, Stanford University; MA (editor, 2008); Poetry of the Revolution: Marx, of the World (1985) . 1999, PhD 2003, University of Virginia. Manifestos, and the Avant-Gardes (2006); Interests: Drama of all periods; 20th-century Against Theatre: Creative Destructions on the Marc Shell, Irving Babbitt Professor of literature; opera and music-theater; Modernist Stage (coeditor, 2006); Stage Fright: Comparative Literature and Professor of modernism; the avant garde; performance art; Modernism, Anti-Theatricality and Drama English. BA 1968, Stanford University; PhD comic art and the graphic novel; the mate- (2002) . 1975, Yale University. rial book; artists’ books; textual editing and Interests: Economics and literature; kinship theory; theories of notation. Danny Rubin, Briggs-Copeland Lecturer on and language; nationalism; renaissance. Selected Works: “The Page Refigured: The Visual English. BA 1979, Brown University; MA Selected Works: American Babel (editor, 2002); and Verbal Languages of Suzan-Lori Parks’ 1981, Northwestern University. Art & Money (1995); Children of the Earth Venus” (2002) . Interests: Writing; not writing; the writer and (1993); Elizabeth’s Glass (1993); The End of the written; originality and meaning. Kinship (1988); Money, Language, and Thought Louis Menand, Anne T. and Robert M. Selected Works (screenplays): Busted True (1982); The Economy of Literature (1978). Bass Professor of English. BA 1973, Pomona (2008); DoorJam (2004); The Hanging Tale College; MA 1975, PhD 1980, Columbia (2002); Spywheel (2000); Myth New York Michael Shinagel, Senior Lecturer on English; University. (1998); Martian Time (1996); The Magic Dean of Continuing Education and University Interests: 19th- and 20th-century cultural Butler (1995); Small Soldiers (1994); Brush Extension. AB 1957, Oberlin College; AM history. With Love (1994); SFW (1991); Groundhog 1959, PhD 1964, Harvard University. Selected Works: The Marketplace of Ideas Day (1990); Hear No Evil (1987). Interests: 18th-century English literature; rise (2010); American Studies (2002); The Meta- of the novel; satire. physical Club (2001); The Cambridge History Peter Sacks, John P. Marquand Professor of Selected Works: Norton Critical Edition of of Literary Criticism, Volume 7: Modernism and English. BA 1973, Princeton University; Robinson Crusoe (1975); Concordance to the the New Criticism (coeditor, 2000); The Future M. Phil. 1976, University of Oxford; PhD Poems of Jonathan Swift (1972); Daniel Defoe of Academic Freedom (editor, 1997); Prag- 1980, Yale University. and Middle-Class Gentility (1968). matism: A Reader (editor, 1996); Discovering Interests: English language lyric poetry; writing Modernism: T . S . Eliot and His Context (1987) . of poetry; art and literature, poems. James Simpson, Donald P. & Katherine B. Selected Works: Necessity (poems, 2002); O Loker Professor of English. BA 1976, Univer- Elisa New, Professor of English. BA 1980, Wheel (poems, 2000); Natal Command (poems, sity of Melbourne; M. Phil. 1980, Univer- Brandeis University; MA 1982, PhD 1988, 1997); Woody Gwyn: an Approach to the Land- sity of Oxford; PhD 1996, University of Columbia University. scape (1995); Promised Lands (poems, 1990); Cambridge. Interests: American poetry; American litera- The English Elegy: Studies in the Genre from Interests: Late Medieval Western European literature, 1150-1550; images and idolatry;

Programs of Study 6 1 hermeneutics and the history of reading; Selected Works: “Bear, Outlaw, and Storyteller: magic, medieval women’s writing and literary history of idleness. American Frontier Mythology and the Ethnic culture. Selected Works: Burning to Read: English Subjectivity of N . Scott Momaday” (2001) . Selected Works: Writings of Julian of Norwich: Fundamentalism and Its Reformation Opponents A Vision Showed to a Devout Woman and a (2007); Reform and Cultural Revolution, 1350- Gordon Teskey, Professor of English. BA Revelation of Love (coeditor, 2003); The Vulgar 1547 (2002); Images, Idolatry and Iconoclasm 1976, Trent University; MA 1977, PhD 1981, Tongue: Medieval and Postmedieval Vernaculari- in Late Medieval England (coeditor, 2002); University of Toronto. ties (coauthor, 2003); The Idea of the Vernac- Sciences and the Self in Medieval Poetry (1995); Interests: English Renaissance poetry, espe- ular: An Anthology of Middle English Literary Piers Plowman: An Introduction to the B-Text cially Spenser, Donne, and Milton. Theory, 1280-1520 (coeditor, 1999); “Censor- (1990). Selected Works: Delirious Milton (2006); ship and Cultural Change: Vernacular Theology, Norton Critical Edition of Paradise Lost (editor, the Oxford Translation Debate, and Arun- Werner Sollors, Henry B. and Anne M. Cabot 2005); Allegory and Violence (1996) . del’s Constitutions of 1409” (1995); Richard Professor of English Literature and Professor of Rolle’s “Emendatio Vitae” (edition 1994); “The African and African American Studies. DPhil Joanne van der Woude, Assistant Professor Composition of Julian of Norwich’s Revelation of 1975, Freie Universität Berlin. of English and of History and Literature. BA Love” (1993); Richard Rolle and the Invention Interests: American literature; African Amer- (drs.) 2001, Universiteit van Amsterdam; PhD of Authority (1991); Anchoritic Spirituality: ican studies; ethnicity; comparative literature; 2007, University of Virginia. “Ancrene Wisse” and Associated Works (transla- themes and motifs. Interests: American literature and culture to tion, coauthor, 1991) . Selected Works: A New Literary History of 1800; comparative colonialisms; immigrant America (coeditor with Greil Marcus, 2009); writings; Native American studies; theories of James Wood, Professor of the Practice of Ethnic Modernism (2008); An Anthology of memory and performance. Literary Criticism. MA 1988, Jesus College, Interracial Literature: Black-White Contacts Selected Works: “Most were Much Affected & University of Cambridge. in the Old World and the New (editor, 2004); Many in Much Distress: The Great Awakening” Interests: 20th-century literature; religion and Neither Black Nor White Yet Both: Thematic (2009); “Why Maps Matter: New Geographies of literature. Explorations of Interracial Literature (1997); Early American Culture” (2008); “Rewriting the Selected Works: How Fiction Works (2008); The “For a Multilingual Turn in American Studies” Myth of Black Mortality: W .E .B . Du Bois and Irresponsible Self: On Laughter and the Novel (1997); “Americans All: ‘Of Plymouth Rock Charles Chesnutt” (2007) . (2004); The Book Against God (2003); Selected and Jamestown and Ellis Island’” (1997); The Shorter Fiction of D .H . Lawrence (1999); The Return of Thematic Criticism (editor, 1993); Helen Vendler, Arthur Kingsley Porter Univer- Broken Estate: Essays in Literature and Belief Beyond Ethnicity: Consent and Descent in Amer- sity Professor. AB 1954, Emmanuel College; (1999). ican Culture (1986). PhD 1960, Harvard University. Interests: English, American, and Irish lyric John Stauffer, Professor of English and poetry. of African and African American Studies. Selected Works: Dickinson: Selected Poems BSE 1987, Duke University; MALS 1991, with Commentaries (2010); Last Looks, Last Wesleyan University; MA 1993, Purdue Books: Stevens, Plath, Lowell, Bishop, Merrill University; PhD 1999, Yale University. (2010); Our Secret Discipline: Yeats and Lyric Interests: American literature and culture Form (2007); Poets Thinking: Pope, Whitman, (especially the 19th-century); American Dickinson, Yeats (2004); Coming of Age as a studies; civil war; slavery and abolitionism; Poet: Milton, Keats, Eliot, Plath (2003); Seamus protest literature; religion and literature; Heaney (1998); The Art of Shakespeare’s Sonnets American novel; autobiography. (1997); Soul Says (1995); The Odes of John Selected Works: The State of Jones (coauthor, Keats (1983); On Extended Wings: Wallace 2009); Giants: The Parallel Lives of Frederick Stevens’ Longer Poems (1969) . Douglass and Abraham Lincoln (2008);The Problem of Evil (coeditor, 2007); The Works of Andrew Warren, Assistant Professor of James McCune Smith, Black Intellectual and English. BA 2001, Dartmouth College; PhD Abolitionist (editor, 2006); Prophets of Protest: 2009, University of California at Irvine. New Essays on American Abolitionism (coeditor, Interests: Romanticism; the Gothic Novel; 2006); Meteor of War: The John Brown Story 18th- & 19th-Century British Li__terature; (coeditor, 2004); The Black Hearts of Men: Philosophy & Critical Theory; Satire; Postco- Radical Abolitionists and the Transformation lonial Theory & Novel. of Race (2002); “Daguerreotyping the National Selected Works: “Unentangled Intermixture: Soul: The Portraits of Southworth and Hawes” Love and Materialism in Shelley’s Epipsychidion” (1997) . (2010) .

Jason Stevens, Assistant Professor of English. Nicholas Watson, Professor of English. BA, BA 1997, Haverford College; PhD 2005, MA 1980, University of Cambridge; MPhil Columbia University. 1984, University of Oxford; PhD 1987, Interests: 20th-century American literature; University of Toronto. religious studies; American intellectual history; Interests: Medieval English literature, theology, film and mass culture studies; Native Amer- and intellectual history; poetry; hagiography; ican literature; crime fiction. medieval Latin; mysticism, visionary writing,

6 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Higher Degrees in Film and Visual Studies

In the past quarter century, the study of nizes that vision is an active, complex process transcend an approach solely fixated on the film has witnessed evolutionary changes in that is rarely engaged in the absence of other workings of a single medium and its history. cinematic forms. Current historical and theo- perceptual information. Spatial media, along Interdisciplinary in its impetus, the program retical research addresses the social, aesthetic, with their histories and theories, cannot be draws on course offerings both in Visual and and economic importance of cinema for the considered independently of literature and the Environmental Studies and in other depart- history of the twentieth century. And at the performing arts. ments of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences beginning of a new century, television, video, Contemporary manifestations of visual (FAS). Broadly influenced by the unique and the digital arts, as well as new forms of culture are also increasingly defined by the cultural context of the Carpenter Center for performance, design, and contemporary art, interdependence of media. To take one the Visual Arts and the Harvard Film Archive, are challenging cinema to adapt and to find example, the moving image today is not only the graduate program fosters an awareness new forms of representation. The global reach projected on cinema screens; it is deployed of the interactions between the making of of the film/media industries challenge us to equally in cinema theatres, on home televi- and thinking about film and video, between comprehend how the screen arts are changing sion, portable computers and other types of studio art, performance, and visual culture, our understanding of culture and society, and personal displays, and in public spaces such as and between different arts and pursuits whose how cultural knowledge and experience are airports or on building facades, and worked objects are aural-visual entities. conveyed through moving images. The impact into installation art and live performance. of new imaging technologies on the history In each instance, conditions of perception, and development of science is equally impor- interpretation, and evaluation shift as the tant, presenting new challenges for the study image cycles through different social contexts Objectives of the PhD Program of image making and reception in the 21st and technologies of presentation. The study 1. To provide strong and rigorous training in century. of film and visual culture is thus motivated film and visual studies that offers a blend Through the power and flexibility of its by a renewed concern for investigating the of theoretical, analytical, and historical interdisciplinary approaches, since the 1990s predominance of images as central to the coverage while drawing on the unique advanced research in film studies has become representation and formulation of knowledge interdisciplinary strengths of the FAS course the foundation for a broader concern with in past and contemporary societies. Art history offerings, the Harvard Film Archives’ vast contemporary visual culture. The original and aesthetics are drawing inspiration from holdings of films and documents, and the vision for the Carpenter Center for the Visual the renewed currency of the visual in the rich resources of Harvard museums, galler- Arts at Harvard—which in the 1950s already present era while recognizing both the power ies, and libraries. recognized the inter-relatedness of film, and complexity of cinematic and electronic 2. To cultivate perspectives that are particularly video, mixed media, design, architecture, imaging. At the same time, film studies, art attentive to the place of moving images performance, and installation art in the visual history, the history of science, and archi- within larger histories and their connections and performing arts—has thus proved to be tectural theory have begun a sophisticated to both traditional and emerging arts, disci- prescient. The past ten to fifteen years have dialogue concerning what the “visual” means plines, and fields of endeavor. also witnessed a particular and compelling and how it functions in contemporary society. 3. To provide a core set of advanced research institutional and intellectual convergence From the beginning, film studies at skills in the history and theory of moving between the history and philosophy of art Harvard has been conceived as the multi- images that builds on and augments the and the cultural study of space on one hand, disciplinary foundation for the broader increasing concern with visuality and the and film history and theory on the other. study of visual experience. From Paul Sachs’s visual arts in a broad range of Faculty of This convergence is motivated by an idea of incorporation of film into the academic and Arts and Sciences departments and schools visual culture that embodies three interlocking curatorial focus of the fine arts to Rudolph of graduate study including, among oth- research perspectives: one object-based (visual Arnheim’s consideration of the medium in ers, African and African-American Studies, media and their interrelationships), one insti- his investigations of visual thinking, and Anthropology, East Asian Languages and tutional (the emergence of visual studies as an from Hugo Münsterberg’s forays into the Civilizations, English and American Litera- international, cross-disciplinary approach to psychological reception of moving images to ture and Language, Germanic Languages research), and one theoretical (the philosoph- Stanley Cavell’s groundbreaking philosophical and Literatures, History, History of Art and ical interrogation of the social nature of vision approach to the medium, Harvard maintains Architecture, History of Science, Literature and visuality, especially in its cinematic forms). a long tradition of engaging cinema through and Comparative Literature, Philosophy, The first perspective recognizes common- the cultural, visual, spatial, and philosophical Romance Languages and Literatures, Slavic alities between visual media—painting, sculp- questions it raises. This tradition is a source of Languages and Literatures, and Sociology. ture, photography, cinema, and video—and strength for the department and its resources. 4. To develop an advanced research program the critical theories that accompany them. It It continues today in the various film courses of study that also profits from the creative concerns itself primarily with spatial media offered through departments of language that context of the Carpenter Center for the deployed in two- and three-dimensional investigate cultural and historical aspects of Visual Arts and its ongoing conversation environments—painting, photography, archi- the medium to courses in Visual and Environ- among artists, critics, curators, historians, tecture—as well as time-based spatial arts mental Studies that focus on film’s relationship and theorists of the arts and of film, video, such as cinema, electronic and digital media to spatiality and architecture. and performance. (including video, television and the varieties In recognition of film’s centrality to of new media), and installation art. This contemporary visual culture, the graduate focus on the arts of vision, however, recog- program in Film and Visual Studies seeks to

Programs of Study 6 3 The PhD Program in Film and Visual Studies other schools) may be either the 200 or 100 Qualifying paper. The qualifying paper is takes advantage of the resources offered by level. required of all students, even those who have Harvard’s Film Study Center (FSC). Estab- • One of the non-200 level courses may completed a master’s thesis elsewhere. It is lished in 1957, the FSC provides production be taken as an independent study with a ordinarily developed from an existing seminar equipment, post-production facilities, tech- professor, but not before the second term paper, research paper, or portion of a master’s nical support, and funding for non-fiction of residence. Other independent studies thesis. It is approximately 5,000-10,000 works that interpret the world through images courses will be permitted in exceptional words in length, including notes. Emphasis and sounds. Among the many important circumstances, and with the concurrence is placed upon the student’s independence of films to have been produced through the Film of the professor that the work is essential to thinking and research, ability to use primary Study Center are John Marshall’s The Hunters the student’s program and not covered else- source materials, and proficiency in writing (1956), Robert Gardner’s Forest of Bliss where in the existing curriculum. and presentation. Following close consulta- (1985), Susan Meiselas, Alfred Guzzetti, and tion with their field advisors, students at the Richard Rogers’ Pictures from a Revolution Language Requirements. A reading knowl- beginning of their third term of residence will (1991), Irene Lusztig’s Reconstruction (2001), edge of two languages is required. Normally, submit to the Director of Graduate Studies Robb Moss’s The Same River Twice (2002), French or German should be one of these two (DGS) the proposed topic and a timetable for and, most recently, Ross McElwee’s Bright languages. Other languages may be accept- completion. The paper should be completed Leaves (2003). Students in the Film and Visual able if deemed relevant and appropriate to the and submitted at the time of the general exam- Studies Program will be eligible to apply to the student’s program of study. Proficiency may be ination. A student may request that a master’s FSC for fellowships, awarded annually to grad- certified either by a grade of B- or better on a thesis written for another institution be substi- uate students and faculty in support of original proficiency exam administered by the relevant tuted in lieu of a qualifying paper; this must film, video, and photographic projects. language department or by successful comple- be approved by the DGS and two members of tion (B- or better) of a second-year or higher the Film Studies Committee. course taught in a foreign language. (Note: General examination. The written examina- The Curriculum Elementary language courses do not count for tion is designed to test students’ mastery of course credit.) their scholarly fields as well as general knowl- The PhD in Film and Visual Studies is a edge of the history and aesthetics of moving research degree whose core emphasis is the (Non-Terminal) Master of Arts (AM). images in relation to the visual and performing theory and history of moving images in rela- Students must complete at least eight half- arts. The examination consists of two parts, tion to the visual arts. The Program does not courses in Film and Visual Studies, main- one relating to history and one to theory and admit candidates for a terminal AM degree. taining a minimum GPA of 3.5 (B+) in all aesthetics. Students may apply for a master’s degree after classes. advancing to PhD candidacy by satisfactorily • Two of these eight courses must be the The Dissertation Prospectus. After the completing their coursework and exams as Proseminars in Film and Visual Studies. successful completion of the general examina- indicated below. The expected timetable for • Students are also required to have as many tions, a topic for the dissertation should be completion of the degree is five to six years. 200-level courses as 100-level courses. chosen in consultation with the student’s thesis • No more than one reading course is allowed director and advisers. A committee should be Residence and academic standing. Two for credit. formed and agreed no later than January in years of enrollment for full-time study are a • Students must have fulfilled at least one lan- the third year of study, consisting of the thesis minimum requirement, with a minimum of at guage requirement. director and two readers. Once a student has a least 14 courses completed with honor grades topic and advisor to guide his or her disserta- (no grade lower than B-). tion, a formal written dissertation proposal is Courses. A minimum of 14 courses must be the next step. Not including the bibliography, completed no later than the end of the second Advancement to Candidacy the prospectus should be about ten pages year. Normal progression would include eight Advancement to candidacy for a PhD in Film in length, but not more. Students will be courses in the first year and six courses in the and Visual Studies consists of three compo- expected to have a prospectus approved within second in order to provide time for prepara- nents: a qualifying paper, a written general five months of passing the general examination tion for the general examination as well as flex- examination, and an oral examination. The in order to be considered to be making satis- ibility to pursue course work in neighboring examinations are designed to test the student’s factory progress toward the degree. fields of study. mastery of their scholarly fields and their The Thesis. After the thesis prospectus has • Of these 14 courses, two are required: VES ability to proceed to writing a dissertation. been approved, candidates work closely with 270, the Proseminar in Film and Visual These will normally take place together in their thesis director and readers. The doctoral Studies: History; and VES 271, Proseminar March during the second term of the third thesis is expected to be an original and in Film and Visual Studies: Theory. The year of study, and will be supervised by an substantial work of scholarship or criticism, Proseminars will normally be taken in the Examination Committee appointed each year excellent in form and content. The program first year of study. from members of the Standing Committee will accept theses on a great variety of topics • At least seven of the 14 courses must be at for the Program in Film and Visual Studies. involving a broad range of approaches to film the 200 (graduate) level. The timing of the general exam is meant and related visual media. It sets no specific • In addition, at least seven of the courses to encourage students to take the exam as a page limits, preferring to give students and must be chosen from a list of courses cohort. Individually scheduled exams will be directors as much freedom as possible. approved for credit by the Film Studies discouraged. Teaching. Students begin teaching in their Committee. third year. Ordinarily they teach discussion • The remaining courses (including courses sections in courses in Film Studies and in in other departments, or transferred from

6 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Visual and Environmental Studies. It may ies at Harvard might help in attaining these and photographic works that variously evoke also be possible to serve as Teaching Fellows goals. the allure and ambivalence of the pastoral. for studio courses. Preparation for a teaching • Languages: Strong language background Previous works (also with Barbash) include career is a required part of each student’s helps to strengthen the application, and stu- Made in USA (1990), a film about sweatshops training, and teaching fellows benefit from dents who lack it should be aware that they and child labor in the Los Angeles garment the supervision and guidance of department will need to repair these gaps during their industry, and In and Out of Africa (1992), members. Teaching fellows are also encouraged first two years of graduate study. an ethnographic video about authenticity, to avail themselves of the facilities at the Bok taste, and racial politics in the transnational Center for Teaching and Learning. African art market, which won eight inter- Requirements for Admission. The following The Standing Committee of the national awards. Castaing-Taylor’s work has is a set of general guidelines for the application been exhibited and the subject of symposia at for admission. Program in Film and Visual the Smithsonian Institution and the British • The Writing Sample: The writing sample is Museum, and also exhibited at Marian one of the most important materials in the Studies Goodman Gallery, New York. His written publications include Visualizing Theory (ed., application. Candidates should submit only D.N. Rodowick, Professor of Visual and Routledge, 1994), Cross-Cultural Filmmaking one 15–20-page paper, in 12-point type, Environmental Studies; Director of Graduate (with Barbash, University of California Press, double-spaced, and with normal margins. Studies in Film and Visual Studies . Rodowick 1997), Transcultural Cinema, a collection The writing sample must be an example of is the author of numerous essays as well as of essays by ethnographic filmmaker David critical writing (rather than creative writing) five books: The Virtual Life of Film (Harvard MacDougall (ed., Princeton University Press, on a subject directly related to film, per- University Press, 2007); Reading the Figural, 1998), and The Cinema of Robert Gardner formance and/or visual studies. Applicants or, Philosophy after the New Media (Duke (coed., with Barbash, Berg, 2008). He was should not send longer papers with instruc- University Press, 2001); Gilles Deleuze’s Time the founding editor of the American Anthro- tions to read an excerpt or excerpts, but Machine (Duke University Press, 1997); The pological Association’s journal Visual Anthro- should themselves edit the sample so that Difficulty of Difference: Psychoanalysis, Sexual pology Review (1991–94). Formerly Associate they submit only up to 20 pages. Difference, and Film Theory (Routledge, Director (2002—2008) and Director of the • Grades: While the overall GPA is important, 1991); and 4 (University of Illinois Press, Film Study Center (2008-9), Castaing-Taylor it is more important to have an average of 1989; 2nd edition, University of California is currently Director of Harvard’s Sensory no lower than A- in courses related to film Press, 1994). He has also edited AfterimageS Ethnography Lab. In 2009–2010 he is the Joy and visual studies or related fields. In addi- of Gilles Deleuze’s Film Philosophy (Univer- Foundation Fellow at the Radcliffe Institute tion, if a candidate has not majored in film sity of Minnesota Press, forthcoming 2009). for Advanced Study. studies or a related field, it is important Having taught at Yale University until 1991, to have sufficient background to enter the Rodo¬wick began the film studies program Tom Conley, Abbot Lawrence Lowell Professor graduate program— a matter perhaps best there. After studying cinema and comparative of Visual and Environmental Studies and of determined by speaking with one’s under- litera¬ture at the University of Texas, Austin, Romance Languages and Literatures . Conley graduate advisor. and Université de Paris 3, he obtained a PhD studies relations of space and writing in • Letters of Recommendation: It is important at the University of Iowa in 1983. Rodowick litera¬ture, cartography, and cinema. In to have three strong letters of recommenda- subse¬quently taught at the University of 2003–04 (thanks to a Guggenheim Fellow- tion from professors who are familiar with Rochester and at King’s College, University of ship) he finished a book titled Cartographic the candidate’s academic work. An appli- London, where he founded the film studies Cinema (University of Minnesota Press, 2006), cant who has been out of school for several program and the Film Study Center. Special which was accompanied by a new edition of years should try to reestablish contact with research interests include aesthetics and the Film Hieroglyphs (University of Minnesota former professors. Additional letters from philosophy of art, the history of film theory, Press, 2006). He and his spouse are co-masters employers may also be included. philosophical approaches to visual media and of Kirkland House. In the summer of 2003 • GREs: High scores in the Verbal (700) are cultural theory, AND the impact of new tech- he taught a seminar on space and writing positive additions to the application but nologies on contemporary culture. Rodowick at the School of Critical Theory at Cornell are by no means the most important aspect has also been an award-winning experimental Univer¬sity; in 2004, at the Institut d’études of one’s candidacy. (The Quantitative and film¬maker and video artist. In 2002, he fran¬çaises d’Avignon he taught on the pres- Analytical scores carry less weight than was named an Academy Film Scholar by the ence of Petrarch in 16th-century French lyric. the Verbal and Subject scores.) Applicants Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences. Justin Weir, Professor of Slavic Languages and should make timely plans to take these Lucien Castaing-Taylor, Associate Professor Literatures . Weir received his BA in 1991 from examinations in order to ensure arrival of of Visual and Environmental Studies and of the University of Minnesota and his PhD scores by the January application deadline. Anthropology . Castaing-Taylor’s work seeks in 1997 from Northwestern University. His Scores received after mid-January may be to conjugate Keats’ and Dewey’s sense of inter¬ests include: 19th- and 20th-century too late to be considered. art’s negative capability with William James’s Russian prose, 20th-century Russian film, • Statement of Purpose: The Statement of Pur- radically empirical engagement with the and literary theory. His publications include: pose should give the admissions committee immediate ﬂux of life. He recently recorded The Author as Hero (2002), Eight Twentieth- a clear sense of one’s individual interests and Sweetgrass (2009), a film (produced by Ilisa Century Russian Plays, ed. and trans. with strengths. Applicants need not indicate at Barbash) that is an unsentimental elegy at Timothy Langen (2000). Work in progress: the time of application precisely what their once to the American West and to the 10,000 Leo Tolstoy and the Alibi of Narrative . field of specialization will be, but it is help- years of uneasy accommodation between ful to know something about a candidate’s post-Paleolithic humans and animals. He is aspirations, and how Film and Visual Stud- currently completing a related series of video

Programs of Study 6 5 Bradley Epps, Professor and former Chair of the Committee on Degrees in Studies of Women, Gender, and Sexuality and Professor of Romance Languages and Literatures . Epps has published over ninety articles on modern literature, film, art, architecture, queer theory, and immigration from Spain, Latin America, Catalonia, the United States, and France and is the author of Significant Violence: Oppression and Resistance in the Narratives of Juan Goytisolo (Oxford UP); Spain Beyond Spain: Modernity, Literary History, and National Identity (with Luis Fernández Cifuentes; Bucknell UP); Passing Lines: Immigration and Sexuality (with Bill Johnson-González and Keja Valens; Harvard UP); All About Almodóvar: A Passion for Cinema (with Despina Kakoudaki: University of Minnesota Press); a special issue of Catalan Review on Barcelona and modernity, and a special issue of GLQ (with Jonathan Katz) on lesbian theorist Monique Wittig. He is fitfully preparing two books: The Ethics of Promiscuity, on cultural and sexual mixings in Latin America and Spain and Barcelona and Beyond, on the transformations of the Catalan capital from the mid-nineteenth century to the present. He has been a visiting professor in Spain (Barcelona, Bilbao, Santiago de Compostela), France, Germany, Chile, Cuba, Sweden, and the Netherlands and is co-chair, with Haden Guest, of the Ibero-American Film Committee at the David Rockefeller Center for Latin American Studies. Peter Galison, Joseph Pellegrino University Professor of the History of Science and of Physics at Harvard University . His work explores the complex interaction between the three principal subcultures of physics--experimentation, instrumentation, and theory. His books include: How Experiments End (1987), Image and Logic (1997), Einstein’s Clocks, Poincaré’s Maps (2003) and, with Lorraine Daston, Objectivity (2007), and (among others) the co-edited Architecture of Science, Picturing Science, Producing Art, Scientific Author- ship, and Einstein for the 21st Century. He has made two documentary films: “Ultimate Weapon: The H-bomb Dilemma” (2000), and “Secrecy” (about national security secrecy and democracy), which premiered at the Sundance Film Festival in 2008. At present, he is completing a book, Building Crashing Thinking (on technologies that re-form the self) and has just begun a new documentary film project on the long-term storage of nuclear waste.

6 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Training and Research in Forest Sciences

Research and instruction in forest biology and Full-time registration for a minimum ecology are centered at the Harvard Forest of one academic year is required. In addi- located in the town of Petersham, Massachu- tion, students are expected to work as paid setts, some 70 miles west of Cambridge. research assistants for the summer immediately The Harvard Forest has been a center for preceding their registration. Thus, students are ecological research and education since 1907 able to participate in the research program at and was designated as one of 21 national the Harvard Forest for three months, starting centers for Long-term Ecological Research about June 1, before they register for the by the US National Science Foundation in academic year. 1988. Research in this project focuses on Instruction at the Harvard Forest is forest ecosystem response to natural and informal and personal. No courses have to be human disturbance and stress and involves attended and no formal examinations are held. studies in physiology, population, community, However, a dissertation is required and will and ecosystem ecology. The Forest consists have to be defended. of approximately 1,200 hectare representa- Degree of Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) tive of the “transition hardwood” forests of Programs of study leading to the PhD in central New England, which have received a biology, with special reference to forest wide variety of silvicultural and experimental biology, may be arranged (see the section enti- treatment, the history of which is thoroughly tled Higher Degrees in Biology in this publica- documented. Additional research sites owned tion). After satisfying the requirements of the by the Harvard Forest include the Pisgah Department of Organismic and Evolutionary Tract, an eight-hectare remnant of virgin forest Biology, which normally involve one or two centered in the 6,000 hectare Pisgah State years of coursework in Cambridge, the student Park, southwestern New Hampshire, and the may complete the dissertation research at the Matthews plantations, 40 hectare of planta- Harvard Forest in Petersham. tions and second growth forest in Hamilton, north of Cambridge. Fields of Study. Special fields of interest to Facilities at the Harvard Forest include staff members vary but generally include: laboratories for nutrient analysis, physiological ecology, forest soils, forest dynamics, land-use and population ecology, isozyme and pollen history, paleoecology, wetland biology, tree analysis; greenhouses; herbarium; computer physiology, and anatomy. Current research is laboratory, including Geographic Information available in detail in the Annual Report of the Systems; library; and the Fisher Museum of Harvard Forest . This publication is available at Forestry. Living quarters for staff and students http://harvardforest.fas.harvard.edu or upon are available in apartment houses owned by request. the Forest. Fellowships and Assistantships. The Harvard Forest awards fellowships through the Grad- uate School of Arts and Sciences. Available Degrees Further information about the Harvard Forest Harvard does not have a forestry school in may be obtained at http://harvardforest.fas. the usual sense, i.e., it does not offer any harvard.edu or by writing to Director, Harvard undergraduate forestry training nor a degree of Forest, 324 North Main Street, Petersham, doctor of philosophy in forestry. However, the MA 01366. Information on admission, finan- following degrees are available: cial aid, and related issues may be obtained from the Admissions Office, Harvard Grad- uate School of Arts and Sciences, Holyoke Degree of Master in Forest Science (MFS) Center, 3rd floor, 1350 Massachusetts Avenue, Graduates of forestry schools or of colleges Cambridge, MA 02138. We encourage online of liberal arts, and others who have had submission of the application. See www.gsas. equivalent training in plant sciences, may be harvard.edu. admitted to the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences to work toward the MFS degree. The program is designed primarily to train students for research in aspects of forest ecology and biology covered by members of the faculty.

Programs of Study 6 7 Higher Degrees in Germanic Languages and Literatures

Study for higher degrees in the Department dinavian and Dutch. This scholarly resource of Germanic Languages and Literatures (this is augmented by manuscripts and rare printed Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) designation was instituted in 1897) is intended books in Houghton Library, which, next to a Prerequisites for Admission — Permission to as preparation for a career in teaching and number of medieval manuscripts and incuna- proceed, granted by the department on the research. The emphasis is on literature and bles, contains the Nachlässe, papers, and letters basis of course work, performance in the AM cultural studies rather than on the language of such major German poets as Hofmannsthal, examination, and scholarly potential as judged itself. However, Germanic philology may be Rilke, Brecht, and Heine. by the department. Alternatively, an AM studied in conjunction with medieval litera- The Harvard Film Archive houses an degree or equivalent from another university. ture. The resources of the department make extensive and unique collection devoted to Academic Residence — A minimum of three it possible for students interested in German German cinema, which includes 35- and years of full-time study. Credit for graduate literature, but with a secondary interest in 16-millimeter films, videocassettes, press work done elsewhere may be granted in comparative literature, art, philosophy, music, booklets, and photographs. accordance with procedures detailed in The history, or film, to include those disciplines Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Handbook. in their dissertation and in their program of For financial residence requirements, see courses. A PhD program in Older Germanic Master of Arts (AM) the GSAS Guide to Admission and Financial Languages, Literatures, and Cultures, which Aid or The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences combines the medieval literatures and cultures The department does not ordinarily admit Handbook. of Germany, England, and Scandinavia, is also applicants who only wish to study for the AM Program of Study — The satisfactory comple- available. degree. The AM is normally taken as a step tion of an approved program of eight half- German was first taught in Harvard toward the PhD. The requirements for the courses beyond the AM degree. All graduate College in 1825 when Carl (Charles) Follen, a AM are described below. students, except those in the Older Germanic young anti-monarchist and poet, who had fled Prerequisites for Admission — Undergraduate Languages track, are required to take German from Giessen to escape political persecution, or graduate work in German approximately 226r, the Proseminar (an introduction to became an instructor in German. The impetus equal to the requirement for an AB degree at literary research and theory). PhD students for this appointment came, in part, from Harvard; deficiencies must be made up. must also take at least two half-courses in George Ticknor and Edward Everett (later to Academic Residence — Three terms of full- Germanic philology, normally German 200 become president of Harvard College), who time study. For financial residence require- (Middle High German) and German 225 had just returned from studies at the University ments, see the GSAS Guide to Admission and (History of the German Language). Linguistics of Göttingen. By 1850, several instructors were Financial Aid or The Graduate School of Arts 168 (Introduction to Germanic Linguistics) teaching German and by the 1860s, all sopho- and Sciences Handbook. or Linguistics 247 (Topics in Germanic mores were required to study the language. Linguistics) may be substituted for German After such Harvard notables as George Ticknor, Program of Study — The satisfactory comple- 225. Not more than two half-courses from H. W. Longfellow, and J. R. Lowell had given tion of an approved program of eight half- the group “For Undergraduates and Gradu- some coverage to major German poets (from courses or the equivalent (see The Graduate ates” may be counted, including courses taken Walther von der Vogelweide to Goethe) in School of Arts and Sciences Handbook). Four for the AM degree, unless the student arranges their lectures, a graduate program in German of these courses must be in the group desig- with the instructor to upgrade the course; all was organized in the 1870s, with the first PhD nated in Courses of Instruction as “Primarily for others must be “Primarily for Graduates.” granted in 1880. Graduates.” Two of the half-courses normally Permission may be obtained from the director The most eminent scholar in the early consist of the Proseminar and a seminar. One of graduate studies to take a course in some years was Kuno Francke, professor of the half-course must be wholly or partly linguistic other department, such as Comparative Litera- history of German culture (d. 1929), who in in character. All new graduate students ture, History, Philosophy, or Music. Such 1903 established the Germanic Museum, now normally take both German 200 (Middle courses are expected to be relevant to the main the Busch-Reisinger Museum. Its collections, High German) and German 226r, the Prosem- study program in German and should serve to particularly strong in 20th-century painting inar (an introduction to literary research and enrich and broaden the program. and sculpture, are a unique resource for the theory). The teaching methods course (Germanic study of German literature and culture within Satisfactory Progress — Students must have Philology 280 and/or Linguistics 200) and the broader context of German and Central a grade record showing more A’s than B’s, and courses taken to fulfill language require- European art. no grade lower than B-. ments are not included in the minimum The library holdings in German literature requirement. The student must generally be had an auspicious beginning when Goethe, in Examinations — A four-hour written exami- a member of a seminar taught by a member 1819, presented to Harvard College an auto- nation (administered at the beginning of the of the German Department for at least three graphed copy of his Werke. Through informed student’s fourth term) in which the student terms and earn a grade of A- in at least one of selection and support by the University and demonstrates an ability to interpret literary the seminars. generous donors (Karl Viëtor among them), texts and to place them into their historical Students enrolled in the department’s these holdings, housed mainly in Widener contexts, and a one-hour oral examination, PhD program may achieve formal recogni- Library, have now grown into what many which includes a brief presentation in German. tion for completing a secondary field in Film scholars consider the best German studies The AM examinations are based on a depart- and Visual Studies by fulfilling the following research collection in North America. It is mental reading list. No master’s thesis is requirements: completion of four graduate- supplemented by extensive holdings in Scan- required.

6 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences level courses in film and visual studies, two for the examination at the end of their second of which must be VES 270 (Proseminar in year; students taking the AM degree at Harvard Financial Aid Film and Visual Studies: Theory) and VES will present themselves for the examination at Graduate students in the department have 271 (Proseminar in Film and Visual Studies: the end of their third year of residence. for some time benefitted from the financial Theory), with grades of B+ or above, and The written examination consists of two aid plan of the Graduate School of Arts and successful completion of an examination or four-hour sessions, a week apart. The first Sciences. During their first two years and alternative means of demonstrating mastery covers any one of the following periods: (i) their dissertation year, eligible students receive in the field of film and visual studies as agreed medieval literature, (ii) 1500-1750, (iii) 1750- financial support adequate to meet both upon by the directors of graduate studies 1830, (iv) 1830-1910, (v) 1890-1945, (vi) tuition and living costs. During the other years in film and visual studies and in German. 1945-present. The students will be responsible of graduate study, students supplement tuition Students interested in declaring this secondary both for the principal literary texts in their grants by working as teaching fellows (see field should consult with the director of grad- chosen period and for the pertinent scholar- below). The department has set the median uate studies as early as possible in their studies. ship. The second examination will cover any length of graduate study for the doctorate one of the following fields: (i) lyric poetry, (excluding leaves) at five years. Eligible Languages — All students, except those in students are guaranteed adequate financial the Older Germanic Languages track, are (ii) drama, (iii) narrative fiction, (iv) a special topic defined by the student in consultation support (grants, teaching fellowships) for this required to demonstrate reading proficiency in period. French, normally achieved by passing French with the examination committee, (v) Germanic philology (linguistics). Substantial additional benefits derive Ax (Reading French), offered by Harvard’s from three endowed competitive prizes Department of Romance Languages and Liter- A two-hour oral examination generally follows within two weeks. reserved primarily for graduate students in the atures, with a grade of A or A-, or by passing department: a French Ax final examination, administered Dissertation — After passing the general by the instructor of the course, with a grade of examination, the candidate must present a ■■ 1. The Bernhard Blume Awards A or A-. dissertation on a subject that has been for Excellence in the Study of German. Those students wishing to specialize approved by the department and one that will Established in 1969 by an anonymous (i.e., to write their dissertations) in philology normally fall within the area where the special donor in honor of the late Bernhard Blume, (historical linguistics) or in the literature of period and special field converge. The object Kuno Francke Professor of German Art the earlier periods (medieval, 16th century, the of the dissertation is to show the candidate’s and Culture, Emeritus. Two prizes award Baroque) must also demonstrate considerable ability to pursue independent research and to approximately $1,000 each to graduate stu- reading ability in Latin. This requirement may present the results of this research in a readable dents who have attained the best record in be fulfilled by a departmental examination. and convincing form. course work in the first three terms and the second three terms. The texts to be translated or summarized will Dissertation Defense — No dissertation be taken from Latin works of literary merit defense is required unless the student wishes it ■■ 2. The Jack M . Stein Teaching Fellow written by German authors, mainly during the or there is some doubt in the department about Prize in German. An award of $1,000, medieval period. The requirement may also be the dissertation. sponsored annually by the Graduate School fulfilled by an honor grade (B- or higher) in Fund and named in honor of the late any course in medieval Latin or in any inter- Teaching Experience — Some time before Professor Jack M. Stein, who was instru- mediate course of readings of classical authors receiving the PhD, all students are required mental in raising the quality of language given by the Harvard Classics Department. to acquire teaching experience at Harvard, instruction in the department. The prize is All students in the Older Germanic normally in German Language instruction. awarded each year to a teaching fellow who, Languages track are required to demonstrate in the judgment of a faculty committee reading proficiency in at least two of the visiting classes, conducts undergraduate sec- older Germanic dialects. Reading proficiency tions with the highest measure of pedagogi- in German, English, and one or more of Admissions cal skills, linguistic proficiency, enthusiasm, the modern Scandinavian languages is also Inquiries about admission and financial aid and commitment to students’ learning and required, with native or near-native fluency in should be addressed to the Admissions Office, welfare. either German or one of the modern Scandi- Harvard Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, ■ 3. The Esther Sellholm Walz Prize, navian languages. Holyoke Center 350, 1350 Massachusetts ■ established in 1977 by Hans G. Walz, Class Applicants are strongly urged to prepare Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02138-6531. We of 1924, in memory of his mother. A prize themselves in French (and Latin where appli- encourage online submission of the applica- of approximately $1,000 is “awarded annu- cable) before entrance. Graduate students tion. See www.gsas.harvard.edu. ally to a graduate student pursuing studies must satisfy the requirement in French and, Applicants wishing information regarding in German or Scandinavian language with where applicable, in Latin before they can be courses and programs not included in the the intention of entering the teaching field admitted to the PhD general examination. materials accompanying application forms may write to the Director of Graduate Studies, for the best paper or essay” as determined Satisfactory Progress — Students must have Department of Germanic Languages and by a faculty committee. a grade record showing more A’s than B’s, and Literatures, Barker Center 365, 12 Quincy no grade lower than B-. Street, Cambridge, MA 02138-3879; or visit General Examination — After completing www.fas.harvard.edu/~german/. Teaching course work and meeting the language requirement, students must present themselves for Graduate students may hold annual appoint- the general examination. Students entering ments as a teaching fellow, normally beginning the program with an AM degree or equivalent with their third year of study. Opportunities from another university present themselves are provided to teach elementary and interme-

Programs of Study 6 9 diate language classes, to tutor undergradu- tures . Middle high German; medieval cultural Lisa Gates, “Images of Africa in Late 19th- ates in literature, and to assist in courses in studies; theater; manuscripts and editing and 20th-Century German Literature and literature given by members of the depart- Oliver Simons, Assistant Professor of Germanic Culture” ment. Teaching fellows in the Department of Languages and Literatures . 18th-century Geraldine Grimm, “Peter Handke’s ‘Mein Jahr Germanic Languages and Literatures may also German literature; German colonialism; in der Niemandsbucht’: Narrative and Place” participate in General Education courses of cultural studies; philosophy Harvard College, usually as leaders of discus- Anjeana Hans, “Defining Desires: Homo- sion sections. Maria Tatar, John L . Loeb Professor of sexual Identities and Discourse in German Prerequisites for a teaching fellowship in Germanic Languages and Literatures . 19th- and Literature and Culture, 1900–1933” the Department of Germanic Languages and 20th-century German literature; cultural studies; Grant Henley, “Cultural Confessionalism: Literatures are a good command of spoken folklore; children’s literature Literary Resistance and the ‘Bekennende German and Germanic Philology 280 and/or Markus Wilczek, Assistant Professor of Kirche’” Linguistics 200. Germanic Languages and Literatures . 17th- to William Layher, “Queen Eufemia’s Legacy: The coordinator of language instruction 21st-Century German Literature; Intersections Middle Low German Literary Culture, Royal tests the proficiency in German of incoming of literature, science and philosophy Patronage, and the First Old Swedish Epic students at the beginning of their first term. (1301)” If deficiencies are evidenced, the student is Other Faculty Offering required to remedy them before beginning Robert Lemon, “Orientalism as Self-Critique teaching. A variety of options are available Instruction in the Department in the Hapsburg Fin-de-siècle” Joseph Harris, Francis Lee Higginson Professor for improving language skills. Peter McIsaac, “Open to the Public: The of English Literature and Professor of Folklore . Creation of the Museum and the Construction Old English and Old Norse literatures and of Gender in 19th-Century German Literature cultures and their common Germanic back- and Culture” Faculty grounds; folklore and mythology of Germanic Peter J. Burgard, Professor of German . Age lands; folklore theory Joseph Metz, “Gendered States: On the Borders of Gender, Nation, and Identity in of Goethe; baroque; turn of the century; Jay H. Jasanoff, Diebold Professor of Indo- Stifter and Rilke” the essay; drama; literary theory; Nietzsche; European Linguistics and Philology . Indo- Freud; literature and the visual arts European and general historical linguistics; Fatima Naqvi-Peters, “The Rhetoric of Victim Karl S. Guthke, Kuno Francke Research Germanic philology and Perpetrator: Austrian Literature and Film, 1986-1995” Professor of German Art and Culture . Drama; Peter Nisbet, Senior Lecturer on History of Art enlightenment; literary criticism; age of and Architecture, Daimler-Benz Curator of the Lena Norrman, “Women’s Voices, Power, and Goethe; 18th-, 19th-, and 20th-century intel- Busch-Reisinger Museum Performance in Viking Age Scandinavia” lectual and cultural history; Goethe’s Faust Ann Reidy, “Histories of Realism: Stifter, tradition Storm, and Meyer in the Age of Ranke” Ursula Lindqvist, Preceptor in Scandinavian . Recent Dissertation Titles Daniel Reynolds, “Narrative Out of Bounds: Swedish language and literature Fiction, Metafiction, and the Essay in 20th- Charles P. Lutcavage, Senior Preceptor in Julie Allen, “Representations of Denmark in Century German Literature” Fin-de-siècle German and Austrian Literature” German. Teaching methodology; technology Claudia Svoboda, “Narrative Illusion: Textual in teaching; business German; Dutch language Robert Bock, “Unerhörte Metaphern: Ambiguity and Problems of Seeing in Four and literature The Crisis of Language and the Salvational Novellas of Heinrich von Kleist” Stephen A. Mitchell, Professor of Scandinavian Potential of Metaphor in the Work of Robert Musil” Joel Westerdale, “Nietzsche’s Aphoristic Dyna- and Folklore . Old Icelandic and Old Swedish mite” Literatures; folklore, especially ballads, folk Elio Brancaforte, “Reading Word and Image: narratives, and witchcraft; Swedish novel; Representations of Safavid Persia in the Kirk Williams, “Antitheatrical Spectacles: Strindberg Maps and Frontispieces of Adam Olearius Self-Fashioning on the German Stage from Gottsched to Lessing” Lisa Parkes, Senior Preceptor in German, Coor- (ca. 1650)” dinator of Language Instruction . Intersection Charitini Douvaldzi, “Aesthetics of Retrospec- of language study and theatrical performance; tion: Life Narratives in Goethe, Rousseau, language pedagogy, music and peformance Moritz, and Keller” Eric Rentschler, Arthur Kingsley Porter Professor Sara Eigen Figal, “Generating the Good: of Germanic Languages and Literatures . Modern Fictions of Literature, Law, and Science in German literature; cultural studies; literary 18th-Century Germany” theory; 20th-century intellectual history; film Patrick Fortmann, “Autopsy: Physiology of history, theory, and criticism Love and Anatomy of Politics in Georg Judith Ryan, Robert K . and Dale J . Weary Büchner” Professor of German and Comparative Litera- Mark Gagnon, “Celluloid Heros of the ture . 20th-century literature; Romanticism; Adenauer Eras: Creating New Citizens in the lyric poetry War Films of the 1950s” Eckehard Simon, Victor S . Thomas Research Professor of Germanic Languages and Litera-

7 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Department of Government Program for Study, Teaching, and Research Leading to the PhD in Political Science

The graduate program of the Department of students to apply for the National Science continue to use Harvard facilities will be Government is designed to train students for Foundation Graduate Research Fellowship. charged the facilities fee. Students who do not careers in university teaching and advanced Additional information is available from www. use Harvard facilities will be charged an active research in political science. The depart- orau.org/nsf/nsffel.htm. file fee. Students must pay a fee equal at least ment does not offer an independent master’s The Department of Government requires to the facilities fee in the term in which the program, the master of arts in political science all eligible first-year students to apply for dissertation is received and accepted by the being reserved for PhD candidates on the way the National Science Foundation Graduate department. to their final degrees. Research Fellowship. Additional information is available from www.orau.org/nsf/nsffel.htm. Reporting Requirement Renewal of financial aid for the second Every graduate student must submit a progress year of study is contingent upon the student report every year, signed by a faculty advisor, Admission, Financial Aid, having received satisfactory first-year grades. to the director of graduate studies. Graduate and Residence Requirements Most third- and fourth-year students who have students in the first two years should report passed the General Examination are awarded on their progress through courses, among A distinguished undergraduate academic teaching fellowships; a normal teaching load is other topics. Graduate students in the third or record is a prerequisite for admission. The two-fifths. subsequent years should report on their prog- GSAS Guide to Admission and Financial Aid Having teaching experiences in political ress through the dissertation, their completion specifies the supporting documents to accom- science courses is an important part of the of any other pending requirements, teaching, pany applications for admission. Applicants graduate experience and an essential part of and other professional activities within and are requested not to submit writing samples. graduate training. Therefore, to complete the outside Harvard. Applicants are required to submit Grad- PhD program, all graduate students will uate Record Examinations (GRE). normally be required to teach a minimum of Applicants whose native language is not two sections in departmental courses sometime English must submit the Test of English as a during the period that they are in residence. To Departmental Requirements Prior Foreign Language (TOEFL). Failure to submit ensure diversity of experience, one section will the TOEFL will ordinarily result in rejec- to General Examination normally be in an introductory course and one tion unless a transcript is submitted verifying Candidates for the PhD in Government are section will be in an advanced course (such as a receipt of a degree from an institution at expected to complete the required coursework 1000-level course). which English is the language of instruction. during their first two years of graduate study Applications for admission and financial Residence Requirements and take the General Examination at the end of the second year. A typical schedule consists aid, together with information regarding The Graduate School has a minimum aca of these two years, followed by three or four admissions procedures, may be obtained at demic residence requirement of two years; i.e., years of work on a dissertation, combined with www.gsas. harvard.edu. The Department of a student must do resident graduate work for a supervised teaching. Government requires the online submission of minimum of two full academic years, or the First-year students are not permitted to the entire application for admission. There is equivalent of 16 half-courses. Beyond the serve as teaching fellows. Second-year students no interviewing process in the Department of 12 courses required by the department, the may teach with permission of the director of Government. remainder of the two-year residence may be graduate studies (DGS). devoted either to further courses or to special Courses — A student must successfully study under the direction of a department Financial Aid complete at least 12 half-courses, of which member of faculty rank. Financial aid is administered under the direc- eight must be in government. At least ten of It is expected that a student who chooses tion of the Graduate School of Arts and these 12 half-courses and seven of the eight the latter option will attend a substantial Sciences (GSAS). The department intends half-courses in government must be listed in number of courses and seminars as an auditor that all graduate students should have support the catalogue as 1000- or 2000-level courses. and do such other work as his or her advisor adequate to enable them to complete their Students must complete six half-courses may suggest. For that portion of the residence studies while enrolled full-time. Prospective by the end of their second term in residence requirement not covered by courses, a student students apply for financial aid at the same and nine by the end of their third. registers in the Graduate School in terms of time they apply for admission and are also Every first-year student must enroll in the TIME. required to submit a Statement of Financial Government Department graduate seminar, Resources. The financial aid package for Financial Residence Requirement — Every Gov 3001: Approaches to the Study of Poli- government students typically includes tuition PhD candidate must be registered continu- tics. The course, offered each fall, is to be and fees plus a stipend and a summer research ously until receipt of the degree. Students taken pass/fail for a full semester of credit. must pay two years at the full tuition rate grant for the first two years; tuition and fees Incompletes — A grade of Incomplete and two years at the reduced tuition rate plus guaranteed teaching fellowships and a can be converted into a letter grade if the if the elapsed time from initial registration summer research grant for years three and student completes the work before the end of to the receipt of the degree is four or more four; and tuition and fees plus a stipend for the term following that in which the course years. After the payment of the required full the final year. The Department of Govern- was taken. If an Incomplete has not been ment strongly encourages all eligible first-year and reduced tuition charges, candidates who

Programs of Study 7 1 completed within the period, the student must language is specifically appropriate to their tion field is co-terminus with any one course, petition the Administrative Board of the Grad- doctoral work. or even with any group of courses. The uate School for an extension. University rules Research Tools Requirement — Every student is responsible for preparation in the allow only one Incomplete to be converted per student must submit to the director of field and should not assume that satisfactory term. No grade of Incomplete can be used to graduate studies, by the end of his or her first completion of a course or courses dealing satisfy any departmental requirement. year, a written Research Tools Plan outlining with the material in the field will constitute Seminar Papers — In order to ensure that intentions to acquire tools and methodological adequate preparation for the examination. students secure adequate training in research expertise connected to his or her areas of The student should consult faculty members and writing, at least three seminar-style research interest. The Tools Plan also should in each field to ensure such preparation. All research papers must be completed. The usual list the courses, modules or workshops the students who choose a field are responsible for means is through enrollment in seminars, student intends to take in order to meet the the same range of materials. but the requirement may be satisfied also by research tools requirement (see below). The General Examination is scheduled in reading or lecture courses in which papers of Every student must complete a minimum May of a student’s second year of study. this type are written. of 3.5 half-course-equivalent units of research It is the student’s responsibility to obtain tools and methods courses, modules or work- written verification from the instructor that shops by the end of their seventh term in Progress Toward the Degree after the completed paper is of seminar quality. residence (middle of the fourth year). The Students who wish to submit graduate required seminar, “Approaches to the Study the General Examination seminar papers written outside the govern- of Politics,” and the required graduate course Students in their third year and beyond ment department should consult the director in quantitative social science methods count spend most of their time researching and of graduate studies. In order to receive credit, for two units within this total. Students may writing the PhD dissertation. These students each paper must be read and evaluated by a count language training in various formats are eligible for teaching fellowships, which faculty member designated by the director of (e.g. semester courses; intensive summer enable them to participate in Harvard’s undergraduate studies. sessions) toward fulfillment of this require- graduate tutorial program, teach sections in Quantitative Methods Requirement — ment. The Graduate Policy Committee will the introductory government courses, or assist Every student, during their first or second determine what counts for 1.0 or 0.5 units. undergraduates in middle-group courses by year, must successfully complete, with a grade Research Workshops — The Government leading discussion sessions or directing papers. of B or better, at least one graduate-level Department offers a series of research work- Some research assistantships are also available course in quantitative social science methods shops, in each of the four fields (American from individual faculty members and research relevant to political science, from a list of Government, International Relations, centers. appropriate Government Department and Comparative Politics, Political Theory), In the third year, most teaching fellows other Harvard/MIT courses regularly updated Applied Statistics, and Political Economy, for devote two-fifths TIME to teaching, the by the Graduate Policy Committee. graduate students to present and discuss work- remainder to work on the dissertation. The fourth year may be devoted entirely to Political Theory Requirement — Every in-progress. Every student should attend at writing the dissertation or to a combination student must take a minimum of one grad- least one research workshop, starting in their of teaching and research. Students who have uate-level half-course (or section) in Political second or third term in residence. Research passed the General Examination may teach Theory, chosen from a list of courses approved workshops do not count toward the require- three-fifths TIME for four years, with the by the Graduate Policy Committee. ment to complete 12 half-courses. following exception: those who have taught Language Requirement — Every student The General Examination fewer than 16 term-fifths may be appointed in must demonstrate competence in a language Every student will sit for a General Examina- a fifth year up to that total. other than English. (In many cases, of course, tion in May of their second year, with the Requirements relating to courses, semi- the student’s research interests will make exam administered orally by three faculty not nars (research) papers, languages, quantitative additional language competence desirable.) known in advance. The 90-minute exam will methods and political theory should normally Competence in a language is defined as the cover two of the four major substantive fields be completed before the General Examination, ability to translate from the foreign language in political science (chosen by the student that is, during the first two years of graduate into English approximately 750 words of a from among American Politics; Comparative work. In special circumstances, a student may political text in one hour with the aid of a Politics; International Relations; and Political defer fulfillment of two half-courses or two of dictionary. The translation should accurately Theory), plus an additional focus field defined the following until after the General Examina- capture the essential meaning of the original by the student. A student may substitute either tion: text and be free of major grammatical and Formal Theory or Political Methodology for ■■ one seminar paper syntactical mistakes. A student may choose to one of the two major fields. For the focus ■ one half-course be examined in any language in which there field, each student will submit by a date desig- ■ is substantial political science literature, such nated by the director of graduate studies a five ■■ the language requirement, although work as French, Spanish, German, Italian, Greek, to eight page statement outlining a special area toward fulfillment of the language require- Latin, Russian, Arabic, Chinese, Japanese, for examination. This area may encompass a ment should be under way, in any case, or in any other language specifically appro- special literature; an area of the world; a realm prior to the General Examination. priate to the student’s doctoral program and of special interest spanning subfields or disci- Within six months of passing the General approved by the director of graduate studies. plinary boundaries; or a research approach. Examination, the student must have fulfilled Students whose native language is not English The department regularly offers “field one of these deferred requirements. Within 12 must also satisfy this requirement even if that seminars” introducing each of the four major months, he or she must have completed both fields of the discipline. However, no examina- deferred requirements.

7 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Following completion of the General retake two fields of the General Examination. Exam, each student will engage faculty advi- Dissertation and Final Approved parental leave extends this period sors through a two-stage process of research Examination by one year per child, but no other reason for exploration and prospectus approval, marked Dissertation — A student is required to leave does. by two meetings as follows: demonstrate ability to perform original Depositing Dissertation Data – Students are ■■ an initial “Research Consultation research in political science by writing a disser- required to make available to the Harvard- Meeting” must convene in the fall semester tation that makes a significant contribution to MIT Data Center all of the quantitative data of the third year, to discuss an approxi- knowledge in the field. The requirement may that they have compiled in machine-readable mately 10-page statement from the student, also be fulfilled, with approval of the disserta- form (together with accompanying explana- which, as appropriate, may either present tion committee, by a dissertation in the form tory materials) upon which the findings in a potential research question for the dis- of three publishable papers by approval of the their dissertations depend. These data will be sertation, or set forth alternative possible dissertation committee. Dissertations must be made available to other users five years after research questions for consideration and approved by three committee members, two receipt of PhD or sooner, if the PhD recipient development. The student may consult the of whom must be members of the Harvard permits. director of graduate studies to identify three University Faculty of Arts and Sciences. The The DGS will consider petitions for or four appropriate faculty consultants, if chair must be a member of the government exemption from or modifications of this these are not readily apparent. department. Any member of the committee requirement, if reasonable extenuating circum- who is not a member of the department must stances are given. ■■ Involving the same three or four faculty or a different set where appropriate, the second be approved by the DGS. Before a student “Prospectus Evaluation Meeting” will con- can defend, the dissertation committee must vene to discuss and approve the student’s have received a copy of the dissertation and Degrees agree that it is ready to be defended. The final written dissertation prospectus. These fac- As stated in the introductory paragraphs of copies of the dissertation must conform to ulty members, one of whom must be non- this announcement, the graduate program of the requirements described in the booklet The tenured, are chosen by the student with the the Department of Government is designed Form of the PhD Dissertation. Any student who approval of the director of graduate studies. for students preparing for the PhD. Those wishes to be considered for one or more of the The evaluation meeting will preferably be seeking to enroll for the AM degree only will available prizes should submit an extra copy of held in the spring semester of the third year not be admitted. Active PhD candidates who the completed dissertation to the department and in no instance later than October 1 of wish to be awarded an AM in the course of graduate office. the fourth year. Whenever this meeting is their work towards the PhD must meet all the held, there may be a one month follow-up Special Examination — After the dissertation requirements for the PhD except the disserta- period for final changes in the prospectus. has been approved, and after all other degree tion and the special examination. To be in good standing, therefore, all stu- requirements have been met, a student will Students who have met all the require- dents must have an approved prospectus, take the “special” oral examination or defense. ments for the PhD except the General with the dissertation title and name(s) of This examination is focused on the disserta- Examination, the dissertation, and the special the advisor(s) registered with the director tion and on the relevant special field, which is examination may also receive the master of of graduate studies, by no later than early ordinarily one of the fields which the student arts in political science provided they state November of the fourth year. presented in the general examination, or an in writing that they shall not pursue the PhD By May 15 of each year, each student approved portion of that field. At the defense a degree any further. This option is available must submit a progress report, approved by his student will be expected to show such mastery only within the 30 months after first matricu- or her major faculty advisor, to the director of of the special field, and such an acquaintance lation. graduate studies. with the literature, general and special, bearing Degrees are conferred three times during If these conditions are not met, the on it, as needed to qualify to give instruction the academic year: in November, March, and student will be classified “not in good to mature students. The defense of the disser- at Commencement in May. Relevant due dates standing” by the Graduate School and the tation is open to the faculty of the Govern- for degree application are published annually department and will become ineligible for ment department of Harvard University. in The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences a teaching fellowship, other financial aid, Unless the candidate prefers a closed defense, Handbook . or employment within the University. After the defense of the dissertation will also be completing these requirements, the student open to graduate students in the Department may petition the department to be reinstated of Government. Questions of the candidate “in good standing.” However, in the case of will be asked initially by committee members. Related Joint Degree Program: students for whom the necessary language Others in attendance may then ask questions Government and Social Policy training is unusually burdensome, if the as long as the defense does not exceed two The Department of Government also offers student has made a good-faith effort to master hours in length. The dissertation defense is a joint degree with social scientists in the the language in the allotted time, the director announced to faculty and students and a one- Kennedy School of Government: the PhD in of graduate studies may grant one extension page abstract is circulated to the faculty in Government and Social Policy. This program of up to an additional 12 months for meeting advance of the defense. is particularly suitable for students who wish the language and/or dissertation conference Students who defend their dissertation to combine theoretical and methodological requirements. later than six years after taking the General expertise in political science with policy Examination must retake the focus field of the training in such fields as urban poverty, General Examination. Students who defend inequality, segregation, and labor market their dissertations more than eight years studies. Details may be obtained by referring after taking the General Examination must

Programs of Study 7 3 to the entry on PhD Programs in Social Policy challenging aspect of graduate work, with the in this publication. Political Science at Harvard greatest opportunities for originality. Disserta- Students interested primarily in training If you are interested in graduate study in polit- tion research is supervised by a committee of for public service, and in a master’s program in ical science, Harvard University’s Department three faculty members; students typically work public administration for this purpose, should of Government offers exceptional resources. closely with their advisors. Many Harvard contact Harvard’s Kennedy School of Govern- Our dedication to excellence in all fields of government department dissertations have ment. political science and our encouragement of appeared subsequently, in revised form, as diverse approaches are evident in both our books. faculty and our curriculum. Throughout your graduate education you Research Facilities will have an opportunity to define and explore The social science research collections of the your own questions about politics and govern- Major Fields of Study Harvard libraries, especially those of Widener, ment. This original research can be greatly Political Philosophy Harvard Law School, and Littauer, are perhaps facilitated by the resources of the government the best of any university in the world. They department and the University. Harvard has Political philosophy is an essential element are readily available to graduate students in the largest university library in the world, in our program, for this field poses the funda- government. together with an almost limitless array of mental questions that have guided political The University maintains a wide variety research centers and institutes that bring scientists for centuries: What is the nature of computer facilities for instruction and together scholars and practitioners of govern- of mankind? What standards of justice and research. The government department ment from around the globe. liberty should guide political action? What is maintains a data center and a data archives The best way to sample the opportunities the best form of government? program, which make available for the for studying political science at Harvard is to Each year several lecture series (including research of graduate students, public opinion visit us, but this booklet can provide you with the Shklar Lecture, the Olin Series, and the and voting data of the Inter-University an introduction to our program. Tanner Lectures) bring outstanding political Consortium for Political Research, the Roper philosophers to the campus to discuss their Opinion Research Center, and other sources. The Curriculum work and to meet with students and faculty. In addition, PhD candidates in political The Department of Government trains The faculty of Harvard’s philosophy depart- science frequently receive dissertation advice students for political science careers in univer- ment, together with the members of the and support from the social science research sity teaching and advanced research. The PhD government department, offer one of the centers of the University. degree we offer signifies mastery of a broad finest concentrations of political theorists in Professors of government participate in all discipline of learning, together with compe- the world. of the following principal centers: tence in a specialized subfield within the disci- In addition to the Field Seminar, among pline. (A master’s degree is not a prerequisite the graduate seminars recently offered in the ■■ Belfer Center for Science and International for the PhD program, and the department field of political philosophy are: Affairs does not offer an independent master’s degree ■■ Hobbes ■■ Center for American Political Studies program. It is possible, however, to obtain a ■■ Political Theory and the Public Sphere ■ Minda de Gunzburg Center for European master’s degree in the department without ■ ■ Philosophical Foundations of Rational Studies additional work while completing the require- ■ ments of the PhD program.) Most students Choice Theory ■■ Center for Middle Eastern Studies complete the program in approximately six ■■ Classics of Social Theory ■ Center for Science and International Affairs years. ■ PhD dissertations completed recently by ■■ Committee on African Studies Field Seminars students in the department specializing in political philosophy include: ■■ John K. Fairbank Center for East Asian Field seminars provide a graduate-level intro- Research duction to each of the main fields of political ■■ “Just Work” science: American politics, international ■ Harvard-MIT Data Center ■ “Political Offices and American ■ relations, comparative politics, and political ■ Constitutional Democracy” ■■ The Institute for Quantitative Social philosophy. Each field seminar is co-taught by Science two leading experts in the field, who represent ■■ “Friendship and Virtue in the Political Philosophy of Jean-Jacques Rousseau” ■■ The Institute of Politics of the John F. somewhat different perspectives on the mate- Kennedy School of Government rial. Enrollment is limited to graduate students ■■ “James Madison’s Social Compact and the ■ Program in Ethics and the Professions in order to facilitate give-and-take about Origins of American Constitutionalism” ■ central issues in the discipline of political ■■ Program in Political Economy science. Field seminars provide the foundation American Politics for your subsequent graduate work. They help ■■ Edwin O. Reischauer Institute of Japanese The major emphasis of this field is American Studies provide you with a menu for choosing more political institutions and processes, including specialized and more advanced courses in each ■ Rockefeller Center for Latin American congress, the presidency, the judicial system, ■ of the four fields. Studies electoral behavior and public opinion, the media, and interest groups on local, state, and Dissertation Research ■■ Joan Shorenstein Center on the Press, federal levels. Students concentrating in Amer- Politics, and Public Policy After the second year of graduate study, ican politics benefit from the activities of the students begin research on their PhD disser- Center for American Political Studies within ■■ The Weatherhead Center for International Affairs tations. Writing a dissertation is the most the department, as well as the many opportu-

7 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences nities provided by the John F. Kennedy School ■■ “From Market-Correctors to Market ophy (as in the study of constitutional law) or of Government and its Institute of Politics. Creators: Executive-Ruling Party Relations comparative politics and international rela- For example, the Center for American in the Economic Reforms of Argentina and tions (as in the comparative study of foreign Political Studies has recently sponsored Venezuela” policy). research on presidential primaries, on congres- ■■ “Organizing Markets: Property Rights, Computer Facilities sional committees, and on government regula- Governance, and the Politics of Industrial Harvard University maintains a wide variety tion of the economy. The Institute of Politics Privatization in a Post-Communist of computer facilities for instruction and hosts numerous special visits to Harvard by Economy” men and women who have distinguished research. The Harvard-MIT Data Center, themselves in public life, from cabinet ■■ “Shrinking the State in Mexico: The Puzzles located in the Center for Government and members and campaign managers to senators of Successful Neo-liberal Reforms” International Studies, manages our substantial and Supreme Court justices. International Relations computer resources. The data center is also the In addition to the Field Seminar, among University’s representative to the Inter-Uni- the graduate seminars recently offered in the While comparative government looks at polit- versity Consortium for Political Research, the field of American politics are: ical developments within various countries, Roper Center for Public Opinion Research, international relations examines interactions the National Center for Health Statistics, ■ The New Political Economy of Federalism ■ across national boundaries. It examines such and is a central contact point for many other ■■ The Presidential-Congressional Nexus topics as why nations go to war, how nuclear archives and data suppliers. Government arms can be controlled, and how one country’s department graduate students are required ■■ American Political Development economic policies influence another’s. to take at least one course in quantitative ■ Educational Politics and Policy ■ Among the important resources at methods in our sequence, and in practice most PhD dissertations completed recently by Harvard for students of international relations take the entire sequence. With the help of the students in the department specializing in are the many programs at the Weatherhead permanent staff of the data center, students American politics include: Center for International Affairs (WCFIA) gain access to data from hundreds of major and the Center for Science and International ■ “Taking Charge: Black Electoral Success social science studies. In addition, computing ■ Affairs (CSIA). and the Redefinition of American Politics” facilities are available in the center for students In addition to the Field Seminar, among the fulfilling the quantitative methods require- ■ “The Moderation Dilemma: Legislative ■ graduate seminars recently offered in the field ment or conducting their own research. More Coalitions and the Politics of Family and of international relations are: information about the data center is available Medical Leave” at www.hmdc.harvard.edu. ■ Global Politics in the Post-Cold War World ■ “Just Leave It to the Courts: How, When, ■ ■ Career Placement and Why Congress Abdicates Legislative ■■ US-Latin American Relations Power” ■ Critical Perspectives on Critical IR Theory The department has an excellent record of ■ graduate placement. Recent graduates have ■ “Federalism and Distributive Politics: ■ ■■ International Political Economy obtained teaching positions at University of Towards a Unified Supply-Demand Model PhD dissertations completed recently by Michigan, Yale, Stanford, Princeton, MIT, and of the Politics of Federal Aid” students in the department specializing in Duke, to name but a few institutions of higher Comparative Government international relations include: learning. The study of comparative politics encom- ■■ “Revolutions in Sovereignty: On Ideas, passes not only area studies, such as Russian Power, and Change in International studies or Latin American studies, but also the Relations” The Faculty, 2009-2010 cross-national comparison of political institu- ■ “The Trade War at Home: Factor Mobility, James E. Alt (PhD, University of Essex, 1978) tions and behavior, focusing, for example, on ■ International Trade, and Political Coalitions is Frank G. Thomson Professor of Govern- sources of political stability and instability, the in Democracies” ment. He is author, co-author, or editor of The origins of democracy and dictatorship, revolu- Politics of Economic Decline (1979), Political tion, socialism, and economic development. ■■ “When Globalization Hits Home: The Economics (1983), Advances in Quantita- In addition to the Field Seminar, among Politics of Incoming Foreign Direct tive Methods (1980), Cabinet Studies (1975), the graduate seminars recently offered in the Investment in the United States” Perspectives on Positive Political Economy field of comparative politics are: ■ “Domestic Resources of International ■ (1990), and Competition and Cooperation Environmental Policy: Industry, ■ Social Capital and Public Affairs: Research (1999). He has published numerous articles ■ Environmentalists, and US Power” Seminar in scholarly journals, including “Partisan Dealignment in Britain 1964-1974” in the ■■ Comparative Politics of the Welfare State Connections Among the Major Fields British Journal of Political Science, 1977; “Polit- ■ Comparative Politics of Post-Socialism The division of political science into four ■ ical Parties, World Demand, and Unemploy- fields facilitates the organization of graduate ■ Political Science and China ment” in the American Political Science Review, ■ work, but it does not mean that these fields 1985; “Crude Politics: Oil and the Political PhD dissertations completed recently by are watertight compartments. For example, Economy of Unemployment in Britain and students in the department specializing in many faculty members and graduate seminars Norway, 1970-85,” in the British Journal of comparative politics include: are associated with more than one of the four Political Science, 1987; “Divided Government, fields. Similarly, PhD dissertations frequently ■■ “Legislative Instability: The Dynamics of Fiscal Institutions, and Deficits: Evidence from explore subjects that bridge two or more fields, Agenda Control in the Russian Parliament, the States,” in the American Political Science such as American politics and political philos- 1990-1993” Review, 1994; and “Fiscal Policy and Elections

Programs of Study 7 5 in American States,” in the American Political York, he received his B. A. from Haverford in the national post office were able to intrude Science Review, 1998. He is or has been a 1964 and his PhD from M.I.T. in 1969. He into new policy arenas (such as forest and member of the editorial boards of the Amer- is the author of numerous books, including land conservation, the regulation of lotteries ican Journal of Political Science, British Journal Markets and States in Tropical Africa (1981), and pornography, food and drug regulation, of Political Science, Political Studies, American Beyond the Miracles of the Market (1989), Open energy provision, and finance), while other Political Science Review, and other journals, Economy Politics (1997), Analytic Narratives agencies were unable to do so. Carpenter’s and has been a member of the Political Science (1998) and Prosperity and Violence (2002). answer focuses upon the ability of bureaucratic Panel of the National Science Foundation. Bates has undertaken extensive fieldwork in entrepreneurs to create agency reputations and Alt was a Guggenheim Fellow 1997-98 and is Columbia, Brazil and several nations in Africa. diverse policy-specific coalitions behind their a member of the American Academy of Arts Among his fields of interest are political favored alternatives. Carpenter is currently and Sciences, and a Senior Research Fellow of economy; political development; political working on a theoretical, historical, and Nuffield College, Oxford. violence; and African politics. He has served as statistical study of government regulation of Stephen Ansolabehere (PhD Harvard, 1989) President of the Comparative Politics Section pharmaceuticals by the US Food and Drug is Professor of Government. He previously of the American Political Science Associa- Administration (FDA). He has published held the Elting Morison Chair at MIT. He tion, Vice President of the Association and a several papers on the FDA drug approval is a Truman Fellow, a National Fellow at the member of the board of the African Studies process and is in the process of writing a book Hoover Institution, and a Carnegie Scholar. Association. He presently serves as a member on FDA drug regulation. He is author of three books, The Media Game of the State Failure Task Force of the United Timothy J. Colton (PhD, Harvard, 1974) is (with Roy Behr and Shanto Iyengar), Going States government and as a consultant at the the Chair of the Department of Government Negative (with Shanto Iyengar), and The End World Bank. In 2007, his co-authored and and the Morris and Anna Feldberg Professor of Inequality (with James M. Snyder, Jr.); co-edited study of Africa’s economic perfor- of Government and Russian Studies, director his published articles have appeared, among mance in the first fifty years of independence of the Davis Center for Russian and Eurasian other places, in the American Political Science was published in two volumes by Cambridge Studies, and the Government Department’s Review, the American Economic Review, the University Press (The Political Economy of Afri- director of undergraduate studies. His main Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, and the ca’s Economic Development, 1960-2000) and a research interest is Russian and post-Soviet Harvard Law Review, and he is the editor of study of Africa’s late-century political collapse government and politics. He is the author, the Cambridge University Press book series (When Things Fell Apart), also with Cambridge among other works, of The Dilemma of Reform on the Political Economy of Institutions and University Press. in the Soviet Union (1986); Moscow: Governing Decisions. While at MIT he helped found Eric Beerbohm (B.Phil., Oxford; PhD, Princ- the Socialist Metropolis (1995), which was the Caltech/MIT Voting Technology Project, eton, 2006), Assistant Professor of Govern- named best scholarly book in government which he ran from its inception in 2000 ment and Social Studies at Harvard University. and political science by the Association of through 2004. He has served a member of the His philosophical and teaching interests American Publishers; Transitional Citizens: Board of Overseers of the American National include democratic theory, theories of distrib- Voters and What Influences Them in the New Election Study since 1999, and is the Principal utive justice, political ethics, and the morality Russia (2000); Popular Choice and Managed Investigator of the Cooperative Congressional of public policy. He is currently working on a Democracy: The Russian Elections of 1999 and Election Study. He consults with CBS News book manuscript, entitled “In Our Name: The 2000, with Michael McFaul (2003); and Election Desk on the analysis of U.S. national Ethics of Democratic Government,” which Yeltsin: A Life (2008). Colton was chairman of elections. considers the moral division of labor between the international committee of the American Muhammet Ali Bas (PhD, University of citizens and lawmakers. His ongoing research Political Science Association and is currently a Rochester, 2007), is an assistant professor of includes the methodology of egalitarian theo- member of the Social Science Research Coun- government. His research and teaching inter- ries and the implications of moral uncertainty cil’s committee on Eurasian studies and of the ests include international relations, political for political decision-making. He received his editorial board of Post-Soviet Affairs. methodology, and applied formal theory, with PhD from Princeton University in 2007, his Jorge I. Domínguez (PhD, Harvard, 1972) an emphasis on the formal and quantitative B.Phil. from Oxford University, and his MA is the Antonio Madero of Mexican and approaches to the analysis of international in Philosophy from Stanford University. Latin American Politics and Economics, relations. His current research focus is on the Daniel Carpenter (PhD, University of Vice Provost of the University for Interna- sources of suboptimal behavior in interna- Chicago, 1996), professor of government tional Affairs, and Chairman of the Harvard tional crises, environmental causes of conflict and director of the Center for American Academy for International and Area Studies. and war, and statistical models of strategic Political Studies, is an analyst of the develop- He is author or co-author of books including behavior. ment of political institutions, the political Mexico’s Pivotal Democratic Election: Candi- Robert H. Bates is Eaton Professor in the economy of regulation, bureaucratic politics, dates, Voters, and the Presidential Campaign Department of Government, and a member and health policy. His research asks why and of 2000; Cuba Hoy: Analizando su pasado, of the Department of African and African- how the bureaucratic federal government imaginando su futuro; Between Compliance American Studies. He also serves as Professeur of the United States has come to derive its and Conflict: East Asia, Latin America and the associe, Department of Economics, University current policymaking powers. His book, The “New” Pax Americana; Constructing Democratic of Toulouse. After rising to Full Professor Forging of Bureaucratic Autonomy: Networks, Governance in Latin America; The United at the California Institute of Technology, Reputations and Policy Innovation in Executive States and Mexico: Between Partnership and he became the Henry R. Luce Professor of Departments, 1862-1928 (2001), advances a Conflict; Democratic Politics in Latin America Political Science and Economics at Duke theory of bureaucratic autonomy and shows and the Caribbean; Technopols: Freeing Politics University, where he also directed its Center how federal bureaucracies came to occupy new and Freeing Markets in Latin America in the for Political Economy. Born in Brooklyn, New policymaking roles in the early 20th century. 1990s; Insurrection or Loyalty: The Breakdown The book illustrates how the USDA and of the Spanish American Empire; To Make A

7 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences World Safe for Revolution: Cuba’s Foreign Policy; and social studies. His research focuses on the Peter A. Hall (MPhil, Oxford; PhD, Harvard, Cuba: Order and Revolution . A past president history of modern political philosophy and its 1982) is Krupp Foundation Professor of of the Latin American Studies Association and relevance for contemporary political theory. European Studies. He is an editor of Successful past board chairman of the Latin American His current book project, “The Enlightenment Societies: How Culture and Institutions Affect Scholarship Program of American Universities, of Sympathy: Justice and the Moral Senti- Health (2009); Changing France: The Politics he currently serves on the editorial boards of ments in the Eighteenth Century and Today,” that Markets Make; Varieties of Capitalism: Political Science Quarterly, Foro Internacional, defends a psychologically holistic approach The Institutional Foundations of Comparative Foreign Affairs en español, and Cuban Studies. to political reflection through an examina- Advantage; The Political Power of Economic He was series editor for the Peabody Award- tion of Enlightenment-era authors such as Ideas: Keynesianism across Nations; Develop- winning Public Broadcasting System television David Hume, Adam Smith and J. G. Herder. ments in French Politics I and II; and Euro- series, Crisis in Central America . Domínguez’s Dr. Frazer has also published articles on pean Labor in the 1980s . He is the author current research focuses on the international Maimonides, Nietzsche, Leo Strauss and John of Governing the Economy as well as over 70 relations and domestic politics of Latin Amer- Rawls in such journals as Political Theory and articles on European politics, policy-making, ican countries. The Review of Politics. He spent the 2006-7 and comparative political economy. He serves Grzegorz Ekiert (PhD, Harvard, 1991) is academic year as a postdoctoral research asso- on the advisory boards of many journals and Professor of Government and Senior Scholar ciate in the Political Theory Project at Brown European research institutes, and is codirector at the Harvard Academy for International University. of the Successful Societies Program of the and Area Studies. His teaching and research Jeffry Frieden (PhD, Columbia, 1984), Canadian Institute for Advanced Research. He interests focus on comparative politics, regime Stanfield Professor of International Peace. is currently working on issues in the method- change and democratization, civil society Monetary and financial relations. Frieden is ology of social science, the political response and social movements, and East European the author of Banking on the World: The Poli- to economic integration and crisis in post-war politics and societies. He is the author of The tics of American International Finance (1987), Europe, and the contribution of social struc- State Against Society: Political Crises and Their of Debt, Development, and Democracy: Modern ture to inequalities in health. Aftermath in East Central Europe (1996), Political Economy and Latin America, 1965- Michael J. Hiscox (PhD, Harvard, 1997) is Rebellious Civil Society: Popular Protest and 1985 (1991), of Global Capitalism: Its Fall and the Clarence Dillon Professor of International Democratic Consolidation in Poland, (with Jan Rise in the Twentieth Century (2006); and the Affairs and faculty associate at the Weather- Kubik 1999) and Capitalism and Democracy editor or co-editor of over a dozen other books head Center for International Affairs and the in Central and Eastern Europe: Assessing the on related topics. His articles on the politics of Institute for Quantitative Social Science. His Legacy of Communist Rule, (co-edited with international economic issues have appeared in research focuses on international trade, foreign Stephen Hanson 2003). His papers appeared a wide variety of scholarly and general-interest investment, immigration, development, and in numerous social science journals and edited publications. private sector standards for ethical and envi- volumes. His current projects explore patterns Claudine Gay (PhD, Harvard, 1998) is ronmentally responsible practices. He has of civil society development in new democ- professor of government, and the director of written a number of articles for leading schol- racies in Central Europe and East Asia, the graduate studies, with research and teaching arly journals, including the American Political state of democracy in postcommunist world, interests in the fields of American political Science Review, International Organization, and and the EU membership impact on postcom- behavior, public opinion, and race and ethnic the Journal of Economic History . He is also the munist democracies. He is also Senior Faculty politics. Before joining the department, Gay author of two books: International Trade and Associate at Harvard’s Center for European was an assistant professor of political science Political Conflict (Princeton University Press), Studies, Davis Center for Russian Studies, at Stanford University from 2000 to 2005, which won the William H. Riker Prize for the and Member of the Club of Madrid Advisory and an associate professor from 2005 to 2006. best book in political economy in 2002, and Committee. From 1999 to 2000, Gay was a Visiting Fellow High Stakes: The Political Economy of US Trade Ryan D. Enos (PhD, UCLA, 2010) is an at the Public Policy Institute of California. Sanctions (Cambridge University Press). His assistant professor of government and a faculty Her research has considered the effects of recent papers have addressed the measurement associate of the Institute for Quantitative descriptive representation on citizens’ orien- of barriers to international trade, attitudes Social Science.. He specializes in American tations toward their government, the role toward trade and immigration among voters, politics with an emphasis on the politics of of neighborhoods in shaping the racial and connections between globalization and democ- race & identity and voting behavior. His political attitudes of Black Americans, and the ratization, and questions concerning labor research focuses on how voting and other effects of concentrated poverty on political and environmental standards and the ethical political behavior is affected by the context engagement. Her work has been published labeling of traded products. Current projects in which a person lives interacting with their in Political Psychology, the American Political include field experiments testing the impact of identity. This leads him to an intersection Science Review, and the American Journal of ethical certification and labeling programs in of research in political behavior, political Political Science . developing countries and consumer demand for ethically labeled products. psychology, and geography. His current Adam Glynn (PhD University of Washington primary interest is in the effect of residential 2006) is an assistant professor of government Jennifer Hochschild (PhD, Yale University, racial segregation on voter choice and turnout. and a faculty associate of the Institute for 1979), joint appointment in the Department He earned his A.B. in political science and Quantitative Social Science. His research and of African and African American Studies. She history at U.C. Berkeley and his PhD at teaching interests include political method- also has lectureships in the Kennedy School UCLA. Before entering academia, he was ology, inference for combined aggregate and of Government and at the Graduate School a teacher at Paul Robeson High School in individual level data, causal inference, and of Education. Hochschild studies the inter- Chicago, IL. sampling design. His current research involves section of American politics and political Michael Frazer (PhD, Princeton University, the use of aggregate data for the correction of philosophy—particularly in the areas of race, 2006) is an assistant professor of government biased surveys. ethnicity, and immigration—and educational

Programs of Study 7 7 policy. She also works on issues in public tutions, with particular emphasis on political Crafting Cooperation: Regional Institutions in opinion, political culture, and American polit- parties and electoral politics. She is currently Comparative Perspective (Cambridge 2007), ical history. Hochschild is the author of The engaged in research on electoral fraud, intra- and Measuring Identity: A Guidebook for Social American Dream and the Public Schools (2003); party politics, and the development of political Scientists (Cambridge forthcoming). He is Facing Up to the American Dream: Race, Class, parties in Ghana and Nigeria. She is a faculty co-director of the Princeton-Harvard China and the Soul of the Nation (1995); The New associate at the Weatherhead Center for Inter- and the World Program. American Dilemma: Liberal Democracy and national Affairs and the Institute for Quanti- Gary King (PhD, University of Wisconsin- School Desegregation (1984); and What’s Fair: tative Social Science and was previously and Madison, 1984) is the David Florence American Beliefs about Distributive Justice Academy Scholar at the Harvard Academy for Professor of Government at Harvard Univer- (1981). She is a co-author or co-editor of International and Area Studies. sity. He also serves as Director of the Institute other books, most recently Bringing Outsiders Torben Iversen is Harold Hitchings Burbank for Quantitative Social Science. King has been In: Transatlantic Perspectives on Immigrant Professor of Political Economy. His research elected Fellow of the American Association for Political Incorporation (2009). Her current and teaching interests include comparative the Advancement of Science (2004), Fellow of project is tentatively entitled Blurring Racial political economy, electoral politics, and the American Statistical Association (2009), Boundaries: Skin Color, Immigration, Multira- applied formal theory. He is the author of Fellow of the American Academy of Arts and cialism, and DNA . Hochschild is the founding Capitalism, Democracy, and Welfare (CUP Sciences (1998), Fellow of the Society for editor of Perspectives on Politics, a fellow of the 2005), Contested Economic Institutions (CUP Political Methodology (2008), Fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, and a 1999), coauthor (with Frances Rosenbluth) American Academy of Political and Social former vice-president of the American Political of Patriarchy Explained: The Rise and Fall of Science (2004), President of the Society for Science Association, a former member of the Gender Inequality (Yale UP, forthcoming), and Political Methodology (1997-1999), and Board of Trustees of the Russell Sage Founda- co-editor (with Jonas Pontusson and David Vice President of the American Political tion, and a former member of the Board of Soskice) of Unions, Employers and Central Science Association (2003-2004). He was Overseers of the General Social Survey. Before Bankers (CUP 2000). He is also the author or also appointed a Fellow of the Guggenheim coming to Harvard, Hochschild taught at co-author of more than two dozen articles in Foundation (1994-1995), Visiting Fellow at Duke, Columbia, and Princeton Universities. leading journals such as the American Journal Oxford (1994), and Senior Science Advisor to Stanley Hoffmann (Doctorate of Law, Univer- of Political Science, American Political Science the World Health Organization (1998-2003). sity of Paris, 1953), the Paul and Catherine Review, Annual Review of Political Science, King has won the Warren Miller Prize (2008), Buttenwieser University Professor. He was the British Journal of Political Science, Comparative the McGraw-Hill Award (2006), the Durr chairman of Harvard’s Center for European Politics, Comparative Political Studies, Interna- Award (2005), the Gosnell Prize (1999 and Studies from its creation in 1969 until 1995. tional Organization, Oxford Review of Economic 1997), the Outstanding Statistical Application Born in Vienna in 1928, Hoffmann lived and Policy, Public Choice, Quarterly Journal of Award (2000), the Donald Campbell Award studied in France from 1929 to 1955; he has Economics, World Politics, and numerous edited (1997), the Eulau Award (1995), the Mills taught at the Institut d’Etudes Politiques of volumes. He has been a Hoover National Award (1993), the Pi Sigma Alpha Award Paris, from which he graduated, and at the Fellow (1999-2000) and a Guggenheim Fellow (2005, 1998, and 1993), the APSA Research Ecole des Hautes Etudes en Sciences Sociales. (2008-9), and his work has won five American Software Award (2005, 1997, 1994, and At Harvard, he teaches French intellectual Political Science Association prizes including 1992), the Okidata Best Research Software and political history, American foreign policy, Best Book on European Politics and Society, Award (1999), and the Okidata Best Research European foreign policy, post-World War the Luebbert Best Article Award, and the Web Site Award (1999), among others. His Two European history, the sociology of war, Gabriel Almond Best Dissertation Award. His more than 115 journal articles, 15 open source international politics, ethics and world affairs, current work focuses on the comparative polit- software packages, and 8 books span most modern political ideologies, and the develop- ical economy of distribution, representation, aspects of political methodology, many fields ment of the modern state. Among Hoffmann’s and economic performance, and he is working of political science, and several other scholarly publications are Decline or Renewal? France on a book-length project with David Soskice disciplines. Since the 30s (1974); Primacy or World Order: on the political representation of economic King’s work is widely read across scholarly American Foreign Policy since the Cold War interests. fields and beyond academia. He was listed as (1978); Duties Beyond Borders (1981); Janus Alastair Iain Johnston (PhD, University of the most cited political scientist of his cohort; and Minerva (1986); The European Sisyphus Michigan, 1993) is the Laine Professor of among the group of “political scientists who (1995); The Ethics and Politics of Humani- China in World Affairs. He received his PhD have made the most important theoretical tarian Intervention (1997); and World Disorders from the University of Michigan in 1993. contributions” to the discipline “from its (1998); and he is co-author of The Mitter- His research and teaching interests include beginnings in the late-19th century to the rand Experiment (1987); The New European socialization in international institutions, the present”; and on ISI’s list of the most highly Community (1991); After the Cold War (1993); analysis of identity in the social sciences, and cited researchers across the social sciences. His and Chaos and Violence (2006). His Tanner ideational sources of strategic choice, mostly work on legislative redistricting has been used lectures of 1993, on the French nation and with reference to China and the Asia-Pacific in most American states by legislators, judges, nationalism, were published in 1994. Hoff- region. He is the author of Cultural Realism: lawyers, political parties, minority groups, and mann is working on a book on ethics and Strategic Culture and Grand Strategy in Chinese private citizens, as well as the U.S. Supreme international affairs and a book on Albert History (Princeton 1995) and Social States: Court. His work on inferring individual Camus. China in International Institutes, 1980-2000 behavior from aggregate data has been used in Nahomi Ichino (PhD, Stanford, 2008) is an (Princeton 2008), and co-editor of Engaging as many states by these groups, and in many assistant professor of government. Her research China: The Management of an Emerging Power other practical contexts. His contribution to and teaching interests include African politics, (Routledge 1999), New Directions in the Study methods for achieving cross-cultural compa- development, and comparative political insti- of China’s Foreign Policy (Stanford 2006), rability in survey research have been used in

7 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences surveys in over eighty countries by researchers, China 2nd ed: The Eras of Mao and Deng; Wisconsin, 2001) is an Assistant Professor governments, and private concerns. King led The Paradox of China’s Post-Mao Reforms; a of Government. His research interests focus an evaluation of the Mexican universal health trilogy, The Origins of the Cultural Revolution; on American political institutions with an insurance program, which includes the largest and Mao’s Last Revolution (co-authored with emphasis on strategic behavior on the United randomized health policy experiment to date. Michael Schoenhals). He was the founding States Supreme Court and the federal circuit The statistical methods and software he devel- editor of The China Quarterly, has been a courts of appeals. Owens has received grants oped are used extensively in academia, govern- fellow at Columbia University, the Woodrow from the Center for Empirical Research in ment, consulting, and private industry. Wilson International Center for Scholars, and the Law, the George H.W. Bush Presidential King has had many students and postdocs, the Royal Institute of International Affairs, Library, and the Southern Political Science many of whom now hold faculty positions and has had grants from the Rockefeller, Ford Association. From 2001-2003, Owens prac- at leading universities. He has collaborated and Leverhulme Foundations. In previous ticed telecommunications law in Madison, with more than seventy scholars, including personae, he has been a journalist, a TV Wisconsin. many of his students, on research for publica- reporter, and a Member of Parliament. He is Elizabeth Perry (PhD, University of Michigan, tion. He has served on 23 editorial boards; working on a historical comparison of China 1978) is Henry Rosovsky Professor of Govern- on the governing councils of the American and India. ment and Director of the Harvard-Yenching Political Science Association, Inter-university Harvey C. Mansfield (PhD, Harvard, 1961), Institute. She is a comparativist with special Consortium for Political and Social Research, William R. Kenan, Jr. Professor of Govern- expertise in the politics of China. A fellow of the Society for Political Methodology, and the ment, studies and teaches political philosophy. the American Academy of Arts and Sciences Midwest Political Science Association; and He has written on Edmund Burke and the and a recipient of a Guggenheim fellowship, on several National Research Council and nature of political parties, on Machiavelli she sits on the editorial boards of nearly a National Science Foundation panels. and the invention of indirect government, dozen major scholarly journals. Perry’s research King’s research has been supported by the in defense of a defensible liberalism and in focuses on popular protest and grassroots National Science Foundation, the Centers for favor of a Constitutional American political politics in modern and contemporary China. Disease Control and Prevention, the World science. He has also written on the discovery Her books include Rebels and Revolutionaries Health Organization, the National Institute of and development of the theory of executive in North China, 1845-1945 (1980); Chinese Aging, the Global Forum for Health Research, power, and as a translator of Machiavelli and Perspectives on the Nien Rebellion (1981); and centers, corporations, foundations, and of Tocqueville’s Democracy in America. His The Political Economy of Reform in Post-Mao other federal agencies. current research is a book on manliness. He China (1985); Popular Protest and Political Steven Levitsky is Professor of Government was chairman of the government department Culture in Modern China (1992); Urban at Harvard University. His research interests from 1973-1977, has held Guggenheim and Spaces in Contemporary China: The Potential include political parties, variation in insti- NEH fellowships, and has been a fellow at the for Autonomy and Community in Chinese Cities tutional strength, informal institutions, and National Humanities Center. He is a Distin- (1995); Putting Class in Its Place: Worker Iden- political regimes and regime change, with a guished Research Fellow at the Hoover Institu- tities in East Asia (1996); Proletarian Power: focus on Latin America. He is author of Trans- tion. He has hardly left Harvard since his first Shanghai in the Cultural Revolution (1997); forming Labor-Based Parties in Latin America: arrival in 1949, and has been on the faculty Danwei: The Changing Chinese Workplace in Argentine Peronism in Comparative Perspective since 1962. Historical and Comparative Perspective (1997); (2003) and co-editor of Argentine Democracy: Eric Nelson (AB ‘99; PhD, University of Chinese Society: Change, Conflict, and Resistance The Politics of Institutional Weakness (2005) Cambridge, 2002) is assistant professor of (2000); Challenging the Mandate of Heaven: and Informal Institutions and Democracy: Government. He is chiefly interested in the Social Protest and State Power in China (2002); Lessons from Latin America (2006). Current history of republican political theory, the Changing Meanings of Citizenship in Modern research includes a book on the emergence reception of classical political thought in early- China (2002); Patrolling the Revolution: and trajectory of competitive authoritarian modern Europe, theories of property, and the Workers, Citizenship and the Modern Chinese regimes in Africa, Asia, Latin America, and philosophy of Thomas Hobbes. Nelson is the State (2006); and Grassroots Political Reform post-communist Eurasia, as well as a project author of The Greek Tradition in Republican in Contemporary China (2007). Her book, on the rise of the Left in contemporary Latin Thought (Cambridge University Press, 2004), Shanghai on Strike: the Politics of Chinese Labor America. and editor of Hobbes’s translations of the Iliad (1993), won the John King Fairbank prize Roderick MacFarquhar (PhD, London School and Odyssey for the Clarendon Edition of from the American Historical Association. of Economics, 1980) is the Leroy B. Williams the Works of Thomas Hobbes (The Clarendon Paul Peterson (PhD, Chicago, 1967) is the Professor of History and Political Science, Press, Oxford, 2008). His newest book, The Henry Lee Shattuck Professor of Government and Professor of Government. He has been Hebrew Republic: Jewish Sources and the Trans- and Director of the Program on Education Chair of the Government Department (1998- formation of European Political Thought, is Policy and Governance at Harvard University, 2004) and Director of the John King Fairbank forthcoming from Harvard University Press. a Senior Fellow at the Hoover Institution Center for East Asian Research (1986-1992; His work may also be found in Renaissance at Stanford University, and Editor-In-Chief 2005-06). MacFarquhar’s publications include Quarterly, Political Theory, The Historical of Education Next, a journal of opinion and The Hundred Flowers Campaign and the Journal, Milton Studies, The Oxford Hand- research on education policy. He is a former Chinese Intellectuals; The Sino-Soviet Dispute; book of Political Theory, and The Cambridge director of the Governmental Studies program China under Mao; The Forbidden City; Sino- Companion to Renaissance Philosophy . Nelson at the Brookings Institution. Peterson is the American Relations, 1949-1971; The Secret has also been a Junior Fellow in the Harvard author or editor of over one hundred articles Speeches of Chairman Mao; the final two Society of Fellows, a Fellow of Trinity College, and thirty-plus books, including School volumes of the Cambridge History of China Cambridge, and a British Marshall Scholar. Money Trials: The Legal Pursuit of Educational (with the late John Fairbank); Perspectives Ryan J. Owens (PhD, Washington Univer- Adequacy (Brookings, 2007); Reforming Educa- on China: Four Anniversaries; The Politics of sity in St. Louis, 2008; JD, University of tion in Florida: A Study Prepared by the Koret

Programs of Study 7 9 Task Force on K-12 Education (Hoover, 2006); the Woodrow Wilson International Center of tions in the social sciences worldwide in the The Education Gap: Vouchers and Urban Scholars, and the Brookings Institution. She last half century. Putnam has worked on Schools (Revised Edition) (Brookings, 2006); also has served as a senior social scientist with these themes with Bill and Hillary Clinton, Generational Change: Closing the Test Score the Agency for International Development. Barack Obama and George W. Bush, as well Gap (Rowman & Littlefield, 2006); No Child Much of her research has explored the social as with British Prime Ministers Tony Blair Left Behind? The Politics and Practice of School basis for democracy with a particular focus and Gordon Brown, French president Nicolas Accountability (Brookings, 2003); The Future on Japan and East Asia. Her research inter- Sarkozy, Ireland’s Taoiseach Bertie Ahern, of School Choice ( Hoover, 2003); Our Schools ests include comparative political behavior; Libya’s Muammar Gadhafi, and many other and our Future . . Are We Still At Risk? ( Hoover, comparative politics of industrialized nations; national leaders and grassroots activists around 2003); Learning From School Choice (Brook- democratization and social change; political the world. He founded the Saguaro Seminar, ings, 1998); The Price of Federalism (Brook- development; civil society and nonprofit bringing together leading thinkers and practi- ings, 1995); The Urban Underclass (Brookings, organizations; political ethics and corruption; tioners from across America to develop action- 1991); The Politics of School Reform: 1870- environmental politics; the role of the media able ideas for civic renewal. 1940 (University of Chicago, 1985); The New in politics; the role of Japan and the US in His earlier work included research on Urban Reality (Brookings, 1985); City Limits development; international relations in East political elites, Italian politics, and globaliza- (University of Chicago, 1981); and School Asia; and international political economy of tion. Before coming to Harvard in 1979, he Politics Chicago Style (University of Chicago, development. Among her works are Political taught at the University of Michigan and 1976). Three of his books have received major Women in Japan (1981); Losing Face: Status served on the staff of the National Security awards from the American Political Science Politics in Japan (1990); (with Ellis S. Krauss) Council. He is currently working on four Association. After receiving his PhD from Media and Politics in Japan (1996); (with major empirical projects: (1) the changing the University of Chicago, he was a professor Robert D. Putnam) Disaffected Democra- role of religion in contemporary America, (2) for many years there in the Departments cies: What’s Troubling the Trilateral Countries? strategies for social integration in the context of Political Science and Education. He is a (2000); and (with Frank J. Schwartz) The State of immigration and ethnic diversity, (3) the member of the American Academy of Arts and of Civil Society in Japan (2003). effects of workplace practices on family and Sciences, the National Academy of Education, Matthew B. Platt is an assistant professor community life, and (4) growing class dispari- and has received fellowships from the Guggen- of government. His research and teaching ties among American youth. heim Foundation, the German Marshall interests include black politics, agenda setting, James Robinson (PhD, Yale, 1993) James Foundation, and the Center for Study in representation, and political participation. Robinson (PhD, Yale, 1993) is Professor the Behavioral Sciences. He is a member of Currently, his research concerns the policy of Government, Harvard University and a the independent review panel advising the consequences of non-voting political activity faculty associate of the Institute for Quanti- Department of Education’s evaluation of the and the changing nature of black descriptive tative Social Science. His research interests No Child Left Behind law. The Editorial Proj- representation. lie in political economy and economic and ects in Education Research Center reported political development. Some of his publica- that Peterson’s studies on school choice and Robert D. Putnam (PhD, Yale University, 1970) is the Malkin Professor of Public tions include; “Why did the West Extend the vouchers were among the country’s most influ- Franchise?” Quarterly Journal of Economics, ential studies of education policy. Policy at Harvard, and Visiting Professor and Director of the Graduate Programme August 2000, “A Theory of Political Transi- Susan J. Pharr (PhD, Columbia, 1975) is in Social Change, University of Manchester tions,” American Economic Review, September Edwin O. Reischauer Professor of Japanese (UK). Raised in a small town in the Midwest 2001, “Colonial Origins of Comparative Politics and director of the Program on and educated at Swarthmore, Oxford, and Development,” American Economic Review, US-Japan Relations at Harvard University. Yale, he has served as Dean of the Kennedy December 2001, “Inefficient Redistribution,” She joined the faculty in 1987, and served as School of Government. He is a member of American Political Science Review, September chair of the government department, 1992-95, the National Academy of Sciences, the British 2001, “Reversal of Fortune,” Quarterly Journal and as associate dean of the Faculty of Arts Academy, the American Philosophical Society, of Economics, November 2002. His books and Sciences, 1996-98. She is on the Steering and the American Academy of Arts and include The Economic Origins of Dictatorship Committee of the Asia Center, on the Execu- Sciences, and past president of the American and Democracy (Cambridge University Press, tive Committees of the Weatherhead Center Political Science Association. He was the with Daron Acemoglu) which won the 2007 for International Affairs and the Reischauer 2006 recipient of the Skytte Prize, the most Woodrow Wilson Foundation Award awarded Institute of Japanese Studies, and on the prestigious international award for scholarly by the American Political Science Association Faculty Advisory Committee for the Hauser achievement in political science. The London for “the best book published in the United Center for Nonprofit Organizations. Pharr is Sunday Times has called him “the most influ- States during the prior year on government, a member of the University Committee on the ential academic in the world today.” He has politics or international affairs” and the 2007 Environment and the University Committee written a dozen books, translated into twenty William Riker Prize awarded by the American on the Status of Women. She is also a senior languages, including the best-selling Bowling Political Science Association for the best book scholar of the Harvard Academy of Interna- Alone: The Collapse and Revival of American in political economy published in 2006. He tional and Area Studies. Pharr has served as Community, and Better Together: Restoring the is co-editor with Jared Diamond of Natural staff associate at the Social Sciences Research American Community, a study of new forms Experiments in History to be published in 2009 Council, and on the faculty of the Depart- of social connectedness. His Making Democ- by Harvard University Press. ment of Political Science at the University racy Work was praised by the Economist as “a Michael Rosen (D. Phil., Oxford Univer- of Wisconsin-Madison. She held the Japan great work of social science, worthy to rank sity, 1980) is Professor of Government. He Chair at the Center for Strategic and Interna- alongside de Tocqueville, Pareto and Weber.” has published widely in social and political tional Studies in Washington, was a visiting Both Making Democracy Work and Bowling thought and in Continental (especially, scholar or fellow in the Faculty of Law at the Alone rank among the most cited publica- German) philosophy. He is the author of University of Tokyo and at Keio University,

8 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Hegel’s Dialectic and Its Criticism (1982) and Religious Accommodation in Pluralist Democra- Instability; The Giant Jigsaw Puzzle: Democratic On Voluntary Servitude: False Consciousness and cies (2000); and Civil Society and Government, Committee Assignments in the Modern House; the Theory of Ideology (1996). He co-translated co-edited with Robert Post. Rosenblum is Models of Multiparty Electoral Competition, the first English-language edition of Kant’s working on The Quality of Life, based on a Making and Breaking Governments; American Opus Postumum (1993). As well as his work study of Henry David Thoreau. In addition Government: Power and Purpose . He has edited on Continental thought, he is engaged in to government courses at the graduate and or co-edited The Congressional Budget Process: contemporary debates in Anglo-American undergraduate levels, Rosenblum offers a Some Views From the Inside; Political Equilib- political philosophy. He is at present editing course on legalism in the moral reasoning core rium, Perspectives on Positive Political Economy; (with Brian Leiter) the Oxford Handbook of curriculum. Cabinet Ministers and Parliamentary Govern- Continental Philosophy . Michael J. Sandel is the Anne T. and Robert ment . He has authored numerous articles on Stephen Peter Rosen (PhD, Harvard, 1979) M. Bass Professor of Government at Harvard formal political theory, congressional politics, is the Beton Michael Kaneb Professor of University, where he has taught political public policy, and political economy. Shepsle National Security and Military Affairs at philosophy since 1980. His books include is a former national fellow at the Hoover Harvard University, and the director of the Liberalism and the Limits of Justice (Cambridge Institution, fellow of the Center for Advanced Olin Institute for Strategic Studies. For the University Press, 1982, 2nd edition, 1998), Study in the Behavioral Sciences, and Guggen- years 2002-2007, he is also a Harvard College Democracy’s Discontent: America in Search of a heim Fellow. He was editor of Public Choice Professor, an award given in recognition of Public Philosophy (Harvard University Press, from 1975 to 1980. In 1990 he was elected excellence in undergraduate teaching. Rosen 1996), Public Philosophy: Essays on Morality to the National Academy of Sciences and was the civilian assistant to the Director, Net in Politics (Harvard University Press, 2005), the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Assessment in the Office of the Secretary of The Case against Perfection: Ethics in the Age of His current research continues to emphasize Defense; the director of Political-Military Genetic Engineering (Harvard University Press, formal models of political institutions, accen- Affairs on the staff of the National Security 2007), and Justice: What’s the Right Thing to tuating the interface between politics and Council; and a professor in the Strategy Do? (Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2009). His demography. Department at the Naval War College. He was work has been translated into Chinese, Japa- Beth Simmons (PhD, Harvard, 1991) is Clar- a consultant to the President’s Commission nese, French, German, Spanish, Italian, Portu- ence Dillon Professor of International Affairs on Integrated Long-Term Strategy, and to the guese, Greek, Polish, and Korean. His writings and director of the Weatherhead Center for Gulf War Air Power Survey sponsored by the also appear in general publications such as The International Affairs. Her fields of interest secretary of the Air Force, and has been the Atlantic Monthly, The New Republic, and The and course subjects are international relations, leader of study groups at the OSD Summer New York Times. international political economy, and interna- Studies at Newport, Rhode Island. He has Sandel’s courses include “Ethics, Biotech- tional law. Her most recent book is entitled published articles on ballistic missile defense, nology, and the Future of Human Nature,” Mobilizing for Human Rights: International the American theory of limited war, the stra- “Markets, Morals, and Law,” and “Global- Law in Domestic Politics (Cambridge Univer- tegic implications of the AIDS epidemic, and ization and Its Critics.” His undergraduate sity Press, 2009). She also authored Who strategies for promoting innovation in the course, “Justice,” has enrolled over 14,000 Adjusts? Domestic Sources of Foreign Economic American Military in International Security, students. A recipient of the Harvard-Radcliffe Policy; During the Interwar Years, 1923-1939 The Washington Quarterly, Foreign Policy, The Phi Beta Kappa Teaching Prize, Sandel was (Princeton University Press, 1994), which won Journal of Strategic Studies, Joint Forces Quar- named a Harvard College Professor in 1999, the 1995 American Political Science Associa- terly, and Diplomatic History. He is the author and in 2008 was recognized by the American tion Woodrow Wilson Award for the best of Winning the Next War: Innovation and the Political Science Association for a career of book published in the previous year in govern- Modern Military, which won the 1992 Furniss excellence in teaching. ment, politics, or international relations. She Prize for best first book on national security Sandel has been a visiting professor at was elected to the American Academy of Arts affairs awarded by the Mershon Center at the Sorbonne (Paris), delivered the Tanner and Sciences in 2009. She is on leave at the Ohio State University, and of Societies and Lectures on Human Values at Oxford Univer- Straus Institute for the Advanced Study of Law Military Power: India and its Armies . He has sity, and in 2007 gave a series of lectures at & Justice at New York University Law School completed a book on the biology of cognition universities throughout China. In 2009, he for the 2009-2010 academic year. and strategy entitled War and Human Nature delivered the BBC’s Reith Lectures. Prerna Singh (PhD, Princeton, 2009) is assis- (forthcoming, 2004). His next project is a From 2002 to 2005, Sandel served on the tant professor in the Department of Govern- book on imperial strategy. President’s Council on Bioethics, a national ment. Her research and teaching interests Nancy Rosenblum (PhD, Harvard, 1973) is body appointed by the President to examine include the causes and consequences of iden- the Senator Joseph Clark Professor of Ethics in the ethical implications of new biomedical tity politics and public policy with a focus on Politics and Government. Her field of research technologies. The recipient of three honorary developing countries, particularly South Asia. is political theory, both historical and contem- degrees, Sandel is a member of the American Her current project entitled “Subnationalism porary political thought. She is the author Academy of Arts and Sciences and the Council and Social Development: A Comparative most recently of On the Side of the Angels: An on Foreign Relations. A summa cum laude, Analysis of Indian States” seeks to develop a Appreciation of Parties and Partisanship . Other Phi Beta Kappa graduate of Brandeis Univer- theory of how variations in the cohesiveness books include Membership and Morals: The sity (1975), Sandel received his doctorate from of subnational identification trigger different Personal Uses of Pluralism in America (1998), Oxford University (D.Phil.,1981), where he trajectories of state and societal action as which was awarded the APSA David Easton was a Rhodes Scholar. regards social policy, which together generate Prize in 2000. Her recent edited works include Kenneth A. Shepsle (PhD, Rochester, 1970) is differences in education and health outcomes. Breaking the Cycles of Hatred: Memory, Law, the George D. Markham Professor of Govern- She is also working on a project that develops and Repair with Martha Minow (2002); Obli- ment. He is the author or co-author of Politics a measure of the degree to which states have gations of Citizenship and Demands of Faith: in Plural Societies: A Theory of Democratic institutionalized ethnicity across space and

Programs of Study 8 1 over time. Singh is also co-editing The Rout- democracy, including changes since the 1960s. ment; and Why Deliberative Democracy? (both ledge Handbook of Indian Politics. She has recently launched new projects on the jointly authored with Amy Gutmann); The Theda Skocpol (PhD, Harvard, 1975) is the development of U.S. higher education and on Democratic Citizen: Social Science and Demo- Victor S. Thomas Professor of Government the transformation of U.S. federal policies in cratic Theory in the 20th Century; John Stuart and Sociology. At Harvard, she has served the Obama era. Mill and Representative Government; Ethics as Dean of the Graduate School of Arts and James M. Snyder, Jr. (PhD, California Insti- in Congress: From Individual to Institutional Sciences (2005-2007) and as Director of the tute of Technology, 1985) is Professor of Corruption; and Political Ethics and Public Center for American Political Studies (2000- Government. He was previously the Arthur Office, which won the American Political 2006). In 1996, Skocpol served as President and Ruth Sloan Professor of Political Science Science Association’s Gladys M. Kammerer of the Social Science History Association, an and Professor of Economics at the Massa- award for the best political science publication interdisciplinary professional group, and in chusetts Institute of Technology. He is the in the field of US national policy in 1987. His 2002-03, she served as President of the Amer- co-author of The End of Inequality (with articles have appeared in the American Political ican Political Science Association during the Stephen Ansolabehere). His articles have Science Review, Philosophy & Public Affairs, centennial of this leading professional body. In appeared in numerous journals, including Political Theory, and Ethics, among other 2007, she was awarded the Johan Skytte Prize the Journal of Political Economy, the journals. Thompson’s current teaching and in Political Science for her “visionary analysis American Economic Review, Econometrica, research concentrate on democratic theory and of the significance of the state for revolutions, the American Political Science Review, the political ethics. welfare, and political trust, pursued with American Journal of Political Science, and Dustin Tingley (PhD Princeton, 2010) theoretical depth and empirical evidence.” the Journal of Politics. He is or has been on is assistant professor of government. His The Skytte Prize is one of the largest and most the editorial boards of the American Political teaching and research interests include the prestigious in political science and is awarded Science Review, the American Journal of relationship between domestic politics and annually by the Skytte Foundation at Uppsala Political Science, Business and Politics, and international relations and the application of University (Sweden) to the scholar who in Economics and Politics. He is a Fellow of the experimental methods to political science. His the view of the foundation has made the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, a current research focuses on the role of public most valuable contribution to the discipline. Research Associate at the National Bureau of opinion and Congress in shaping US foreign Skocpol has also been elected to membership Economic Research, and a Visiting Research policy as well as the way emotion influences in all three major U.S. interdisciplinary honor Associate at STICERD at the London School bargaining behavior. He is a faculty associate societies: The American Academy of Arts of Economics. at the Weatherhead Center for Inter¬national and Sciences (elected 1994), the American Arthur Spirling (PhD, University of Roch- Affairs and the Institute for Quanti¬tative Philosophical Society (elected 2006), and the ester, 2008), assistant professor of Govern- Social Science and has published a variety of National Academy of Sciences (elected 2008). ment. Interests in political methodology, peer-reviewed journals Skocpol’s work covers an unusually broad comparative politics and the analysis of legis- Richard Tuck (PhD, Jesus College, Cam- spectrum of topics including both comparative lative voting. In terms of research methods, bridge University, 1976) is professor of politics (States and Social Revolutions, 1979) Spirling’s current focus is on the application of government and a premier scholar of the and American politics (Protecting Soldiers and generalized linear models in political science, history of political thought. His works include Mothers: The Political Origins of Social Policy non-parametric techniques, applied Bayesian Natural Rights Theories (1979); Hobbes (1989); in the United States, 1992). Among her other statistics and item response theory. His and Philosophy and Government, 1572-1651 works are Bringing the State Back In (1985, work has appeared in Political Analysis, The (1993). They address a variety of topics with Peter Evans and Dietrich Rueschemeyer); American Statistician, The Political Quarterly, including political authority, human rights, Social Policy in the United States (1995); PS: Political Science and Politics . Current proj- natural law, and toleration, and focus on Boomerang: Clinton’s Health Security Effort and ects include coauthored work with Harvard thinkers including Hobbes, Grotius, Selden, the Turn Against Government in US Politics colleague Kevin Quinn on roll call voting in and Descartes. His current work focuses on (1996); Civic Engagement in American Democ- the House of Commons, and a new project political thought and international law, and racy (1999, with Morris Fiorina); Diminished on the strategic writing and negotiation of traces the history of thought about inter- Democracy: From Membership to Management American Indian treaties. national politics from Grotius, Hobbes, in American Civic Life (2003); Inequality and Pufendorf, Locke, and Vattel, to Kant. Tuck American Democracy: What We Know and Dennis F. Thompson (PhD, Harvard, 1968) is professor of government and the Alfred is also engaged in a work on the origins of What We Need to Learn (2005, with Lawrence 12th-century economic thought in which he R. Jacobs); What a Mighty Power We Can Be: North Whitehead Professor of Political Philosophy in the Faculty of Arts and Sciences. argues that the “free rider” problem was only African American Fraternal Groups and The invented, as a problem, in recent decades. His Struggle for Racial Equality (2006, with Ariane He is also a professor in the John F. Kennedy School of Government, the founding director interests span concerns in all subfields of the Liazos and Marshall Ganz); and The Transfor- discipline. mation of American Politics: Activist Govern- of the university-wide ethics program, now ment and the Rise of Conservatism (2007, with the Edmond J. Safra Foundation Center. He Sidney Verba (PhD, Princeton, 1959) is Paul Pierson). Her books and articles have also served as Harvard’s Associate Provost from Professor Emeritus. He is the author and been widely cited in political science literature 1996-2001, and as Senior Adviser to the Presi- co-author of books on American and compar- and have won numerous awards, including the dent of the university from 2001-04. Thomp- ative politics including Small Groups and Polit- 1993 Woodrow Wilson Award of the Amer- son’s most recent books include Just Elections: ical Behavior (1961); The Civic Culture (1963); ican Political Science Association for the best Creating a Fair Electoral Process in the United Caste, Race and Politics (1969); Vietnam and book in political science for the previous year. States; and Restoring Responsibility: Ethics in the Silent Majority (1970); Participation in Skocpol’s research focuses on US social welfare Government, Business and Healthcare . His America (1972); The Changing American Voter policy and civic engagement in American other books include Democracy and Disagree- (1976); Injury to Insult (1979); Participation

8 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences and Political Equality (1979); Equality in America (1985); Elites and the Idea of Equality (1989); Designing Social Inquiry (1994); Voice and Equality (1995); and The Private Roots Of Public Action (2001) as well as many articles on those subjects. Participation in America won the Kammerer Prize of the American Political Science Association (APSA) for the best book on American politics, and The Changing American Voter won the Woodrow Wilson Prize for the best book in political science. In 1993, Verba won the James Madison Prize of the APSA for a career contribution to the discipline; and in 2002, he was awarded the Johan Skytte Prize, an international award for distinguished contribution to political science. In 1994, he was elected president of the APSA. Verba is a member of the National Academy of Sciences and the American Philosophical Society, and a fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, and has been a fellow of the Center for Advanced Study in the Behav- ioral Sciences and a Guggenheim Fellow. He has chaired the Policy Committee of the Social Science Research Council and the Committee on International Conflict and Cooperation of the National Academy of Sciences, and is currently the Chair of the Committee on Human Rights of the National Academy of Sciences. His current research interests involve the relationship of political to economic equality, mass and elite political ideologies, and mass political participation. Verba was also director of the University Library. Daniel Ziblatt (PhD, University of California, Berkeley, 2002) is the Paul Sack Associate Professor of Political Economy in the Depart- ment of Government at Harvard University and a Faculty Associate of Harvard’s Center for European Studies. His research interests are in comparative politics, focusing chiefly on democratization, state-building, elections in new democracies and authoritarian regimes, federalism, contemporary Europe, European political development and comparative-historical methods. He is the author of Structuring the State: The Formation of Italy, Germany, and the Puzzle of Federalism, (Princeton University Press, 2006) as well as articles in journals such as the American Political Science Review, World Politics, Studies in Comparative International Development, German Politics and Society, and Communist and Postcommunist Studies . He has been a DAAD-fellow and SSRC-Fellow at the Free University of Berlin, Germany and Alex- ander von Humboldt Foundation fellow at the Max Planck Institute in Cologne, Germany and University of Konstanz (Germany). He is currently working on a project that offers a new interpretation of Europe’s pathway to democracy from the nineteenth century to the present.

Programs of Study 8 3 Graduate Study in the Harvard Integrated Life Sciences (HILS)

In the 21st century, groundbreaking research Organismic and Evolutionary Biology Financial Support and discovery in the life sciences are more Systems Biology The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences interdisciplinary than ever. Recognizing this Virology (within the Division of Medical (GSAS) admits the most qualified students in collaborative approach to scientific advance- Sciences) the life sciences. ment, Harvard has created the Integrated Life Individual programs and subject areas Financial support from Harvard and Sciences (HILS) Graduate Program. within the HILS have their own admissions, outside sources is assured for the duration of HILS is a federation of Harvard life curriculum, and advising processes. Students the PhD program, subject to satisfactory prog- sciences PhD programs, departments, and are admitted to only a single program or ress toward the PhD degree. Such support may subject areas that facilitates cross-disciplinary subject area. include grants and fellowships from internal academic and research collaboration, supports In those life sciences study areas where and external sources, traineeships, teaching student mobility, and encourages extracur- students are expected to do rotations, students fellowships, research assistantships, and other ricular participation by its student, faculty, and arrange initial rotations within their own academic employment opportunities. This staff members. program; rotations in other programs in HILS approach provides students with flexibility to HILS oversees all PhD education in the can be arranged following consultation with establish their research interests and allows life sciences, and integrates 12 life sciences the student’s home program. Please check mobility to study across programs. graduate programs and subject areas across the Website of each HILS member program Ordinarily, in addition to the payment four Harvard faculties: the Faculty of Arts or study area for more details on arranging of tuition and required fees, a stipend will and Sciences, the Dental School, the Medical rotations. be provided in the first and second years of School, and the School of Public Health. After enrollment, students normally registration in GSAS. A teaching fellowship or This new structure allows the examination of continue to be affiliated with the program or research assistantship is guaranteed during the emerging trends in the life sciences, and allows subject area to which they are admitted (their third and fourth years of registration in GSAS. Harvard to respond rapidly to the world’s “home program”). The home program governs For each year that the student makes evolving scientific landscape—including the their curriculum requirements accommodating satisfactory progress toward the PhD degree, a need for new interdisciplinary areas of study individual interests as much as possible; the new financial aid award, covering tuition and such as the recently launched PhD programs preliminary qualifying examination, teaching fees plus a standard monthly stipend, will be in chemical biology and systems biology. requirements (if applicable), and their supervi- provided. For its students, then, HILS exists to sion and advising during the thesis period. It enable the best and most appropriate training also determines the title of their degree. Teaching for each individual, and to encourage flex- If a student chooses and is accepted by Graduate students in HILS have wide-ranging ibility in life sciences PhD education and a thesis advisor in another HILS program or opportunities for student teaching. Particular research. subject area, the two groups work together to teaching requirements vary among HILS ensure good oversight and advice, which may programs, but they can include undergraduate include a change in home program. teaching, teaching on the Medical School HILS Areas of Study Please read each program’s description campus, and community-based teaching. within this publication, or visit each program’s HILS academic areas represent the depth Website for further details. Further informa- and breadth of current thinking and research tion about HILS and its member programs in the life sciences. HILS supports programs can be found at the HILS Website at http:// Academic Resources and subject areas leading to the PhD in: www.gsas.harvard.edu/hils/index.html. Biological and Biomedical Sciences (within Research Environments the Division of Medical Sciences) One of the great benefits of studying life (includes the subject areas of biochemistry sciences through HILS is the student’s ability and proteomics, cellular and molecular Applying to a Harvard Integrated to use facilities throughout the University. biology, computational biology, develop- Many of the facilities listed under one mental biology, genetics and genomics, Life Sciences (HILS) Program for heading are used by faculty members and human biology and disease, microbial Fall 2011 students from across Harvard’s various biology and pathogenesis, physiology, phar- Schools. For example, the Microchemistry To apply to a Harvard Integrated Life macology, structural biology, immunobiol- and Proteomics Analysis Facility, located in Sciences (HILS) program, students complete ogy, and molecular neuroscience) the Department of Molecular and Cellular and return the Graduate School of Arts and Biological Sciences in Dental Medicine Biology, is used by Medical School faculty and Sciences (GSAS) admissions application. HILS Biological Sciences in Public Health graduate students. They are listed separately students are admitted to the Graduate School Biophysics for convenience. Chemical Biology of Arts and Sciences at Harvard, and register Chemistry and Chemical Biology in one of the 12 life sciences PhD study areas Cambridge Campus Facilities Immunology (within the Division of Medi- that are members of the HILS federation. Harvard provides graduate students in the life cal Sciences) For detailed application instructions and sciences with superlative facilities to conduct Molecular and Cellular Biology information, please refer to the Admissions cutting-edge research, including: Neuroscience (within the Division of Information for Prospective Graduate Students • Bauer Center for Genomics Research Medical Sciences) section of the GSAS Website (http://www.gsas. harvard.edu/admissions/index.html).

8 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences • Center for Imaging and Mesoscale • Franois-Xavier Bagnoud Center for other key life sciences stakeholders at GSAS, Structures Health and Human Rights the Medical School, and the University. • DNA Sequencing Facility • Harvard AIDS Institute • Genome Manipulation Facility • Harvard Center for Cancer Prevention HILS Administration • Harvard University Herbaria • Harvard Center for Population and The HILS Program is administered by GSAS • Imaging Center Development Studies Assistant Dean John McNally, who reports to • Microchemistry and Proteomics Analysis • Harvard Center for Risk Analysis HILS Faculty Chair Christopher T. Walsh and Facility • Harvard Center for Society and Health GSAS Administrative Dean Margot Gill. Dean • The Museum of Comparative Zoology • Harvard Education and Research Center McNally coordinates closely on HILS-related • Q-Bot for Occupational Safety and Health matters with faculty, students, and staff from • Zebrafish Facility • Harvard Injury Control Research Center the 12 HILS member programs, as well with • Kresge Center for Environmental Health other key life sciences and University entities Medical School Facilities • John B. Little Center for Radiation such as the Division of Medical Sciences, the The Medical Area in Boston comprises one Sciences and Environmental Health Biomedical Graduate Student Organization, of the most concentrated areas of scientific the GSAS Deans Office, and the Harvard School of Dental Medicine Facilities Core research facilities in the United States. About University Development Office. facilities include: half of the Medical School faculty is based Within the HILS federation, are several • Cell Sorter in pre-clinical departments on the Medical subject area ‘clusters,’ the most important • Center for Evidence-Based Dentistry School Quadrangle. of which is the Division of Medical Sciences • Forsyth Zebrafish Facility (DMS). The DMS coordinates biomedical Core facilities include: • Harvard-Forsyth Collaborative Micro- PhD education activities in conjunction with • Biopolymers Laboratory array Core HILS at the Longwood Medical Area and • Cell Biology Confocal Microscope • Molecular Biology Core Facility Harvard Medical School; this encompasses the Facility • Xenopus Facility • Conventional Electron Microscopy life sciences disciplines of Biomedical Sciences, • Dana-Farber/Harvard Cancer Center Harvard Core Facilities Virology, Immunology, and Neuroscience. Of High-Throughput DNA Sequencing Core facilities (“Cores”) are shared central the approximately 1,100 students in HILS Facility laboratories, each capable of performing a programs, over half are enrolled in Longwood- • Quad Machine Shop: Designers and specific set of experimental functions that based DMS biomedical study areas. GSAS, Builders of Custom Medical Research enable investigators to perform experiments HILS, and DMS are close collaborators within Tools more efficiently and at a more affordable the overall HILS administrative structure; cost. Cores thus facilitate research activity for more information, read the Division of Many faculty have their laboratories at Medical Sciences section within this publica- some of the worlds premier medical research by providing resources and services that are beyond the means of most individual labs. tion, or visit the DMS Website at www.gsas. facilities, located throughout the greater harvard.edu/programs/degree/medsci.html. Boston area, including: Harvard is fortunate to have a world-class • Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center array of these important resources, some of • Brigham and Womens Hospital which are shown above. • Broad Institute HILS has assembled a comprehensive The MD/PhD reference inventory of University-wide Core • Center for Blood Research Basic science students in this program Facilities that are of interest to life sciences • Childrens Hospital combine their Harvard Medical School PhD students. This listing is formatted as • Dana-Farber Cancer Institute studies with graduate studies in science or an excel spreadsheet, and is searchable using • Forsyth Institute engineering. Their PhD work may be carried excel search and sorting tools. Each Core lab • Joslin Diabetes Center out in HILS, in another GSAS science or observes its own set of policies and procedures; • Massachusetts Eye and Ear Infirmary engineering program, or in a program housed be sure to contact each Core’s administra- • Massachusetts General Hospital within the Schools of Science and Engineering tive staff to confirm its fit with your research • Massachusetts Mental Health Center at MIT. Some students apply for admis- interest and your access to it. • McLean Hospital sion into the MD/PhD program at the same • University-Wide Core Facilities Inventory • Mount Auburn Hospital time they apply to medical school. A limited (http://www.gsas.harvard.edu/hils/core • New England Regional Primate number of these positions are available each facilities.xls) Research Center year. Others decide to join the program after • Schepens Eye Research Institute/Retina matriculation at Harvard Medical School and Foundation become members of the MD/PhD program • Spaulding Rehabilitation Hospital HILS Governance and at the time of their acceptance into a PhD • Veterans Administration Boston Health- program. care System Administrative Organization For more information about the MD/ School of Public Health Facilities Governance: The HILS Executive and PhD program, go to www.hms.harvard.edu/ Research institutes and centers include: Coordinating Committees md_phd. • Center for Biostatistics in AIDS The HILS coordinating committee is composed Research of 25 life sciences scholars across several • Center for Health Communication Harvard faculties and serves as an advisory and • Center for Quality of Care deliberative body for its constituent programs, departments, and subject areas, as well as for

Programs of Study 8 5 Division of Medical Sciences at Harvard Medical School (DMS)

guished careers in biomedical research, univer- ismic and evolutionary biology, biological Programs and Disciplines sity teaching, and a number of increasingly sciences in public health, and systems biology. BIOLOGICAL AND BIOMEDICAL diverse careers. SCIENCES (BBS) Biochemistry and Proteomics Cancer Biology Research Facilities Program of Study Cell & Molecular Biology Located in the Longwood Medical Area of There are many areas of biomedical research Computational Biology Boston, the Division brings together faculty excellence in the Division of Medical Sciences Developmental Biology in the biological sciences throughout Harvard (DMS). These are described for each program, Genetics & Genomics University. The Medical Area, which includes and some are available in more than one Human Biology Harvard Medical School, a cluster of affiliated program. Along with other areas, research Immunobiology hospitals and research institutes, the Harvard in cancer, developmental biology and HIV, Microbial Biology and Pathogenesis School of Dental Medicine, and the Harvard are examples that are well represented in Molecular Neuroscience School of Public Health, comprises one of the several DMS programs. Details on these and Pharmacology most concentrated areas of scientific research the other themes in biomedical sciences and Physiology facilities in the United States. The interaction biology are available on our Stem Cell and Regenerative Biology between the various programs in the Divi- Website: www.hms.harvard.edu/dms/ Structural Biology sion, through joint teaching and research as Academic programs fulfill needs and goals IMMUNOLOGY well as the contact with the affiliated hospitals through core and advanced courses, seminars, NEUROSCIENCE investigating clinical problems, enables the rotations in laboratories, and a qualifying VIROLOGY Division to serve as a meeting place for the examination. Courses may be chosen from The Division of Medical Sciences (DMS) at biological, medical, physical, and chemical the offerings of Harvard University as well as Harvard Medical School, with the Faculty sciences, providing students and faculty with from those of the Massachusetts Institute of of Arts and Sciences of Harvard University, a wider range of experience and techniques Technology. Rotations are an integral part of offers four interdisciplinary programs leading than can be found in any single discipline or each program; they allow students to investi- to the PhD degree in the biomedical sciences: department. gate several types of research and laboratories Biological and Biomedical Sciences (includes Many of our faculty are based in the seven before choosing a dissertation laboratory. faculty from the Departments of Biological basic science departments on the Medical Many students choose a dissertation laboratory Chemistry and Molecular Pharmacology, School Quadrangle: Biological Chemistry by the end of the first year. Cell Biology, Genetics, Microbiology and and Molecular Pharmacology, Cell Biology, Although individual programs vary, Molecular Genetics, Neurobiology, Stem Cell Genetics, Microbiology and Molecular generally students take a qualifying examina- and Regenerative Biology, Systems Biology Genetics, Neurobiology, Stem Cell and Regen- tion at the end of their first year or during and additional faculty from other depart- erative Biology, and Systems Biology. Other their second year. After successful completion ments, hospitals and research institutes), and faculty have their laboratories at: of the qualifying examination, the disserta- three programs with faculty from the medical tion advisor supervises the doctoral candi- school and university: Immunology, Neurosci- Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center date’s research and study, with an advisory ence, and Virology . These four programs share a Brigham and Women’s Hospital committee periodically reviewing progress. common purpose: to foster a stimulating and Children’s Hospital Typically, about four years of laboratory supportive environment for research training Dana-Farber Cancer Institute work are needed to complete the dissertation in the biomedical sciences. Harvard Institutes of Medicine (HIM) research, which is defended before three exam- The Division of Medical Sciences was Harvard Medical School iners. Students are expected to complete the established at Harvard University in 1908. Harvard School of Public Health degree in four to five years. The Division was designed to provide students Harvard University in Cambridge wishing to pursue careers in research and Immune Disease Institute teaching with a broad education in basic Joslin Diabetes Center The Informal Curriculum biomedical science fields and specialization Massachusetts Eye and Ear Infirmary Outside of the classroom, the division spon- in one of them. Classroom and laboratory Massachusetts General Hospital (MGH), sors a variety of activities that bring together instruction are conducted primarily by the McLean Hospital students and faculty with a broad range of over 500 faculty members of the basic sciences New England Regional Primate Center research interests. Important elements of departments and affiliated hospital laborato- Schepens Eye Research Institute this “informal curriculum” are the seminars, ries of the Harvard Medical School (HMS) in journal clubs, and retreats organized by the Boston. The Ph.D. degree is awarded by the The main Harvard University campus programs. These sessions give students the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences (GSAS) in Cambridge encompasses a wide variety of opportunity to interact with faculty and post- of Harvard University. For 100 years, this strong academic departments and facilities doctoral fellows from laboratories throughout fruitful collaboration has spawned research in the humanities and sciences. The divi- the Medical Area, and to learn about research achievements across the spectrum from basic sion specifically interacts with the biological in diverse fields. Student-run journal clubs science to experimental medicine. Since 1909, sciences programs in biophysics, chemical and seminars provide opportunities to learn over 2,000 Division graduates, including biology, molecular and cellular biology, organ- how to give talks, critically evaluate scientific six Nobel Laureates, have gone on to distin- literature, present data, and take part in group

8 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences discussions. Each year students organize their Applicants wishing to do research in student support upon matriculating to our own symposium with talks and poster sessions. Biochemistry and Proteomics, Cancer Biology, programs, may be eligible to receive an addi- City-wide seminars draw researchers from Cell & Molecular Biology, Computational tional educational allowance from the division. all area institutions into a larger scientific Biology, Developmental Biology, Genetics & community. Many students serve for at least Genomics, Human Biology, Immunobiology, one term as teaching assistants for graduate Microbial Biology and Pathogenesis, Molec- The Longwood Medical Area and medical school classes, or for under- ular Neuroscience, Pharmacology, Physiology, Adjacent to the Medical School are the graduate courses taught in Cambridge. The Stem Cell and Regenerative Biology, and Harvard School of Public Health, and the Biomedical Graduate Student Organization Structural Biology, usually apply through the Countway Medical Library. The Countway is plans various academic and social activities, Biological and Biomedical Sciences (BBS) one of the most complete biomedical research and works with other student representa- Program. Applicants wishing to do research collections in the country. There are also the tives in the Graduate School and at Harvard in Immunology, Neuroscience, or Virology research laboratories of the affiliated hospitals Medical School. should apply directly to the relevant program. and institutes. A free shuttle bus links the area Applications for the 2011-2012 academic with MIT and Harvard Square in Cambridge. year will likely open in late September, 2010. Many students live near the Medical School, Combined Degree Programs To apply applicants should go the Graduate or in neighboring Brookline. Others find The division, in conjunction with Harvard School of Arts and Sciences website at www. affordable housing elsewhere in Boston or Medical School, offers a combined MD/PhD gsas.harvard.edu. The application deadline in Cambridge. Harvard University provides program to train physician-scientists to work is December 8, 2010 5:00 PM EST in order dormitories for married students and graduate at the forefront of biomedical research and to to be considered. A completed application students in Cambridge. University housing provide an interface between the most basic includes submission of the online application is also available for single students in Vander- and technical research and its clinical appli- form, statement of purpose, curriculum vitae, bilt Hall at the Medical School. Vanderbilt cation at the bedside. The program seeks to letters of recommendation, scores from the Hall also houses some athletic facilities and a provide students with the most thorough and Graduate Record Examination (General Test), branch of the University Health Services. The up-to-date medical education and training for official transcripts and application fee. Appli- Medical Education Center houses the office research careers. Students who are interested cants whose native language is not English, of the Division of Medical Sciences, and its in working toward simultaneous MD and and who have not received a bachelor’s degree graduate student lounge. PhD degrees should complete the application from an English language institution, must for admission to Harvard Medical School and meet minimum score requirements on the Test the MD/PhD Program. Website: http://hms. of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Programs and Disciplines harvard.edu/pme/jdprogram.asp For more details on a complete application, The four interdepartmental programs of the see Important Information on the Application Division of Medical Sciences are described Process on our website at http://www.hms. briefly below. Interested applicants can obtain Admissions harvard.edu/dms/Prospective/Admissions. more information on the programs in which Each year, nearly 90 students begin graduate html. they are interested online at www.hms.harvard. study. Total enrollment for 2009-2010 was All materials, including letters of recom- edu/dms/ over 550, with affiliated faculty numbering mendation and official reports of the GRE, approximately 500. Our students come must be received by the application deadline. from a variety of undergraduate institutions GRE tests should be taken no later than Biological and Biomedical Sciences (BBS) throughout the United States and from many October 2010 for official scores to arrive in BBS is an interdepartmental graduate training foreign countries. Women account for almost time. program in cellular and molecular biology. one-half of the enrollment. Harvard University’s policy is to make BBS faculty members are drawn from all of To qualify for admission, applicants must decisions on the basis of the individual’s quali- the basic science departments of Harvard demonstrate strong enthusiasm and ability for fications to contribute to Harvard’s educa- Medical School – Biological Chemistry and the vigorous pursuit of scientific knowledge. tional objectives and institutional needs. It is Molecular Pharmacology (BCMP), Cell Minimal requirements include a bachelor’s unlawful, and contrary to Harvard University Biology, Stem Cell and Regenerative Biology, degree and undergraduate preparation in policy, to discriminate against individuals on Genetics, Microbiology and Molecular calculus, physics, biology, and chemistry, both the basis of race, color, gender, sexual orienta- Genetics, Neurobiology and Systems Biology – physical and organic. Strong consideration is tion, religion, age, national or ethnic origin, and from many of Harvard’s affiliated teaching given to letters of recommendation, particu- political beliefs, veteran status, or disability hospitals. BBS has also incorporated faculty larly to comments from individuals who have unrelated to job or course of study require- from the Faculty of Arts and Sciences (FAS) firsthand knowledge of the applicant’s research ments. as part of its effort to build new initiatives in experience. Some programs may request a graduate training. personal interview. The BBS graduate research training is Applicants should apply to only one of Financial Aid and Cost of Study interdisciplinary, with a concentration in one the four DMS programs. Once enrolled, Division of Medical Sciences students receive or more of the following areas: Biochem- degree candidates may arrange rotations in full tuition and stipend support while they istry and Proteomics, Cancer Biology, Cell laboratories affiliated with other programs. are enrolled and making satisfactory prog- & Molecular Biology, Computational Transfer between programs may be accom- ress toward the PhD degree. The division Biology, Developmental Biology, Genetics & modated if justified. We welcome discussion strongly encourages applicants to apply for Genomics, Human Biology, Immunobiology, with applicants who would like assistance in support from extramural agencies. Students Microbial Biology and Pathogenesis, Molec- determining the most appropriate program for who receive competitively funded extramural ular Neuroscience, Pharmacology, Physiology, their interests. fellowships, which will be used toward our Stem Cell and Regenerative Biology, and

Programs of Study 8 7 Structural Biology. The methods and experi- seeks to provide advanced training and an and networks, population genetics, human mental approaches used to address questions integrated community for those students inter- diseases, and more. In turn, this expansion has within these areas range from the techniques ested in pursuing cancer-related research. The led to an increase in the number of graduate of molecular biology, protein chemistry, cell curriculum will emphasize topics relevant to students who are interested in training in the biology and biophysics to those of molecular cancer biology, including signaling, basic cell fields of genetics and genomics. You may go to and developmental genetics. A breakdown of biology, disease pathology, and translational this website to learn more about Genetics and the areas of research is provided in the faculty research. Additional activities, including an Genomics: http://www.hms.harvard.edu/dms/ section of the website at www.hms.harvard. oncology seminar series and a student data BBS/Genetics/index.html edu/dms/BBS. club, will provide opportunities for students to Leder Human Biology and Translational In addition, the Harvard community extend their studies and community beyond Medicine (LHB) . The future success of trans- has a number of programs that are aimed at the classroom and thesis laboratory. lational research relies upon training a cadre bringing students and researchers together Website: http://www.hms.harvard.edu/ of dedicated and talented individuals who from different departments and/or institu- dms/BBS/cancerbio/index.html are well versed in human biology. There is tions to share their work on topics of mutual Cell Biology offers a wide variety of courses a critical need for graduate programs that interest. For example, all of the cancer to provide its trainees with strong core knowl- provide for the integrated training of PhD researchers from the Harvard community edge as well as opportunities to expand their students in the translation of advances in basic have united under one research organization, knowledge base throughout their training investigation to the prevention, diagnosis, the Dana Farber Harvard Cancer Center. years. Half courses are intended to serve as and treatment of disease. Harvard University The participating institutions include Beth an exploration of a broader topic of study, recently created two programs–the Leder Israel/Deaconess Medical Center, Brigham & while quarter courses and nanocourses give Medical Sciences Program and the Program in Women’s Hospital, Children’s Hospital, Dana insight into more specific areas of study in a Human Biology and Translational Medicine- Farber Cancer Institute, Harvard Medical condensed format. Website: http://cellbio. to achieve this goal. Points of common interest School, Harvard School of Public Health and med.harvard.edu and the potential for synergy between these Massachusetts General Hospital. Similarly, Developmental and Regenerative Biology two programs were rapidly recognized, and the the Harvard Stem Cell Institute (HSCI) draws (DRB) The aim of this new graduate program Leder Medical Sciences Program and Human together a community of scientists, medical is to train students in the areas of develop- Biology and Translational Medicine Programs practitioners, educators, ethicists, and busi- mental and regenerative biology. We have thus have now joined in partnership to form the ness and legal professionals from 19 different established this program, administered under new Leder Human Biology and Translational Harvard-associated institutions to address the auspices of Biological and Biomedical Medicine (LHB) PhD Program. both the scientific and societal issues related to Sciences (BBS), to provide a well-defined, The LHB Program has two goals. First, it stem cell research. There are also a number of rigorous, and innovative educational expe- provides PhD students with a working knowl- informal groups that meet several times a year, rience in developmental and regenerative edge of the fundamentals of human biology again including individuals from different biology for our students. Our program and disease, primarily through a series of departments and/or institutions. Examples includes an exceptionally rich curriculum courses, to enrich their basic science training include the Virology Dinner Club, the that will not only equip our students with a and broaden their research interests. Second, it Membrane Biology Club, and the Cell Cycle comprehensive education in developmental demystifies the culture and practice of medi- Club. Website: http://www.hms.harvard.edu/ biology, but also provide them with mentoring cine, facilitating future collaborations with dms/BBS/ and other activities that will prepare them clinicians and physician-scientists, through Biological Chemistry and Molecular Phar- for successful independent scientific careers. activities designed to bring students into a macology (BCMP) is home to research and Websites: http://idb.med.harvard.edu/, hospital environment for direct contact with teaching focused on understanding the molec- DRB Guide to Students: http://www. physicians, patients, medical students, and ular mechanisms of fundamentally important hms.harvard.edu/dms/BBS/AreasStudy. physician-scientists. The full program runs for life processes. BCMP offers a broad range of html#DRB one and one half years, beginning in Spring medical and basic research topics using the Genetics and Genomics over the last several of the G1 Year, and it is interdigitated with analytical tools of biochemistry, molecular years has seen tremendous advances both in a student’s other graduate program require- biology, biophysics, chemical biology, and terms of our understanding of the genetic ments. Students who successfully complete structural biology. The research interests of mechanisms underlying biological functions the LHB Program will receive a certificate of the faculty include the structure and func- and in the genetic approaches and technolo- distinction with their PhDs. Students who tion of proteins with particular interest in gies that are now available in the laboratory do not enter the LHB program but wish to large multimeric complexes; the control of all to investigate these functions. While classical learn about human biology will have access stages of gene expression; the mechanisms of methods are still central to genetic studies, to LHB courses on an ad hoc basis. After the DNA replication, recombination, and repair; newer approaches, particularly in the realm of formal LHB Program is completed, students the organization and regulation of chromatin genomics, have also been developed and are are encouraged to continue to participate structure; the biosynthesis of membrane lipids, now widely-used, opening up entire new areas in Program activities and are provided with carbohydrates, and proteins; principles of anti- of research. As these advances have occurred, ongoing mentoring opportunities throughout biotic and natural product synthesis, and the they have led to expansion of the number of their time at Harvard. LHB Website is: induction of morphological and biochemical laboratories at HMS and our affiliated hospi- www.hms.harvard.edu/dms/Leder_Human_ differentiation of cells. Website: https://bcmp. tals that pursue rigorous genetic studies. Labs Biology/Program.html med.harvard.edu at HMS now study genetics in a wide range Microbiology and Molecular Genetics Cancer Biology is a new area of concentra- of fields using state of the art technologies, possesses a faculty and training program that tion within BBS beginning in Fall 2010 in including host-pathogen interactions, develop- are ranked at the top of the field. Faculty inter- collaboration with faculty at the Dana Farber- ment, gene expression, chromosome segrega- ests include basic research on the genetics and Harvard Cancer Center. The new program tion, chromatin function, cell division, systems molecular biology of prokaryotic and eukary-

8 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences otic microorganisms, microbial pathogenesis, and parts of Asia. New vaccines for HIV, (617) 432-0912; and vaccine development. The Department smallpox, avian influenza and genital herpes Website: www.hms.harvard.edu/dms/ is located centrally on the HMS campus at are direly needed. New antivirals for Denque, neuroscience/ the Longwood Medical Area, providing an Hepatitis C and HIV are also desperately excellent environment for collaboration with needed. Researchers at Harvard University are Virology Program investigators in other fields. State-of-the-art working on all of these biomedical problems Harvard Medical School facilities and a vibrant research community as well as conducting basic research that is Armenise Building, Room 526B exist at both Longwood and the main Harvard defining new molecular structures of viruses 210 Longwood Avenue campus in nearby Cambridge, and collegi- and virus-encoded enzymes, new mechanisms Boston, MA 02115 ality among different laboratories is further within cells for molecular and organelle traf- (617) 432-1977; promoted by the close proximity of MIT, ficking and function, and new mechanisms Website: www.hms.harvard.edu/dms/ Tufts, and Boston University. In addition, that control cell growth. Harvard researchers virology/ world-class training in infectious disease is are among the world leaders in the design and offered at the many hospitals affiliated with testing of AIDS, genital herpes, and small pox MD/PhD Program HMS, ensuring that researchers always have vaccines. The Harvard Program in Virology Harvard Medical School access to clinical expertise and the opportunity provides extraordinary opportunities to Medical Education Center to work with physicians. conduct graduate study for the Ph.D. degree Room 168 Website: http://micro.med.harvard.edu/ in these exciting areas of biomedical science. 260 Longwood Avenue We invite you to apply for graduate study for Boston, MA 02115 Immunology the 2010-2011 academic year Admissions. (617) 432-0991 The purpose of the Program is to provide Website: http://www.hms.harvard.edu/ Website: www.hms.harvard.edu/md_phd/ education leading to a Ph.D. in Immunology. dms/virology/prospective/AboutVir.html This Program is under the responsibility of Graduate Record Examinations (GRE) the Committee on Immunology at Harvard. ETS Box 955 The Committee includes 85 faculty repre- Division of Medical Sciences Princeton, NJ 08541 senting the main immunology laboratories. Contact Information: (609) 771-7670 Our goal is to educate scientists in investiga- Website: www.gre.org tive and academic medicine, preparing them Admission Questions contact to contribute to immunological research Test of English as a Foreign Language Division of Medical Sciences with a full awareness of the potential impact (TOEFL) Harvard Medical School of immunology. Our program combines an Educational Testing Service (ETS) TMEC 435 education in basic biology, a sophisticated Box 899 Princeton, 260 Longwood Avenue training in immunology, and exposure to the NJ 08541-6155 Boston, MA 02115 immunological and non-immunological prob- (609) 771-7243 617-432-0162; lems of disease. Website: www.toefl.org Website: http://www.hms.harvard.edu/ [email protected]; dms/immunology/index.html Website: www.hms.harvard.edu/dms/ Neuroscience Program Addresses: The Program in Neuroscience draws together neuroscientists from across Harvard. The Biological and Biomedical physical home base of the program is located Sciences Program (BBS) at the Longwood Campus of Harvard Medical Gordon Hall, Room 005 School, in the Department of Neurobiology. Harvard Medical School Most coursework occurs at this campus, and 25 Shattuck Street all the first-year students receive advising here. Boston, MA 0211 In the decades since the Program was founded, 617-432-4035; it has expanded to offer students options for Website: www.hms.harvard.edu/dms/bbs/ thesis research in many research departments throughout Harvard, including labs at the Immunology Program Cambridge campus and Harvard-affiliated Harvard Medical School hospitals. The enormous number and diver- The Jeffrey Modell Immunology Center sity of labs affiliated with the Program means 200 Longwood Avenue that students have a wide range of options Boston, MA 02115 in choosing research experiences. Website: (617) 432-4057; http://www.hms.harvard.edu/dms/neurosci- Website: www.hms.harvard.edu/dms/ ence/prospective/AboutPIN.html immunology/ Virology Neuroscience Program It is an exciting time to study virology! New Harvard Medical School viruses, such as avian influenza, have emerged Goldenson Room 129 around the world; the AIDS epidemic 220 Longwood Avenue continues to sweep across sub-Saharan Africa Boston, MA 02115

Programs of Study 8 9 Program in Biological Sciences in Dental Medicine (BSDM) at the Harvard School of Dental Medicine

The Biological Sciences in Dental Medicine subject test is optional in the subject of your In addition, students take upper-level (BSDM) Program, leading to the PhD degree, choice. Applicants whose native language courses designed to teach reading skills for is located at Harvard School of Dental Medi- is not English and who have not received a in-depth analysis of the literature. Rotations in cine and is offered through the Faculty of Arts degree from an English language institution laboratories, in the Longwood Medical Area and Sciences of Harvard University. must score at least 600 on the paper version or in Cambridge, form an integral part of the The BSDM program combines faculty or at least 250 on the electronic version of program and allow students to investigate from the Department of Developmental the Test of English as a Foreign Language several research areas before choosing a disser- Biology and other Harvard School of Dental (TOEFL). tation laboratory. Medicine departments with faculty from Students who already have a professional In the second year, students will take the basic science departments at Harvard Medical medical degree are not required to take the Preliminary Qualifying Examination (PQE) School, and faculty from the Faculty of GRE. and select the advisor for the PhD disserta- Arts and Sciences of Harvard University in BSDM students receive full tuition and tion work. By the third year, it is expected that Cambridge. This program offers advanced stipend support while they are enrolled and most students will devote their full time to study in the molecular, supramolecular, making satisfactory progress toward the PhD dissertation research. cellular, and supracellular processes that degree. International applicants are urged to In addition to formal instruction, BSDM provide the intellectual basis for dental medi- seek financial support from their national also offers a weekly discussion group, a cine. governments and fellowship agencies. seminar series, poster sessions at the annual Harvard-Forsyth Research Symposium, and a yearly retreat. Upper-level students are required to serve as teaching assistants for a Admissions and Research Facilities minimum of one term in graduate courses Financial Aid Located in the Longwood Medical Area of given in the Medical Area or in Cambridge. Boston, BSDM brings together faculty in Visit http://phd.hsdm.harvard.edu for addi- Students considering graduate work should the biological sciences throughout Harvard tional information. request an application from: University. The Medical Area (Harvard School Admissions Office of Dental Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Harvard Graduate School of Arts The Forsyth Institute, a cluster of affiliated Faculty (partial list) and Sciences hospitals, and the Harvard School of Public Office of Admissions and Financial Aid Health) and Harvard University in Cambridge John D. Bartlett PhD, Assistant Professor of Holyoke Center, 3rd floor comprise one of the most concentrated areas Developmental Biology, Harvard School of 1350 Massachusetts Avenue of scientific research facilities in the United Dental Medicine . Cambridge, MA 02138 States. The interaction between faculty The role of proteinases in tooth development. working at the various component institu- We encourage online submission of the tions, through joint teaching and research as Patricia D’Amore PhD, Professor of Ophthal- application. See www.gsas.harvard.edu. well as contact with the affiliated hospitals mology and Pathology, Harvard Medical School . Applicants to this program should be investigating clinical problems, enables the Growth control in the vasculature. interested in pursuing a career in basic or program to serve as a meeting place for biolog- Floyd Dewhirst DDS, PhD, Professor of patient-oriented science in the areas of skeletal ical, dental, medical, physical, and chemical Developmental Biology, Harvard School of biology, cell biology and development, immu- scientists. This provides students and faculty Dental Medicine . nology, or microbiology leading to a PhD alike with a wider range of experience and Molecular genetics of bacterial identification degree. Eligible applicants will be individuals techniques than may be found in any single and taxonomy. with a baccalaureate in sciences (BS), discipline or department. David E. Fisher MD, PhD, Associate Professor a master degree in sciences (MS), a doctoral Students have access to the Countway of Pediatrics, Harvard Medical School . degree in dentistry (DMD, DDS), or a Library, one of the most complete biomedical Apoptosis in tumorigenesis and cancer medical doctoral degree (MD). research collections in the nation, and the therapy; protein: DNA interactions in cell Completed applications should be libraries of The Forsyth Institute and Harvard growth and development. received by December 8 in order to be University in Cambridge. considered for admission for the coming year. Julie Glowacki PhD, Professor of Orthopedic Minimal requirements include a bachelor’s Surgery, Harvard School of Dental Medicine . degree and undergraduate preparation in Bone cell biology in osseous reconstruction calculus, physics, biology, and chemistry, both Program of Study and metabolic bone diseases. physical and organic. Strong consideration is A rigorous curriculum covers the fundamentals James Hanken PhD, Alexander Agassiz given to letters of recommendation, particu- of developmental biology, cell and molecular Professor of Zoology, Harvard University . larly to comments from individuals who have biology, biochemistry and physiology, micro- Evolution and development of the vertebrate firsthand knowledge of the applicant’s research biology and virology, pathology, immunology, skull; role of the neural crest in cranial devel- experience. neurobiology, tissue engineering, and genetics. opment and patterning. Scores from the Graduate Records Exami- In the first year, students take core courses nation (GRE) should be submitted (General); covering this material.

9 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Peter Hauschka PhD, Associate Professor Bjorn Olsen MD, PhD, Professor of Devel- of Developmental Biology, Harvard School of opmental Biology, Harvard School of Dental Dental Medicine . Medicine and Hersey Professor of Cell Biology, Bone cell biology. Harvard Medical School . Martin Hemler PhD, Professor of Pathology, Molecular and developmental biology of extra- Harvard Medical School . cellular matrix, molecular genetics of skeletal Cell surface molecules that participate in cell development, and molecular biology of angio- adhesion, migration and invasion. genesis. Harald Jüppner MD, Associate Professor of Bruce Paster PhD, Professor of Developmental Medicine, Harvard Medical School . Biology, Harvard School of Dental Medicine . Role of parathyroid hormone (PTH) in Phylogenetic relationships of oral micro the regulation of calcium homeostasis in organisms and other bacterial groups. mammals. Vicki Rosen PhD, Professor of Developmental Henry Kronenberg MD, Professor of Medicine, Biology, Harvard School of Dental Medicine . Massachusetts General Hospital . Role of BMPs in the development, main- Role of parathyroid hormone-related peptide tenance, and repair of the musculoskeletal (PTHrP) and its receptor in endochondral system. ossification. Charles N. Serhan PhD, Professor of Oral Beate Lanske PhD, Associate Professor of Devel- Medicine, Infection, and Immunity, Harvard opmental Biology, Harvard School of Dental School of Dental Medicine . Medicine . The identification and study of endogenous Role of Indian hedgehog in the development, anti-inflammatory mediators. maintenance, and repair of cartilage and bone. Philip Stashenko DDS, PhD, Associate Andrew Lassar PhD, Professor of Biological Professor of Developmental Biology, Harvard Chemistry and Molecular Pharmacology, School of Dental Medicine . Harvard Medical School . Biology and pathophysiology of bone. Molecular mechanisms that regulate cell Clifford Tabin PhD, Professor of Genetics, fate determination and differentiation in Harvard Medical School . vertebrates. Molecular basis for specifying the form and Michael Levin PhD, Assistant Professor of structure of a developing organism with focus Developmental Biology, Harvard School of on the vertebrate limb. Dental Medicine . Martin Taubman DDS, PhD, Professor of Molecular mechanisms that regulate cell Developmental Biology, Harvard School of fate determination and differentiation in Dental Medicine . vertebrates. Immune response in dental caries and peri- Yefu Li MD, PhD, Assistant Professor of Devel- odontal disease. opmental Biology, Harvard School of Dental Malcolm R. Whitman PhD, Professor of Devel- Medicine . opmental Biology, Harvard School of Dental Genetic regulation of skeletal growth and Medicine . Regulation and action of the TGFb molecular basis of osteoarthritis. superfamily of ligands. Yi-Ping Li PhD, Assistant Professor of Devel- opmental Biology, Harvard School of Dental Medicine . Selected Dissertation Topics Craniofacial development; control of bone formation and resorption. Bo Hou, “Craniofacial Bone Remodeling” Daniel Lieberman PhD, Professor of Anthro- Dolrudee Jumlongras, DDS, PhD, “Molecular pology, Harvard University . Genetics of Tooth Agenesis” Molecular and cellular basis of human Brandeis McBratney-Owen, “Development of craniofacial evolution. the Cranial Base in Mice” Richard Maas MD, PhD, Professor of Medicine, Oranart Matangkasombut, DDS, PhD, “The Harvard Medical School . Role of Bromodomain Factor 1, a TFIID Molecular genetics of mammalian Subunit, in RNA Polymerase II Transcription organogenesis. in Saccharomyces Cerevisiae” Henry Margolis PhD, Associate Professor of Developmental Biology, Harvard School of Dental Medicine . Matrix-mediated biomineralization in enamel formation.

Programs of Study 9 1 Program in Biological Sciences in Public Health (BPH) at Harvard School of Public Health

Harvard School of Public Health has been at cytokines; and cytokines involved in the regu- Programs and Disciplines the forefront of efforts to benefit the health lation of inflammation. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES IN PUBLIC of populations worldwide. Shaping new ideas HEALTH (BPH) PROGRAM in our field and communicating them effec- MOLECULAR AND INTEGRATIVE The Program in Biological Sciences in Public tively will continue to be priorities of the BPH PHYSIOLOGICAL SCIENCES Health (BPH), established in 1993, trains program in the years ahead as we serve society’s The concentration focuses on normal and students in individual fields of biological changing health needs. Disciplines include pathological functions of organisms. It centers research with a focus on prevention and better the following scientific areas: on the respiratory system because the system treatment of diseases affecting large popula- presents an immense, thin surface area to the tions. Students in the BPH program obtain GENETICS AND COMPLEX DISEASES environment, and thus is an important route a broad interdisciplinary knowledge of both The complex interplay of biological processes of entry to the body as well as a site of damage mechanistic and quantitative approaches with environmental factors as they apply to from toxins and infections. Areas of study to biomedical research. The program trains chronic, multigenic, and multifactorial diseases include molecular and cellular mediators and research scientists in the following areas: is the focus of the Department of Genetics adhesion molecules involved in pulmonary molecular and integrative physiology; nutri- and Complex Diseases. Department faculty inflammation; toxic mechanisms of inhaled air tional biochemistry; cellular and organismal aim to elucidate the molecular mechanisms pollution particles; biomechanics of cells and metabolism; cancer cell biology; gene regula- underlying the intricate interaction between tissues in normal and diseases lungs; smooth tion in human disease; gene-environment and genetic determinants and their divergent muscle and airway constriction in asthma; and cell-environment interactions; inflammation responses to environmental signals to affect environmental agents and risk of lung infec- and stress response; immunology; infectious the health of human populations. Research tion. diseases involving protozoa, helminths, viruses focuses on several broad categories, including and bacteria. All of these areas are studied metabolism, stress response and inflammatory NUTRITION with an emphasis on cellular and molecular signaling. Areas of study include diseases such Current research covers a wide range of topics, biology and genetic approaches to disease as diabetes and cancer, disease-risk conditions including large prospective studies of dietary mechanisms. such as obesity, age-related (chronic) diseases, factors in relation to heart disease, cancer, Our research, whether basic or transla- and the normal aging process. These are inves- diabetes, and ophthalmologic disease; develop- tional, is relevant to human health. Students tigated both at the mechanistic level and in the ment of methods to assess nutritional status by apply cutting-edge technology to the solution context of population studies. an analysis of body tissue; the interaction of of worldwide problems with a focus toward nutritional factors with genetic determinants better treatment and prevention of human of disease; the interaction of nutritional factors diseases. It has become increasingly evident and infectious agents; nutritional influence on that progress in disease prevention is optimally IMMUNOLOGY & INFECTIOUS blood pressure; effects of nutrition programs promoted by a close interaction between DISEASES on the mental and physical consequences of scientists from diverse disciplines, including The Department of Immunology and Infec- malnutrition; nutritional determinants of genetics, cell biology, biochemistry, physi- tious Diseases focuses on the biological, blood lipid factors; lipoprotein metabolism; ology, systems biology and epidemiology. To immunological, epidemiological, and ecolog- molecular mechanisms of diabetes and obesity achieve that goal, the BPH program is rooted ical aspects of viral, bacterial, protozoan, and and regulation of the intra- and inter-cellular in the rich and diverse environment of the helminthic diseases of animals and humans delivery of macromolecular nutrients; deter- Harvard School of Public Health, dedicated to and the vectors that transmit some of these minants of blood lipid factors, lipoprotein advancing the public’s health through learning, infectious agents. Research emphasizes basic metabolism; molecular mechanisms of diabetes discovery, and communication. The field of pathogenic mechanisms that may lead to and obesity; regulation of the intra-and-inter- public health is inherently multi-disciplinary better diagnostic tools, the development of cellular delivery of macromolecular nutrients; and so, too, are the interests and expertise vaccines and other immune interventions and the molecular mechanisms leading to of the School’s faculty and students, which for prevention and control of infection and atherosclerosis and thrombosis. extend across the biological, quantitative, and disease, and the identification of new targets social sciences. With our roots in biology, we for antiviral and antiparasite drugs. Labora- are able to confront the most pressing diseases tory-based research may be supplemented of our time (e.g., AIDS, malaria, obesity and by field-based studies of epidemiological Research Facilities diabetes, and cancer), gaining insights into and ecological aspects of infectious disease Located in the Longwood Medical Area of their underlying mechanisms and uncovering transmission and control. Diseases of devel- Boston, the program brings together faculty therapeutic opportunities. Core quantitative oping countries are emphasized, including in the biological sciences throughout Harvard disciplines like epidemiology and biostatistics HIV, tuberculosis, malaria and other parasitic University. The Medical Area, which includes are also fundamental to analyzing the broad diseases. Immunologic studies focus on genetic the Harvard School of Public Health, Harvard impact of health problems, allowing us to regulation of the immune response; molecular Medical School, Harvard Dental School, and look beyond individuals to entire popula- mechanisms of the regulation of class II genes; a cluster of hospitals, comprises one of the tions. From advancing scientific discovery to the function and regulation of T-cell-derived most concentrated areas of scientific research training national and international leaders, the facilities in the United States. The interaction

9 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences of faculty working at associated institutions, the chance to interact with faculty and post- To apply to the PhD Program in through joint teaching and research, enables doctoral fellows from laboratories throughout Biological Sciences in Public Health (program the program to serve as a meeting place for the Medical Area, and to learn about research #8500), Graduate School of Arts and Sciences the biological, medical, physical, and chemical in diverse fields. Student-run journal clubs admissions forms must be used. Completed scientists. This provides students and faculty and seminars provide opportunities to learn applications and supporting documentation alike with a wider range of experience and how to give talks, critically evaluate scien- must be submitted online directly to the techniques than may be found in any single tific literature, present data, and take part in Graduate School of Arts and Sciences by the discipline or department. group discussions. City-wide seminars draw December 8 deadline. See www.gsas. harvard. At the Harvard School of Public Health researchers from all area institutions into a edu. alone, modern research laboratories are housed larger scientific community. Some students Students are encouraged to submit their on 18 floors of three buildings. Students have serve for at least one term as teaching assistants application online via the online GSAS access to the Countway Library, one of the for graduate and medical school classes, or for Harvard Integrated Life Sciences (HILS) most complete biomedical research collections undergraduate courses taught in Cambridge. admissions application. Please make it clear in the nation. Student organizations plan various social and that you’re interested in the Biological Sciences academic activities. The main Harvard University campus in Public Health (BPH) Program (admission in Cambridge encompasses a wide variety of code #8500); see GSAS Application Instruc- strong academic departments and facilities tions and Information for more details, or in the humanities and sciences. The program Combined Degree Programs contact the Graduate School Office of Admis- specifically interacts with the biological sion and Financial Aid at: The program, in conjunction with Harvard sciences programs in molecular and cellular Medical School, offers a combined MD/PhD biology, organismic and evolutionary biology, Office of Admissions and Financial Aid program to train physician-scientists to work and biophysics. Harvard University at the forefront of biomedical research and to 1350 Massachusetts Avenue provide an interface between the most basic Holyoke Center 350 and technical research and its clinical appli- Cambridge, MA 02138-3654 cation at the bedside. The program seeks to provide students with the most thorough and Program of Study telephone: 617-495-5315, 617-495-5396 up-to-date medical education and training for The program offers opportunities in a wide e-mail: [email protected] range of laboratory experiences and consider- research careers. Students who are interested in The Office of Admissions and Financial able interaction among the program compo- working toward simultaneous MD and PhD Aid is open Monday through Friday, 9 a.m.-5 nents. Academic programs fulfill needs and degrees should complete the application for p.m., Eastern Standard Time. goals through core and advanced courses, admission to Harvard Medical School and the seminars, rotations in laboratories, and a quali- MD/PhD Program. fying examination. Rotations are an integral part of the program; they allow students to Financial Aid and Cost of Study investigate several types of research and laboratories before choosing a dissertation labora- Admissions Students receive full tuition and stipend tory. Students choose a dissertation laboratory support while they are enrolled and making by the end of the first year. Applicants wishing to do research in areas of satisfactory progress toward the PhD degree. metabolic dysregulation in complex disease International applicants are urged to seek Although individual programs vary, (obesity, metabolic syndrome, cancer), financial support from their national govern- generally students take a qualifying examina- health effects of environmental exposures ments and fellowship agencies. Limited inter- tion during their second year. After successful (air pollution, lung infection, asthma), national student funding is available. The completion of the qualifying examination, the nutritional biochemistry (nutrient transport program strongly encourages applicants to dissertation advisor supervises the doctoral and metabolism), gene-environment inter- apply for support from extramural agencies. candidate’s research and study, with an advi- actions (epigenetics, inflammation, stress sory committee periodically reviewing prog- response), immunology and infectious diseases ress. (host-pathogen interactions and protozoa, Typically, about four years of laboratory helminths, viruses or bacteria) usually apply work are needed to complete the dissertation to the Biological Sciences in Public Health Life in Boston research, which is defended before three exam- (BPH) program. iners. Generally, students complete the degree The Harvard School of Public Health is To qualify for admission, applicants must in five to six years. located in the Longwood Medical Area demonstrate strong enthusiasm and ability for of Boston, across the Charles River from the vigorous pursuit of scientific knowledge Cambridge. The two cities offer a geographi- for optimal human health. Minimal require- cally compact, yet rich and varied academic The Informal Curriculum ments include a bachelor’s degree and under- and cultural environment. Forty-three colleges Outside of the classroom, the program spon- graduate preparation in calculus, physics, and universities in the metropolitan area sors a variety of activities that bring together biology, and chemistry, both physical and sponsor a multitude of cultural and intellec- students and faculty with a broad range of organic. tual activities, all easily accessible via public research interests. Important elements of this transportation. The close proximity to MIT, “informal curriculum” are seminars, journal the natural science departments in Cambridge, clubs, and retreats. These sessions give students and the medical schools at Boston University

Programs of Study 9 3 and Tufts University provides an unusual Harvard School of Public Health concentration of scientific research that draws Important Addresses and Numbers 655 Huntington Avenue, visiting scientists from around the world. The Information, program brochures, and appli- Building 1-1301 main Harvard campus in Cambridge supports cation booklets may be requested from any of Boston, MA 02115-6021 a wide variety of facilities for athletics and the following sources. graduate student activities. Students have Immunology and Infectious Online application submissions are access to all the libraries of Harvard University, Diseases required using the Graduate School of Arts which is the largest university library system in www.hsph.harvard.edu/departments/ and Sciences application form found at www. the world. immunology-and-infectious-diseases gsas.harvard.edu/admissions/. All support ATTN: BPH request for further In addition to a long list of renowned documentation must be scanned, uploaded information institutions, such as the Museum of Science and submitted online. and the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston itself is Harvard School of Public Health a museum, with hundreds of historical sites 651 Huntington Avenue, Office of Admissions and Financial and an exciting range of architectural styles FXB-402 Aid Graduate School of Arts and as well as ethnically diverse neighborhoods Boston, MA 02115 Sciences offering an international flavor. ATTN: Biological Sciences in Public Nutrition Recreational opportunities in the Boston Health (BPH) Program Harvard www.hsph.harvard.edu/departments/ area are many and varied. Sports fans can University Holyoke Center, 3rd floor nutrition follow the Patriots, Bruins, Celtics, or the Red 1350 Massachusetts Avenue ATTN: BPH request for further Sox—Fenway Park is only a short walk from Cambridge, MA 02138 information the Harvard School of Public Health. Within (617) 495-5315 Harvard School of Public Health the city, the Charles River offers an afternoon Website: www.gsas.harvard.edu 655 Huntington Avenue, of sailing and windsurfing, while the network Applicants with specific questions Building 2-305 of parks known as the “Emerald Necklace” about the program may contact Mrs. Boston, MA 02115-6018 winds its way from Kenmore Square, through Ruth Kenworthy, administrator, Olmsted Park and past Jamaica Pond to the Division of Biological Sciences. MD/PhD Program 265-acre Arnold Arboretum, which is both Harvard Medical School a city park and a Harvard research facility. Biological Sciences in Public Health Medical Education Center Walden Pond and the Great Meadows Wildlife Program Office Room 168 Refuge in Concord are within biking distance. Harvard School of Public Health 260 Longwood Avenue The beaches of Cape Cod, and skiing, hiking, 655 Huntington Avenue Boston, MA 02115 and camping in the Berkshires, Vermont, New Building 1-1408-C (617) 432-0991 Hampshire, and Maine are accessible in day Boston, MA 02115-6096 trips. Phone: (617) 432-2932 Fax: (617) 432-0433 E-mail: [email protected] Website: www.hsph.harvard.edu/ Faculty bph/ The Longwood Medical Area note: Graduate School of Arts and Barry Bloom, PhD Harvard University Distin- Sciences admissions forms must be used guished Service Professor and Joan L . and Julius Immediately adjacent to the Harvard School to apply for this program and must H . Jacobson Professor of Public Health of Public Health, are the Harvard Medical be submitted directly to the Gradu- http://www.hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/barry- School, the Countway Medical Library, one of ate School of Arts and Sciences by the bloom/ Study of pathogenesis and protection the most complete biomedical research collec- December 8 deadline . in tuberculosis and development of vaccines. tions in the country, and the research laboratories of seven affiliated hospitals and institutes. Addresses for Constituent Departments at Joseph Brain, SD Cecil K and Philip Drinker A free shuttle bus links the area with MIT and Harvard School of Public Health: Professor of Environmental Physiology Harvard Square in Cambridge. Many students Genetics and Complex Diseases http://www.hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/joseph- live near the Medical School or in neighboring www.hsph.harvard.edu/departments/ brain/Function and structure of pulmonary Brookline; others find affordable housing genetics-and-complex-diseases and hepatic macrophages; responses to inhaled elsewhere in Boston or in Cambridge. Harvard ATTN: BPH request for further gases and particles. University provides dormitories for married information Barbara Burleigh, PhD Associate Professor of students and graduate students in Cambridge. Harvard School of Public Health Immunology and Infectious Diseases http:// University housing is also available for single 655 Huntington Avenue, www.hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/barbara- students in Vanderbilt Hall in the Medical Building 2-113 burleigh/ Studies of the molecular basis of Area, along with athletic facilities and a branch Boston, MA 02115-6021 host cell invasion, signaling and differentiation of the Harvard University Health Services. by the human pathogen, Trypanosoma cruzi. Environmental Health The Harvard School of Public Health houses David Christiani, MD Elkan Blout Professor www.hsph.harvard.edu/departments/ the program offices as well as a graduate of Environmental Genetics http://www.hsph. environmental-health student lounge and computer facilities. harvard.edu/faculty/david-christiani/Assess- ATTN: BPH request for further ment of the impact of workplace pollutants on information health.

9 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Immaculata De Vivo, PhD Associate Professor Focus is on the transcriptional mechanisms Matthias Marti, PhD Assistant Professor in in the Department of Epidemiology http:// that regulate inflammatory gene expression. Immunology and Infectious Diseases http:// devivo.bwh.harvard.edu/ Discovery and char- Gökhan Hotamisligil, MD, PhD Chair, www.hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/matthias- acterization of genetic biological markers to Department of Genetics and Complex Diseases, marti/ Host-pathogen interactions in malaria assess disease susceptibility in human popula- James Stevens Simmons Professor of Genetics parasites. tions. and Metabolism http://www.hsph.harvard. James Mitchell, PhD Assistant Professor of Douglas Dockery, DSc Chair, Department edu/GSH-LAB/ Regulatory pathways which Genetics & Complex Diseases http://www. of Environmental Health, Professor of Envi- control energy metabolism hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/james-mitchell/ ronmental Epidemiology http://www.hsph. Curtis Huttenhower, PhD Assistant Professor Molecular mechanisms of lifespan extension harvard.edu/faculty/douglas-dockery/ Path- of Computational Biology and Bioinformatics by nutritional intervention. ways of acute cardiovascular events associated http://www.hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/curtis- Eric Rubin, MD, PhD Professor of Immu- with air pollution exposure and to link these huttenhower/ Computational methods for nology and Infectious Diseases http://www. epidemiologic finding with toxicologic studies systems biology using data mining in large hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/EricRubin.html of particle effects. genomic data collections. Virulence factors of mycobacteria; acquisition Manoj Duraisingh, PhD Assistant Professor Phyllis Kanki, DVM, DSc Professor of Immu- of virulence determinants of Vibrio cholerae; of Immunology and Infectious Diseases http:// nology and Infectious Diseases http://www. generalized transposon mutagenesis systems www.hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/manoj-durais- hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/phyllis-kanki/ for bacteria. ingh/ Molecular mechanisms under lying the Study of epidemiology and biological charac- Frank Sacks, MD Professor of Cardiovascular pathogenesis of human malaria. teristics of HIV-2 in West Africa. Disease Prevention, Professor of Medicine http:// Max Essex, DVM, PhD Mary Woodard Lasker Lester Kobzik, MD Professor in the Depart- www .hsph .harvard .edu/faculty/frank-sacks/ Professor of Health Sciences http://www.hms. ment of Environmental Health, Professor of Human lipoprotein metabolism, biochemical harvard.edu/dms/virology/fac/Essex.html- Pathology http://www.hsph.harvard.edu/ epidemiology involving lipoproteins and Study of human and primate T-lymphotrophic faculty/lester-kobzik/ Lung macrophage fatty acids and clinical trials in cardiovascular retroviruses, including agents that cause AIDS. differentiation and function; flow cytometry disease. Sarah Fortune, MD Assistant Professor of applications for respiratory cell biology. Stephanie Shore, PhD Senior Lecturer on Phys- Immunology and Infectious Diseases http:// Chih-Hao Lee, PhD Assistant Professor of iology http://www.hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/ www.hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/sarah-fortune/ Genetics and Complex Diseases http://www. stephanie-shore/ Physiological and pharmaco- Secretion and pathogenesis in M. tuberculosis. hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/chihhao-lee/ logical aspects of bronchoconstriction. Jeffrey Fredberg, PhD Professor of Bioengi- Nuclear lipid receptors as therapeutic targets Joseph Sodroski, MD Professor in the Depart- neering and Physiology http://www.hsph. of metabolic diseases. ment of Immunology and Infectious Diseases, harvard.edu/faculty/jeffrey-fredberg/ Identi- Tun-Hou Lee, SD Professor of Virology http:// Professor of Pathology http://www.hsph. fication of the mechanical basis of airway and www.hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/tunhou-lee/ harvard.edu/faculty/joseph-sodroski/Human lung parenchymal function at the levels of Humoral response to retroviral infections in immunodeficiency virus envelope glycopro- organ, tissue, cell, and protein. humans; identification of coding sequences of teins; HIV-1 vaccine development. Wendy Garrett, MD, PhD Assistant Professor human retroviruses and their gene products. Daniel Tschumperlin, PhD Associate Professor of Immunology and Infectious Diseases http:// Marc Lipsitch, DPhil Professor of Epidemiology of Bioengineering and Airway Biology http:// www.hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/wendy- http://www.hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/marc- www.hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/daniel- garrett/ Interplay between the innate immune lipsitch/ Theoretical, statistical and experi- tschumperlin/ Pathophysiology of asthma and system and intestinal microbial communities. mental approaches to population biology and pulmonary fibrosis within integrative frame- Laurie Glimcher, MD Irene Heinz Given the epidemiology of infectious diseases. works that span the molecular to the tissue Professor of Immunology, Professor of Medicine, level, leading to novel preventive and thera- Chensheng (Alex) Lu, PhD Mark and Cath- peutic approaches to lung disease. Division of Biological Sciences Director http:// erine Winkler Assistant Professor of Environ- www.hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/laurie-glim- mental Exposure Biology http://www.hsph. Marianne Wessling-Resnick, PhD Director of cher/ T helper cell development cytokine gene harvard.edu/faculty/chensheng-lu/ Use of the Biological Sciences in Public Health (BPH) transcriptions. biomarkers for assessing human exposures to Program, Professor of Nutritional Biochem- Marcia Goldberg, MD Associate Professor in environmental chemicals. istry http://www.hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/ marianne-wesslingresnick/ Regulation of the the Department of Immunology and Infectious Quan Lu, PhD Assistant Professor of Lung Diseases http://www.massgeneral.org/goldber- cellular uptake of transferrin; membrane trans- Biology http://www.hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/ port of iron. glab/ Host-pathogen interactions of Shigella. quan-lu/ Developing and applying genome- wide RNAi tools to study receptor signaling Dyann Wirth, PhDDepartment Chair, Richard and gene environment interactions. Pearson Strong Professor of Infectious Disease Anne Goldfeld, MD Professor in the Depart- http://www.hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/dyann- ment of Immunology and Infectious Diseases Brendan Manning, PhD Associate Professor of wirth/ Molecular genetic analysis of gene http://www.hms.harvard.edu/dms/immu- Genetics and Complex Diseases in the Faculty of expression, malaria parasites nology/fac/Goldfeld.html How specificity of Public Health http://www.hsph.harvard.edu/ gene activation is achieved after a particular faculty/brendan-manning/ Signaling path- cellular stress. ways underlying tumorigenesis and metabolic Tiffany Horng, PhD Assistant Professor of diseases. Genetics and Complex Diseases http://www. hsph.harvard.edu/faculty/tiffany-horng/

Programs of Study 9 5 Recent Dissertation Topics “The Replicative Fitness Costs of Drug Resis- tance in HIV Subtype C.” “Epigenetic Regulation of Virulence Gene Expression in Plasmodium falciparum.” “The Influence of Mouse Strain on Murine Airway Smooth Muscle proliferation in Culture.” “Identification and Characterization of Novel Inhibitors of Plasmodium Falciparum Hemo- zoin Formation.” “Factors Affecting the Carriage and Disease Patterns of Pneumococcal Serotypes” “The Unfolded Protein Response in Adipocyte Formation and Function” “Host Cell Factors that Interact with the HIV Capsid and Modulate Uncoating” “Regulation of Metabolism by c-Jun N-terminal Kinase.”

9 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences The Department of Molecular and Cellular Biology

The Department of Molecular and Cellular Biology, Organismic and Evolutionary graduate study, most admitted students have Biology (MCB) is home to an unusually Biology, Chemistry and Chemical Biology, completed these courses as undergraduates: diverse group of outstanding scientists. The and Stem Cell and Regenerative Biology. In 1. Biology (at least one general course in MCB mission to advance biological research addition, members of the Center for Systems biology and two terms of biology at a more beyond traditional boundaries is motivated Biology, the Center for Brain Science, the advanced level) by a passion for discovery and is supported by Microbial Science Initiative, and the Harvard innovative research centers and state-of-the-art Stem Cell Institute are active participants in 2. Biochemistry facilities on Harvard’s Cambridge campus. the MCO training program. 3. Organic Chemistry It is this interdisciplinary and collaborative Foundational coursework in the first year 4. Physical Chemistry culture—motivated by a passion for scientific prepares students for research in one of three discovery —that makes MCB an exciting place tracks: Physical, Chemical, and Molecular 5. Physics (a general course in physics) to study the unsolved questions in biology. Biology; Cellular, Neuro-, and Developmental 6. Mathematics (a basic knowledge of differ- Graduate students are trained to be the next Biology; and Genetics, Genomics, and Evolu- ential and integral calculus). Competence in generation of life scientists: creative, indepen- tionary Biology. MCO trainees spend the first elementary programming is also desirable. dent, and productive researchers working in year exploring a broad sweep of fundamental 7. Laboratory in Biology, Biochemistry, or academia, medicine, industry, law, business, or problems at every level through a set of core Instrumental Analysis. the non-profit sector. courses representing the three program tracks, To learn more about the department’s followed by deep immersion in focused areas. Applicants are required to take the faculty and labs; research facilities and The objective of the MCO training program is General Graduate Record Examination (GRE) resources; admissions procedures; two PhD to prepare students for a future in science that and to present the scores with their applica- training programs and their degree require- will require interdisciplinary breadth, as well as tion.. Applications without GRE scores will ments; current graduate students and graduate depth in specific disciplines. be considered incomplete. Students are also strongly encouraged to take a subject exam student life, please visit our website at http:// Engineering and Physical Biology Training such as Biology or Biochemistry. www.mcb.harvard.edu/GradPrograms/ or Program (EPB). Nancy Kleckner, Program Online submission of the application is write directly to the Graduate Office at grad- Director. Offered in partnership with the required and completed applications with [email protected] or call (617) Department of Physics and the School of all supporting materials, including letters 495-3293. If you plan to visit the Boston area, Engineering and Applied Sciences, EPB trains of recommendation, are due online by the we will be glad to arrange informational inter- a new generation of scientists to view living announced deadline to ensure consideration views with MCB faculty and students. systems through the lens of physics and engi- for the following fall. Late applications will not neering. EPB students work comfortably in be considered. Well-qualified candidates are both the life sciences and the physical sciences, invited to campus by the department’s admis- and applicants may have their primary under- sions committee in early February. These visits graduate training in either area. Program Training Programs bring potential candidates to campus for 2-3 components combine flexibility with rigor, days to meet with both faculty and students. The Department of Molecular and Cellular place a priority on independence and imagi- Biology offers two interdisciplinary training nation, and emphasize extensive individual programs in the life sciences which lead to a faculty-student interactions. Activities take PhD in either Biology or Biochemistry: (1) place in the intellectual community of the Financial Support The Molecules, Cells, and Organisms (MCO) daVinci Group, an interdepartmental commu- Training Program and (2) The Engineering nity devoted to the analysis of living systems The department of Molecular and Cellular and Physical Biology (EPB) Training Program. through the lens of physics and engineering. Biology guarantees full financial support for While all graduate students are admitted as Students accepted into the EPB training five years to all PhD candidates while they are Ph.D. degree candidates, the A.M. degree may program may apply through the Depart- making satisfactory progress toward the PhD be conferred as a non-terminal degree to mark ment of Molecular and Cellular Biology, The degree. Students are expected to complete the completion of the candidacy requirements. Department of Physics, or the School of Engi- graduate work to obtain the PhD within five Both the MCO and EPB training neering and Applied Sciences. years. Ordinarily, financial support will not be programs take full advantage of the university’s provided beyond the sixth year. Scholarship outstanding faculty and extensive laboratory support may be supplemented by teaching resources to provide pre-doctoral students fellowships after a period of required teaching with a solid foundation in the concepts and Admission Requirements and has been completed. scientific approaches used in laboratories today Undergraduate Preparation Prospective students are encouraged to to prepare them for a future at the forefront of apply for outside funding from agencies such life sciences. Applications for admission are accepted from as the National Science Foundation at the time of their application ; and often, international Molecules, Cells and Organisms (MCO). students who have received a bachelor’s degree students must apply for outside funding before Catherine Dulac, Program Director. Faculty or equivalent training. Entering students coming to the United States. By the end of participating in the Molecules, Cells, and should have a record of introductory courses September, applicants should request fellow- Organisms training program come from in chemistry, biology, physics, and mathe- ship applications from their undergraduate the Departments of Molecular and Cellular matics. While the following courses should not be regarded as prerequisites for admission to institution.

Programs of Study 9 7 of the first year. Each student arranges for a Acceptance for Candidacy. MCB students are Degree Requirements permanent faculty dissertation advisor and evaluated in the spring of their second year The First Year begins dissertation research by the end of the by a faculty exam committee that meets with first year. students to discuss their dissertation proposal. Academic Residence. The Graduate School Outside Fellowship Application. All prospec- The Candidacy (Qualifying) Examination of Arts and Sciences requires a minimum of tive students are encouraged to apply for demonstrates a student’s qualifications for two years of full-time study in residence. The outside funding from agencies such as the advanced research. Typically it is a one-hour Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Handbook National Science Foundation at the time presentation of the dissertation research describes the regulations and rules that apply of application to the program. If a student proposal made to members of an Examination to students in the Graduate School of Arts and has not procured a fellowship upon admis- Committee, which is chosen by the student in Sciences. sion, first year students are asked to submit a consultation with the dissertation advisor. In Coursework. research proposal to a nationally recognized addition, students may be examined on course funding agency. International students are work, readings, and other required knowledge MCO Training Program: First year graduate in the field. students in the MCO training program enroll asked to apply for funding opportunities from in MCB 290hfr (fall and spring) and MCB, their home country at the time of applica- Progress Meetings/Reports. Students accepted 291, 292 and 293 in the fall term. In the tion for admission, as many foreign fellow- for candidacy arrange to meet at least once spring term, each student enrolls in a quantita- ships must be procured before the student annually with their dissertation advisory tive methods course (ordinarily MCB 111) matriculates in the United States. A fellowship committee (DAC). At these progress meet- along with two elective courses selected from writing workshop is conducted early every ings, students should summarize the status of their chosen track, in consultation with their fall to aid students in how to put together a their thesis research, detailing their accom- advisor or track head. Students may continue compelling proposal. plishments for the past year and goals for the to take elective coursework in their second Ethics Workshop in the Responsible Conduct coming year and the period until completion. year. Second year MCO graduate students of Research. In addition to academic course- The progress reports ensure that students, should also enroll in MCB 290hfr for the work, all MCB PhD candidates must complete their advisors, and the advisory committee fall and spring of the G2 year. In addition a workshop in the responsible conduct of have the same understanding of students’ to the required courses and electives, first- research by the end of the first year of study. progress toward the PhD degree. year students also enroll in MCB 300 in the The workshop is sponsored and conducted by Dissertation Defense. Four to five years of fall and spring semesters of the first year (see members of the faculty. full-time research is required for completion Laboratory Rotations below). MCO Journal Club. While reading and of the PhD degree. Completed research is EPB Training Program: During the first year, discussing scientific papers is an integral part presented for approval as a written disserta- EPB graduate students enroll in two required of the curriculum of many courses in the tion. Granting of the degree requires the courses, which include MCB 225 and ES MCO training program, the Journal Club approval of a faculty advisory committee that 224, in order to explore different areas of provides a forum for students in the first two reviews the dissertation on its contents. The project-based research. Additional electives are years of their PhD program to be coached on candidate will also be called upon to demon- taken in consultation, giving EPB students presenting papers in a way that should engage strate the ability to formulate and defend opportunities to explore and develop diverse even a non-specialist. The coaching trains original ideas on scientific topics not directly areas of expertise. Students choose additional students how to contextualize the findings related to the subject of the dissertation. elective coursework in consultation with their of a previously published paper in relation to The dissertation defense is comprised of faculty advisor and the program director to their own place in history (i.e. what people two components: the first is a public presenta- explore and develop diverse areas of expertise. were thinking before and did after this change tion made to the department and community In addition to two required courses and elec- afterwards.) These talks are advertised and as a whole; the second is a private defense and tives, students also enroll in MCB 300 in the open to members of the greater Life Sciences examination before the student’s dissertation fall and spring semesters of the first year (see community, and an MCO faculty member advisory committee. Laboratory Rotations below). may also present along with a student in any The candidate must provide copies of the given week. Talks are held once per week completed (unbound) dissertation to members Laboratory Rotations. Students in both of their committee and the Graduate Programs training programs spend their first year during each semester, and each year at least one G1 and G2 will have the opportunity to Office at least two weeks in advance of the performing experimental research in the dissertation defense. Electronic copies may be laboratories of faculty members. During the be coached, engage in a Journal Club presentation, and receive follow-up feedback. Journal submitted. The dissertation should include an eight-week laboratory rotations, students abstract of not more than 350 words, stating interact with individual faculty members and Clubs give students a chance to speak in front of an audience of peers (without the aid of a the purpose, main results and conclusions explore possible subjects for future disserta- of the dissertation research. Upon successful tion research. The laboratory rotations do not PowerPoint presentation). For the first month of the fall semester, G1s attend presentations completion of the public and private defense, coincide with the semester start and end dates, students should submit one bound copy of but all first year students should register for by G2s and faculty, and are thereafter incorporated into the weekly schedule. Following the the completed dissertation to the Graduate MCB 300 in the fall and again in the spring to Office and one bound and one unbound copy indicate the laboratory rotation course. Some G2 year, students are encouraged to form their own Journal Club(s) which can be organized to the Registrar, along with the other required students choose to carry out an additional exit surveys, fee for publication, and a signed rotation during the summer preceding their by research topic, the 3 MCO tracks, by class year, or however students would like. Dissertation Acceptance Certificate. Detailed first year, or, if they have not decided upon a requirements on the dissertation are published home lab following the spring term, may opt After the First Year in The Form of the PhD Dissertation, which for an additional rotation in May and June

9 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences is available online at www. gsas.harvard.edu or Craig P. Hunter, Professor of Molecular and in the Graduate Office. Faculty Cellular Biology . C. elegans genetics and Teaching. All graduate students in the Depart- Howard C. Berg, Herchel Smith Professor of genomics and intercellular RNA transport. ment of Molecular and Cellular Biology are Physics; Professor of Molecular and Cellular David Jeruzalmi, Associate Professor of Molec- required to teach at least 2 classes during Biology . Motile behavior of bacteria. ular and Cellular Biology . Structure and func- their time in the PhD program. This require- Briana Burton, Assistant Professor of Molecular tion of the nucleo-protein complexes that are ment must be completed by the end of the and Cellular Biology . Membrane-bound DNA utilized to replicate chromosomal DNA. G3 year. The intent is to make sure students transport machines involved in antibiotic Nancy Kleckner, Herchel Smith Professor of receive two kinds of experience in teaching: resistance, chromosome segregation, and spore Molecular Biology . Chromosomes; motion, A large undergraduate course with a good formation. mechanics, DNA dynamics and spatial amount of independent section teaching and Philippe Cluzel, Professor Molecular and patterning. another course that is more discussion-based, Cellular Biology; Gordon McKay Professor of containing more advanced material. Typically, Samuel Kunes, Professor of Molecular and Applied Physics . Real-time analysis of signal students will teach one class in the fall of the Cellular Biology . Neural development, func- transduction and genetic networks at the G2 year and one class during the fall or spring tion, and behavior. single cell level. of the G3 year, but it is up to the student in Andres Leschziner, Assistant Professor of Molec- which semesters the requirement is fulfilled. Vladimir Denic, Assistant Professor of Molec- ular and Cellular Biology . Structural biology of ular and Cellular Biology . Mechanisms of ATP-dependent chromatin remodeling. membrane-associated cell biological processes. Jeff Lichtman, Professor of Molecular and Recent MCB Dissertation Titles John E. Dowling, Llura and Gordon Gund Cellular Biology . Synaptic structure and Professor of Neurosciences; Professor of Ophtal- competition. Andriy Didovyk. “The structural basis of mology . Structure, function, development, and Richard Losick, Maria Moors Cabot Professor DNA recognition and base extrusion by a genetics of the vertebrate retina. of Biology; Howard Hughes Medical Institute DNA Cytosine-5 methyltransferase M.HaeIII” Victoria M. D’ Souza, Assistant Professor of Professor . Gene regulation and development in (Verdine Lab) Molecular and Cellular Biology . Structural microorganisms. Ryan Wesley Draft. “Synaptic Circuit Refine- biology of retrovirus replication. Robert A. Lue. Professor of the Practice of ment in the Developing Neuromuscular Catherine Dulac, Higgins Professor of Molecular Molecular and Cellular Biology; Director of Sy”tem” (Lichtman Lab) and Cellular Biology; Howard Hughes Medical Life Sciences Education. Life Sciences Alexis Lee Kaushansky. “Proteomic Institute Investigator; Chair of Molecular and Education. approaches to deciphering mechanisms of Cellular Biology . Molecular and developmental Susan Mango, Professor of Molecular and phosphotyrosine meditated signal transduc- biology of olfactory and pheromone sensing. Cellular Biology . Developmental plasticity tion” (MacBeath Lab) Florian Engert, Professor of Molecular and and cell fate specification; development of Jooeun Lim. “Small peptide inhibitors of Cellular Biology . Processing of visual informa- the digestive tract and its role in nutritional bacterial cytokinesis” (Losick Lab) tion in tadpoles and zebrafish. signaling. Nimet Alia Maherali. “Reprogramming Raymond L. Erikson, John F . Drum American Andrew P. McMahon, Frank B . Baird Jr . of cells to pluripotency by defined factors” Cancer Society Professor of Cellular and Develop- Professor of Science . Unraveling the develop- (Hochedlinger Lab) mental Biology . Reversible phosphorylation in mental logic underlying function, repair, and Deborah Lyn McEwan. “Mechanisms of cell proliferation. evolution of the mammalian kidney. intercellular dsRNA transport by SID-1 and Nicole Francis, Associate Professor of Molecular Markus Meister, Jeff C . Tarr Professor of Molec- SID-2” (Hunter Lab) and Cellular Biology . Biochemistry of epigen- ular and Cellular Biology . Function of neuronal Kaveri Rajaraman. “Intrinsically photosensi- etic inheritance by polycomb group proteins. circuits. tive ganglion cells of the tiger salamander Rachelle Gaudet, Associate Professor of Molec- Matthew S. Meselson, Thomas Dudley Cabot retina” (Meister Lab) ular and Cellular Biology . Structural studies of Professor of the Natural Sciences . Molecular Casey J. Roehrig. “Molecular and genetic ion channels and transporters; X-ray crystal- genetics and evolution. lography. analysis of developmental gene regulatory Andrew W. Murray, Herchel Smith Professor of networks” (Hunter Lab) William M. Gelbart, Professor of Molecular Molecular Genetics; Director of Bauer Fellows Richard Irving Sherwood. “Cellular and Tran- and Cellular Biology . Developmental genetics; Program . Mitosis, meiosis, experimental evolu- scriptional Analysis of Endoderm Patterning genomics; bioinformatics. tion, and signal transduction. and Organogenesis” (Melton Lab) Guido Guidotti, Higgins Professor of Biochem- Venkatesh N. Murthy, Morris Kahn Professor of Sara J. Shnider. “Molecular Regulators of istry . Structure and function of membrane Molecular and Cellular Biology . Neuronal cell Corticospinal Motor Neuron Diversity and proteins. biology, synaptic transmission and plasticity. Segmental Target Specificity” (Macklis Lab) J. Woodland Hastings, Paul C . Mangelsdorf David R. Nelson, Arthur K . Solomon Professor Professor of Natural Sciences . Biochemistry of of Biophysics; Professor of Physics and Applied bioluminescence; mechanism of the circadian Physics . Force-induced denaturation of DNA, cellular biological clock. sequence heterogeneity and the dynamics Takao Hensch, Professor of Molecular and of motor proteins, population growth and Cellular Biology; Professor of Neurology . Expe- mutation in disordered media.Erin O’Shea, rience-dependent brain development; critical Professor of Molecular and Cellular Biology; periods. Professor of Chemistry and Chemical Biology;

Programs of Study 9 9 Director of FAS Center for Systems Biology; Howard Hughes Medical Institute Investi- gator. Systems levels and molecular analysis of signaling pathways; transcriptional regulatory networks. Sharad Ramanathan, Assistant Professor of Molecular and Cellular Biology; Assistant Professor of Applied Physics . Signal processing and decision making. Joshua Sanes, Professor of Molecular and Cellular Biology; Paul J . Finnegan Family Director, Center for Brain Science . Synapse formation. Alexander Schier, Professor of Molecular and Cellular Biology . Developmental genetics and neurobiology. Jack L. Strominger, Higgins Professor of Biochemistry . Molecular basis of immune recognition. Naoshige Uchida, Assistant Professor of Molec- ular and Cellular Biology . Neural basis of olfactory coding and decision making.

Affiliate Faculty Kevin Eggan, Assistant Professor of Molecular and Cellular Biology; Assistant Investigator of the Stowers Medical Institute; Principal Investigator of the Harvard Stem Cell Institute. Cloning by nuclear transplantation, epigenetic reprogramming and human ES cell-based models of disease. Douglas A. Melton, Harvard College Professor;Thomas Dudley Cabot Professor in the Natural Sciences; Howard Hughes Medical Institute Investigator . Developmental biology of the pancreas with the longterm aim of making insulin- producing beta cells for the treatment of diabetes. Daniel Needleman, Assistant Professor of Molecular and Cellular Biology; Assistant Professor of Applied Physics . Physical aspects of the organization and dynamics of subcellular structures. Stuart L. Schreiber, Morris Loeb Professor of Chemical Biology; Howard Hughes Medical Institute Investigator . Chemical genetics and chemical genomics. Jack L. Strominger, Higgins Professor of Biochemistry . Molecular basis of immune recognition. Gregory Verdine, Erving Professor of Chemistry; Director, Harvard and Dana-Farber Program in Cancer Chemical Biology . Structural biology, chemical biology. Structure and function of DNA-and RNA-processing enzymes, small- molecule RNA interference.

1 0 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences The Department of Organismic and Evolutionary Biology

Harvard University offers graduate instruction must be intermediate-level courses. GRE Research (300) courses taken under the direc- in several areas of biology. The members of the General scores are required. GRE subject tion of members of the Harvard faculty count Department of Organismic and Evolutionary scores are recommended. Foreign students toward fulfilling the academic requirements. Biology (OEB) share a common interest in should have first class honor degrees, recent These courses ordinarily require a minimum of understanding the structure, function, and TOEFL scores of at least 550, or hold a degree ten hours per week (one-quarter TIME) for a variation of biological systems. from an institution at which English is the minimum of a term. Full-time research (recog- The research interests of the OEB faculty language of instruction. nized as TIME by the Registrar) will generally include the flow of energy and material not be accepted by the department as part of through ecosystems, the development and Financial Aid the academic requirement for a degree. structure of communities and populations, Research Advisor: Upon admission students the diversity of plant, animal, and micro- The department has available financial support will be assigned a faculty member in the bial groups, and the mechanisms that have based both on merit and need. Ordinarily, department to serve as a dissertation research permitted diversity to evolve. These studies students who are accepted into the program advisor. Students are encouraged to consult span a wide range of spatial and temporal receive substantial financial aid. Stipends are freely with any staff member on matters scales and include many different levels of typically composed of scholarships, teaching pertaining to their programs and may change biological organization. fellowships, and research assistantships. to another advisor at any time, subject to the A variety of theoretical, descriptive, and Students should submit the Statement of approval of the new advisor and the chair of experimental approaches are used in the Financial Resources for Graduate Study at the the Graduate Committee and notification of laboratory and field studies carried out by time of their first application to the program. the department office. members of OEB. We have representation in Ordinarily, the department does not provide Students must have an advisor at all anatomy, behavior, biogeochemistry, develop- scholarship or fellowship support beyond a times and it is the student’s responsibility to ment, functional morphology, physiology, period of six years. ensure this. Any student who does not have an paleontology, population genetics, molecular Applicants are expected to seek fellowship advisor at the beginning of a term must with- evolution, systematics, and the biology of support from sources outside the University. draw from the department at the end of that global change. US citizens who have received fewer than 30 term if arrangements for a new advisor have The Harvard University Herbaria and the graduate-level credits are expected to apply for not been made by that time. Museum of Comparative Zoology (MCZ) pre-doctoral fellowship opportunities provided house essential libraries, extensive natural by the National Science Foundation (NSF). Prescriptions: OEB has relatively few require- history collections, and experimental labora- Applications for NSF fellowships are typically ments, generally designed to ensure that tories that are utilized by faculty and students due in the fall, and applicants may find appli- entering students have a broad background. of the department. Other resources include cation materials at www.nsf.gov. They include: 1) college-level calculus; 2) the Concord Field Station of the MCZ, the statistics; 3) a reasonable combination of Harvard Forest, and the Arnold Arboretum. courses in cell biology, molecular biology, Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) and genetics; and 4) courses on the biology A departmental Graduate Committee is (including lab work) of at least two kingdoms. Admission responsible for all matters pertaining to OEB If deficiencies in a applicant’s academic back- Students considering graduate work should graduate students. It considers applicants ground warrant, courses may be prescribed by request the GSAS Guide to Admission and for admission and approves all examination the Graduate Committee, and these will be Financial Aid from: committees appointed for doctoral candidates. identified at the time of the offer of admis- Office of Admissions and Financial Aid Course selection (other than those sion. These courses may be completed prior Harvard Graduate School of Arts prescribed; see Prescriptions) is determined by to matriculation into the program, but they and Sciences consultation between the advisor and student. must be completed with a grade of B- or better Holyoke Center 350 During the first two years, satisfactory progress prior to the student’s qualifying examination. 1350 Massachusetts Ave towards the degree requires fulfillment of the Additionally, the Graduate Committee will Cambridge, MA 02138 departmental teaching requirement, successful determine from each student’s prior training completion of at least 16 half-courses (with and in discussion with the student and the We encourage online submission of the advisor, an appropriate individual course of application. no more than 12 of these half-courses at the 300 level), completion of all prescribed courses study to be completed by the qualifying exam. Completed applications should be Each student will complete an orientation received by December 8 in order to be consid- with a grade of B- or better, and passing the qualifying examination (which should be held seminar program offered by various faculty in ered for admission for the coming year. the department. Although Harvard University awards both no later than the end of the second year). the AM and the PhD degrees in biology, the Thereafter, satisfactory progress is assessed by Teaching Requirement: The department department will recommend for admission the student’s Dissertation Committee at an requires each PhD candidate to participate in only candidates for the PhD degree. annual Dissertation Conference. teaching for two terms at a minimum of one- Applicants should have the equivalent Academic Residence Requirements: A quarter TIME each term. The first of these is of seven full (two-term) courses in the fields minimum of two years of full-time study is ordinarily fulfilled during the second year, and of biology, chemistry, physics, mathematics, required to fulfill the residence requirements the second requirement is ordinarily fulfilled computer science, or geology; at least a third (16 half-courses passed with distinction). during the fourth year. Additional teaching assignments, if desired by the student, may be

Programs of Study 1 0 1 undertaken on recommendation of the indi- at a later date, or 2) that the student not be in final form (but not yet bound), and make vidual course instructor. admitted to candidacy for the doctoral degree. available a third copy in the OEB office for Admission to Candidacy for the PhD Degree: Dissertation Conference: In the dissertation review by other members of the faculty. After After completion of 16 graded half-courses in conference, students have a relatively early the dissertation examination has been held, biology and related subjects (300 level courses opportunity to review with their advisor and the committee may decide that the candi- are included), the student’s record is reviewed the Dissertation Committee the dissertation date passes, fails, or passes on condition that by the Graduate Committee. Favorable action project, its progress, and future potential. The specific changes be made in the dissertation. will provisionally admit the student to candi- dissertation conference should be held annu- dacy for the PhD degree. Final admission to ally, with the first conference taking place in Master of Arts (AM) candidacy is by means of the qualifying exami- April of the student’s third year. The student nation. should arrange the conference in March of the The Department of Organismic and Evolu- Qualifying Examination: This is an oral fourth year of study, and then in the month of tionary Biology does not admit students whose examination which shall be taken before the February for all subsequent years. One month sole purpose is to study for the master of arts end of the second year of graduate study. prior to the conference, a one-page abstract degree. However, graduate students admitted Prescriptions must be satisfied prior to the of proposed and/or completed work and the to the any PhD program at Harvard Univer- examination. The Graduate Committee will time and location of the conference should be sity may apply for the AM degree if they fulfill review any petitions for exception. submitted to the OEB departmental office. the following requirements: The examination committee will consist The student should present in person a brief 1) Six graded half-courses in the of the student’s advisor acting as chair, plus account of the results obtained and plans for Department (or approved by the Director of three additional individuals. At least two of additional research. The committee should Graduate Studies), with no grades lower than the additional members must be members indicate to the student whether it anticipates B- and an overall grade average of B or better. of the OEB faculty. Two of the examina- that the dissertation will be acceptable, and 2) At least three of the six courses must tion committee members will be designated should also suggest improvement where be below the 200 level. by the advisor, and the fourth member will needed. 3) At least two of the six courses must be be appointed by the chair of the Graduate The Dissertation Committee will consist at the 200 level. Committee after consultation with the advisor. of the student’s advisor, who will serve as chair, 4) TIME and 300-level courses will not The overall composition of the examination and two other members suggested by the ordinarily be accepted toward the AM degree. committee must be approved by the chair of advisor and approved by the chair of the Grad- 5) AM candidates must submit a written the Graduate Committee. uate Committee. At least three members of the paper based on original research conducted By the end of the fall term final exams committee must be members of the Depart- under the guidance of a faculty member in the of the student’s second year, the student, ment of Organismic and Evolutionary Biology. department. after consultation with his or her advisor, Dissertation: The dissertation is written will submit to the chair of the Graduate under the supervision of the student’s research Participating Faculty and Their Committee and to the OEB departmental advisor and will be read by members of the office a list of three broad topics on which Dissertation Committee. Prior to the disserta- Research Interests to be examined and the time and location of tion examination, the candidate will prepare the examination. The topics should be perti- a summary of the dissertation for distribution Arkhat Abzhanov, Assistant Professor of Biology . nent to, but not be restricted to, the specific to the members of the committee. The final Craniofacial development and evolution. topic of the proposed or ongoing disserta- copies of the dissertation should conform to Andrew Biewener, Charles P . Lyman Professor tion studies. The date, topics, and proposed the standards outlined in The Form of the PhD of Biology and Director of Concord Field Station . composition of the examination will be sent Dissertation . Comparative biomechanics of mammalian and to all OEB faculty prior to final approval by Public Presentation of Dissertation Research: avian locomotion, and adaptive remodeling the chair of the Graduate Committee. Once All PhD degree candidates in OEB are and design of musculoskeletal system. approved by the chair, a qualifying examina- required to present the subject matter of their Kirsten Bomblies, Assistant Professor of Organ- tion notice will be sent to all OEB faculty dissertations in a seminar open to the general ismic and Evolutionary Biology .Plant hybrid members. biological public within the University, and to necrosis, adaptation and population patterns. At least two weeks prior to the exam, which the members of the Dissertation Exami- students should present to the examination William H. Bossert, David B . Arnold Jr . nation Committee and OEB faculty have Professor of Science . Mathematical biology, committee a dissertation proposal, plus a been invited. This presentation shall take place syllabus outline for three potential courses that computer simulation of populations, analysis sometime following the dissertation confer- of animal communication, models of renal could be taught corresponding to the three ence and prior to the dissertation examination. topic areas. During the qualifying examina- tubular function. tion, the student’s knowledge of at least two Dissertation Examination: The dissertation Colleen M. Cavanaugh, Edward C . Jeffrey of the three chosen topics will be appraised. In examination, conducted orally, is usually Professor of Biology . Symbiosis of bacteria in addition to this evaluation, the examination held at least one month before the date on marine invertebrates from deep-sea hydro- committee will determine whether the student which degrees are to be conferred. Final dates thermal vents, methane seeps, and coastal- has satisfactorily completed the prescribed for holding dissertation examinations are reducing sediments. Specific emphasis on studies decided upon earlier by the Prescrip- announced early in each academic term. At characterization of metabolic and genetic tion Committee. least two weeks before the date set for the capabilities of symbionts, evolutionary If the qualifying examination reveals public presentation/examination, the candi- relationships with free-living bacteria, and serious deficiencies, the committee may date will present the dissertation committee co-evolution of host and symbiont. require 1) that the student be reexamined with at least two copies of the dissertation

1 0 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Stacey A. Combes, Assistant Professor of Organ- in the Museum of Comparative Zoology . Genera- broad evolutionary and ecological questions and ismic and Evolutionary Biology . Physical foun- tion and maintenance of variation in natural the optimization of complex biological networks. dation of diverse, natural flight behaviors. populations, with a particular emphasis on the James J. McCarthy, Professor of Biological Charles Davis, Assistant Professor of Biology . role of natural selection in shaping adaptive Oceanography and Alexander Agassiz Professor Plant diversity and evolution; phylogenetic genetic and phenotypic variation. of Biological Oceanography . Studies include the reconstruction; floral evolution; horizontal N. Michele Holbrook, Charles Bullard processes of primary production and nutrient gene transfer; biogeography. Professor of Forestry . Whole-plant physiology; supply to the upper ocean. Michael Manish Desai, Assistant Professor of coordination of hydraulic and stomatal control Paul R. Moorcroft, Professor of Organismic and Organismic and Evolutionary Biology and of over water flux through plants; plant biome- Evolutionary Biology . Effects of demographic Physics .Theoretical population genetics chanics. and competitive processes within terrestrial plant Jacques Dumais, Associate Professor of Biology . Farish A. Jenkins Jr., Alexander Agassiz communities on large-scale ecosystem dynamics. Plant biophysics. Professor of Zoology, Professor of Anatomy, Martin A. Nowak, Professor of Biology and Professor of Biology and Curator in Vertebrate Scott V. Edwards, Professor of Biology and Professor of Mathematics . Theoretical biology; Paleontology in the Museum of Comparative somatic evolution of cancer. Curator of Ornithology . Speciation, population Zoology . Comparative anatomy of fossil and genetics, and comparative genomics of birds and recent vertebrates and the evolutionary path- Bence Olveczky, Assistant Professor of Biology . relatives. ways of structural and functional development. Understanding the neural circuit mechanisms underlying complex motor behaviors. Cassandra Extavour, Assistant Professor of Andrew H. Knoll, Fisher Professor of Natural Biology . Evolution and development of the History and Curator of Paleobotanical Collec- Donald H. Pfister, Asa Gray Professor germ line and reproductive systems; compara- tions in the Harvard University Herbaria . of Systematic Botany and Curator of the tive embryology of arthropods; developmental Evolution of photosynthetic organisms in Farlow Library and Herbarium . Anatomy, genetics of ovarian morphogenesis. geological time. morphology, and classification of the Disco- mycetes, a group of Ascomycetes. Brian D. Farrell, Professor of Biology and Elena Kramer, Professor of Organismic and Curator of Entomology in the Museum of Evolutionary Biology . Evolution of genetic Naomi E. Pierce, Sidney A . and John H . Hessel Comparative Zoology . Macroevolution of mechanisms controlling floral development, Professor of Biology and Curator of Lepidoptera interspecific interactions, particularly between effects of gene duplication on the rates and in the Museum of Comparative Zoology . Behav- insects and plants. patterns of both sequence and functional ioral ecology, focusing on species interactions such David R. Foster, Senior Lecturer on Biology and divergence. as insect/host plant associations and symbioses between insects and other organisms. Director of the Harvard Forest . Plant commu- Arthur L. Lage, Associate Professor of Veterinary nity ecology, especially vegetation dynamics Medicine in the Department of Surgery, Director Anne Pringle, Associate Professor of Organismic and the role of disturbance in forest ecosys- of Animal Resources in the Faculty of Arts and and Evolutionary Biology . Ecological genetics tems. Sciences . Biology of the urinary system, with and mycology, mutualism, individuality and Peter Girguis, John L . Loeb Associate Professor special emphasis on comparative aspects of altruism, ecology of sex, invasion biology and of the Natural Sciences . Anaerobic methane lower tract morphology and function. the utility of biodiversity. oxidation and hydrocarbon seep symbioses. George V. Lauder, Professor of Biology and Andrew Richardson, Assistant Professor of Organ- Gonzalo Giribet, Professor of Organismic and Alexander Agassiz Professor of Zoology in the ismic and Evolutionary Biology . Forest ecology, the Evolutionary Biology . Molecular and morpholog- Museum of Comparative Zoology . Evolutionary carbon cycle, phenology, and broader impacts of ical evolution and systematics of invertebrates. biomechanics of vertebrates, and theoretical global change on terrestrial ecosystems. approaches to organismal form and function. David Haig, George Putnam Professor of Maryellen Ruvolo, Professor of Anthropology Organismic and Evolutionary Biology . Evolu- Daniel E. Lieberman, Professor of Anthropology (biological anthropology) . Molecular evolutionary theory; intragenomic conflicts; parent- (biological anthropology) . Functional and devel- tion of adapted genes in humans and other offspring relations. opmental morphology, craniofacial anatomy, primates, primate genomics. history and phylogenic analysis of bone, James Hanken, Professor of Biology, Alexander John Wakeley, Professor of Organismic and human evolution; Middle East and Africa. Agassiz Professor of Zoology, Director of the Evolutionary Biology . Theoretical population Museum of Comparative Zoology . Organismal Jonathan Losos, Monique and Philip Lehner genetics and molecular evolution, with a focus evolution; morphology, systematics, and the Professor for the Study of Latin America . Integra- on the analysis of DNA sequence data. developmental basis of evolutionary change. tive studies of ecology, behavior, morphology Robert M. Woollacott, Professor of Biology and in a phylogenetic context; community, behav- Daniel L. Hartl, Higgins Professor of Biology . Curator of Marine Invertebrates in the Museum ioral, and functional ecology; phylogenetic Molecular evolution; transposable elements; of Comparative Zoology . Biology of marine analysis; macroevolutionary diversification. genome mapping. invertebrate larvae, including anatomy, physi- Lakshminarayanan Mahadevan, Gordon ology, substrate selection, and metamorphosis. Marc Hauser, Professor of Psychology . Processes McKay Professor of Applied Mathematics and and consequences of cognitive evolution, Yun Zhang, Assistant Professor of Biology Mechanics . The applications of mathematics to including studies of numerical abilities, Neural circuits and regulation of behaviors. understand the mechanical behavior of matter understanding of beliefs and natural kinds, in all its forms, but with a particular emphasis investigations of signal referentiality, and the on soft materials and biological systems. neurophysiological processes guiding acoustic perception. Christopher Marx, Associate Professor of Biology . Experimental evolution of microbes to address Hopi E Hoekstra, John L . Loeb Associate Professor of Natural Sciences, Curator of Mammals

Programs of Study 1 0 3 PhD Degree in Biophysics

tive students are urged to file the application graduate major would have taken all these Introduction to Program and forms well in advance of the deadline of courses in college. Harvard course numbers are Program Rationale December 8. Late applications will not be provided for further reference. considered. Scores on the general Graduate The primary objective of the Biophysics Record Examination (GRE) are required Math Program at Harvard University is to prepare except in special circumstances. GRE subject Introduction to Calculus and Calculus, Series investigators with diverse backgrounds for tests are recommended. Due to the early appli- & Differential Equations (Math 1a and independent research careers in which the cation deadline, applicants should plan to take Math 1b) concepts and methods of physical science are GRE tests no later than October to ensure that Multivariable Calculus and Linear Algebra and applied to biological problems. The program original scores are received by the December Differential Equations (Math 21a and 21b) is administered by the Committee on Higher 8 deadline. TOEFL is required of all foreign Advanced Calculus Degrees in Biophysics, which is comprised applicants other than those whose native Complex Function Theory (Math 113) of senior representatives from the Depart- language is English. Data Structures and Algorithms (Computer ments of Biological Chemistry and Molecular Final decisions concerning admission are Science 124) Pharmacology; Molecular and Cellular made by the dean of the Graduate School of Physics Biology; Chemistry and Chemical Biology; Arts and Sciences and the candidates are noti- Introductory Mechanics and Relativity Physics; Genetics and Pathology. Owing to fied by letter from the Admissions Office. (Physics 15a) the interdepartmental nature of the program, After being accepted for admission, appli- Introductory Electromagnetism (Physics 15b) research may be pursued on the Cambridge cants are encouraged to make arrangements Wave Phenomena (Physics 15c) campus (in the Departments of Molecular and with the administrator of the Committee on Quantum Mechanics I and II (Physics 143a Cellular Biology; Chemistry and Chemical Higher Degrees in Biophysics, Building C2, and 143b) Biology; Physics; the School of Engineering Room 122, 240 Longwood Avenue, Boston, Introduction to Biophysics (Physics 140) and Applied Sciences; etc.) or the Boston MA 02115, (617-495-3360) to visit the campus (including the Harvard Medical University. Chemistry School, Division of Medical Sciences, and the Organic Chemistry (Chem 20 and Chem 30) 11 Harvard-affiliated teaching hospitals, which Students with the MD Degree Physical Chemistry and Statistical Thermody- include the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Students who already have the MD degree will namics (Chem 160 and 161) Children’s Hospital, Massachusetts General find an opportunity to improve their knowl- Principles of Organic Chemistry (Chem 17) edge of basic science in either of two ways: Hospital, and the Beth Israel Deaconess Biology Hospital). 1. Opportunities may be available in the Evolutionary Biology (OEB 53) The goal of the biophysics program is to several departments to engage in investigations Cell Biology (MCB 54) nurture independent, creative scientists. To as a research fellow under the direction of a Biochemistry and Physical Properties of this end, the first part of the program seeks member of the faculty. No university credit Macromolecules (MCB 56) both to introduce the student to the faculty toward a degree is given for such work. Ques- Neurobiology of Behavior (MCB 80) members and their research directly, enabling tions concerning the appointment of research the student to make a considered choice of fellows should be directed to the faculty members. Biochemistry research advisor, and to involve the student in Molecular Biology (MCB 52) 2. Under special circumstances, students the diverse areas of biophysics through labora- An Integrated Introduction to the Life who have received the MD degree may tory as well as coursework. This first two years Sciences: Genetics, Genomics, and become candidates for the PhD degree in provides a background for the second part of Evolution (Life Sciences 1a) the program: the training of the student to be biophysics, providing their qualifications for an independent scientist by a period of inten- admission are approved and providing they are Advice to International Students sive research, culminating in publications and prepared to fulfill the normal requirements for Students from non-US countries who are the PhD degree. the degree. continuing their studies at Harvard, or who Combined MD-PhD Program are applying for admission to the Univer- sity, should communicate with the Harvard Students admitted to Harvard Medical School, International Office, 1350 Massachusetts Admissions Requirements as candidates for the MD degree, may also Avenue, Room 851, Cambridge, MA 02138, apply for admission to the biophysics program which is especially designed to help and advise Admissions and Scholarships in order to earn a PhD degree in biophysics. international students. The immigration and Application forms for admission and financial This program may be of particular interest naturalization laws specify many complex aid may be requested from the Admissions to prospective medical students with a strong legal requirements affecting the status of Office, Harvard Graduate School of Arts and background in physics and to students international students and scholars during Sciences, Holyoke Center, 3rd floor, 1350 enrolled in the Harvard-MIT Division of their period of study in the United States. Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA Health Sciences and Technology. 02138. We encourage online submission of The office is prepared to furnish information the application. See www.gsas.harvard.edu. Suggested Undergraduate Preparation to aliens on visa requirements, permissible Applicants should state clearly in this The large list of courses below would provide employment, income tax liabilities, and many application their desire to enter the program an ideal background for a student’s coursework other official restrictions in effect under existing for the PhD degree in biophysics. All prospec- in specialized areas of biophysics. No under- laws of the United States.

1 0 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences three laboratory experiences usually is selected coursework is completed within the first two Financial Aid from a different one of the areas of biophysics years. All students accepted into the program are listed above. It will also be possible to work on a A student may also gain knowledge in a awarded full support, including a stipend, suitable problem in mathematical biophysics in particular area by taking reading courses or by full tuition, and health fees contingent on place of one of the three laboratory rotations. studying independently while registered for continued satisfactory progress. Teaching Biophysics 101, Computational Biology, TIME. fellowships are available. Second-year students focuses on modern technologies with expo- must teach one term as part of their academic nential growth and their impact on global requirements. Students are responsible for quality of life through weekly updated Wiki finding their own teaching position in any one class project (in-depth case studies on personal Courses in Biophysics and of the participating science departments. genomics and/or biofuels). Integrating knowl- Related Fields Students are encouraged to apply for edge, tools for research, and commercial Courses in the following list have been divided external fellowships, such as those admin- decision-making concerning new aspects roughly into the five areas plus mathematical istered by the National Science Founda- of bioengineering, personalized medicine, biophysics. However, the list is not all-inclu- tion, the National Defense Science and genetically modified organisms, and stem sive; further offerings for any given term may Engineering Fellowship, and the National cells. Interplays of biophysical, ecological, be found in the Harvard University list of Institutes of Health, which are available on economic, and social/ethical modeling will be Courses of Instruction. a competitive basis to graduate students in explored through multi-disciplinary teams of biophysics. Applications for those fellow- students, and individual brief reports. Structural Molecular Biology ships should be made directly to the appro- Biophysics 204, Structural Biology From Computational Biology (Biophysics 101) priate agencies. Molecules to Cells, explores imaging of mole- Chemical Biology (Chemistry 270) Certain limited funds are available as cules and of molecular localization in cells, Molecular Biology (BCMP 200) beneficiary aid, distributed by the deans of including x-ray and electron crystallography, Proteins: Structure, Function and Catalysis GSAS to students in the form of gifts or electron microscopy of single molecules, and (BCMP 201) loans to meet unexpected financial needs. high-resolution light microscopy. Macromolecular NMR (BCMP 228) Information on loans and beneficiary aids Biophysics 205, Computational and Macromolecular Structure and Function may be obtained from GSAS. Functional Genomics, explores experimental (Chemistry 280) functional genomics, computational predic- Structural Biology of the Flow of Information tion of gene function, and properties and in the Cell (MCB 156) models of complex biological systems. This Program of Study Molecular Microbiology and Pathogenesis course primarily involves critical reading and (Microbiology 200) Most graduates of the biophysics program discussion rather then lectures. Mechanisms of Microbial Pathogenesis at Harvard have been undergraduate majors Biophysics 242, Special Topics in (Microbiology 205) in physics or physical chemistry, though a Biophysics, invites two or more professors in Structural Biology From Molecules to Cells few have come from biology. Consequently, the spring term to speak on new areas of their (Biophysics 204) the course requirements for admission are own research, thereby introducing students to flexible. Each student’s program of graduate new questions and methods of research that Molecular Genetics study is planned in consultation with a faculty would not normally be accommodated by the Molecular Genetics of Neural Development advisor. The degree program is designed to be regular curriculum. Past topics have included completed in a maximum of six years. and Behavior (MCB 129) structure and function of DNA; oncogene Developmental Genetics and Genomics The first year’s training in the biophysics products; two-dimensional nuclear magnetic program provides an introduction to five diverse (MCB 150) resonance; RNA structure and function; diffu- Molecular Mechanisms of Gene Control areas of biophysics: 1) structural molecular sion; atomic interactions in protein-ligand biology; 2) cell and membrane biophysics; 3) (MCB 155) interactions; analysis and design of novel Principles of Genetics (Genetics 201) molecular genetics; 4) physical biochemistry; protein-protein and protein-ligand interac- and 5) neurosciences. The curriculum includes tions based on 3-D structural information; Physical Biochemistry learning experiences in a laboratory environment structure/function relationships in peptide as well as coursework. The program is flexible Introduction to Biophysics (MCB 140) antibiotics; biological interactions at surfaces; Physical Chemistry (Chemistry 160) and special effort has been devoted to mini- enzyme-catalyzed redox reactions: catalysts and mizing formal requirements. Frontiers in Biophysics (Chemistry 163) cofactors; molecular neurobiology and systems Topics in Biophysics (MCB 212) The laboratory experience is organized neurosciences; conceptual foundations and as a full course, Biophysics 300. In the first Quantum Mechanics I (Chemistry 242) recent developments in computational biology, Statistical Thermodynamics (Chemistry 161) ten weeks of the fall term, faculty members genomics, and macromolecular interactions; associated with the biophysics program give Experimental Physical Chemistry new biology through physics: molecular discov- (Chemistry 165) seminars describing the current research inter- eries with light, information theory and neural ests of their own laboratories. Following this, systems, X-ray and electron crystallography Cell and Membrane Biophysics a student spends six-week periods in each of and high-resolution light microscopy, and Molecular and Cellular Immunology three different laboratories. The list under computational and functional genomics ; and (MCB 169) Participating Faculty and Their Special Fields molecular motors. Biochemistry of Membranes (MCB 176) names some of our professors who currently In addition to these courses, each student Molecular Biology of the Cell (Cell support biophysics rotation students. In order normally takes one course in each of the five Biology 201) to make sure that the student gains familiarity biophysics areas mentioned previously. Most Growth Factors and Signal Transduction with several fields of biophysics, each of the (Cell Biology 211b)

Programs of Study 1 0 5 Mathematical Biophysics above; (2) do satisfactory work in three labora- Registrar of the Graduate School, for inspec- Complex and Fourier Analysis (Applied tory rotations; and (3) submit and defend an tion by any member of the Faculty of Arts and Mathematics 105a) original research proposal. The purpose of the Sciences. Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations oral defense of the qualifying research proposal After Commencement, the original bound (Applied Mathematics 105b) is to ensure that the student is adequately copy will be deposited in the Harvard Library, Methods of Analysis (Math 115) prepared to embark on dissertation research. open to public inspection. A second bound Physiological Systems Analysis (Eng. Sci. 145) The exam is normally taken in the fourth term copy will be kept by the committee chair, and Nonlinear Dynamical Systems (Applied of residence, before the chair and three exam- a third bound copy will be kept by the depart- Mathematics 147) iners knowledgeable in the field of the research ment in which the student worked. Population Genetics (OEB 152) proposal. Reexamination will be permitted. As Signals and Systems (Eng. Sci. 156) a rule, students will not be permitted to enter Physical Mathematics I, II (Applied the third year of graduate study unless the Recent PhD Dissertation Titles Mathematics 201, 202) qualifying examination has been passed. Mathematical Modeling (Applied Dissertation. Selection of a dissertation Shawn M. Douglas (2009). “Self-assembly Mathematics 115) advisor normally occurs in a student’s second of DNA into Nanoscale Three-dimensional Mathematics in Biology (MCB 111) year of study. Independent research on one’s Shapes” dissertation technically begins once the quali- Neurosciences Michael S.C. Hemond (2008). “NMR Solu- fying examination is successfully completed. tion Structure of the C-terminal Domain Cellular Basis of Neuronal Function The program policy is that all students of the Fas Apoptosis Inhibitory Molecule (MCB 115) who have successfully completed their quali- (FAIM)” Molecular and Developmental Neurobiology fying exam promptly establish their Disserta- (MCB 141) tion Advisory Committee (DAC). The DAC Kishore V.G.S. Kuchibhotla (2009). “In Neural Signal Processing (Eng. Sci. 148) has several functions. The first will be to vivo Functional Imaging Reveals Impaired Introduction to Neurobiology approve the student’s dissertation proposal. Neuronal and Astrocytic Calcium Regulation (Neurobiology 200) Second, the DAC, in consultation with the in Alzheimer’s Disease” Neurophysiology of Central Circuits dissertation advisor, will periodically evaluate Hao Yuan Kueh (2008). “Actin Turnover (Neurobiology 204) the progress of the student’s dissertation Dynamics in Cells” Molecular Neurobiology (Neurobiology 221) research. The DAC may make recommenda- Ken Y. Lin (2008). “Molecular Imaging of Systems Neuroscience (MCB 105) tions to the dissertation advisor as well as the Pancreatic Cancer Microenvironment” student with regard to the student’s progress towards completion of the dissertation. Third, Yang Mao (2009). “Structural and Mecha- Formal Academic Requirements the DAC, in consultation wth the disserta- nistic Studies of the Pantocin A Biosynthesis” tion advisor, will determine at what point the Dale E. Muzzey (2009). “Systems-level The academic requirement for the PhD degree student is ready to defend his or her disserta- Analyses of Osmoregulation in Saccharomyces consists of not less than two years—at least tion. cerevisiae” one of which must be in residence at the It is expected that the preparation of a Yasmine M. Ndassa (2008). “Insight on in Harvard Graduate School of Arts and Sciences dissertation will usually require full-time for vivo Functions of Cyclin E1 Using Liquid —devoted to advanced studies approved as not less than one-and-a-half years after the Chromatography – Tandem Mass Spectrom- suitable preparation for the degree by the qualifying examination. The dissertation must etry” Committee on Higher Degrees in Biophysics. give evidence of independent original research In estimating the extent of a candidate’s study and be clearly, logically, and carefully written Lucas G. Nivon (2008). “RNA Folding: for the degree, the advanced work done in in good English. The final manuscript must Monte Carlo Simulation and Single Molecule other graduate departments of Harvard or of conform to the requirements described in The Experiments” other universities will be considered. A year’s Form of the PhD Dissertation. Brian L. Pulliam (2009). “Nanoparticle work for a resident student normally consists On receipt of the dissertation, the chair Vaccines by Inhalation” of four courses (eight half-courses) of advanced of the Committee on Higher Degrees in Morten O.A. Sommer (2009). “Functional grade. Under certain conditions summer Biophysics will appoint a reading committee Microbiomics: Uncovering Novel Reservoirs courses taken at the Marine Biological Labora- of three to judge the dissertation. The disser- of Microbial Machinery for Antibiotic and tory in Woods Hole may be counted for credit tation defense is comprised of two parts: the Biomass Inhibitor Processing” toward the degree. public seminar and the private defense. In the The biophysics program anticipates private defense the candidate will be ques- John S-C Tsang (2008). “Quantitative Studies completion of formal course studies in the first tioned on the subject of the dissertation and of microRNA-mediated Regulation” two years. its relation to the student’s special field and Amy P-F Wong (2008). “Unconventional Languages. There is no language examination collateral subjects. If the reading committee is Microdevices for Biology and Medicine” but students are encouraged to gain a reading unable to agree on its recommendations, the Zeba B. Wunderlich (2008). “Dynamic knowledge of one foreign language, preferably question of the acceptance of the dissertation and Equilibrium Modeling of Metabolic selected from German, Russian, and French. will be decided by the Committee on Higher Degrees in Biophysics. Network, Protein-DNA and Protein-Peptide Dissertation Qualifying Examination. Upon completion of all the require- Interactions” Before beginning dissertation research, it is ments, the original bound dissertation, with Alexander Wait Zaranek (2009). “Free Facto- normally necessary for the student to fulfill the the dissertation acceptance certificate signed ries: from the Quantum Coreworld to the following requirements: (1) pass one Harvard by the reading committee, and one unbound Personal Genome Project” course in each of the six subject areas listed copy, will be deposited at the Office of the

1 0 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences David E. Clapham, MD, PhD, Aldo R . Molecular mechanisms in bioluminescent Participating Faculty and Their Castaneda Professor of Cardiovascular Research reactions and circadian rhythms. Special Fields and Professor of Neurobiology, Harvard Sun Hur, PhD, Assistant Professor of Biological The following is a partial list of faculty Medical School . Imaging, optics, and biology. Chemistry and Molecular Pharmacology, members who will accept students for degree Jon C. Clardy, PhD, Professor of Biological Harvard Medical School . Elucidating the prin- work in biophysics, with their special fields Chemistry and Molecular Pharmacology. Small ciples of self vs non-self RNA discrimination of research and instruction indicated. More molecule signaling, biosynthesis, and drug by the immune system. than 80 members of the Harvard faculty are discovery. Donald E. Ingber, MD, PhD, Judah currently affiliated with the biophysics Adam E. Cohen, PhD, Assistant Professor of Folkman Professor Vascular Biology, Harvard program; dissertation research with other Chemistry and Chemical Biology and of Physics . Medical School . Research in integrin signaling, faculty members is possible by arrangement. A Analysis of structure and function of nicotinic cytoskeleton, and control of angiogenesis. more complete listing is available. acetylcholine receptors. David Jeruzalmi, BS, M .Phil, PhD, Jonathan B. Cohen, James M. Hogle, PhD, Edward S . Harkness PhD, Professor of Associate Professor in Molecular and Cellular

Professor of Biological Chemistry and Molecular Neurobiology, Harvard Medical School . Biology . Structural studies of nucleo-protein Structure and function of ligand-gated ion Pharmacology, Harvard Medical School; Chair, assemblies. channels. Committee on Higher Degrees in Biophysics . Tomas Kirchhausen, PhD, Professor of Cell Structure and function of viruses and virus David P. Corey, PhD, Professor of Neurobiology, Biology, Harvard Medical School . Molecular related proteins; x-ray crystallography. Harvard Medical School . Biophysics of mecha- mechanisms of membrane traffic, x-ray crystal- nosensation. John Assad, PhD, Professor of Neurobiology, lography; chemical genetics. Harvard Medical School . Mechanisms of Vladimir Denic, PhD, Assistant Professor of Roy Kishony, PhD, Associate Professor of visual processing in the visual cortex of awake Molecular and Cellular Biology . Structural Systems Biology, Harvard Medical School . behaving monkeys. diversification of very long-chain fatty acids. System-level Genetic Networks. Frederick Michael Ausubel, PhD, Professor John Elliot Dowling, PhD, Gordon and Llura Nancy Elizabeth Kleckner, PhD, Herchel of Genetics, Harvard Medical School . Molecular Gund Professor of Neurosciences and Professor Smith Professor of Molecular Biology . Molecular biology of bacterial pathogenesis in plants and of Opthalmology . Biophysical aspects of the and Mechanical Analysis of Chromosomes. animals. visual system. Roberto G. Kolter, PhD, Professor of Brian J. Bacskai, PhD, Associate Professor Michael J. Eck, MD, PhD, Professor of Biolog- Microbiology and Molecular Genetics, of Neurology, Harvard Medical School . ical Chemistry and Molecular Pharmacology, Harvard Medical School . DNA protection from Multiphoton microscopy in imaging Alzheim- Harvard Medical School . Structural studies of oxidative damage, cell-cell communication in er’s disease. proteins involved in signal transduction path- biofilms, microbial evolution. ways. Howard C. Berg, PhD, Herchel Smith Professor Galit Lahav, PhD, Assistant Professor of Systems of Physics and Professor of Molecular and Florian Engert, MA, PhD, Associate Professor Biology, Harvard Medical School . Dynamics of Cellular Biology . Motile behavior of bacteria. in Molecular and Cellular Biology . Synaptic network motifs in single living human cells. plasticity and neuronal networks. Stephen C. Blacklow, MD, PhD, Professor of Andres E. Leschziner, PhD, Assistant Professor Pathology, Harvard Medical School . Biophysics Raymond Leo Erikson, PhD, American of Molecular and Cellular Biology . Structural of receptor-ligand interactions. Cancer Society Professor of Cellular and biology of ATP-dependent chromatin remod- Developmental Biology . Protein kinases, eling. William Hines Bossert, PhD, David B . Arnold reversible protein phosphorylation. Jr . Professor of Science . Theoretical population David R. Liu, PhD, Professor of Chemistry and and community biology, models of parasitic Rachelle Gaudet, PhD, Associate Professor Chemical Biology . Amplifiable and evolvable disease processes. in Molecular and Cellular Biology . Structural unnatural molecules; natural molecule evolu- studies of the stereochemistry of signaling and tion; engineering of synthetic and biological Martha L. Bulyk, SB, PhD, Associate Professor transport through biological membranes. molecules. of Medicine and Health Sciences and Technology, Harvard Medical School . Functional and David Golan, MD, PhD, Professor of Biological Jun Liu, BS, PhD, Professor of Statistics . computational genomics studies of transcrip- Chemistry and Molecular Pharmacology and Statistical theory and inference for stochastic tion factors and Cis regulatory elements. Medicine, Harvard Medical School . Membrane processes: with applications to bioinformatics. dynamics; membrane structure; cellular Lewis Cantley, PhD, Professor of Systems Gavin MacBeath, BS, PhD, Associate Professor adhesion. Biology, Harvard Medical School . Structural of Chemistry and Chemical Biology . Chemical basis for specificity in eukaryotic signal trans- Jene A. Golovchenko, PhD, Gordon McKay biology and systems biology. duction pathways. Professor of Applied Physics and Rumford Professor Jarrod A. Marto, PhD, Assistant Professor of of Physics . Probing polymers with nanopores, James J. Chou, PhD, Associate Professor of Biological Chemistry and Molecular Pharma- experimental condensed matter physics. Biological Chemistry and Molecular Pharma cology, Harvard Medical School . Quantitative cology, Harvard Medical School . NMR spec- Stephen Coplan Harrison, PhD, Professor proteomics of cancer progression. troscopy on membrane-associated proteins and of Biological Chemistry and Molecular Phar- Markus Meister, PhD, Jeff C . Tarr Professor of peptides. macology . Structure of viruses and viral Molecular and Cellular Biology, Department of membranes; protein-DNA interactions; X-ray George M. Church, PhD, Professor of Genetics, Molecular and Cellular Biology . Function of diffraction. Harvard Medical School . Human and microbial neuronal circuits. functional genomics, genotyping, and gene John Woodland Hastings, PhD, Paul C . Keith Wyatt Miller, DrPhil, Mallinckrodt expression regulatory network models. Mangelsdorf Professor of Natural Sciences . Professor of Pharmacology, Department of Anaes-

Programs of Study 1 0 7 thesia, Harvard Medical School . Characteriza- and reverse chemical genetics: using small John R. Wakeley, BS, MS, PhD, Professor of tion of lipid-protein interactions; regulatory molecules to explore biology. Organismic and Evolutionary Biology . Theo- confirmation changes and molecular mecha- Brian Seed, PhD, Professor of Genetics, Harvard retical population genetics. nisms of drug action on ion channels from Medical School . Genetic analysis of signal Ronald L. Walsworth, PhD, Senior Lecturer nerve membranes using rapid kinetics and transduction in the immune system. on Physics . Experimental atomic physics, spectroscopy (EPR, NMR, and FTIR). Jagesh V. Shah, PhD, Assistant Professor of biophysics, and soft matter physics. Timothy Mitchison, PhD, Hasib Sabbagh Systems Biology, Assistant Professor of Health Thomas Walz, PhD, Professor Professor of Systems Biology, Harvard Sciences and Technology, and Assistant Professor of Cell Biology, Harvard Medical School . Medical School . Cytoskeleton dynamics; of Medicine, Harvard Medical School . Quanti- High-resolution electron microscopy. mechanism of mitosis and cell locomotion; tative models of cellular behavior to investigate small molecule inhibitors. George Whitesides, PhD, Woodford L . and protein function. Ann A . Flowers University Professor . Rational Andrew W. Murray, PhD, Herchel Smith Eugene Shakhnovich, PhD, Professor of Chem- drug design; biomaterials science and Professor of Molecular Genetics . Regulation istry and Chemical Biology. Theory and experi- biophysics. of mitosis. ments in protein folding and design; theory of Kai W. Wucherpfennig, MD, PhD, Professor Venkatesh N. Murthy, PhD, Professor of Molec- molecular evolution; rational drug design and of Neurology, Harvard Medical School . Basic ular and Cell Biology . Mechanisms of synaptic physical chemistry of protein-ligand interac- mechanisms of T cell mediated autoimmune transmission and plasticity. tions; theory of complex systems. diseases. Daniel J. Needleman, PhD, Assistant Professor William M. Shih, PhD, Assistant Professor of Xiaoliang Sunney Xie, PhD, Professor of Chem- of Applied Physics . Physics of macromolecular Biological Chemistry and Molecular Pharma- istry and Chemical Biology . Single molecule assemblies and subcellular organization. cology, Harvard Medical School . Biomolecular spectroscopy and dynamics and molecular Bence P. Olveczky, PhD, Assistant Professor of nanotechnology. interaction and chemical dynamics in biolog- Organismic and Evolutionary Biology . Neurobi- Steven E. Shoelson, MD, PhD, Professor of ical systems. ology of vocal learning. Medicine, Harvard Medical School . Struc- Gary I. Yellen, PhD, Professor of Neurobiology, Erin K. O’Shea, PhD, Professor of Molecular tural and cellular biology of insulin signal Harvard Medical School . Molecular physi- and Cellular Biology . Systems level and molec- transduction. ology of ion channels: functional motions, ular analysis of signaling pathways, transcrip- Pamela Silver, PhD, Professor of Systems drug interactions, and electrophysiological tional regulation, and methods for expressing Biology, Harvard Medical School . Dynamics of mechanisms. and assaying the proteins derived from an the nucleus, regulation of nuclear transport Xiaowei Zhuang, BS, MS, PhD, Professor of organism. and partioning of nuclear components during Chemistry and Chemical Biology and of Physics . David S. Pellman, MD, Professor of Cell cell division. Systems cell biology. Single-molecule biophysics. Biology, Harvard Medical School . The Timothy A. Springer, PhD, Latham mechanics and regulation of mitosis. Family Professor of Pathology, Harvard Mara Prentiss, PhD, Mallinckrodt Professor of Medical School . Biophysics of cell adhesion and Physics . Exploitation of optical manipulation vascular shear flow. to measure adhesion properties, including Hanno Steen, PhD, Assistant Professor of virus cell binding. Pathology, Harvard Medical School . Cell Tom A. Rapoport, PhD, Professor of Cell cycle studies using mass spectrometric and Biology, Harvard Medical School . Mechanism proteomic technology. of how proteins are transported across the Shamil R. Sunyaev, PhD, Assistant Professor endoplasmic reticulum membrane. of Medicine and Health Sciences and Samara L. Reck-Peterson, PhD, Assistant Technology, Harvard Medical School . Compu- Professor of Cell Biology, Harvard Medical tational methods in genetics, genomics, and School . Molecular mechanism of dynein func- proteomics. tion in normal and diseased states. Jack W. Szostak, PhD, Professor of Genetics, Gary Ruvkun, PhD, Professor of Genetics, Harvard Medical School . Directed evolution; Harvard Medical School . Genetic control of information content and molecular function; developmental timing, neurogenesis, and self-replicating systems. neural function. Naoshige Uchida, PhD, Assistant Professor of Bernardo L. Sabatini, BS, PhD, MD, Associate Molecular and Cellular Biology . Sensory Infor- Professor of Neurobiology, Harvard Medical mation in neuronal processes. School . Regulation of synaptic transmission Gregory Verdine, PhD, Erving Professor of and dendritic function in the mammalian Chemistry and Chemical Biology . Protein- brain. nucleic acid interactions; transcriptional Aravinthan D.T. Samuel, PhD, Associate regulation; x-ray crystallography. Professor of Physics . Behavioral neuroscience Gerhard Wagner, PhD, Elkan Blout Professor of and neurophysiology. Biological Chemistry and Molecular Stuart Schreiber, PhD, Morris Loeb Professor Pharmacology, Harvard Medical School . Protein of Chemistry and Chemical Biology . Forward and nucleic acid structure, interaction and mobility; NMR spectroscopy.

1 0 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Chemical Biology

GSAS Office of Admissions and Financial Aid be approved by the codirectors. At least one of Introduction to Program Harvard University the rotations should be in the laboratory of a The goal of the Chemical Biology Program is Holyoke Center 350 Chemical Biology Program faculty member. biological discovery, and its approach is the 1350 Massachusetts Avenue seamless integration of principles and experi- Cambridge, MA 02138-3654 mental techniques drawn from both chemistry telephone: 617-495-5315, 617-495-5396 and biology. e-mail: [email protected] Preliminary Qualifying Exams The program spans the Cambridge and Boston campuses and engages faculty from After being accepted for admission, (PQE) the Departments of Biological Chemistry applicants are encouraged to make arrange- The aim of the PQE is to assess the student’s and Molecular Pharmacology, Microbi- ments with the administrator of the Chemical ability to review research in a particular field, ology and Genetics, Systems Biology, Cell Biology Program (617-432-0984) to visit the to identify a problem or formulate a central Biology, Chemistry and Chemical Biology, University. hypothesis that is significant for the field, to and Molecular and Cell Biology; and from design line(s) of experimentation to address affiliated institutions, including Brigham and the problem or test the hypothesis, and to Women’s Hospital, Dana-Farber Cancer Insti- Degree Requirements describe how she or he will interpret the tute, Massachusetts General Hospital, and the data that would result from the proposed Students will have an opportunity to discuss Broad Institute of Harvard and MIT. experiment. The topic for the proposal may be which courses and what labs would be appro- The Chemical Biology Program will equip related to a student’s dissertation research or priate to rotate in according to their interests students with the appropriate experimental the topic may be completely independent. and goals with both co-directors. and theoretical approaches to use or develop Students may take the exam in the fall chemical tools for understanding biological term (by the end of October) or in the spring processes. term (by March 15) of their second year. Courses offered by the program will Coursework It is advised that the student completes the emphasize concepts, unsolved (or partially teaching requirement in the semester without Students are required to take MedSci300: the PQE. solved) problems, and novel technology along Conduct of Science and six additional courses with an understanding of how and why chem- chosen in consultation with the codirectors. ical approaches can drive new experiments and The Chemical Biology Program offers two deliver novel insight. Students should leave courses in addition to the many relevant Teaching Requirement the program better able to identify important courses available at Harvard and MIT: All students are required to serve as a teaching unsolved problems in biology and with an CB207 (formerly CB2100): Molecular appreciation of how to choose problems for assistant for one course by the end of their Approaches to Drug Action, Discovery, and second year of graduate study. The course which chemical approaches will be productive. Design. Application of molecular, systems, For more information, please visit http:// should be relevant to chemical biology but and structural biology, genetics, genomics, need not be one of the core courses. chembio.med.harvard.edu. enzymology, and chemistry to drug action and development of new therapies. Analyzes molecular underpinnings of pharmacological Admissions Requirements principles. Examples drawn from diseases Dissertation Research including cancer and AIDS. Chemical Biology will admit students with After passing the PQE, a dissertation advisory CB2200: Introduction to Chemical strong backgrounds in chemistry or biology. committee (DAC) of at least three members Biology II. This course will provide a survey Those with biological backgrounds will need (not including the dissertation advisor) must of major topics, technologies, and themes in to learn the requisite chemical skills, and be appointed by the end of October of the chemical biology, with hands-on exposure to those with chemical backgrounds will need to student’s third year and a meeting scheduled a variety of experimental approaches, followed acquire a deep understanding of how biolog- by the end of December. Subject to program by an in-depth introduction to proposal ical systems function. approval, any three faculty members may serve writing. Scores on the general Graduate Record on the committee. Examination (GRE) are required and one The role of the DAC is to assist the subject GRE in a relevant field is recom- student in defining the dissertation project; mended. TOEFL is required of all foreign Laboratory Rotations review scientific progress; offer critical evaluation, suggesting extension or modification applicants other than those whose native Students are required to complete a minimum language is English. of objectives; arbitrate differences of opinion of two laboratory rotations, preferably one in between the student and the advisor if they Online submission of the application is a laboratory with a strong biological emphasis required. Please refer to the GSAS Admissions arise; and decide when the work accomplished and another in a laboratory with a strong constitutes a dissertation. The hope is that the Page for further information on applying, chemical emphasis. Rotations will last approxi- www.gsas.harvard.edu/prospective_students/ committee will help students get their research mately ten weeks, allowing time for students off to a good start and serve as a resource for admissions.php. Students should request infor- to accomplish a substantial body of work. mation from: students at any point during their graduate Additional rotations beyond the minimum career. two are encouraged. Laboratory rotations will

Programs of Study 1 0 9 Eric Jacobsen, Sheldon Emery Professor Pamela Silver, Director of the Systems Biology Participating Faculty and Their of Chemistry . Mechanistic and synthetic Program . Genome organization, pathways in Research Interests chemistry. disease, synthetic biology and bio-energy. Cecile Beguin, Assistant Professor of Psychia- Peter Lansbury, Professor of Cell Biology . Regu- Piotr Sliz, Assistant Professor of Pediatrics . try . Synthesis and evaluation of molecules of lation of mitosis and chromosome segregation. microRNA biogenesis and structural biology medicinal interest for the patients with mood Stephen Liberles, Assistant Professor of Neurol- computing. and psychotic disorders. ogy . Protein pathogenesis. Gregory Verdine, Erving Professor of Chemistry . Stephen C. Blacklow, Assistant Professor of David R. Liu, Professor of Chemistry and Protein-nucleic acid in interactions; transcrip- Pathology . Molecular basis for specificity in Chemical Biology . Howard Hughes Medical tional regulation; x-ray crystallography. protein folding and protein-protein Institute Investigator . Molecular evolution Loren Walensky, PhD, Assistant Professor interactions. of proteins, nucleic acids, and synthetic Chemical Biology . Biology of deregulated apop- James Bradner, Instructor of Medicine, The molecules to probe biology; development of totic and transcriptional pathways in cancer. Bradner Lab . Studies gene regulation using DNA-templated organic synthesis; reaction of Suzanne Walker, Professor of Microbiology and small molecules as probes. discovery; creation of synthetic biotic systems. Molecular Genetics . Chemical biology applied Jon Clardy, Professor of Biological Chemistry Ralph Mazitschek, Instructor of Biological to microbial systems. and Molecular Pharmacology, Program Codirec- Chemistry and Molecular Pharmacology . Devel- Sunney Xie, Professor of Chemistry . Single- tor . Discovery of biologically active small mol- opment of modulators of chromatin modi- molecule biophysics. fying enzymes in particular class II HDACS. ecules, biosynthesis, x-ray crystallography. Priscilla Yang, Assistant Professor of Microbiol- Vlad Denic, Assistant Professor of Molecular Timothy Mitchison, Professor of Cell Biol- ogy and Molecular Genetics . Viral immunology and Cellular Biology . Lipidomics, insertion of ogy . Cytoskeleton dynamics; mechanism of and pathogenesis. tail-anchored proteins into lipid bilayers, mitosis and cell locomotion; small molecule inhibitors. Xiaowei Zhuang, Assistant Professor of Chemis- assembly of lipids into the double autophago- try and Chemical Biology and of Physics . Single- somal membrane. Andrew Myers, Professor of Chemistry and molecule biophysics. Chemical Biology . Synthesis and study of com- Ulrike Eggert, PhD, Assistant Professor of Leonard Zon, MD, PhD, Grousbeck Professor Chemical Biology . Chemical approaches to cell plex molecules of importance in biology and human medicine. of Pediatrics . Developmental biology of hema- division. topoiesis and erythroid development. Rachelle Gaudet, PhD, Associate Professor Erin O’Shea, PhD, Professor of Molecular and in Molecular and Cellular Biology . Structural Cellular Biology and of Chemistry and Chemical studies of the stereochemistry of signaling and Biology . Systems level and molecular analysis of transport through biological membranes. signaling pathways, transcriptional regulation, and methods for expressing and assaying the David Golan, Professor of Biological Chemistry proteins derived from an organism. and Molecular Pharmacology . Understanding the molecular interactions controlling protein Randall Peterson, PhD, Assistant Professor of and lipid mobility and distribution in cell Medicine . Chemical and genetic approaches to membranes. studying diseases of the blood and the circula- tory system. Nathanael Gray, PhD, Assistant Professor of Chemical Biology . Small molecules. Tom Roberts, Professor of Pathology . Kinases, kinase inhibitors, cancer and aging. We work Marcia Haigis, Assistant Professor of Pathology . in wide variety of model systems and utilize Our laboratory focuses on understanding the approaches varying from systems biology to role that mitchondria play In mammalian agin zebrafish genetics. and disease. Alan Saghatelian, PhD, Assistant Professor of Deb Hung, MD, PhD, Assistant Professor of Chemistry and Chemical Biology . Development Microbiology and Molecular Genetics . Chemical and application of liquid chromatography- genetics approach to bacterial pathogenesis. mass spectrometry based (LC-MS) global Daniel Kahne, Professor of Chemistry and metabolite profiling as a general discovery tool Chemical Biology, Professor of Biological Chem- in chemical biology istry and Molecular Pharmacology . Biological Adrian Salic, PhD, Assistant Professor of Cell mechanisms. Biology . Mechanisms of vertebrate hedgehog Randy King, Assistant Professor of Cell Biology . signaling. Regulation of mitosis and chromosome segre- Stuart Schreiber, Morris Loeb Professor of gation. Chemistry and Chemical Biology . Forward and Roy Kishony, Associate Professor of Systems reverse chemical genetics: using small mol- Biology . Understanding the system-level archi- ecules to explore biology. tecture of genetic networks and the interplay Matthew Shair, Professor of Chemistry and between their design and the evolutionary Chemical Biology . Organic synthesis and chem- process. ical biology.

1 1 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Higher Degrees in Chemistry

structure determination, materials synthesis, covers tuition and living expenses. Begin- General Information nanofabrication, and imaging are available in ning in the second semester, all students are The Department of Chemistry and Chemical adjacent departments. Nearly all CCB faculty expected to teach for two semesters. Teaching Biology offers a program of study leading to are affiliated with multiple cross-departmental fellowships are term-long jobs typically avail- the degree of doctor of philosophy in chem- programs and research centers at Harvard. able on a quarter-time or half-time basis. A istry, in the special fields of biological, inor- quarter-time assignment involves about ten ganic, organic, and physical chemistry. A PhD hours per week of preparation and instruction. program in chemical physics is also available. With the research advisor’s concurrence, a The entering graduate student at Harvard Admission student may teach in subsequent years. joins an active research center as a co-worker Applications for admission to study for the Research assistantships provide an oppor- at the start of or during the student’s second PhD degree in chemistry are accepted from tunity for students to devote more time to term. The Department’s faculty and its affili- students who have received the bachelor’s research. The 12-month research assistant- ated student scientists share a rich training degree or have had equivalent preparation. ship is the major vehicle for student support in the unique tools of chemical inquiry and These applications should be initiated during within a research group. Research assistant- commitment to scientific investigation at the the fall of the year preceding the September ships typically start in July after the student molecular level. Doctoral research, based on when admission is desired. Normally, students has completed the first year of the graduate the student’s own interests and those of the are admitted only for September. The Depart- program. chosen faculty supervisor, is concerned with ment of Chemistry and Chemical Biology Independent fellowships are outside problems of intrinsic interest and impor- admits students with a record of classroom awards (e.g., NSF, NDSEG, DOE) covering a tance at the frontiers of chemical science. and laboratory training in biological, organic, significant portion of a student’s stipend and The student joins a community composed of inorganic, and physical chemistry. We expect tuition throughout his or her tenure in the about 180 graduate students, 150 postdoctoral students to possess a strong enough grounding PhD program. Information on major graduate fellows, and 34 faculty members. in chemistry to perform well on the required fellowships is available at www.gsas.harvard. Regular seminars are held by most faculty Chemistry GRE subject exam, and to be edu/current_students/fellowships_for_1st_ members for their research groups. The thoughtful enough about the discipline of or_2nd_year_of_graduate_study.php, or can exchange of views, the solution of problems, chemistry to communicate their desire to be obtained by writing to the respective agen- and the discussion of recent developments pursue doctoral research in our department. cies directly, or by inquiring at your college have made this setting an important compo- Applicants must take the GRE general career counseling office. A limited number of nent of the graduate program. Colloquia and chemistry examinations. These must be corporate fellowships are available to merito- in special fields of chemistry and frequent taken no later than November of the year prior rious students after the first year. lectures by visiting chemists are continual to admission and preferably earlier so that catalysts for creative research. Considerable score reports arrive by the December applica- opportunity exists for interaction with other tion deadline. TOEFL is required of all foreign departments and groups inside Harvard applicants other than those whose native Departmental Requirements University, at MIT, and at other research language is English. centers in the Boston area. We encourage prospective students to Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) Departmental research facilities are submit their applications online whenever Although the curriculum for this degree located in six buildings on the historic main possible at https://apply.embark.com/grad/ includes certain requirements in formal Harvard campus: Mallinckrodt, Conant, Harvard/GSAS. We also ask the student’s coursework (see below), the majority of Converse, Naito, Bauer, and the Mallinck- recommenders to submit their letters online the graduate student’s time and energy will rodt/Hoffman “Link.” These laboratories are whenever possible. The Department of Chem- be devoted to original investigations in a adjacent to the Departments of Stem Cell and istry and Chemical Biology is a participant in chosen field of research. Students have many Regnerative Biology, Molecular and Cellular Harvard Integrated Life Sciences (HILS). opportunities to learn about current research Biology, Organismic and Evolutionary programs, prior to embarking upon research, Biology, Physics, Earth and Planetary Sciences, both during rotations and through informal the Centers for Systems Biology and Brain discussions with faculty and students. Students Science, and the School of Engineering and Financial Support are strongly encouraged to enter a research Applied Sciences. Also nearby is the Science The Department of Chemistry and Chemical group by the end of the second term of their Center, housing Mathematics, Statistics, and Biology meets the financial needs of its first year, unless a deferral is granted on a History of Science, but devoted primarily to graduate students through Department Schol- term-by-term basis by the director of graduate undergraduate teaching facilities. In addition arships, Department Fellowships, Teaching studies. Once a student joins a research group, to the faculty research labs, the Chemistry and Fellowships, Research Assistantships, and inde- the faculty member of that group becomes the Chemical Biology complex contains facili- pendent outside fellowships. Financial support student’s advisor. is awarded on a 12-month basis, enabling ties for analytical instrumentation (NMR, Qualifying Requirements. Students must pass students to pursue their research throughout X-ray Crystallography, X-ray Diffractometry), four advanced half-courses in chemistry and/or the year. Tuition support is provided to all a library, and computer workstations for related fields (e.g., biochemistry, physics, etc.) graduate students in good standing. molecular modeling and chemical information with average grades of B or higher. Grades of Generally, students in their first year are retrieval. A machine shop, electronics shop, B- will count as a pass if balanced by a B+ or supported by a departmental fellowship that and facilities for mass spectrometry, protein better on a one-for-one basis. An advanced

Programs of Study 1 1 1 course is one designated in the announcement Students are strongly encouraged to enter a will not be allowed to teach until they are of courses as “for undergraduates and gradu- research group by the end of the second term deemed proficient. ates” or “primarily for graduates” with the of their first year, unless a deferral is granted Teaching. It is expected that all students will exception of the following courses that cannot on a term-by-term basis by the director of participate in teaching sections or laboratory be used for credit toward the PhD degree in graduate studies. Once a student joins a for two terms. Most students teach in the Chemistry: Chemistry 135 and 165. Courses research group, the faculty member of that spring term of their first year and the fall term numbered 300 or above do not count toward group becomes the student’s advisor. If a of their second year. With his or her advisor’s this requirement. student subsequently finds that another area concurrence, a student may teach in subse- All entering graduate students (G1s) are of research more closely matches his or her quent years. required to take “Chemistry 301hf. Scientific interests, the student should consult with the Teaching and Communication: Practicum” in director of graduate studies. Continuance. Continuation in the degree their first year. This course will teach graduate At the end of their first year, students program is contingent on the following: students how to communicate scientific are expected to constitute, in consultation (1) satisfactory completion of required concepts in the classroom. with the director of graduate studies, their coursework, (2) successful presentation and During the orientation week students Graduate Advising Committee (GAC). The defense of a research proposal in accordance will formulate a plan of study in consultation GAC consists of the student’s advisor and two with policy set by the Graduate Advising with a member of the Curriculum Advising other faculty members, one of whom must Committee (GAC), (3) admission to a Committee (CAC). The CAC may withhold be a CCB faculty member. The committee research group during the second term in approval for courses deemed inappropriate for meets yearly, beginning in the student’s second residence, unless extension of time has been the PhD degree in Chemistry. Any changes to year, to assess research progress and discuss approved by the director of graduate studies, the original plan of study must be discussed future plans. Students are expected to present and (4) satisfactory progress in 300-level with and approved by a member of the CAC. and defend an independent proposal anytime research courses. It is expected that required coursework be between the second semester of their second Dissertation. The preparation of a satisfac- completed no later than the end of the third year and the end of their fourth year in the tory dissertation normally requires at least term in residence. In consultation with the presence of their GAC. In addition, they will four years of full-time research. The final CAC, special arrangements may also be made have meetings with the GAC in the second manuscript must conform to the require- in the following circumstances: semester of their second year, and by June 30th ments described in the booklet The Form of the (a) Advanced courses passed with honor of their third and fourth years. The indepen- PhD Dissertation, included in the dissertation grades by a Harvard undergraduate, who dent proposal defense will serve as one of these preparation packet of procedural and deadline is subsequently admitted to the Graduate three required meetings. Students may have information that may be obtained from the School, may be counted in fulfillment of the a voluntary GAC meeting in their fifth year CCB department office. departmental course requirement. They may and, if necessary, a mandatory meeting in their All students are expected to provide a be counted for residence requirements only sixth year. The objective of these meetings is public presentation of their PhD research. The if in excess of the courses required for the AB to bring focus to the timely completion of the dissertation defense will be comprised of two degree (see The Graduate School of Arts and degree requirements, to foster (non-advisor) parts: 1) a public presentation of the student’s Sciences Handbook). faculty-student interactions, and to provide PhD research to which members of the CCB (b) Students who have taken elsewhere the career counseling. community will be invited, followed by 2) the equivalent of a Harvard advanced course may, Students are encouraged to consult with private PhD dissertation defense before the by arrangement with the Advisory Committee, the director of graduate studies on any issues dissertation defense committee (generally the meet the requirement with respect to that that affect graduate student life. GAC). One of the readers must be a faculty course without enrollment by fulfilling such Oral Examinations. Students are expected member of the department of Chemistry and requirements as the instructor in the course to present and defend a research proposal Chemical Biology (generally the advisor). Two stipulates. (See The Graduate School of Arts anytime between the second semester of the members of the committee must be members and Sciences Handbook, Credit for Work Done second year and the end of the fourth year. of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences. Faculty Elsewhere.) The presentation will be before a faculty members from other schools at Harvard who Rotations. Entering graduate students (G1s) committee in accordance with the Graduate hold appointments on GSAS degree commit- are required to participate in three 4-week Advising Committee guidelines. Additionally, tees as well as FAS emeriti and research profes- rotations in different laboratories, OR they all students are expected to provide a public sors may serve as members of the dissertation may conduct one 8-week and one 4-week presentation of their Ph.D. research as part of committee. Faculty of institutions outside of rotation in two different laboratories. The their program requirements. Harvard may serve as a member of the dissertation committee providing the requirement goal of the rotations is to broaden a student’s Language. A thorough command of oral scientific perspective by exposing him or her of two readers from FAS (one being a CCB and written English is required. Incoming faculty member, generally the advisor) is met. to the science and environment of different PhD students who are non-native speakers laboratories. of English and who have not received their Advising. During orientation week, each undergraduate degree from an English- entering student meets with an assigned speaking institution will have their English member of the Curriculum Advising proficiency tested by the Institute of English Master of Arts (AM) Committee (CAC) to formulate a plan of Language (IEL). Students who are not deemed study. The CAC advises students on their proficient will be required to take courses at The Department of Chemistry and Chemical academic plans, approves required courses, the IEL to develop their English language Biology does not grant terminal AM degrees. and assists in decisions related to the PhD skills as part of their preparation for teaching Students may apply for the AM degree after program. and their professional development. Students one or two years in the doctoral program. The requirements for this degree are:

1 1 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Residence. Minimum of one year of full-time Raymond Moellering, “Direct Inhibition of Stanford University . Single-molecule spectros- study. an Oncogenic Transcription Factor: Design, copy and biophysics; Brownian motion and Program of Study. The student must pass Synthesis and Characterization of Stabilized feedback control; electrokinetics, polymer with honor grades eight advanced half-courses a-Helical Peptides Targeting the NOTCH- physics, fluctuation-induced forces; nonequi- diversified among the fields of chemistry CSL Transactivation Complex” (Verdine librium van der Waals/Casimir forces; instru- with average grades of B or higher. Grades of Group) mentation. B- will count as a pass if balanced by a B+ or Peter Sims, “DNA Sequencing with Fluoro- Cynthia Friend, Theodore William Richards better on a one-for-one basis.. Typically, four genic Nucleotides and Single Molecule Studies Professor of Chemistry and Professor of Materials of the half-courses are classroom work, and the of Active Transport in Living Cells” (Xie Science . PhD 1981, University of California remaining four are research courses. Students Group) at Berkeley . Surface chemistry: heterogeneous will formulate a plan of study in consultation Benjamin Stanton, “Discovery and Mecha- catalysis, nanostructure growth, environmental with a member of the Curriculum Advising nistic Characterization of a Novel Class of chemistry, laser-assisted materials processing, Committee (CAC). The CAC may withhold Sonic Hedgehog Inhibitors” (Schreiber Group) heterogeneous chemistry relevant to origins of approval for courses deemed inappropriate for life, and chemical sensor technology. the AM degree in Chemistry. Yajun Zhou, “Compactess and Robustness: Applications in the Solution of Integral Equa- Roy Gordon, Thomas Dudley Cabot Professor Approval of the application for the AM of Chemistry . PhD 1964, Harvard University . degree is contingent upon the satisfactory tions for Chemical Kinetics and Electromag- netic Scattering” (Zhuang Group) Intermolecular forces, transport processes and completion of the required eight half-courses. molecular motion; theory of crystal struc- Proper documentation of passing grades on tures and phase transitions, kinetics of crystal applicable bracketed courses (i.e., GSAS tran- growth; solar energy, chemical vapor deposi- scripts) must be received by the department Faculty and Research Interests tion; synthesis of inorganic precursors to new office before approval of the AM degree is materials; thin films and their applications to granted. Joanna Aizenberg, Gordon McKay Professor microelectronics and solar cells. Language. A thorough command of oral of Materials Science; Susan S . and Kenneth L . Wallach Professor at the Radcliffe Institute for Eric Heller, Professor of Chemistry and Physics . and written English is required. Incoming PhD 1973, Harvard University . Few body PhD students who are non-native speakers Advanced Study; Professor of Chemistry and Chemical Biology . PhD 1996, Weizmann Insti- quantum mechanics, scattering theory, and of English and who have not received their quantum chaos. Physics of semiconductor undergraduate degree from an English- tute of Science . Biomimetic inorganic materials synthesis, self-assembly, crystal engineering, devices, ultracold molecular collisions, nonadi- speaking institution will have their English abatic interactions in molecules and gasses. proficiency tested by the Institute of English surface chemistry, nanofabrication, biomate- Language (IEL). Students who are not deemed rials, biomechanics and biooptics. Eric Jacobsen, Sheldon Emery Professor of proficient will be required to take courses at James Anderson, Philip S . Weld Professor of Chemistry . PhD 1986, University of California the IEL to develop their English language Atmospheric Chemistry . PhD 1970, University at Berkeley . Mechanistic and synthetic organic skills as part of their preparation for teaching of Colorado . Chemical reactivity of radical- chemistry. Development of new synthetic and their professional development. radical and radical-molecule systems; chemical methods, with emphasis on asymmetric catalysis. Physical-organic studies of reactivity Thesis: None required. catalysis sustained by free radical chain reactions in the Earth’s stratosphere and tropo- and recognition phenomena in homogeneous sphere; mechanistic links between chemistry, catalysis. Stereoselective synthesis of natural radiation, and dynamics in the atmosphere products. Higher Degrees in Chemistry that control climate; high-accuracy satel- Daniel Kahne, Professor of Chemistry and lite observations for testing and systematic Chemical Biology and Professor of Biological Recent PhD Dissertations improvement of climate forecasts. Chemistry and Molecular Pharmacology . PhD 1986, Columbia University . Synthetic organic Thomas Baker, “Adsorption on Gold: Effects Alán Aspuru-Guzik, Associate Professor of chemistry and its applications to problems in on Surface Morphology and Reactivity” Chemistry and Chemical Biology . PhD 2004, chemistry and biology. (Friend Group) University of California at Berkeley . Theoretical physical chemistry. Quantum computation Charles Lieber, Mark Hyman Jr . Professor of Landy Blasdel, “Development of a Concise, and its application to chemistry problems. Chemistry . PhD 1985, Stanford University . Enantioselective Synthetic Route to Analogs of Development of electronic structure methods Chemistry and physics of materials with an Salinosporamide A” (Myers Group) for atoms and molecules: density functional emphasis on nanoscale systems. Rational Takeru Furuya, “Transition-Metal-Mediated theory and quantum Monte Carlo. Theoretical synthesis of new nanoscale building blocks Fluorination of Arenes” (Ritter Group) understanding and design of renewable energy and nanostructured solids; development of Xiaoying Liu, “Unraveling Molecular Trans- materials. methodologies for hierarchical assembly of formations on Gold and Silver Surfaces: Theodore Betley, Assistant Professor of nanoscale building blocks into complex and Oxidative Processes of Olefins and Alcohols” Chemistry and Chemical Biology . PhD 2005, functional systems; investigation of funda- (Friend Group) California Institute of Technology . Synthetic mental electronic, optical and optoelectronic properties of nanoscale materials; design and Rebecca Loy, “New Electrophiles for Asym- inorganic chemistry targeting chemical energy development of nanoelectronics and nano- metric Ring-Opening Reactions with (salen)M conversion, structure and reactivity of polyme- photonic systems, with emphasis on electri- Catalysts” (Jacobsen Group) tallic and organometallic compounds. cally-based biological detection, digital and Andres Martinez, “Microfluidic Paper-Based Adam Cohen, Assistant Professor of Chemistry quantum computing, and photonic systems. Analytical Devices” (Whitesides Group) and Chemical Biology and of Physics . PhD 2003, University of Cambridge; PhD 2007,

Programs of Study 1 1 3 David R. Liu, Professor of Chemistry and Matthew Shair, Professor of Chemistry and Chemical Biology and Howard Hughes Medical Chemical Biology . PhD 1995, Columbia Affiliate Faculty Institute Investigator . PhD 1999, University University . Synthesis of small molecules that Jon Clardy, Professor of Biological Chemistry of California at Berkeley . Organic chemistry have interesting biological functions and eluci- and Molecular Pharmacology (Medical School) . and chemical biology of molecular evolution, dation of their cellular mechanisms; develop- PhD 1969, Harvard . Discovery of biologi- nucleic acid-templated organic synthesis, ment of organic synthesis. cally active small molecules using DNA-based reaction discovery, protein and nucleic acid Eugene Shakhnovich, Professor of Chemistry approaches or high-throughput screening evolution and engineering, synthetic polymer and Chemical Biology . PhD 1984, Moscow State and chemical analysis; protein structure and evolution; generally, effective molarity-based University . Theoretical biomolecular science enzymology; functioning of small molecules as approaches to controlling reactivity and evolu- including protein folding, theory of molecular carriers of biological information; new biosyn- tion- based approaches to the discovery of evolution, structural bioinformatics, rational thetic pathways; new microbial biology. functional synthetic and biological molecules. drug design, populational genomics, other Efthimios Kaxiras, Gordon McKay Professor of Andrew Myers, Professor of Chemistry and complex systems including complex polymers Applied Physics and Professor of Physics (School Chemical Biology . PhD 1985, Harvard Univer- and spin glasses. of Engineering and Applied Sciences) . PhD sity . Synthesis and study of complex natural Gregory Verdine, Professor of Stem Cell and 1987, Massachusetts Institute of Technology . products; development of synthetic method- Regenerative Biology and Erving Professor of Development of computational methodolo- ology. Chemistry . PhD 1986, Columbia University . gies for coupling spatial and temporal scales; Erin O’Shea, Professor of Molecular and Protein-nucleic acid interactions; transcrip- optical and electronic properties for nucleic Cellular Biology and of Chemistry and Chemical tional regulation; X-ray crystallography; acids, melanin, flavonoids; structure and prop- Biology and Howard Hughes Medical Institute structure and function of DNA-processing erties of carbon and other nanotubes, surface Investigator; Director of the Center for Systems enzymes; discovery of novel ligands to peptide nanowires and nanodots, graphene nanoflakes; Biology . PhD 1992, Massachusetts Institute receptors. effect of chemical impurities on the large-scale mechanical behavior of solids. of Technology . Systems level and molecular George Whitesides, Woodford L . and Ann A . analysis of signaling pathways; transcriptional Flowers University Professor . PhD 1946, Cali- Suzanne Walker, Professor of Microbiology regulatory network architecture, function, and fornia Institute of Technology . Physical organic and Molecular Genetics (Medical School) . PhD evolution; regulation and mechanism of oscil- chemistry, materials science, biophysics, 1992, Princeton . Chemical biology applied to lation of a circadian clock. complexity, surface science, microfluidics, microbial systems; enzymology; mechanism of Hongkun Park, Professor of Chemistry and self-assembly, micro- and nanotechnology, and action of antibiotics. Chemical Biology and of Physics . PhD 1996, cell-surface biochemistry. Christopher Walsh, Hamilton Kuhn Professor Stanford University . Physics and chemistry of Xiaoliang Sunney Xie, Professor of Chemistry of Biological Chemistry and Molecular Phar- nanostructured materials; the development of and Chemical Biology . PhD 1990, University of macology (Medical School) . PhD 1970, Rock- neuro-electronic interface; electron transport California at San Diego . Single-molecule spec- efeller University . Molecular basis of biological through individual molecules, nanowires, and troscopy and dynamics; molecular interaction catalysis, with focus on the structure and func- nanotubes; single-molecule optoelectronics; and chemical dynamics in biological systems; tion of enzymes; biosynthesis and mechanism synthesis and characterization of transition- live cell imaging. of action of antibiotics and bacterial sidero- metal-oxide and chalcogenide nanostructures; phores. the interrogation of complex neural networks Xiaowei Zhuang, Professor of Chemistry and using optical and electronic techniques. Chemical Biology and of Physics; Howard Hughes Medical Institute Investigator . PhD Tobias Ritter, Associate Professor of Chemistry 1996, University of California at Berkeley . and Chemical Biology . PhD 2004, Eidgenös- Investigating complex biological processes at sische Technische Hochschule Zürich . Synthetic the single-molecule level; live cell imaging; organic and organometallic chemistry. Devel- development of new techniques for single- opment of new synthetic methods based molecule sensing and imaging. on transition metal catalysis, stereoselective synthesis of biologically active natural and unnatural products. Alan Saghatelian, Associate Professor of Chem- istry and Chemical Biology . PhD 2002, Scripps Research Institute . Development and application of global metabolite profiling (metabolo- mics) as a general discovery tool for chemical biology. Elucidation of molecules and metabolic pathways that control phenotype at the cellular and physiological level. Stuart Schreiber, Morris Loeb Professor of Chemistry and Chemical Biology and Howard Hughes Medical Institute Investigator . PhD 1981, Harvard University . Development of diversity-oriented synthesis, chemical genetics, and ChemBank; application to an understanding of cell circuitry and disease biology.

1 1 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Higher Degrees in Systems Biology

from statistical physics and information Introduction to Program Combined MD-PhD Program theory. Systems biology aims to explain how higher Students admitted to Harvard Medical School level properties of complex biological systems as candidates for the MD degree may also (2) Principles of Animal Development from a arise from the interactions among their parts. apply for admission to the Systems Biology Systems Perspective SB201 This new field requires a fusion of concepts program in order to earn a PhD degree in Intensive and critical analysis of systems from many disciplines, including biology, systems biology. approaches to circuits and principles computer science, applied mathematics, This program may be of particular interest controlling pattern formation and mor- physics and engineering. to prospective medical students with a strong phogenesis in animals. Students develop Through coursework and collabora- theoretical background and to students their own ideas and present them through tive research, we aim to enable students to enrolled in the Harvard-MIT Division of mentored “chalk talks” and other interac- combine experimental and theoretical Health Sciences and Technology. tive activities. approaches to develop physical and quantita- (3) Modeling and Measurement in Cell tive models of biological processes. Students Biology SB202 will be introduced to the tools that are now available, and to important unsolved problems Financial Aid Introduction to experimental, statistical in biology that may now be possible to address All students accepted into the program are and mathematical methods for measuring using quantitative and theoretical approaches. awarded full support, including a stipend, full and modeling the biochemistry, kinet- For more information, please visit http:// tuition, and health fees. Students are encour- ics and energetics of signal transduction, sysbio.harvard.edu/phd. aged to apply for external fellowships, such as force-generation and other processes in those administered by the National Science mammalian cells with application to Foundation, National Defense Science and human disease and therapeutic drugs. Engineering Fellowship, and National Insti- (4) Synthetic Biology SB205 Admissions Requirements tutes of Health. A course covering the design and synthesis The typical student has a strong background of new genetic circuits, construction of in one of the disciplines relevant to Systems novel genomes and the chemical basis for Biology (such as biology, mathematics, engi- building self-replicating systems. Weekly neering, physics, chemistry and computer Degree Requirements lectures and discussion sections will be led science) and a strong interest in interdisci- Each student’s program of graduate study is by instructors and outside speakers. plinary research. Although cross training is planned in consultation with faculty advi- not required, many of the students admitted sors. The degree program is designed to be (5) Introduction to Quantitative and Systems have had some experience in biology and completed in a maximum of six years. The Biology SB207 some exposure to quantitative or theoretical program consists of three parts: This course will introduce students to approaches. the emerging discipline of systems biol- Students considering graduate work ogy, showing how it combines a rich should request an application from the Office Coursework background of biological knowledge with of Admissions and Financial Aid Harvard Incoming students are assigned to two advi- quantitative approaches, allowing us to ask Graduate School of Arts and Sciences. Online sors, generally from different disciplines, new questions and pose experiments in submission of the application is required. who are available to help plan the student’s new ways. Please refer to the GSAS Admissions Page for initial program of graduate study. Students further information on applying. http://www. (6) Introduction to Systems Biology Research are required to take SB300 Introduction to SB300 gsas.harvard.edu. Systems Biology, MedSci300 Conduct of Students can request information from: Science, and four additional courses chosen Introductory lectures by Systems Biology Office of Admissions and Financial Aid in consultation with their faculty advisors. Program members. Weekly one-hour lec- Harvard University Five formal courses are currently offered by tures introduce the research areas of faculty Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Program faculty and a wide variety of courses performing research in systems biology. Holyoke Center 350 taught at Harvard and MIT are available. 1350 Massachusetts Avenue Additionally, an informal summer course Cambridge, MA 02138-3654 is offered for incoming students during the e-mail: [email protected] month of August that introduces a range of Lab Rotations experimental techniques, theoretical/computa- A number of candidates will be invited Students in the program are expected to tional tools and programming languages. to interview in late January or early February. take two to four laboratory rotations before Final decisions concerning admission are made (1) Dynamic and Stochastic Processes in Cells selecting a dissertation project. This is to allow by the dean of the Graduate School of Arts SB200 the student to explore different research areas, and Sciences, and the candidates are notified Rigorous introduction to (i) dynamical identify potential collaborators, and experience by letter from the Admissions Office. systems theory as a tool to understand the environment in different research groups molecular and cellular biology (ii) sto- (both experimental and theoretical), rather chastic processes in single cells, using tools than to accomplish a research project. The

Programs of Study 1 1 5 program does not set time limits on rotations, A completed dissertation will ordinarily Angela DePace, Assistant Professor of Systems but most rotations are expected to be 4-12 include at least three chapters comprising Biology . Mechanism and evolution of gene weeks long. original research, of which at least two could regulation. be (or have been) submitted for peer-reviewed Michael Desai, Assistant Professor of Organ- publication. Alternative forms of publication ismic and Evolutionary Biology and of Physics . Independent Research (for example, a useful computer program or Mathematical models of evolutionary a Website/database that required significant dynamics, theoretical population genetics, After the first year students may choose a original research and intellectual input) may and experimental evolution, with the goal of single faculty member as their dissertation be acceptable. The Dissertation Examina- understanding how natural selection shapes advisor, or may elect to initiate a collaboration tion will involve a public seminar describing genetic variation. between two or more labs. Subject to Program the dissertation research, followed by an oral approval, students may choose advisors from examination by the DAC. We expect that Catherine Dulac, Professor of Molecular and any science department at Harvard, including students will complete their dissertation by Cellular Biology . Molecular and developmental the research departments of the 11 Harvard- their fifth or sixth year of study. biology of olfactory and pheromone sensing. affiliated teaching hospitals. Walter Fontana, Professor of Systems Biology . Experimental and theoretical approaches to Participating Faculty address fundamental problems in systems Preliminary Qualifying biology as they relate to aging (C.elegans), The 47 faculty members of the Systems plasticity in molecular signaling, and the Examination Biology Program are from the Departments evolvability of phenotype. of Systems Biology, Biological Chemistry The purpose of the examination is to ensure Jeremy Gunawardena, Senior Lecturer on and Molecular Pharmacology, Molecular and that the student is prepared to embark on Systems Biology . Theoretical and experimental Cellular Biology, Chemistry and Chemical dissertation research. The examination is approaches to in-silico systems biology. Biology, Cell Biology, Genetics, and Physics, given in two phases. The first phase must be and from the School of Engineering and John Higgins, Assistant Professor of Systems completed by June 1 of the student’s first year, Applied Sciences. Bilogy . and is intended to evaluate the student’s progress in acquiring competence in mathematical Edoardo Airoldi, Assistant Professor of Statistics . Marc Kirschner, Professor of Systems Biology, and/or computational approaches. Students We develop and apply statistics, methods for Chair of the Department of Systems Biology . will formulate a question related to any analyzing complex dynamical systems. We are Regulation of the cell cycle, the role of problem in biology and devise a mathematical broadly interested in characterizing mecha- cytoskeleton in cell morphogenesis, and mech- or computational approach to addressing it. nisms of regulation in bacteria, yeast, and anisms of establishing the basic vertebrate Results of the project will be presented in a cancer systems, quantitatively. Our focus is on body plan. short written summary and orally. Phase two cellular proliferation, metabolism, signaling Roy Kishony, Associate Professor of Systems must be completed by the end of January of pathways, and protein-mRNA regulation. Biology . Combining theoretical and experi- the student’s second year. Students will prepare Debra Auguste, Assistant Professor of Biomed- mental approaches to understand how biolog- and defend an original research proposal ical Engineering . Developing novel biomate- ical function emerges in complex genetic and related to the student’s proposed dissertation rials for drug delivery and tissue engineering. chemical networks. Using population genetics research. approaches to understand the interplay Michael Brenner, Gordon McKay Professor between biological design and the evolutionary of Applied Mathematics and Applied Physics . process. Quantitative modeling of complex phenomena Dissertation in science and engineering. Galit Lahav, Assistant Professor of Systems Biology . The dynamics of conserved network After completing the Qualifying Exam, Martha Bulyk, Assistant Professor of Medicine, motifs in diverse signaling systems in human students will be required to meet once a year Pathology, and Health Sciences & Technology; cells, studied by stimulating the proteins with a Dissertation Advisory Committee Associate Member of Broad Institute of MIT of interest and accurately monitoring their (DAC) consisting of their advisor(s) and three and Harvard . Functional and computational expression level and localization in individual additional faculty. The DAC and the student genomics studies of transcription factors and living cells. will meet and discuss the proposal, and the Cis regulatory elements. Richard Losick, Professor in the Department of student will receive feedback, advice and Lewis Cantley, Professor of Medicine, Professor Molecular and Cellular Biology . Gene regula- suggestions from Committee members. This of Systems Biology . The biochemical pathways tion and development in microorganisms. should help refine the student’s ideas about that regulate normal mammalian cell growth their dissertation project and define the scope, and the defects that cause cell transformation. Lakshminarayanan Mahadevan, Gordon direction and overall soundness of the idea. McKay Professor of Applied Mathematics and George Church, Professor of Genetics . Synthetic Acceptable modes of dissertation research Mechanics . The applications of mathematics to biology design of 3D, multicell, & new trans- will include experiment-based research, theo- understand the mechanical behavior of matter lational codes; stem-cell, aging & cancer epige- retical research, and combinations of the two. in all its forms, but with a particular emphasis netics, ecosystem models, personal genomics. We do not attempt to constrain students on soft materials and biological systems. to dissertation research in the traditional Philippe Cluzel, Professor of Molecular and formats of systems biology’s parent disciplines. Cellular Biology and Gordon McKay Professor of We encourage collaborative research, and Applied Physics . especially situations in which the student is bringing a new question or a new tool to their dissertation lab(s).

1 1 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Christopher Marx, Assistant Professor of Organ- Johan Paulsson, Assistant Professor of Systems Peter Sorger, Professor of Systems Biology . The ismic and Evolutionary Biology . Experimental Biology . Mathematical theory for noise in application of experimental and computa- evolution of microbes to address broad evolu- intracellular networks and the development tional approaches to the analysis of chromo- tionary and ecological questions and explore of new experimental techniques for counting some segregation, genomic stability and the systems-level function and optimization of molecules in single cells. Combining theory programmed cell death in yeast, mice and complex biological networks. and experiments in the study of e.g. stochastic human cells. Sean Megason, Assistant Professor of Systems gene expression, homeostatic control, Jack Szostak, Professor of Genetics . Directed Biology . Studies how the program contained near-critical metabolism and intracellular evolution; information content and molecular in the genome is executed during develop- selfishness. function; self-replicating systems. ment to turn and egg into an embryo, using Sharad Ramanathan, Assistant Professor of Ralph Weissleder, Professor of Systems Biology . confocal/2-photon imaging of living, trans- Molecular and Cellular Biology and of Applied Development of novel imaging tools and their genic zebrafish embryos to watch biological Physics . Studies how cells and organisms application to understanding complex diseases. circuits function in vivo and use these data in process signals from their environment and cell-based, quantitative modeling. how underlying molecular pathways evolve. David Weitz, Professor of Applied Physics and Physics . Studies soft condensed matter physics, Timothy Mitchison, Hasib Sabbagh Professor Aviv Regev, Assistant Professor of Biology at and applies physical methods to study the of Systems Biology, Deputy Chairman of the MIT and Member of the Broad Institute of elastic properties of cell, both by creating in Department of Systems Biology . Cytoskeleton Harvard/MIT . Understanding the mechanisms vitro model systems, and by developing tech- dynamics, in particular the mechanism of by which molecular networks accommodate niques for in vivo studies of cells. The goal of mitosis and the mechanism of cell motility changes at different time scales. the work is to understand the origin of the dependent on actin polymerization. Pardis Sabeti, Assistant Professor of Organismic force transduction in cells. Vamsi Mootha, Associate Professor of Systems and Evolutionary Biology . Studying the effect Xiaoliang Sunney Xie, Professor of Chemistry Biology . Biochemical adaptation at the level of natural selection on the human genome and Chemical Biology . Single molecule spec- of the mitochondrion, assessed through and on the genomes of other organisms and troscopy and dynamics; molecular interaction physiology, functional genomics (microarrays, uncovering the traits that have emerged to and chemical dynamics in biological systems. proteomics), and computation; integration shape these species, and to understand mecha- of genome-scale datasets to discover gene nisms of evolutionary adaptation in humans Xiaowei Zhuang, Assistant Professor of Chem- networks underlying rare and common human and pathogens. istry and Chemical Biology and of Physics . Study metabolic diseases biology. of complex biological processes at the single Alan Saghatelian, Assistant Professor of Chem- molecule (or single working unit) level; devel- Andrew Murray, Professor of Molecular and istry and Chemical Biology . The development opment of new imaging techniques. Cellular Biology; Co-director of the Bauer Center and application of LC-MS based metabo- for Genomics Research . Mitosis, meiosis, experi- lomics approaches to study basic as well as mental evolution, and signal transduction. biomedical problems in biology. Radhika Nagpal, Assistant Professor of Alex Schier, Professor of Molecular and Cellular Computer Science, Instructor in Systems Biology . Biology . Developmental genetics and neurobi- Developing programming paradigms for ology. robust collective behavior, inspired by biology; Jagesh Shah, Assistant Professor of Systems understanding robust collective behavior in Biology . Scaling molecular events into cell biological systems. behavior. Using molecular techniques and Dan Needleman, Assistant Professor of Applied modern biophysical tools they are piecing Physics and of Molecular and Cellular Biology . together quantitative models of endogenous Combining quantitative experiments and and synthetic cellular networks. theory to understand the architecture and William Shih, Assistant Professor of Biological dynamics of self-organizing, subcellular struc- Chemistry and Molecular Pharmacology . tures, particularly the metaphase spindle. Explores the principles of self-assembling Martin Nowak, Professor of Mathematics and of molecular machine design and evolution, Biology . Theoretical biology, somatic evolution using DNA nanostructures as model systems. of cancer. Also develop DNA nanostructures as tools for Erin O’Shea, Professor of Molecular and molecular and structural biology. Cellular Biology; Co-Director of the Bauer Pamela Silver, Professor of Systems Biology . Center for Genomics Research . Systems level Systems analysis of genomes, RNA and and molecular analysis of signaling pathways, nuclear organization; designing biological transcriptional regulation, and developing systems; synthetic biology. methods for expressing and assaying the entire Michael Springer, Assistant Professor of Systems complement of proteins derived from an Biology . organism. Kevin Parker, Assistant Professor of Biomedical Engineering . Cellular mechanotransduction in the heart.

Programs of Study 1 1 7 PhD in Health Policy

The PhD in Health Policy, awarded by the at which English is the language of instruction, Harvard provides Graduate Prize Fellow- Faculty of Arts and Sciences, is a collaborative tion must take the Test of English as a Foreign ships (tuition for five years in the program and program of six Harvard University faculties: Language (TOEFL). a stipend for three years) to underrepresented the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, The PhD Program in Health Policy is minority applicants, with financial need, who Harvard School of Public Health, Harvard particularly committed to increasing the are admitted to the program. Applicants are Medical School, Harvard Business School, diversity of its doctoral student population. encouraged to apply for external grants and Harvard Law School, and Harvard Kennedy Minority candidates, including African- fellowships whenever possible. The program School. This degree is intended for students Americans, Native Americans, and Hispanic has created a list of fellowship opportunities in seeking teaching careers in institutes of higher Americans are especially encouraged to apply. health policy, which will be sent to you upon learning and/or research careers in health Those wishing to apply to the MD request. policy. Joseph P. Newhouse, John D. MacAr- program at the Harvard Medical School, as thur Professor of Health Policy and Manage- well as to the PhD Program in Health Policy, Degree Requirements ment, is chair of the Committee on Higher must apply separately to each program and The PhD program has the following compo- Degrees in Health Policy that administers indicate in the application to the PhD Program nents: the program; Katherine Swartz, Professor that a concurrent application has been submitted ■■ Two years (generally) of coursework, of Health Economics and Policy, is director to the Harvard Medical School . Those admitted including a full-year Core course. of graduate studies; Deborah Whitney is to both programs can combine some of the administrative director of the PhD Program coursework to save time. ■■ Concentration in one academic discipline in Health Policy and Ayres Heller is assistant Similarly, applicants interested in the (decision sciences, economics, ethics, evalu- director of the PhD program in Health Policy. Coordinated JD/PhD program must apply ative science and statistics, management, Candidates for the PhD in health policy to and be separately admitted to both the medical sociology, or political analysis) will generally be in residence for two years Law School and the PhD Program in Health and specialization at the dissertation stage before undertaking qualifying examinations. Policy before applying to the Coordinated JD/ in one policy area (environmental health, Satisfactory completion of those examinations PhD Program. Applicants should indicate in the healthcare services, international health, is a prerequisite for writing a dissertation. application to the PhD Program that a concur- mental health, or public health). Students are strongly encouraged to remain rent application has been submitted to Harvard ■■ Three one-term courses, chosen from three in residence in the Cambridge area until they Law School . concentrations outside a student’s field of have passed the dissertation proposal orals. Applicants are asked to 1) include a concentration. The statistics requirement However, the program encourages students to curriculum vitae or résumé with the applica- (noted below) may be used to satisfy one of remain in residence throughout the dissertation to the program; 2) indicate on a sepa- the three requirements, except for students tion stage as well. Continuation of candidacy rate page in the application which area(s) of concentrating in evaluative science and is contingent upon suitable progress and concentration and which policy area(s) within statistics. achievement during each academic year. the program are of special interest; up to two ■ Two one-term courses in statistics. For more information, visit www.health- areas of concentration may be specified; 3) ■ policy.fas.harvard.edu. It is recommended include letters of recommendation (recom- ■■ One course in epidemiology. that applicants obtain additional information menders are encouraged to submit letters ■■ A weekly research seminar starting in the about the PhD Program in Health Policy online); 4) send fall term grades when avail- third year. from Ayres Heller, assistant director, PhD able if attending school while applying to the ■ Written general and concentration examina- Program in Health Policy, (617)-495-1357, program; 5) include a statement of purpose; 6) ■ tions following two years of coursework; the [email protected]. include a recent sample of written work that is general examination may contain an oral no more than 20 pages in length (applicants to component. the ethics concentration only). The application deadline is in mid- ■ A dissertation prospectus and oral examina- Admissions ■ December for admission in the following fall. tion. A distinguished undergraduate record, as well The online application is available through the ■■ A dissertation based on original research as excellent performance in any graduate work GSAS website (www.gsas.harvard.edu). and a dissertation defense undertaken, is required for admission to the PhD Program in Health Policy. Preference will Concentrations be given to applicants who have had either Financial Aid Students in the PhD in health policy program some relevant work experience or graduate The department offers financial support for choose a concentration and meet specific curric- work after completion of a bachelor’s degree, graduate study, based both on need and merit. ulum requirements in one of the following seven although a previous graduate degree is not For example, thanks to grants from the Agency disciplines. For complete information on each required. Scores from the Graduate Record for Healthcare Research and Quality, the concentration, including course requirements Exam (GRE) or the Graduate Management National Institute of Mental Health, and the for each, please visit the program Website at: Admission Test (GMAT) that are five years old National Library of Medicine, the program www.healthpolicy.fas.harvard.edu. or less are required for all applicants. In addi- can offer some traineeships to students who Decision Sciences (Professor Milton C. tion, applicants whose native language is not are US citizens or permanent residents of the Weinstein, chair). Decision sciences are the English and who do not hold the equivalent US. As the program is committed to increasing collection of quantitative techniques that are of a US Bachelor degree from an institution the diversity of the doctoral student popula-

1 1 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences used for decision making at the individual and policies for care at the beginning and end of Medical Sociology (Professor Nicholas A. collective level. They include decision analysis, life; evaluation of informed consent protocols Christakis, chair). In this concentration, risk analysis, cost-benefit and cost-effectiveness and their effectiveness; issues of equity in students will learn about, and contribute analysis, decision modeling, and behavioral the evaluation of policies determining access to knowledge in, several research areas that decision theory, as well as parts of operations to health services and the reduction of risk are extremely important to health policy, research, microeconomics, statistical infer- factors; policies responding to cross-cultural including the study of professions and profes- ence, management control, cognitive and variation in ethical norms; ways in which sional behavior, the structure of health care social psychology, and computer science. The health professionals are educated; policies organizations and systems, the impact of concentration in decision sciences prepares regarding the balance between the individual organizational and professional change on students for research careers that involve and the collective (e.g., in bio-terrorism, the structure of medical work, organizational the application of these methods to health epidemic control, etc.). While not abandoning improvement programs and their evaluation, problems. the concerns of traditional work in bioethics, evaluation of intervention programs, the Economics (Professor Joseph P. Newhouse, the program aims to produce students who are diffusion of innovations across providers and chair). The concentration in economics interested in the ethics of population health. organizations, and the behavior of patients and focuses on the economic behavior of indi- Accordingly, students in this track will develop consumers—including consumer evaluations viduals; providers; insurers; and interna- core skills for the conduct of both normative of health care quality and patient perspectives tional, federal, state, and local governments analysis and empirical research in ethics. on the process and outcomes of care. Research and actors as their actions affect health and Evaluative Science and Statistics (Professor on these substantive topics will be neces- medical care. In addition to examining the Stephen B. Soumerai and Professor Alan M. sarily interdisciplinary. In particular, students literature on health economics, the training Zaslavsky, co-chairs). Training in this concen- should develop a strong grounding in psycho- emphasizes microeconomic theory, economet- tration will enable students to study the effects logical and sociological theories of individual rics, and interactions with other disciplines, of a wide range of policies and health services behavior and theories of institutions, organiza- including clinical medicine. The concentration (e.g., health insurance, health-care quality tions, and professions. prepares students for research and teaching improvement, clinical decision-making, drug Political Analysis (Professor Robert J. careers as health economists. policy, cost-containment, and socioeconomic Blendon, chair). This concentration is Ethics (Professor Norman Daniels, chair). The factors) on behaviors, access, processes and intended for students who wish to do research ethics concentration integrates quantitative, quality of health care, health outcomes, or on the relationship between politics and health qualitative, and normative approaches to the costs. Students in this concentration will policy. Students will study theories of indi- analysis of ethical issues in health policy and develop proficiency in experimental and vidual opinion formation, voting behavior, clinical practice. Increasingly, the investigation quasi-experimental research design, statistics, legislative organization, and interest group of ethical issues in medicine and health policy relevant social sciences, and other meth- formation. In addition, students will examine has not only drawn on normative ethics and odological approaches (e.g., epidemiology, the role of public opinion, interest groups, the political philosophy, but has included empir- program evaluation, qualitative methods, and media, and institutions in influencing health ical research concerning attitudes and practices survey design). policy outcomes. The research methodolo- in clinical and broader institutional settings. A Management (Professor Amy Edmondson gies most utilized in this track include survey grasp of normative theories and tools is impor- and Associate Professor Robert S. Huckman, research methods and quantitative statistical tant because ethical principles and approaches co-chairs). The management concentration methods appropriate for large-scale databases. underlie, explicitly or implicitly, the formula- prepares students to do research on the orga- Graduates of this concentration will likely tion of particular health policies at both the nizational, managerial, and strategic issues teach and do research on the politics of health macro and micro level. Students in this track facing health care providers, payers, and other care and will be involved with government, will focus on developing skills in a range of players in the health care market. Students in professional, and consumer groups on research disciplines, with the goal of evaluating how this track will learn how theories and concepts projects related to the politics of public policy ethical and socio-cultural values shape—and from fields such as technology and operations in the public health and health services fields. should shape—health policies as well as clin- management, organizational behavior, organi- Policy Areas ical and public health practices. Students with zational economics, and competitive strategy a strong background in ethics and political can be applied to health care organizations. In addition to choosing a concentration, philosophy will have a chance to deepen that Students in this track should have a strong students specialize in one of five areas of policy understanding and apply it to issues in health interest in pursuing research on such issues interest: policy while at the same time acquiring neces- as the design and improvement of health care Environmental Health (Professor James sary quantitative skills. Students with degrees delivery processes, approaches for improving Hammitt, chair). This area is designed for or training in related fields, such as law or health care quality and productivity, the devel- students whose interests relate to environ- medicine or public health, will acquire both opment and adoption of new medical tech- mental pollution. Examples of topics for normative and quantitative skills needed for nologies, financial incentives in health care, study include community right-to-know laws, research and teaching in ethics and health the new role of patients as consumers in health marketable pollution permits, effluent fees, policy. care, the appropriate ownership and organiza- technology-forcing regulation, and mass toxic Research in health policy and ethics tional structure of hospitals and other health tort litigation. would include such topics as: policies for the care providers, and the management of profes- Health Care Services. This area is designed allocation of scarce resources to individuals sional health care staffs. We expect students for students whose primary interests are access (e.g., human organs for transplantation, newly completing this track to find jobs in academic to health care, medical technology assess- developed drugs, hospital beds) and across and research institutions that have an interest ment, quality of health care, and the costs and categories of patients (treatment vs. prevention in the impact of management on health care. financing of health care services. for HIV/AIDS, or for HIV/AIDS vs. malaria);

Programs of Study 1 1 9 International Health (Professor David E. many effects of expanding health insurance markets and regulatory institutions, and the Bloom, chair). This policy area focuses on the coverage in Oregon. impact of placebo effects upon learning in economic determinants and consequences of Robert J. Blendon, MBA, ScD, is Professor of markets for health care. health and health care in countries other than Health Policy and Political Analysis, Harvard Amitabh Chandra, PhD, is Professor of the US, especially less developed countries. School of Public Health and Harvard Kennedy Public Policy, Harvard Kennedy School. He Mental Health (Professor Richard G. Frank, School. He also serves as a faculty member in is a Faculty Research Fellow at the IZA Insti- chair). This area is designed for students who the Shorenstein Center on Press and Politics tute in Bonn, Germany, and at the National wish to specialize in mental health policy, at Harvard Kennedy School, and he directs Bureau of Economic Research (NBER) in including the financing of services, the roles the Harvard Opinion Research Program. Cambridge, Massachusetts. His research of public and private sectors, and the links Blendon is best known for his analysis of focuses on productivity and cost-growth in between mental health and human services. public opinion and voting behavior on health healthcare, racial disparities in healthcare, and Public Health (Professor Sue J. Goldie, chair). policy and other domestic issues, for his work the economics of neonatal health and cardio- This area is designed for students who are comparing public satisfaction with national vascular care. interested in policies directed at the rates of health systems in twelve countries and for his Michael Chernew, PhD, is Professor of disease and injury in the population. Major research on public attitudes on Social Security Health Care Policy, Department of Health topics include smoking behavior, control of and Medicare reform. Care Policy, Harvard Medical School. Dr. alcohol abuse, mental health, traffic accidents, David Bloom, PhD, is Clarence James Chernew’s research activities have focused dietary and nutritional recommendations, Gamble Professor of Economics and Demog- on several areas, most notably the causes and occupational safety, gun control, control of raphy and Chair, Department of Global consequences of growth in health care expen- infectious diseases including AIDS, and food Health and Population, Harvard School of ditures. His most recent work has focused on and drug regulation. Public Health. Bloom’s current research inter- designing and evaluating Value Based Insur- ests include labor economics, health, demog- ance Design (VBID) packages that attempt raphy, and the environment. He has written to minimize financial barriers to high value extensively on the linkages between health health care services and simultaneously reduce Committee on Higher Degrees in status and economic growth; the effects of costs. Several large companies have adopted Health Policy/Research Interests population change on economic development; these approaches, and Dr. Chernew’s ongoing the determinants of wages, fringe benefits, and work includes evaluations of these programs. John Z. Ayanian, MD, MPP, is Professor of total family income; the adjudication of labor Dr. Chernew also works closely with Medicine and of Health Care Policy, Harvard disputes; the measurement of discrimination; colleagues examining health care spending Medical School, and Professor of Health Policy the emerging world labor market; the effects growth. Ongoing work explores geographic and Management, Department of Health of rapid population growth; the economics variation in spending growth and the relation- Policy and Management, Harvard School of of municipal solid waste; the sociology and ship between individual and market factors in Public Health. He is also a practicing general economics of marriage and fertility; and the predicting rises in spending growth. He has internist in the Division of General Medicine global spread and economic impacts of HIV served on the Commonwealth’s Foundation at Brigham and Women’s Hospital, where he and AIDS. Commission on a higher performing health sees patients and teaches medical residents. Allan M. Brandt, PhD, is Dean of the Grad- system, and on technical advisory panels for In Ayanian’s recent research, he has studied uate School of Arts and Sciences; Professor the Health Care Financing Administration trends in quality of care and racial disparities of the History of Science, Department of that reviewed the assumptions used by the in Medicare managed care plans, the effect of the History of Science, Faculty of Arts and Medicare actuaries to assess the financial status Medicare coverage on previously uninsured Sciences; and Amalie Moses Kass Professor of of the Medicare trust funds. He is a former adults, and the quality of cancer care by race, the History of Medicine, Department of Social recipient of the John D. Thompson Prize for ethnicity, and language. His previous research Medicine, Harvard Medical School. His work Young Investigators and the Alice S. Hersh includes studies of the effects of race and focuses on social and ethical aspects of health, Young Investigator Award. gender on access to kidney transplants and disease, and medical practices in the twentieth- Nicholas A. Christakis, MD, PhD, MPH, cardiac procedures, the impact of ambulatory century United States. Brandt is the author is Professor of Medical Sociology, Depart- care from primary care physicians and cardiol- of The Cigarette Century: The Rise, Fall, and ment of Health Care Policy, Harvard Medical ogists on the outcomes of Medicare beneficia- Deadly Persistence of the Product That Defined School; Professor of Sociology, Department of ries who have survived a heart attack, and the America and No Magic Bullet: A Social History Sociology, Faculty of Arts and Sciences; and quality of care for common medical conditions of Venereal Disease in the United States Since an attending physician in the Department in teaching and nonteaching hospitals. 1880 . He has written on the social history of of Medicine at the Harvard-affiliated Mt. Katherine Baicker, PhD, is Professor of epidemic disease; the history of public health; Auburn Hospital. Christakis’ past work has Health Economics, Department of Health and the history of human subject research examined the accuracy and role of prognosis in Policy and Management, Harvard School among other topics. medicine, ways of improving end-of-life care, of Public Health. Baicker’s research focuses Daniel P. Carpenter, PhD, is Allie S. Freed and the determinants and outcomes of hospice primarily on the factors that drive the distribu- Professor of Government, Department of use. Currently, he is principally concerned tion, generosity, and effectiveness of public Government, Faculty of Arts and Sciences. His with health and social networks, and specifi- and private health insurance, with a particular health policy interests are government regula- cally with how ill health, disability, health focus on health insurance finance and the tion of pharmaceuticals (FDA and worldwide), behavior, health care, and death in one person effect of reforms on the distribution and public attention to disease, network analysis can influence the same phenomena in others quality of care. She is currently one of the of health policy lobbies and policymaking, in a person’s social network. Further lines of leaders of a research program investigating the historical development of pharmaceutical research include exploring the conceptual foundations of the phenomenon of iatrogen-

1 2 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences esis and examining physicians’ responses to the differences in patterns of care for differing Sue J. Goldie, MD, MPH, is Roger Irving problem of medical harm; evaluating effect socio-economic groups and their implica- Lee Professor of Public Health, Depart- of neighborhoods on health; and considering tions. His recent research examines quality of ment of Health Policy and Management, various topics in biodemography (such as care for colorectal cancer and breast cancer in Harvard School of Public Health. Goldie’s the demographic determinants of human select national sites, value based purchasing research focuses on developing and validating longevity). by large health care purchasers nationally computer-based models linking the basic I. Glenn Cohen, JD is is Assistant Professor and its relationship to quality management biology of a disease and its epidemiology to of Law, Harvard Law School and Co-Director, in health plans they contract with, changes population-based outcomes. She uses these Harvard Law School’s Petrie-Flom Center in racial disparities in procedure use between models within a decision analytic framework for Health Law Policy, Biotechnology and 1992 and 2001, changes in quality manage- to synthesize data, identify key knowledge Bioethics. Cohen’s primary research interests ment by state Medicaid agencies overseeing gaps, and evaluate the clinical benefits, public are in bioethics and health law. He is currently Medicaid health plans, the impact of payments health impact, and cost-effectiveness of alter- working on projects relating to reproductive for quality performance on quality of care; and native preventive and treatment interventions. technology and medical tourism, and his past the impact of incentive formularies on quality Her focus in the last several years has been on work has included projects on end of life deci- of care. three viruses of major public health impor- sion-making, FDA regulation, research ethics, Majid Ezzati, PhD, is Associate Professor tance: human papillomavirus, human immu- and commodification. of International Health, Harvard School of nodeficiency virus, and hepatitis. David M. Cutler, PhD, Otto Eckstein Public Health. Ezzati’s research focuses on David C. Grabowski, PhD, is Associate Professor of Applied Economics, Department understanding the determinants of, and risk Professor of Health Care Policy, Depart- of Economics, Faculty of Arts and Sciences. factors for, health and disease at the popula- ment of Health Care Policy, Harvard Medical His interests are in the cost and financing of tion level, especially as they change through School. Grabowski’s research focuses on the medical care, markets for health insurance, technological innovation and technology economics of aging and health care regula- measuring and assessing changes in health, and management. His current research focuses on tion, with a particular interest in the area of the design of public health programs. two main areas: 1)The relationship between long-term care. He has published a series of energy technology, air pollution, and health papers examining the economic incentives Norman Daniels, PhD, is Mary B. Saltonstall in developing countries; and 2) Major health influencing nursing home quality. Specifi- Professor of Population Ethics and Professor risk factors and their role in current and future cally, his work has explored the effects of state of Ethics and Population Health, Depart- disease burden, and in health inequalities. His Medicaid payment policies, certificate-of-need ment of Population and International Health, research on risk factors focuses on environ- laws, asymmetric information, and labor prices Harvard School of Public Health. His research mental risks, smoking, and nutritional risks. toward explaining low-quality nursing home is on justice and health policy, with particular care. emphasis on the distribution of health care Erica Field, PhD, is Assistant Professor of resources and fair process in such decisions, Economics, Department of Economics, James K. Hammitt, ScM, MPP, PhD, is fairness in the design of health systems and Faculty of Arts and Sciences. Her primary Professor of Economics and Decision Sciences, health reforms, and equity in population fields of interest are development and labor Department of Health Policy and Manage- health. economics, with a regional focus on Latin ment, and Director of the Harvard Center America. Her past research has examined the for Risk Analysis, Harvard School of Public Amy C. Edmondson, PhD, is Novartis household welfare effects of urban land titling Health. His research concerns the develop- Professor of Leadership and Management, programs in developing countries, including ment and application of quantitative meth- Harvard Business School and Co-Unit Head, the impact of tenure security on labor supply, ods—including benefit-cost, decision, and risk Technology and Operations Management. credit access and fertility. Her current research analysis—to health and environmental policy. Edmondson’s research examines leadership examines the link between health investments Topics include management of long-term influences on learning, collaboration and and economic mobility. environmental issues with important scientific innovation in teams and organizations. Her Richard G. Frank, PhD, is Margaret T. Morris uncertainties, such as global climate change field-based approach includes research in and stratospheric-ozone depletion, evalua- contexts ranging from health care delivery Professor of Health Economics, Department of Health Care Policy, Harvard Medical tion of ancillary benefits and countervailing and manufacturing to space exploration. One risks associated with risk-control measures, stream of her work has shown effects of leader- School. His interests are in the economics of mental health care, the economics of the phar- and characterization of social preferences over ship behavior and a safe psychological climate health and environmental risks using revealed- on patient safety in hospitals. Another stream maceutical industry, and the organization and financing of physician group practices preference, contingent-valuation, and health- investigates management team practices that utility methods. promote effective decision-making. She also G. Scott Gazelle, MD, PhD, is Professor of has studied leadership enablers of organiza- Radiology at Harvard Medical School and Robert S. Huckman, PhD, is Associate tional learning, more generally. Professor in the Department of Health Policy Professor of Business Administration, Harvard Business School, and Faculty Research Fellow Arnold M. Epstein, MD, MA, is John H. and Management at Harvard School of Public Health. In addition, Gazelle is Director of the in the health care program of the National Foster Professor of Health Policy and Manage- Bureau of Economic Research. His research ment and Chair, Department of Health Policy Institute for Technology Assessment at Massa- chusetts General Hospital, Director of Partners focuses on the linkages between organizational and Management, Harvard School of Public characteristics, technological choice, and oper- Health, and Professor of Medicine and Health Radiology, and Director of the Dana-Farber/ Harvard Cancer Center Program in Cancer ating performance, with an emphasis on the Care Policy, Harvard Medical School. Epstein’s health care industry. research interests focus on access and quality Outcomes Research Training. His research of care especially for disadvantaged popula- focuses on evaluating the benefits, costs, and Haiden A. Huskamp, PhD, is Associate tions. He is best known for documenting appropriate use of new medical technologies. Professor of Health Care Policy, Depart-

Programs of Study 1 2 1 ment of Health Care Policy, Harvard Medical cancer Her methodological interests include perception, every day economic transactions, School. Her research focuses primarily on the integrating different methods of operations and legal judgments. For example, she has economics of mental health and substance research to inform health decision-making discovered that fear and anger have opposing abuse treatment, the economics of the phar- in low-resource settings, such as packaging effects on risk estimates, fear increasing and maceutical industry, and the financing of health services at opportune moments and anger decreasing estimates. The insights gained end-of-life care services She is a recipient of quantifying the impacts of budget and human from this work have implications not only a Career Development Award focused on the resource constraints on program effective- for understanding how the brain works but economics of psychotropic drugs from the ness and feasibility. screening strategies in the also for understanding how public officials National Institute of Mental Health. US, Europe, Hong Kong, and less developed communicate risk, the latter represented in Guido W. Imbens, PhD, is Professor of regions. NATOs use of Lerner’s work. The second Economics, Department of Economics, Gary King, MA, PhD, is Albert J. Weath- topic, accountability, examines how authority Faculty of Arts and Sciences. Imbens’ research erhead III University Professor, based in the relationships shape judgment and choice focuses on econometric and statistical methods Department of Government, Faculty of Arts outcomes. For example, she and her colleagues for the evaluation of social programs and and Sciences, and Director of The Institute have developed a model that predicts when causal inference, including matching methods for Quantitative Social Science at Harvard. accountability will improve judgment, when it and instrumental variables. His research interests include work on legis- will have no effect on judgment, and when it will make matters only worse. This work has Ashish Jha, MD, MPH, is Associate Professor lative redistricting, ecological inference, and methods for achieving cross-cultural implications for the design of both public and of Health Policy and Management, Depart- private institutions. ment of Health Policy and Management, comparability in survey research. King led an Harvard School of Public Health; Associate evaluation of the Mexican universal health Peter V. Marsden, PhD, is Edith and Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical insurance program, which includes the largest Benjamin Geisinger Professor of Sociology, School; and Associate physician at Boston VA randomized health policy experiment to Department of Sociology, Faculty of Arts and Healthcare System and Brigham and Women’s date. His statistical methods and software are Sciences and Harvard College Professor. His Hospital. Jha’s research focuses on: quality of used extensively in academia, government, research interests are centered on social orga- care provided by health care systems, with a consulting, and private industry nization, especially formal organizations and focus on health care disparities as a marker Michael Kremer, PhD, is Gates Professor social networks. He has ongoing interests in of poor care; information technology among of Developing Societies and Professor of social science methodology and in the soci- other tools as potential solutions for reducing Economics, Department of Economics, ology of medicine. He has worked recently on medical errors and disparities while improving Faculty of Arts and Sciences, and Senior organizational factors linked to the presence over-all quality; and organizations that provide Fellow at the Brookings Institution. He is of various human resource practices- recruit- care for minorities and underserved popula- an expert on AIDS and infectious diseases ment and staffing practices, “high perfor- tions and the role clinical information systems in developing countries, economics of devel- mance” practices, and the use of “contingent” can play in improving their care. oping countries, education and development, workers- in U.S. workplaces, using data from and mechanisms for encouraging research establishment surveys. He has studied survey Nancy Kane, DBA, is Professor of Manage- measurement of social networks and research ment, Department of Health Policy and and development. Kremer’s recent research examines education and health in developing methods for establishment surveys. Marsden Management, and Associate Dean for Educa- is involved in the ongoing data collection tional Programs, Harvard School of Public countries, immigration, and globalization. He co-authored and recently published Strong efforts of the General Social Survey, has been Health. Her research focuses on the financial a lead investigator of three National Organiza- and managerial performance of healthcare Medicine: Creating Incentives for Pharmaceu- tical Research on Neglected Diseases . tions Studies conducted between 1991 and organizations. Recent and ongoing projects 2003, and was a co-investigator on a project include analysis of individual health insurance Bruce E. Landon, MD, MBA, is Associate examining organizational approaches to the markets at the state level – how insurers and Professor of Health Care Policy, Depart- improvement of HIV care. consumers behave, and policy implications; ment of Health Care Policy, Harvard Medical assessment of the financial performance of School and Associate Professor of Medicine Marie C. McCormick, MD, ScD, is Sumner hospitals in a local market area in which a at the Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center. and Esther Feldberg Professor of Maternal and nonprofit hospital converts to investor-owned Landon’s research involves assessing the Child Health, Department of Society, Human status; development of quantifiable measures impact of different characteristics of physician Development, and Health, Harvard School of charitable activity, tax-exempt value, and and health care organizations, ranging from of Public Health, and Professor of Pediat- financial performance of health care organiza- health plans to physician group practices, on rics, Harvard Medical School. Her research tions; case studies of the feasibility of imple- the provision of health care services; care for involves epidemiologic and health services menting managed care tools in a variety of patients with HIV; and the experiences of state research investigations in the areas related to international settings. Medicaid agencies with managed care. infant mortality and the outcomes of high-risk neonates. Current projects are in the following Jane Kim, PhD, is Assistant Professor of Jennifer Lerner, PhD, is Professor of Public areas: outcomes of infants experiencing Health Decision Science, Department of Policy and Management at the Harvard neonatal complications like low birth weight, Health Policy and Management, Harvard Kennedy School of Government as well as and interventions potentially ameliorating School of Public Health. Kim’s research Director of the Harvard Laboratory for Deci- adverse outcomes; the evaluation of programs focuses on the development and applica- sion Science. Lerner pursues two primary designed to improve the health of families and tion of mathematical modeling methods to research interests within the field of Decision children; and maternal health and prematurity. evaluate health policy issues related to women’s Science: (1) emotion and (2) accountability. health. She has developed and used models to Her emotion research examines how human Thomas G. McGuire, PhD, is Professor of perform cost-effectiveness analyses of cervical feelings influence outcomes involving risk Health Economics, Department of Health Care Policy, Harvard Medical School.

1 2 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences McGuire’s research focuses on the design is the author of more than 80 articles and variable modeling. She has developed a long and impact of health care payment systems, book chapters on the medical malpractice line of research on methods for the analysis of the economics of health care disparities, system, medical errors and patient safety, patterns of treatment and quality of care for and the economics of mental health policy. research ethics, mass tort litigation, the obesity patients with cardiovascular disease and with He has contributed to the theory of physi- epidemic, pharmaceuticals, clinical ethics, mental disorders. cian, hospital, and health plan payment. His and other topics. Current and recent projects Gary P. Pisano, PhD, is Harrie E. Figgie Jr. research on health care disparities includes include an investigation of the impact of the Professor of Business Administration, Harvard developing approaches to defining and medical malpractice crisis on physician supply Business School. Pisano’s research focuses measuring disparities, and study of the theory in Pennsylvania; a study of factors contrib- on the development, adoption and manage- and measurement of provider discrimina- uting to medical errors in the hospital; a study ment of new medical technologies. He has tion. For more than 30 years, McGuire has of legal relationships between academic inves- done research on the biotechnology, pharma- conducted academic and policy research on tigators and industry sponsors of clinical trials; ceutical, and medical device industries. His the economics of mental health. and a feasibility study of an administrative current research examines the organizational Barbara J. McNeil, MD, PhD, is Ridley “no-fault” system of compensating medical and management factors influencing learning Watts Professor and Chair, Department of injuries. Mello is also studying ethical issues curves in the adoption of minimally invasive Health Care Policy, Harvard Medical School, confronting the pharmaceutical industry as cardiac surgery procedures. He is also engaged and Professor of Radiology, Harvard Medical a Greenwall Faculty Scholar. In 2006, she in researching the ways in which the quality School. McNeil’s research activities have was the recipient of the Alice S. Hersh New and cost of health care can be improved focused on several areas, most notably tech- Investigator Award from AcademyHealth for through improved design and management of nology assessment and quality of care. Her outstanding promise in the field of health health care delivery systems. services research. most recent work includes two large studies Meredith B. Rosenthal, PhD, is Associate supported by the Department of Veterans Carl N. Morris, PhD, MS, is Professor of Professor of Health Economics and Policy, Affairs. The first focused on a comparison of Statistics, Department of Statistics, Faculty Department of Health Policy and Manage- quality of care for veterans with cardiac disease of Arts and Sciences, and Professor of Health ment, Harvard School of Public Health. with the care provided to Medicare beneficia- Care Policy, Department of Health Care Rosenthal’s research examines the design and ries seen in private settings. Its report led to Policy, Harvard Medical School. His research impact of market-based health policy reforms, the introduction of many changes in the care interests include hierarchical modeling and including the use of provider financial incen- of veterans with cardiac disease. As a result of empirical Bayes methods, exponential families, tives and mechanisms to alter consumer that study, she and her colleagues are currently experimental design and social experiments, behavior and the competitive environment performing a similar study on cancer care. Bayesian and likelihood theory, multivariate for health care providers. Her current research McNeil also works closely with the national data analysis, sampling theory, interface examines topics such as: pay for performance, Blue Cross Blue Shield Association in several between statistical theory and applications, patient-centered medical homes, and payment areas related to the identification and dissemi- statistical theory in sports and competi- reform. nation of approaches to improving either the tion, and statistics for health care and health quality or the efficiency of care in plans across services. Donald B. Rubin, MS, PhD, is John L. the country. Loeb Professor of Statistics, Department of Joseph P. Newhouse, PhD, is John D. Statistics, Faculty of Arts and Sciences. He J. Michael McWilliams, MD, PhD, is Assis- MacArthur Professor of Health Policy and has two long-standing and active research tant Professor of Health Care Policy and Management at Harvard University, with projects that are of direct relevance to the Medicine, Harvard Medical School, and an appointments at Harvard Medical School, Interfaculty Initiative in Health Policy. The associate physician in the Division of General Harvard School of Public Health, John F. first involves developing advanced statistical Medicine at Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Kennedy School of Government, and the methods based on imbedding econometric where he practices general internal medicine Faculty of Arts and Sciences. He is chair of “instrumental variables” insights within the and teaches medical residents. McWilliams’s the Interfaculty Initiative in Health Policy and potential outcomes framework for causal infer- research focuses on access to care, quality of the Committee on Higher Degrees in Health ence (called by Holland and others the “Rubin care, health care costs, and health disparities Policy. Newhouse is best known for his work Causal Model”); these techniques are especially among aging adults with chronic conditions. on the financing and organization of medical relevant to situations that can be considered In his recent work, he has studied the impact care services. His recent research topics conceptually equivalent to randomized trials of Medicare coverage on the health of previ- include the role of private plans in Medicare, with noncompliance. The second project ously uninsured adults, the use of health a randomized experiment in giving the unin- involves developing extensions of propensity services by previously uninsured Medicare sured a Medicaid plan, and changes in oncolo- score methodology for matched sampling and beneficiaries, the effects of health insurance gist reimbursement for chemotherapy. subclassification adjustment in observational coverage on mortality among near-elderly Sharon-Lise Normand, PhD, is Professor of studies, techniques that, since their introduc- adults, racial and ethnic trends in control of Health Care Policy (Biostatistics), Depart- tion by Rosenbaum and Rubin in 1983, have cardiovascular disease and diabetes, and the ment of Health Care Policy, Harvard Medical become standard tools for inference in nonran- effects of Medicare coverage on disparities in School and Professor in the Department domized medical studies. disease control. of Biostatistics, Harvard School of Public Joshua Salomon, PhD, is Associate Professor Michelle Mello, JD, MPhil, PhD, is Professor Health. Her research focuses on the develop- of International Health, Department of Global of Law and Public Health, Department of ment of statistical methods for health services Health and Population, Harvard School of Health Policy and Management, Harvard research, primarily using Bayesian approaches Public Health. Salomon’s research focuses on School of Public Health. Mello conducts to problem solving, including assessment of priority-setting in global health, within three empirical research into issues at the intersec- quality of care, methods for causal inference, main substantive areas: measurement and tion of law, ethics, and health policy. She provider profiling, meta-analysis, and latent

Programs of Study 1 2 3 valuation of population health; modeling and recent work has focused on a broad range is the co-developer of the Coronary Heart forecasting of health outcomes and disease of topics in long-term care. His research Disease Policy Model, which has been used burden; and evaluation of the potential impact addresses long-term-care financing options to evaluate the cost-effectiveness of cardiovas- and cost-effectiveness of current and future for the future, the rising use of hospice care cular prevention and treatment. Weinstein is health interventions. He is an investigator among nursing home residents, the impact of currently involved in research projects relating on projects relating to summary measures Medicare Part D in the nursing home phar- to testing and treatment for HIV/AIDS and of population health; modeling HIV/AIDS macy sector, and the relationship between tuberculosis, screening for lung cancer, and epidemics and interventions for prevention regulation and quality improvement in the treatment of cardiovascular risk factors in the and treatment; modeling disease outcomes nursing home sector. His previous work has U.S. and developing countries. for population health monitoring and surveil- focused on the consumer’s role in nursing Alan M. Zaslavsky, MS, PhD, is Professor of lance; and evaluating the potential impact home quality, including the recent rise in Health Care Policy (Statistics), Department of and cost effectiveness of new vaccines. He also nursing home litigation, the potential value of Health Care Policy, Harvard Medical School. leads a collaborative project with the Mexican consumer complaints data in assessing quality His methodological research interests include Ministry of Health on priority setting for of care, and the use of public reporting to surveys, census methodology, microsimulation interventions in the context of health reform. create a market for nursing home quality. models, missing data, hierarchical modeling, Sara Singer, MBA, PhD, is Assistant Professor Katherine Swartz, MS, PhD, is Professor small-area estimation, and applied Bayesian of Health Care Management and Policy, of Health Economics and Policy, Depart- methodology. His health services research Department of Health Policy and Manage- ment of Health Policy and Management, focuses primarily on developing methodology ment, Harvard School of Public Health. Harvard School of Public Health. She is for quality measurement of health plans and Singer’s research uses organizational safety, also Director of Graduate Studies for the other units and understanding the implica- organizational learning, leadership theo- Harvard PhD Program in Health Policy. Her tions of these quality measurements. ries and mixed qualitative and quantitative current research interests focus on efforts to Richard J. Zeckhauser, PhD, is Frank methods to understand and improve the finance and increase access to health insur- Plumpton Ramsey Professor of Political quality, safety, and efficiency of health care ance coverage; reasons for and ways to control Economy, Harvard Kennedy School. Many organizations. Recent research measured episodes of care that involve extremely-high of his policy investigations explore ways to safety climate in more than 100 hospitals, expenditures; and policy issues related to the promote the health of human beings, to help explored variation in safety climate within and aging of the population, particularly retire- markets work more effectively, and to foster among hospitals, and examined the relation- ment savings for health care and housing informed and appropriate choices by indi- ship of safety climate and safety performance. options for people who want to age in place. viduals and government agencies. Much of his Her current research focuses on the design, She is the author of Reinsuring Health: Why conceptual research examines possibilities for implementation, and evaluation of interven- More Middle-Class People Are Uninsured and democratic, decentralized allocation proce- tions to improve safety by enhancing learning- What Government Can Do (published by the dures. His current research projects analyze oriented leadership. Russell Sage Foundation, June 2006). The environmental disasters, deception and reputa- Stephen B. Soumerai, MS, ScD, is Professor book describes who does not have insurance tions, trust in Islamic and Western nations, of Population Medicine, Department of Popu- today and why the middle-class are more likely decisions in health care, investing in highly lation Medicine, Harvard Medical School to be uninsured today than 25 years ago, how uncertain worlds, and effective relationships and Harvard Pilgrim Health Care. Soumerai insurance companies compete and why people between the public and private sectors. directs the Drug Policy Research Program, have trouble obtaining health insurance, and focused on pharmaceutical use and the quality why government-sponsored reinsurance for Dissertation Titles and and outcomes of health care. He is well known people with very-high expenditures would nationally and internationally for his work on make small group and individual insurance Graduates’ Positions the impacts of health policies and methods more accessible and affordable for many of the The PhD Program in Health Policy has to improve the quality of medical practice. uninsured. Her proposal about reinsurance is an excellent record of graduate placement. Recently, Soumerai has led numerous feder- being discussed in a number of states as part Selected graduates’ dissertation titles and their ally-funded studies on cost-related underuse of of packages of policies they are considering to current positions are listed here. medications; and the impacts of drug coverage expand health insurance coverage and cost-containment policies on access to Milton C. Weinstein, PhD, is Henry J. Kaiser Decision Sciences effective medications, quality and costs of care Professor of Health Policy and Management, “Cost-Effectiveness of Imaging and Surgery in and clinical outcomes among vulnerable popu- Department of Health Policy and Manage- Patients with Colorectal Cancer Liver Metas- lations, such as chronically ill elderly and the ment and Department of Biostatistics, tases,” 1999. Current position: Professor of chronically mentally ill. He frequently advises Harvard School of Public Health; Professor Radiology, Harvard Medical School; Professor, Congress, state legislatures, and federal and of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Department of Health Policy and Manage- international agencies on the design of drug and Director of the Program on Economic ment, Harvard School of Public Health; cost containment, coverage and quality-of-care Evaluation of Medical Technology. He is best Director, Partners Radiology; Director, Insti- policies. His research has been used extensively known for his research on cost-effectiveness of tute for Technological Assessment, Massachu- to support expanded economic access to medi- medical practices and for developing methods setts General Hospital cations in Medicaid and Medicare. of economic evaluation and decision analysis “Evaluating Preferences for Health Risks,” David G. Stevenson, MS, PhD, is Assistant in health care. He is a co-developer of the CEPAC (Cost-Effectiveness of Preventing 2000. Current position: Associate Professor, Professor of Health Policy, Department of Department of Health Policy and Administra- Health Care Policy, Harvard Medical School. AIDS Complications) computer simulation model, and has conducted studies on prevention, Biostatistics and Epidemiology, College Stevenson’s primary research interests are of Public Health, University of Georgia aging, disability, and long-term care. His tion and treatment of HIV infections. He

1 2 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences “Empirical Approaches to Modeling HIV and 2009. Current position: Assistant Professor of Management Hepatitis C,” 2001. Current position: Associate Health Care Management, Wharton, Univer- Professor of International Health, Depart- sity of Pennsylvania “Organizational Learning in Health Care: ment of Population and International Health, Insights from a Multi-Method Study of Harvard School of Public Health Ethics Quality Improvement Collaboratives,” 2007. Current position: Assistant Professor of Public “The Cost-Effectiveness of Early Antiretroviral “Corporate Form of Hospitals: Behavior and Health and Management, Yale University Therapy for HIV-Infected Adults,” 2001. Obligations,” 2002. Current position: Louis School of Medicine & Yale University School Current position: Associate Professor of Public and Myrtle Moskowitz Research Professor of of Management Health and Chief, Division of Health Policy, Business and Law, University of Michigan Law Department of Public Health, Weill Medical School “Safety Climate in US Hospitals: Its Measure- ment, Variation, and Relationship to Organi- College of Cornell University “The Consumer’s Role in Nursing Home zational Safety Performance,” 2008. Current Quality,” 2004. Assistant “Decision Analysis in the Evaluation of Breast Current position: position: Assistant Professor of Health Care Cancer Treatment,” 2003. Current position: Professor of Health Policy, Department of Management and Policy, Harvard School of Assistant Outcomes Research Scientist, Health Health Care Policy, Harvard Medical School Public Health Outcomes Group, Department of Epide- “The Regulation of Individual Autonomy in miology and Biostatistics, Memorial Sloan- “‘Everything for Everybody’? An Examina- Medical Decision-Making,” 2008. Current tion of Organizational Scope in the Hospital Kettering Cancer Center Associate Professor of Law, Univer- position: Industry,” 2010. Current Position: Assistant “Decision-analytic Approaches to Evaluating sity of California, Hastings College of the Law Professor, Department of Health Policy and Prevention Policy Alternatives,” 2008. Current Evaluative Science and Statistics Administration, Pennsylvania State University position: Assistant Professor of Decision Science, Stanford Medical School, Stanford “How Tribes Choose Between Tribal and Medical Sociology University Indian Health Service Management of Health “End Stage Renal Disease: Factors Affecting Economics Care Resource; Drug Coverage and Drug Use Patient’s Treatment and Care Assessments,” by Medicare Beneficiaries; Bias in Measures 2006. Current position: Senior Policy Analyst, “Risk Sharing in Managed Care,” 1998. of Guideline Adherence,” 1999. Current posi- Race/Ethnicity and Health Care & Director, Current position: Associate Professor of Health tion: Research Scientist, Division of Research, Barbara Jordan Health Policy Scholars Economics and Policy, Department of Health Kaiser Permanente Program, Kaiser Family Foundation Policy and Management, Harvard School of “Firearms: Storage and Use at Home and Public Health “Continuity and Team Approaches to Care: Use in Suicides by Children,” 2001. Current Effects on Physician-Patient Relationship “Economic Analyses of Medicare HMOs,” position: Research Associate, Department of Quality, Patients’ Experiences, and the Tech- Health Policy and Management, Harvard 1999. Current position: P&R Director (Pricing nical Quality of Care,” 2007. Current Position: & Reimbursement), MAx PCBU (Market School of Public Health; Associate Director, Assistant Professor, Department of Health Access, Primary Care Business Unit), Pfizer, Harvard Youth Violence Prevention Center Services, School of Public Health, University Inc. and Co-Director, National Violent Injury of California, Los Angeles Statistics System, Harvard School of Public “The Effect of Market Reforms and Owner- Health “Adoption of New Medical Technologies: The Case ship Choice on the Quality of Care in of Cervical Cancer Prevention,” 2009. Associate Hospitals,” 2001. Current position: Associate “Evaluating Infant Experience Under Medicaid Health Policy Researcher, RAND Corporation Professor of Economics, Graduate School of Managed Care,” 2003. Current position: Director Business and Public Policy, Naval Postgraduate of Policy and Research, Blue Cross Blue Shield of Political Analysis School & Faculty Research Fellow, National Massachusetts Foundation Bureau of Economic Research “Political Institutions, Participation and “A Cost and Outcomes Analysis of Emer- Media Evaluations: Influence on Health Care “The Economics of Long-Term Care Deci- gency Transport, Inter-Hospital Transfer and Policy,” 1995. Current position: Vice President sion-Making Among the Elderly,” 2002. Hospital Expansion Policies in Cardiac Care,” and Director of Public Opinion and Media Current position: Principal Analyst, Health and 2006. Current position: Assistant Professor of Research, Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation Human Resources Division, Congressional Medicine, Institute for Clinical Research and Budget Office Health Policy Studies, Tufts University School “Consumer’s Values on Health Care Services,” of Medicine 2003. Current position: Assistant Professor, “Empirical Essays on Major Forces in Health, Department of Public Administration, College of Population, and Development,” 2005. Current “Longitudinal Methods for Investigating Social Science, Ewha Women’s University, Korea position: Assistant Professor of Medicine, Stan- Pharmaceutical Advertising, Adherence and ford University Prior Authorization Policies,” 2008. Current “Obesity Policy and the Public,” 2007. position: Assistant Professor, School of Popula- Current position: Assistant Professor, Depart- “An Empirical Evaluation of the Kyrgyz tion and Public Health, University of British ment of Health Policy and Management and Health Reform: Does It Work for the Columbia Department of International Health, Johns Poor?” 2007. Current position: Senior Health Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health Financing Policy Specialist, Barcelona Office “Improving Maternal Health Services: Char- for Health Systems Strengthening, Division acterizing Risks and Measuring Program and “Polarized Politics, Public Opinion, and of Country Health Systems, WHO Regional Policy Impacts,” 2009. Current Position: Assis- Health Reform,” 2010. Current Position: Office for Europe tant Professor, Division of Health Policy and Program Analyst, Office of the Secretary, Management, University of Minnesota School Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evalu- “Essays on Information, Competition and of Public Health ation, Office of Health Policy, US Dept. of Quality in Health Care Provider Markets, ” Health and Human Services

Programs of Study 1 2 5 Higher Degrees in History

It is expected that students will ordinarily eval Russian History: Russian, Old Church Admissions complete coursework in the term of enroll- Slavonic, and either French or German The dean of the Graduate School of Arts and ment in the course. Incompletes are not South Asian History — two South Asian Sciences admits candidates to the Graduate permitted in any course, unless there is a certi- languages (e.g., Hindi, Urdu, Bengali, Tamil) School for advanced study in history only fied medical excuse. or one South Asian and one non-South Asian upon the recommendation of the History Languages — Candidates admitted to grad- language (e.g., French, German, Chinese, Department. The department considers uate study in history will be required to show Japanese, Arabic) applications only for the PhD degree. Strong a satisfactory reading knowledge, met by a United States History — two of the following preference will be given to applicants who performance judged proficient or satisfactory are adequately prepared to meet the language at a satisfactory level, or one at a proficient on the departmental language examination, of level: French, German, or Spanish requirements for the doctorate. The GRE at least two foreign languages. All incoming General test is required. For a complete listing first-year students must take at least one Economic and Social History of Europe and of the elements of a complete admissions language examination in September of their the United States — French and German application, consult the GSAS Guide to Admis- first year of graduate study, and the second in Intellectual History of Europe and the United sions and Financial Aid . January of that year. All examinations must States — French and German be completed prior to taking the General Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) These examinations will be graded Examination. The required languages, based “proficient,” “satisfactory,” or “unsatisfactory,” Academic Residence — The minimum on the candidate’s historical field of research, and the grades will be part of the candidate’s academic residence requirement of graduate are listed below: study in history at Harvard is two years of record. Candidates who receive a grade of full-time study. For information on financial African History — One European language “unsatisfactory” on an examination will be residence see the GSAS Guide to Admission and (preferably French) and Arabic or another required to take that examination again, ordi- Financial Aid . African language narily the next time it is offered. In case of another failure at that time, the candidate will Advising – When applying, students often Ancient History — French, German, Ancient Greek, and Latin be permitted to remain registered but will be make quite explicit statements regarding their expected to follow a program giving emphasis research interests and the faculty with whom British History — French or German and one to further language preparation, ordinarily they wish to work. Based on this information, other European language including a course offered by the appropriate students are assigned an advisor with whom Byzantine History — French, German, language department. Failure to meet the they consult from the point of initial enroll- Byzantine Greek, and Latin requirement following this term of remedial ment. The advisor must approve the student’s Early Modern European History — French, study will oblige the candidate to study the plans of study in the first four terms, and is language intensively during the fourth term. often the chair of both the general examina- German, and one other language (if required for research) The candidate may be required to spend this tion and dissertation committees. Effecting a term full-time in the study of the language not change of advisors typically involves conver- East Asian History — Two East Asian yet satisfactorily known. sations with both the new advisor and the languages, or one East Asian language plus No more than two half-courses in a original advisor. Once an agreement has been German, French or Russian foreign language will count for credit toward reached, the coordinator of graduate studies International History — two major inter- the degree. must be informed. national languages, e.g., French, German, Certification of competence in languages Plan of Study — A candidate upon entering Spanish, Chinese, Arabic in which the Department of History does the first year must, before filing his or her not offer examinations may be made by other Latin American History — two of the study card with the registrar, submit a formal departments or committees of the University. following: Spanish, Portuguese, French, or Plan of Study, approved by his or her faculty Before approving a student’s dissertation German advisor, to the director of graduate studies. topic, the chair, in consultation with the This plan will state the candidate’s choice of Medieval History — Western Medieval and prospective dissertation director, must be sat- courses and language examinations during the Renaissance History: French, German, and isfied that the candidate commands the neces- first two years. Latin sary languages for the projected research. During these years, the candidate must Middle Eastern History — French, German, General Examination — The purpose take at least nine half-courses, chosen in and a Middle Eastern language of the general examination is to expand and consultation with his or her faculty advisor. deepen students’ general historical knowl- Of these half-courses, at least six must be in Modern European History — Modern History of Western and Central Europe: French edge, provide them with the tools to conduct history, and of these six half courses, two must research in history, and prepare them to teach. be research seminars in history with letter or Russian and German; Modern History of Eastern Europe: French or German, and two The examination is composed of four fields; grades. A minimum grade of B is required in the candidate is examined orally in each field eight courses; a grade of satisfactory is required approved languages pertinent to the area studied for 30 minutes, so that the entire examination in “The Writing of History: Approaches and occupies two hours. Practices” in the fall term of his or her first full Russian History — Modern Russian History: year of residence. Russian and either French or German; Medi- Guidelines for constructing fields:

1 2 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences 1. Field definitions should be constructed Preparation for Examinations by the Office of the Registrar. It is used when with the guidance of the candidate’s Candidates prepare for General Examina- assessing departmental nominations for advisor and individual examiners and must tions both by taking graduate seminars and Harvard fellowships but will not be a part be approved by the director of graduate by arranging for reading courses (History of the candidate’s dossier for applying for studies. Fields may be defined temporally 3010) with the faculty members who will academic positions. within regions, nations or empires (e.g., serve as examiners in the several fields. Faculty Master of Arts (AM) – The interim AM degree Byzantine Empire, colonial Latin America, members may conduct History 3010 either as is ordinarily awarded, by formal application, China since 1800) or thematically or individual tutorials or as small-group discus- to doctoral candidates after they have met the comparatively (e.g., European intellectual sions (when several students are simultane- coursework, language, and residency require- history, comparative empires, comparative ously preparing similar fields for examination). ments. gender history, diasporic histories). Within The four fields are prepared with four different each field, an encyclopedic knowledge faculty members, one of whom is ordinarily Dissertation — As soon as possible after passing of detail is not expected, but the candi- the primary advisor. the General Examination, and in no case later date should demonstrate familiarity with than two terms after passing it, doctoral candi- Examiners dates must identify a dissertation director, a the important problems and substantial Candidates may select a faculty member at mastery of the basic literature in each field. dissertation committee, settle on a dissertation the assistant professor level or above and topic, and, with the director’s approval, present must consult the graduate coordinator if 2. Since the purpose of the general examina- a proposal on the subject of their projected proposing to select a faculty member outside dissertation to their committee members. The tion is to achieve breadth of knowledge, the University. the selection of the four fields should be committee is composed of the director, who made with the aim of achieving range Extensions should ordinarily be a permanent member of the across time and space. Students are The examination is taken late in the fourth department, and two others, one of whom may required to include an early and a modern term. Candidates may petition the director not be a permanent member. field (with chronological coverage suit- of graduate studies for extension to the fifth After the fifth term, candidates are required able to the particular regional frame). It term. The last possible extension, to the to present their dissertation proposals in a is strongly recommended that all students sixth term, requires a petition to the director, conference of faculty and graduate students. present a field that includes a region of the subject to the approval of the department. Beginning in their fourth year, all students world beyond their area of specialization. Candidates make examination arrangements will present an annual statement of progress to with the graduate coordinator. the members of their dissertation committee. 3a. Students whose main pursuit is European Evaluation A prospective sixth-year or more advanced history will ordinarily cover three of the A candidate’s advisor ordinarily chairs the student must have a written statement from following four periods in their choice of examination committee. The candidate deter- the supervisor of the dissertation indicating fields: ancient, medieval, early modern, mines the order of fields to be examined. At that there is satisfactory progress in research modern. If one examination field is the conclusion of the examination, the chair and writing. outside the history of both Europe and the will ask the candidate to wait outside the room An unbound copy of the completed United States, however, fields in two of while the committee deliberates. The candi- dissertation must be distributed to each these temporal periods will suffice. date will be informed directly after the exami- member of the dissertation committee no later nation whether he or she has passed, and the than December 1 for the degree in March, 3b. Students whose main pursuit is United department will follow up with official noti- April 1 for the degree in May, or September States history will ordinarily cover fields in fication. The grade is final. The overall grade 1 for the degree in November. The final the US to 1815 and the US since 1815. If may be requested from the graduate coordi- dissertation manuscript should conform to one additional examination field is outside nator one month after the examination date. the requirements described in The Form of the the history of both Europe and the United PhD Dissertation. Interpretation of the Final Grade States, these two fields will suffice for Beginning in academic year 2009-2010 The passing final grades are Excellent, Good, temporal diversity. incoming students will be required to defend or Fair, and a plus or minus can be attached their dissertations. The defense committee will to each grade. A candidate can be failed with 3c. It is strongly recommended that students consist of the student’s dissertation committee no bar to reexamination, or failed without the in Asian, African, Latin American, or plus one additional member drawn from the possibility of reexamination. If one fails the Middle Eastern history, in addition to the History Department, another Harvard depart- General Examination with no bar to reexami- early and modern fields in their area of ment, or outside the University. Prior to the nation, he or she will be allowed to take the specialization, present at least one field oral defense, each member of the defense examination a second time in the fifth or sixth outside these areas, or an international or committee will write a detailed report on the term. The mark of Excellent is rare and repre- comparative field. dissertation. The defense itself should last sents an exceptional performance. A mark of approximately two hours. It will be open to Good shows a solid grasp of the historiography 3d. Students are permitted to present a field the intellectual community of faculty and and problems of each field, with no significant outside the history department comparable graduate students as well as the friends and weaknesses, although varying (Good Plus to in scope to departmental fields. family of the student. Once the dissertation Good Minus) in articulateness. A mark of has been successfully defended, members Fair indicates significant weaknesses in at least 3e. A candidate may not present more than of the committee will sign the dissertation some fields, and some difficulty in articulating two fields in a single national history. acceptance certificate. The committee’s written historiography and problems. reports will be appended to the certificate. The The grade does not become public record; oral defense is optional for students who enter it is held internally by the department, not

Programs of Study 1 2 7 the program before the 2009-2010 academic Chaplin, Joyce, James Duncan Phillips Professor ain’s relationship with its empire, Europe, and year. of Early American History . Early American the rest of the world, particularly South Asia As of May 1994, an overall Graduate history, the history of science, intellectual and the Atlantic world. School of Arts and Sciences policy has been history, environmental history. Jewett, Andrew, Assistant Professor of History established that students will not be permitted Cohen, Lizabeth, Howard Mumford Jones and of Social Studies . History of the natural and to register beyond their tenth year in the Professor of American Studies . 20th-century social sciences in the US Graduate School. US history, broadly defined; history of cities, Johnson, Walter, Winthrop Professor of History . If eight years after passing the General labor, consumption, and built environment. Examination a candidate has not completed 19th-century US, slavery, capitalism, imperi- all the requirements for the degree, he or she Cott, Nancy F., Jonathan Trumbull Professor of alism; social and historical theory. may be dropped from candidacy. A candidate American History and Pforzheimer Foundation Kafadar, Cemal, Vehbi Koç Professor of Turkish who has been dropped can be reinstated only Director of the Schlesinger Library . 19th- and 20th- Studies. Early modern and modern history of by formal readmission to the Graduate School century US history, with an emphasis on gender. the Middle East and the Balkans. and to the Department of History. Darnton, Robert, Carl H . Pforzheimer University Kirby, William C., Edith and Benjamin Geis- Professor and Director of the Harvard University inger Professor of History . Modern Chinese Library . 18th and 19th c. France, European social history, with special concern for 20th-century More Information and intellectual history. political and economic history; Chinese Dench, Emma, Professor of the Classics and of foreign cultural and economic relations. Further information about graduate study History . Hellenistic, Roman Republican and early in history may be obtained by writing to the Kishlansky, Mark A., Frank B . Baird Jr . Roman imperial history, especially questions of Professor of History. British history, Tudor- Coordinator of Graduate Studies, Department identity and historiography. of History, Harvard University, Robinson Stuart period. Hall, Cambridge, MA 02138; or by visiting Elkins, Caroline, Professor of History. East Kloppenberg, James, Charles Warren Professor www.history.fas.harvard.edu. African history, modern African and European of American History . American intellectual Applications for admission and grants, history. history, American and European intellectual and information regarding admissions proce- Faust, Drew, Lincoln Professor of History. 19th- and political history. dures, may be obtained by writing to the century US history, Civil War. Lepore, Jill, David Woods Kemper ’41 Professor Admissions Office, Harvard Graduate School Ferguson, Niall, Laurence A . Tisch Professor of of American History . Early American history. of Arts and Sciences, Holyoke Center 350, History. Financial and international history; Lewis, Mary, Professor of History. 20th-century 1350 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA American and British imperial history. 02138. We encourage online submission of French and European social, urban, labor and the application. See www.gsas.harvard.edu. Frank, Alison Fleig, Associate Professor of legal history; immigration and citizenship; History . Central European history, with an French colonialism. emphasis on the 19th and early 20th centuries. Maier, Charles S., Leverett Saltonstall Professor Gordon, Andrew, Lee and Juliet Folger Fund of History . Comparative European political, Current Research Interests of Professor of History . Modern Japanese history; economic, and social history in the 20th Members of the Department primary interest in labor and the social and century. European-American relations; contem- political history of modern Japan. porary German history. of History Gordon, Peter, Professor of History. Modern Manela, Erez, Professor of History . Modern Akyeampong, Emmanuel K., Professor of European intellectual history; Germany and international history; US in the world; evolu- History and African and African American France; existentialism; critical theory; theories tion of international society; colonialism and Studies . Sub-Saharan Africa, comparative slav of knowledge; modern Jewish thought. nationalism. ery, social and cultural history. Hankins, James, Professor of History . Medieval Martin, Terry, George F . Baker III Professor of Armitage, David, Lloyd C . Blankfein Professor and early modern intellectual history; history Russian Studies . Russian and Soviet history, of History. British, intellectual, and interna- of Italy 1050-1796; the reception of classical including the study of Soviet nationalities tional history. texts in the Middle Ages and Renaissance. policy. Beckert, Sven, Laird Bell Professor of History . Harrison, Henrietta, Professor of History . McCormick, Michael, Francis Goelet Professor 19th-century US social and economic history, Imperial and modern China, nationalism and of Medieval History. Cultures, societies, and comparative labor history. ethnicity in China. economies of the late Roman and early medieval Blackbourn, David, Coolidge Professor of Higginbotham, Evelyn Brooks, Victor S . Mediterranean basin, early medieval kingdoms History . Modern European history, especially Thomas Professor of History and of African and and Byzantium, paleography, and codicology. the political, social, and cultural history of African American Studies . 19th- and 20th- McGirr, Lisa, Professor of History . Modern 19th-century Germany. century American history, African-American American history, women’s studies, history of Blair, Ann, Charles Lea Professor of History . history, women’s and religious history. conservatism. Early modern France; intellectual and cultural Higonnet, Patrice, Robert Walton Goelet Miller, Ian, Assistant Professor of History . history, history of the book, history of science. Professor of French History . Comparative Modern Japanese history with a focus on Bose, Sugata, Gardiner Professor of Oceanic historiography of the French and American cultural and environmental history. History and Affairs. South Asia and compara- Revolutions. The theme of suicide in French Mottahedeh, Roy, Gurney Professor of Islamic tive dimensions of modern history across the history and literature, 17th–19th centuries. History . Medieval Islamic history. Indian Ocean. Jasanoff, Maya, Associate Professor of History . Modern British history with a focus on Brit-

1 2 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Najmabadi, Afsaneh, Francis Lee Higginson Professor of History . Middle East, gender and modernity. O’Neill, Kelly, Assistant Professor of History . Social and cultural history of the Russian Empire, particularly in the 18th and 19th centuries; Islam, architecture, the effect of commerce and trade on empire-building, and the history of the Black Sea region. Owen, E. Roger, A .J . Meyer Professor of Middle East History . The political and economic history of the 19th- and 20th-century Middle East. Ozment, Steven, McLean Professor of Ancient and Modern History. Intellectual, social, and cultural history of late medieval and Renaissance Europe. Plokhii, Serhii, Hrushevs’kyi Professor of Ukrai- nian History . Social, intellectual and cultural history of Ukraine and of Central and Eastern Europe. Rothschild, Emma. Jeremy and Jane Knowles Professor of History . 18th century history, especially the history of economic thought and economic history. St. John, Rachel, Associate Professor of History . 19th- and 20th-century US history, with emphasis on western North America and transnational borderlands history. Smail, Daniel, Professor of History . Late Medieval social and cultural history; history of law and justice; natural history and historiography. Tai, Hue-Tam Ho, Kenneth T . Young Professor of Sino-Vietnamese History . Social and intellectual history of modern Vietnam; peasants in the Chinese Revolution. Ulrich, Laurel Thatcher, 300th Anniversary University Professor. Early American social history; women’s history, material life in America.

Programs of Study 1 2 9 PhD in the History of American Civilization

Harvard’s doctoral program in American are taken earlier, 11 half-courses (lectures, Normally, there will be two examiners in the Civilization emphasizes interdisciplinary study conference courses, and seminars) must be major field. They may divide the field chrono- within a broad historical framework. Students completed by the end of the fourth term. logically or thematically as long as there is full have the opportunity to study with faculty All coursework and language requirements coverage of themes central to teaching and from many departments in the University must be met before taking the oral exam. All scholarship in the discipline. while completing core requirements that programs must be approved by the chair. Minor fields should be chosen from two emphasize classic works in American studies areas of study distinct from the major field. as well as emerging themes and methods. The Languages A minor field may be defined chronologically program is governed by a faculty committee Candidates for the degree must have a or thematically as long as it covers a signifi- drawn from the Departments of African and reading knowledge of two of the following cant range of material, minimally a century. African American Studies, English and Amer- languages: French, German, Spanish. Other For example, a student whose major field is ican Literature and Language, Government, languages relevant to the student’s program American literature and whose primary area History, History of Art and Architecture, may be substituted with the permission of the of interest is 19th-century fiction, might History of Science, Music, and Sociology. The student’s adviser and the Chair. No student prepare one minor field in 19th-century US committee also includes professors from may take the General Examination until the history and another in 19th-century music. the Graduate Schools of Business, Design, language requirements have been met. Or, a student whose major field is US history, Divinity, Education, Government, and Law. The student must fulfill language require- and who plans to write a dissertation on race ments by passing two examinations given relations in the 1930s, might prepare a minor by the History Department or the English field in American protest literature over time Department; and in case of a substitution, by and another in African American studies. Requirements for the Degree passing an equivalent examination in a language Field preparation should be seen as laying Academic Residence department. Fellowships for developing a broad foundation for future teaching and language fluency are available for the summer scholarship rather than as specific prepara- A minimum of two years of full-time study between the first and the second year. Students tion for writing a dissertation. Although the (16 half-courses or equivalent). Normally a are also encouraged to enroll in at least one program will supply guidelines, students student is not permitted to engage in part- course for credit in which advanced work with should work closely with individual faculty in time study prior to the General Examination. texts in other languages is undertaken. selecting courses appropriate to their fields and For the financial residence requirement, One language examination must be passed in designing reading lists for oral exams. In see the GSAS Guide to Admissions and in the course of the student’s first year of the semester before taking exams, they should Financial Aid. residence. Students who fail to do so may be submit their reading lists to the committee for Program of Study denied continuation in the program. approval. Students who have one language require- If a student fails the oral examination, The interdepartmental nature and purposes of ment unfulfilled at the beginning of their and the examining committee agrees that the the program require that students cut across second year of residence must pass a history student may retake it, the committee will set a departments in selecting courses. However, or English department language examination date (not earlier than six months after the date to ensure a coherent program of study, they in September of their second year. If they do of the first examination) by which the second should plan their schedules in consultation not pass the language examination, they must examination must be taken. with the program chair. enroll in an approved language course and All students are required to enroll in the pass a history or English department language Dissertation Colloquium in American Civilization during exam in January. After the general examination has been passed, the fall term of their first and second years. the student will select a dissertation topic and Among their courses students should include Grade Requirements arrange for dissertation advisors. The choice of two courses in a coherent field from outside Students must maintain a grade average of B+ a topic and advisors must be submitted to the the United States (e.g., English literature; or better in each year of graduate work. Each committee for approval. Students must also Latin American history; comparative gender). student must do work of A or A- level in at least submit a draft of the dissertation prospectus In the course of their residence, all one seminar. to their primary advisor no later than April 1 students will take two seminars. These semi- in their third year. The dissertation should be nars should be taken from among the offerings characterized by a familiarity with the histor- of two different departments. Normally the ical treatment of two or more fields in the student will take one seminar in each term of Examinations program. Before the end of May of their third the first year of residence. Students must pass a two-hour oral examina- year the student will present at a conference The remainder of the student’s program tion conducted by four members of the faculty at which a discussion of the prospectus will (lecture courses, reading courses, and, with no later than the end of September in their take place before faculty and students in the the approval of the chair, TIME) will consist third year. One hour of that exam will be program. Upon completion of one substantial of work in fields appropriate to the student’s devoted to the student’s major field, and one chapter, and upon recommendation of the general examination. (See under Examina- half-hour each to two minor fields. advisors, students defend the finished part of tions.) Reading courses and TIME are ordi- The major field must cover the full the work as well as an outline for the comple- narily not part of a student’s program until the chronological sweep in a single discipline tion of the dissertation in front of an audi- second term of the second year. If such courses such as history, literature, law, or musicology.

1 3 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences ence consisting of faculty and students in the “The Remainder of our Effects We Must Braude, Ann D., Senior Lecturer in American program as well as a broader academic public. Leave Behind: American Loyalists and the Religious History (Divinity School) Any candidate for the degree who has not Meaning of Things, 1765-1800,” Katherine Brooks, Lisa T., Assistant Professor of History submitted a completed dissertation within five Beatrice Rieder (2009) and Literature and of Folklore and Mythology years after passing the general examination will “The Reusable Past: Abolitionist Aesthetics Buell, Lawrence, Powell M . Cabot Professor of be withdrawn unless, prior to the deadline, the in the Protest Literature of the Long Civil American Literature candidate presents evidence that the disserta- Rights Movement,” Zoe Frances Trodd tion can be finished within a specified exten- (2009) Burt, Stephen, Associate Professor of English sion and therefore receives an extension from “Memory Work: Anne Truitt and Sculpture in Carpenter, Daniel, Freed Professor of Govern- the committeee. the 1960s,” Miguel Alvar DeBaca (2009) ment The final dissertation manuscript should “Social Intercession: The Religious Nature of Carpio, Glenda, Professor of African and conform to the requirements described in The Public Activism among American Women African American Studies and of English and Form of the PhD Dissertation (www.gsas. Reformers in Boston, 1892 to 1930,” Lau- American Literature and Language harvard.edu/current_students/form_of_the_ ren Elizabeth Brandt (2009) phd_dissertation.php). ‘Aint Got No Home’: Race and American Chaplin, Joyce, James Duncan Phillips Professor Migration Narratives in the Depression of Early American History Dissertation Review Era,” Erin Royston Battat (2008) Cohen, Lizabeth, Howard Mumford Jones Students entering the program will be “Carrying the Mill: Steam, Waterpower and Professor of American Studies required to have a formal dissertation review. New England Textile Mills in the 19th Cott, Nancy F., Jonathan Trumbull Professor of The review committee will consist of Century,” Marti Jaye Frank (2008) American History and Pforzheimer Foundation the students dissertation committee plus one “Academic Populism: The People’s Revolt and Director of the Schlesinger Library additional member drawn from the American Public Higher Education, 1880-1905,” Desan, Christine, Professor of Law (Law Civilization program, a Harvard department, Scott M. Gelber (2008) School) or from outside the university. “Pacific Crossings: China, the United States, Before setting up the dissertation review, and the Transpacific Imagination,” Hua Gates, Henry Louis Jr., Alphonse Fletcher Jr . the student should have completed the disser- Hsu (2008) University Professor tation. With the approval of the dissertation Further information regarding study in Griffith, R. Marie, John A . Bartlett Professor of director, the student will ask the chair or the History of American Civilization Program New England Church History administrator of American Civilization to may be obtained by contacting: Goldin, Claudia D, Henry Lee Professor of schedule the dissertation review, which will Economics normally occur not later than April 1 for Arthur Patton-Hock a May degree, not later than September 1 Administrative Director of the American Hempton, David, Alonzo L . McDonald Family for a November degree, and not later than Civilization Program Professor of Evangelical Theological Studies December 15 for a March degree. The review 12 Quincy Street (Divinity School) itself will last 90 minutes. Cambridge, MA 02138 Higginbotham, Evelyn Brooks, Victor S . Once the dissertation has been success- Telephone: (617) 495-3325 Thomas Professor of History and of African and fully defended, members of the dissertation e-mail: [email protected] African American Studies committee will sign the dissertation acceptance www.fas.harvard.edu/~amciv/. Horwitz, Morton J., Charles Warren Professor certificate. The dissertation director will then Applications for admission and financial of American Legal History (Law School) write a report, ranging from a paragraph to aid may be obtained from the Admissions Jewett, Andrew, Assistant Professor of History a few pages, which summarizes the strengths Office, Harvard Graduate School of Arts and and of Social Studies of the dissertation and suggests revisions for Sciences, Holyoke Center 350, 1350 Massa- Johnson, Walter, Professor of History publishing it as a book (or series of essays). chusetts Avenue, Cambridge, Massachusetts Upon successful defense of the disserta- 02138. We encourage online submission of Kelsey, Robin, Professor of History of Art and tion, the student must submit one bound and the application. See www.gsas.harvard.edu Architecture one unbound copy of the dissertation to the Kennedy, Randall L, Michael R . Klein Professor FAS Registrar, plus one bound copy to the of Law (Law School) American Civilization Program office. Keyssar, Alexander, Matthew W . Stirling Jr . This requirement is for all students in the Members of the Committee on Professor of History and Social Policy (Kennedy program filing for the PhD degree after May, Higher Degrees in the History of School of Government) 2009. A student may petition to have the disser- American Civilization Kloppenberg, James T., Charles Narren tation review waived for reasons of hardship. Professor of History Armitage, David Lloyd C . Blankfein Professor Lambert-Beatty, Carrie, Assistant Professor of of History History of Art and Architecture and Visual and Recent PhD Dissertation Titles Beckert, Sven, Laird Bell Professor of History Environmental Studies Bernstein, Robin, Assistant Professor of Women, Lepore, Jill, “To the Heart of Europe: Americanism, the David Woods Kemper ’41 Professor Gender, and Sexuality, and of History and of American History Salzburg Seminar, and Cultural Diplo- Literature macy,” George Holt Blaustein, Jr. (2010) McGirr, Lisa, Professor of History Biel, Steven, Senior Lecturer on History and “Like Me: Identity Immersion Journalism and Literature Mangabeira Unger, Roberto, Roscoe Pound the Dilemmas of Self-Making,” Sara Karpel Professor of Law, Harvard Law School Gebhardt (2010)

Programs of Study 1 3 1 Menand, Louis, Anne T . and Robert M . Bass Professor of English Ogletree, Charles J, Jesse Climenko Professor of Law (Law School) Oja, Carol J., William Powell Mason Professor of Music Reuben, Julie A., Professor of Education (School of Education) Roberts, Jennifer L., Professor of History of Art and Architecture Schmidt, Leigh Eric, Charles Warren Professor of the History of Religion in America Shell, Marc, Irving Babbitt Professor of Comparative Literature and Professor of English Sollors, Werner, Henry B . and Anne M . Cabot Professor of English Literature and Professor of African and African American Studies Sommer, Doris, Ira Jewell Williams Jr . Professor of Romance Languages and Literatures St. John, Rachel, Associate Professor of History Stevens, Jason W., Assistant Professor of English and American Literature and Language Stauffer, John, Professor of English and Professor of African and African American Studies (Chair) Thatcher Ulrich, Laurel, 300th Anniversary University Professor van der Woude, Joanne, Assistant Professor of English and of History and Literature

1 3 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Higher Degrees in the Department of History of Art and Architecture

The Department of History of Art and Archi- Harvard University’s program of financial Qualifying Paper tecture (HAA) offers a program of instruction assistance to graduate students is among the The qualifying paper (QP) is required of all that prepares students for teaching the history most generous in the country. The program is students, even those who have completed a and theory of art at the college level, for administered directly by the Graduate School master’s thesis elsewhere. Emphasis is placed museum work, and for independent research of Arts and Sciences in consultation with the upon the student’s independence of thinking and writing. Students admitted to graduate department. The Graduate School strives and research, ability to use primary source study in the department are expected to be to insure that all students have sufficient materials, and proficiency in writing and candidates for the PhD degree. resources from the University or elsewhere to presentation. The department offers strong programs support them for the entire period of work The QP will be written in the fourth in the main aspects of the history of Western toward their degrees—and not merely at the term of residence. The QP will be a revised art, in Islamic and Asian art, and in archi- beginning. and in-depth version of a paper written for a tectural history as well. Approximately 20 Teaching fellowships are available to HAA graduate seminar or any other course at scholars constitute the regular teaching staff. students who conduct section meetings in Harvard in one of the preceding three terms. While the department has long been a introductory courses or instruct small groups Papers written for courses at other institu- center for advanced research, its faculty also of undergraduates in the department’s tutorial tions, before or during enrollment in the HAA conducts undergraduate instruction for both program. Teaching fellowships are not awarded program, are not admissible. The QP will be concentrators in history of art and architecture to students in their first or second year of resi- no longer than about 10,000 words; double- and students of the College in general. History dence. spaced; separate bibliography; standardized of Art and Architecture doctoral candidates are Scholarship funds for residence in references and citations; illustrations with often invited to participate in these programs Cambridge or for foreign travel are available captions. as teaching fellows and tutors, and thereby from endowments restricted to the depart- gain valuable pedagogical experience as well ment’s use. Harvard graduate students in the Program of Study as financial aid. The Harvard University Art history of art and architecture also receive The doctoral program in History of Art and Museums also offer students the opportunity aid from outside sources such as Fulbright Architecture usually requires six to seven years to serve as curatorial assistants. programs, Merit Scholarships, the American to complete and is divided into four stages: The many colleges, museums, and Academy in Rome, the Japan Foundation, course work, qualifying paper, General Exami- commercial galleries in the greater Boston area and fellowships administered by the National nation, and dissertation. Ordinarily three years provide a stimulating environment for study Gallery in Washington. As the costs of are spent in academic residence in Cambridge and research. Students may enroll for credit graduate training and foreign study continue prior to beginning work on the dissertation. in graduate courses in the history of art and to rise and University resources come under Dissertation research usually involves travel in architecture offered by the Massachusetts Insti- increasing pressure, students are urged to exert America and abroad. tute of Technology. In addition, the depart- individual initiative in seeking funding from ment regularly invites authorities from other sources outside of the University. Coursework — To fulfill residence require- universities and museums to offer instruction ments students take 16 half-courses, chiefly in in Cambridge, and the M. Victor Leventritt history of art and architecture. However, with Lecture in the History and Theory of Art the approval of their advisors, they may take each year brings outstanding authori-ties to Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) courses in related fields. the campus for lectures and meetings with Prerequisites for Admission — The depart- The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences students and faculty. ment seeks students who have strong motiva- requires all full-time students to register for Collections of Western, Asian, and ethno- tion for the study of the visual arts and the credit in four half-courses or equivalent study graphic art housed in the Harvard museums ability to develop as professional scholars. in each term. In order for students to be in enrich the student’s training by providing fine A college major in art history is a desirable but good standing, the department stipulates that original works of art for study. The Straus not necessary prerequisite to admission they maintain a B+ average in course grades. Center for Conservation and Technical Study to graduate study here. The department History of Art and Architecture does not offers instruction in the history of techniques welcomes students who have received sound give credit for courses taken elsewhere, before and materials. Harvard’s library holdings training in other branches of the humanities coming to Harvard. Only in exceptional cases include more than 200,000 books on art and or other disciplines, or who have engaged in can the department depart from the rule. This archaeology, more than 800,000 photographs practical work in museums and galleries. requires: first, the consent of the intended and slides, and an extensive collection of rare thesis supervisor; second, the approval of the Master of Arts (AM) — The department director of graduate studies (DGS) to submit books and manuscripts. Finally, students of does not admit candidates for a terminal AM history of art and architecture are encouraged the request to the Faculty; third, the approval degree. PhD candidates may, however, apply of the Faculty. Consideration of this request to take full advantage of the University’s course for a master’s degree after having completed, offerings in the humanities and social sciences is given only after completing a full year of with satisfactory grades, eight half-courses. coursework. and the rich intellectual and cultural life of the The degree may also be offered to students campus at large. unable to complete the doctorate.

Programs of Study 1 3 3 Languages The examination is designed to test the department and the Graduate School of Arts For all fields, the department’s minimum students’ mastery of their scholarly fields and and Sciences. When the dissertation has been language requirement is a reading knowledge their ability to proceed to writing a disserta- approved by the dissertation committee, a of two languages that are relevant to the tion. Students are allowed access to the library dissertation defense should be scheduled in student’s field of study and research interest and to other resources while answering Parts agreement with the department, student, and (excluding his/her native language). The 1 and 2. dissertation committee. languages will have to be deemed necessary, The examination consists of four parts: Admissions and approved of, by a faculty member in ■■ 1. Written essay(s) (eight hours). For admission and financial aid applications the field and the DGS. The student will be Interpretation . General field. One or two required to provide proof of proficiency in the write to the Admissions Office, Harvard questions designed to test the student’s Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, languages. grasp of broad art-historical issues. The requirements for languages should Holyoke Center 350, 1350 Massachusetts 2. Written essay(s) (eight hours). Methods and Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02138; phone (617) be met by the end of the fourth term. Two Historiography. Specific field. One or two half courses of language study relevant to the 495-5315 or e-mail to [email protected]. questions designed to bring out the stu- We encourage online submission of the appli- field of study may be counted toward fulfilling dent’s knowledge of sources, both primary departmental course requirements. cation. See www.gsas.harvard.edu. and secondary, and of methodological A writing sample in proposed field of Language skills are a vital resource of the issues. art historian, and those planning to apply to study (if possible) and GRE scores are required 3. Oral examination (three hours). Analysis of for application for admission to the Depart- the department’s graduate program are urged visual material. General field. The student to give high priority to language training. ment of History of Art and Architecture. The will have one-and-a-half hours to examine writing sample should consist of a single (one) Since a single standard cannot be applied eight to 12 works of art or sets of photo to all, students are expected to master the document only of reasonable length. (A term graphs in preparation for an oral discussion paper or a chapter of a thesis, rather than the languages necessary for their own fields of of all but one of them with the examination specialization. Ideally, students should acquire entire thesis.) committee. The discussions may involve The proposed field of study should be competence in the required languages before such issues as attribution, connoisseurship, entering the department’s graduate program. specified on the application. Candidates have contextualization, formal analysis, patronage, the option of specifying architecture as their technique, and condition. main area of interest in any period or field. 4. Oral examination (one-and-one-half hours). General Examination Evaluation and review. Within one week of Part 3, the student and the examination The General Examination will be taken no committee will meet to evaluate the entire Department of History of Art later than the sixth term in residence, typically examination and discuss plans for the dis- in the spring term G3. The exams should take and Architecture Faculty sertation. Students whose performance on place during reading period of the spring term. the examination is not satisfactory will be Following completion of the qualifying paper 2009-10 given one opportunity to repeat all or part and at least two months prior to the date of Ruth Bielfeldt, Assistant Professor of History of of it. the examination, the student should consult Art and Architecture . Classical art and arche- with advisors and present to the department Dissertation ology with a focus on Roman. PhD, Univer- sity of Munich. a written proposal describing the general and Dissertation Proposal. The student should specific fields to be covered in the examina- submit a dissertation proposal of no more Suzanne Preston Blier, Allen Whitehill Clowes tion. than 1,500 words to the department for its Professor of Fine Arts and Professor of African The general field ordinarily consists of a approval within three months after passing and African American Studies . African. PhD, combination of broad areas of art and architec- the General Examination. This proposal, Columbia University. tural history such as Romanesque and Gothic, which outlines the proposed topic and plan of Benjamin Buchloh, Andrew W . Mellon southern Renaissance and Baroque, 19th- and research, will form the subject of a colloquium 20th-century Europe and America, and medi- Professor of Modern Art . Modern Art. PhD, which will consist of a committee of no fewer City University of New York. eval and early modern Japan. than four faculty members and the student. Thomas B.F. Cummins, Dumbarton Oaks The specific field is a narrower area of Other interested faculty and students may Professor of the History of Pre-Columbian and study chosen by the student and subject to attend. Students whose travel plans preclude Colonial Art . Pre-Columbian and colonial faculty review; in principle it should comprise participation after passing the General Exami- Latin American art. PhD, University of Cali- a coherent and clearly defined area of scholarly nation must participate in a colloquium at the fornia at Los Angeles. inquiry. Ordinarily this specific field will cover preceding period. no less than 50 years. Students ordinarily devote three years Frank Fehrenbach, Professor of History of Art The examination committee will ordi- to research and writing the dissertation, and Architecture . Southern Renaissance. PhD, narily consist of three members, at least two of and complete it prior to seeking full-time Tübingen University. whom belong to the department faculty. They employment. The dissertation will be judged Maria Gough, Joseph Pulitzer, Jr . Professor of will be appointed by the faculty in consulta- according to the highest standards of scholar- Modern Art . Modern. PhD, Harvard Univer- tion with the student and advisor. During ship, and should be an original contribution sity. preparation for the examination, students to knowledge and to the interpretation of its Jeffrey Hamburger, Professor of History of should meet regularly with the committee and, subject. The final manuscript must conform Art and Architecture . Medieval. PhD, Yale with its help, should formulate possible exami- to the requirements described in The Form University. nation questions. of the PhD Dissertation distributed by the

1 3 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Ioli Kalavrezou, Dumbarton Oaks Professor of Byzantine Art . Early Christian and Byzantine. PhD, University of California at Berkeley. Robin E. Kelsey, Shirley Carter Burden Professor of Photography . History of photography and American art. PhD, Harvard University. Joseph Koerner, Victor S . Thomas Professor of History of Art and Architecture Northern Renaissance, 19th-century. PhD, UC Berkeley. Ewa Lajer-Burcharth, William Dorr Boardman Professor of Fine Arts . 18th- and 19th-century European, contemporary post-1970s, feminist and critical theory. PhD, City University of New York. Carrie Lambert-Beatty, Associate Professor of History of Art and Architecture . Art since 1960. PhD, Stanford University. Neil Levine, Emmet Blakeney Gleason Professor of History of Art and Architecture . Modern architecture. PhD, Yale University. Yukio Lippit, Harris K . Weston Associate Professor of History of Art and Architecture . Japanese painting from the Medieval and early modern periods. PhD, Princeton University. Gülru Necipoglu, Aga Khan Professor of Islamic Art . Islamic. PhD, Harvard University. Alina Payne, Professor of History of Art and Architecture . Renaissance and Baroque architecture, late 19th- and 20th-century history and theory of architecture; architectural representation. PhD, University of Toronto. Jennifer L. Roberts, Professor of History of Art and Architecture . American art. PhD, Yale University. David Roxburgh, Prince Alwaleed Professor of Islamic Art History and Architecture . Islamic. PhD, University of Pennsylvania. Hugo van der Velden, Professor of History of Art and Architecture . N. Renaissance. PhD, Utrecht University. Eugene Wang, Abby Aldrich Rockefeller Professor of Asian Art . Chinese. PhD, Harvard University. Henri Zerner, Professor of History of Art and Architecture . French Renaissance and modern. PhD, University of Paris.

Programs of Study 1 3 5 History of Science

The department offers comprehensive Foundation, the Jacob Javits Fellowship courses in the history of science or history). programs leading to the degrees of Master of Program, and the Mellon Foundation. A candidate who maintains a record of high Arts and Doctor of Philosophy in the history Students in the master’s program must distinction in the first year at Harvard may of science. The objective of these programs show the capacity to finance themselves petition for academic credit of up to four is to train students to examine the devel- without University help. half-courses for graduate work of high quality opment of science from a wide variety of done at another institution, provided these perspectives through a course of study that courses are in accepted fields. During the first will enable the candidate to lay a broad two years at Harvard the candidate must pass and sufficient foundation for teaching and Master of Arts (AM) sixteen half courses, with an average grade research in various areas of the history of This program is suitable for postbaccalaureate of B or above. These courses must include: the natural and social sciences, behavioral students in other disciplines and professions the half-course Methods Seminar (History of and brain sciences, technology, mathematics, who wish advanced training in the history Science 200); six additional half-courses in the medicine, and allied health. In addition to of science. It also is appropriate for students history of science, of which at least two must courses in history, history of science, and who are advanced degree candidates in foreign be seminars at the 200-level; one half course the sciences, related work is often selected universities. seminar (at the 200/2000 level) outside the from fields such as philosophy, government, Academic Residence — The minimum resi- department. Students writing dissertations literature, sociology, law, and public policy. dence requirement is one year of full-time on a post-1800 topic are required to take two Courses from the Program on Science, Tech- study (eight half-courses or equivalent). Of the history of science courses on pre-1800 topics, nology, and Society at the Massachusetts four full courses required, the student must and vice versa. Institute of Technology may be taken by include the half-course Methods Seminar Program of Study — Studies for the PhD cross-registration. (History of Science 200), two half-course are thought of in terms of fields rather than In the history of science program the seminars in the history of science, one half- merely in terms of courses. While each methods of historical research are employed course seminar in history, and two additional candidate is expected to become generally to explore the genesis and evolution of the half-courses in the history of science. The familiar with the whole subject of the history sciences and to analyze the growth of science remaining two half-courses may be chosen of science, more specifically, each candidate as part of the intellectual and social experi- from offerings in science, history, the history is expected to attain a demonstrable mastery ence of humankind. Science is its subject and of science, or other related fields. An average both of the history of a single scientific disci- history its method. To pursue advanced work of B must be maintained throughout the year. pline (e.g., chemistry, mathematics, physics, in the field, therefore, it is desirable Languages — A reading knowledge of astronomy, geology, zoology, botany, health to have some preliminary training in the sciences, medicine, experimental psychology, natural and social sciences and in history. a foreign language other than English is required. All students will be expected to or anthropology) and of either the history of Students in the doctoral program are the science of a particular epoch or the rela- eligible for financial support administered take the language examination in October of the year of their admission. tions of science with, for example, society, under the direction of the Graduate School technology, philosophy, or religion. In addi- of Arts and Sciences, as described in the Essay — An essay of 20-30 pages, on a subject tion to these two fields, one oriented toward application for admissions and in Financing to be determined in consultation with the the history of a scientific discipline and the Graduate Study . Harvard grants are awarded student’s advisor, must be submitted to the other oriented either toward a chronological for the first and second years primarily on the department toward the end of the second period or toward the interdisciplinary relations basis of financial need as determined by the term, but no later than the last day of Reading of science, at least one additional field must be Graduate School at the time of application. Period. A paper written for a seminar may be defined by the candidate in consultation with Ordinarily, living stipend support is limited expanded for this requirement. her or his advisor. Consistent with these aims, to the first two years, including summer students are free to pursue graduate study of a support, and tuition grants are limited to scientific field (for residence credit). five years. Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) Students must plan the “fields of study” After the completion of two years in that they intend to submit for the general Prerequisites for Admission — Undergraduate residence, candidates for the PhD degree examination. Study programs, courses, training should ordinarily include courses in in history of science ordinarily are eligible seminars, and fields of study are selected in history and a major or strong minor in natural for appointments as teaching fellows in consultation with the faculty advisor assigned science. Any student who, in the opinion of the history of science to serve as tutors in to the student at the beginning of the first year the department, has not had sufficient scien- the undergraduate program of history and of residence. By the end of the first term, but tific or historical preparation will be required science. A candidate may also lead discussion not later than the end of the second term of to make up this deficiency by appropriate sections in departmental courses and courses residence, all students must give their advisor course work, which may be counted toward given under the Committee on the Core a written plan for fulfilling the department’s fulfillment of the residence requirement. The Program. In latter years, students become requirements. At the end of the first year, and GRE General Test is required. eligible for awards to support dissertation periodically thereafter, the student’s program, research and writing. Applicants are encour- Academic Residence — The minimum resi- including written work, is reviewed by the aged to apply for non-Harvard fellowships, dence requirement is two years of full-time department, and a determination is made such as those offered by the National Science study (16 half-courses or equivalent of which ordinarily a maximum of four may be reading

1 3 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences of the student’s qualification for continuing Dissertation — After passing the General When the student’s dissertation proposal graduate work. Examination, generally in the fifth term, has been approved by the full faculty (follow- All or part of these requirements may be a candidate for the doctorate is required ing a vetting by the dissertation prospectus waived if a student can present an equivalent to submit to the department a dissertation committee), a Dissertation Advising preparation successfully completed elsewhere. proposal. The proposal should follow the Committee will be set up. This will generally Languages — A good reading knowledge of departmental Dissertation Proposal Guide- consist of the primary advisor/dissertation two foreign languages is required. Ordinarily lines. The student should discuss a draft of the director and at least two additional dissertation these languages are French and German. proposal with the intended dissertation advisor consultants. Two members of the dissertation However, by petition one alternate language at least one month prior to submitting it to committee must be members of the depart- may be substituted. The student’s proficiency the administrative coordinator of graduate ment. Together, these three individuals act as a is tested by written examinations or as other- studies. In conjunction with her or his advisor, collective intellectual resource for the student. wise specified by the department. As a rule, the student selects a prospectus committee, In addition, there is an expectation that the student is expected to pass one language which gives its recommendation for the the student will meet with each member examination prior to the end of the first year department’s approval. The names of faculty of the dissertation advising committee, of residency and the second language exami- members ordinarily available for the direc- as convenient, each term and that the nation prior to the end of the second year of tion of the doctoral dissertation are listed in committee as a whole will meet with the residency. The language requirement must be the course catalogue under History of Science student once each year to review progress fulfilled by the time the student sits for the 300. The dissertation director is assigned by until the student submits the dissertation. General Examination. the faculty of the department in consultation The annual meeting schedule can be modi- with the student. fied at the student’s request, if a student is Teaching — As part of the program that Work for the degree must be completed doing research abroad, or if other circum- prepares students for careers in teaching and within a total of five years, or in certain fields stances dictate a different rhythm of review. research, the department requires each student where additional preparation is necessary, a Further information regarding courses to participate as a teaching fellow or course total of six years. An extension is considered and programs of study in history of science assistant in at least one course offered by a only upon submission of a petition to the may be obtained by contacting the Director member of the department faculty. department, showing just cause. of Graduate Studies, Department of the General Examination — The General Exami- Advising — A student entering the program is History of Science, Science Center 371, nation, which is oral, will ordinarily be taken assigned a preliminary, primary advisor Cambridge, MA 02138, (617) 495-9978; at the end of the fourth term. Prior to sched- (the individual most likely to serve as disserta- www.fas.harvard.edu/~hsdept. uling the General Examination, the student tion director post-generals), who serves as the Information concerning admission, must submit for departmental approval an primary front-line advising resource for the grants, tuition, and registration policies may application to take the examination. student during the first two, and sometimes be obtained from the Admissions Office, No encyclopedic command of detail is three, terms. In addition, all first year doctoral Harvard Graduate School of Arts and expected. Rather, the general exam committee candidates will be assigned a continuing Sciences, Holyoke Center 350, 1350 Massa- will seek evidence of an understanding of graduate student (post-generals) who will act chusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02138, the main intellectual developments within a as a peer mentor during the first year, helping (617) 495-5315; [email protected]. edu. We branch of science, familiarity with the chief the candidate to acclimatize to departmental encourage online submission of the applica- historiographic traditions associated with a expectations and routines. tion. See www.gsas.harvard.edu. particular content area, and the ability to set a Once the fields for generals have been particular branch of science within its institu- set, the three persons who will be working tional, political, and social contexts. with the student to prepare her or him for the Recent of PhD The General Examination ordinarily exams are consolidated into a formal Generals includes at least three fields: Advising Committee. The coordinator of Dissertation Titles (1) The history of a recognized scientific graduate studies, working with the student “Agricultural Education and Research in discipline (e.g., astronomy, botany, chem- and primary advisor, will generally arrange Mexico (1934-1970)” istry, physics, psychology, etc.) during an for this committee to meet once with the “As Plain as the Nose on Your Face: interval covering at least two recognized student, generally some four-six weeks before Physiognomy in 19th-Century England” historical periods (e.g., the history of the actual exam; outside examiners will have “Belief without Proof: From Ancient physics from Aristotle to Newton, the his- been informed by the department chair of this Geometry to Renaissance Algebra” tory of biology from the Renaissance to requirement at the beginning of the generals “Bitter Roots: African Science and the Search Darwin). process. for Healing Plants in Ghana, 1885-2005” Following the successful completion of the (2) Selected topics that bring the history “Building a Natural Scientific Age: Science generals exam, the committee will no longer of science into constructive dialogue with and Public Culture in Germany, 1770- meet, but will generally remain available as other theoretical traditions in the social 1850” a collective resource until the dissertation sciences (e.g., sociology, anthropology, “Darwin’s Mutant Phoenix: Macroevolution in prospectus, overseen by the primary advisor, cultural studies) or topics that address 20th-Century Debates over Synthesis and has been completed. relations between the history of science Punctuated Equilibria” and “other” histories (e.g., science and “Human Nature and Mother Love: A History religion, science and philosophy). of the Maternal Instinct” “Interpretation and Utility: The Renaissance (3) One field outside the History of Commentary Tradition on Aristotle’s Science. Meteorologica IV”

Programs of Study 1 3 7 “Making Sense of Ryoshiron (Quantum of the modern physical sciences; science, modern science; the social role of the sci- Theory): The Introduction of Quantum modernity and postmodernity; science and entist in 20th- and 21st-century America; Physics into Japan, 1920-1940” representation. science and entrepreneurship; the history “Materializing the Modern, Middle Class Elshakry, Marwa, Assistant Professor of the and sociology of dietetics. Body: Menstruation in the 20th-Century History of Science (on leave spring term). Voskuhl, Adelheid, Assistant Professor of the United States“ History of modern Arabic sciences; science History of Science . Modern and modern “Medicalizing Addictions, Criminalizing and empire; Darwin and Darwinism . history and philosophy of technology; Addicts: Disjuncture in the Formation of 18th-century science and technology; US Drug Policy, 1980-1992” Galison, Peter L., Joseph Pellegrino University Professor. History and philosophy of 20th- modern European intellectual and cultural “‘The Most Important Single Statistic’: The history; technology and literary criticism. Consumer Price Index and American century physics; instrumentation; relation- Political Economy, 1880-1955” ship of physics to engineering. “The Pathological Family: A Cultural History Hammonds, Evelynn, Barbara Gutmann of Family Therapy in Post-World War II Rosenkrantz Professor of the History of America” Science and of African and African Amer- “Practical Mystic: Religion and Science in the ican Studies; Dean of Harvard College . Life and Work of A.S. Eddington” History of US medicine and public health, “Radium and the Secret of Life” history of race in science, medicine, and “Salvador Luria’s Unfinished Experiment: The technology; gender, sexuality, and science. Public Life of a Biologist in a Cold War Harrington, Anne, Harvard College Professor Democracy” and Professor of the History of Science. “A Scientific Dynasty: Probability, Liberalism, History of psychology and the brain sci- and The Exner Family in Imperial Austria” ences, 18th through 20th centuries. “Screen-memories: Temporality, Perception, and the Archive in Cybernetic Thought” Jansen, Sarah, Associate Professor of the History “Sensational Differences: Individuality of Science. History and epistemology of in Observation, Experimentation, and the life sciences; environmental history; Representation (France 1853-1895)” history of biopolitics; history of science “The Therapeutic Transition: Pharmaceuticals policies; history of formalization; science and the Marketing of Chronic Disease” and gender. Jasanoff, Sheila, Pforzheimer Professor of Science and Technology Studies, Kennedy Current Research Interests of School of Government . Special focus on the relationship between law, science, and Members of the Department of the politics in contemporary democratic societies. Environmental policy, science, and History of Science technology policy, and comparative regula- Biagioli, Mario, Professor of the History of tory policy. Science . Cultural histories of early modern Murdoch, John E., Professor of the History of science and the Scientific Revolution; sci- Science (on leave spring term). History of ence and intellectual property; scientific ancient and medieval science, philosophy, authorship; science and literature. and logic. Blair, Ann, Henry Charles Lea Professor of Park, Katharine, Samuel Zemurray Jr . and History . Early modern France; intellectual Doris Zemurray Stone Radcliffe Professor of and cultural history, history of the book, the History of Science. History of science in history of science. the late Middle Ages and the Renaissance; Brandt, Allan M., Amalie Moses Kass Professor history of medicine and the life sciences; of the History of Medicine (HMS), Professor history of gender, sexuality, and the body. of the History of Science (FAS), Dean, Picon, Antoine, Professor of the History of Graduate School of Arts and Sciences. Architecture and Technology at the Graduate History of American medicine and science; School of Design . History of architectural health and public policy; medical ethics. technologies from the 18th century to the Browne, Janet, Aramont Professor of the History present. of Science . History of biology; natural his- Rosenberg, Charles E., Ernest E . Monrad tory and exploration; 1700-1900, Darwin Professor of the Social Sciences and Professor and Darwinism; evolutionary thought; of the History of Science . History of medi- scientific biography. cine and science; history of conceptions of Canales, Jimena, Assistant Professor of the disease during the past two centuries. History of Science . 19th-century physics, Shapin, Steven, Franklin L Ford Professor of the astronomy, and philosophy of science; History of Science (on leave spring term). epistemological and psychological aspects Sociology of scientific knowledge; early

1 3 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Higher Degrees in Human Evolutionary Biology

degree is required, the master’s degree in teaching or research fellowships. They also Introduction human evolutionary biology is usually not receive two-month summer research awards Research in the Department of Human Evolu- taken as an end in itself. It may be taken for the summers following the first four years tionary Biology asks the question “Why are during the student’s progress toward the in graduate school. Dissertation completion humans the way we are?” using evolutionary doctorate, as the student qualifies for it, or in support is available as soon as the student is and comparative approaches to human biology some cases as a terminal degree for students prepared to finish the dissertation, ordinarily and behavior. The faculty view several major, unwilling or unable to continue toward the in the fifth or sixth year. Progress is reviewed interrelated research questions as most impor- doctorate. annually and financial awards are contingent tant to the study of human evolutionary The department is located mainly on the upon students making satisfactory progress in biology. First, what selective forces operated at fifth floor of the Peabody Museum, Harvard the program. different times in primate and human evolu- University, 11 Divinity Avenue, Cambridge, Prospective graduate students are urged to tion, including today, to make humans the Massachusetts 02138 and houses laboratory apply for outside fellowships that offer tuition way we are behaviorally, anatomically, physi- research facilities in genetics, paleontology, and stipend support during graduate school. ologically and genetically? Second, what are skeletal and dental biology, experimental These include the National Science Founda- the genetic versus environmental underpin- biomechanics, endocrinology, nutritional tion Graduate Research Fellowship (www. nings of the human phenotype-both behav- analysis, and isotopic and materials analysis. nsfgrfp.org), the Ford Foundation Diversity ioral and physical-in terms of fixed differences Other Harvard resources include: FAS Center Fellowship (www7.nationalacademies.org/ from other primates and of polymorphic for Systems Biology, Museum of Compara- fellowships), and the U.S. Department of differences that vary among humans? Third, tive Zoology (including the Concord Field Education’s Jacob K. Javits Fellowship (www. how do the evolutionary bases of important Station in Concord, Massachusetts), Peabody ed.gov/pograms). Application deadlines for aspects of human biology interact with social Museum’s extensive human and non-human these fellowships are in the fall, well before and cultural factors in shaping problems we skeletal collections, and the Department of Harvard’s admissions deadline. Eligible currently face such as violence, overpopula- Psychology’s Cognitive Evolution Lab. applicants are encouraged to investigate these tion, and disease? In order to address these funding opportunities early in the application questions, the department seeks to include season. and integrate behavioral ecology of human Students in the department are also and non-human primates, cognitive science, Admission Requirements eligible for summer or term-time research genetics and genomics, developmental and Our PhD program is small, admitting each awards and traveling fellowships funded by functional morphology, paleontology, and year only a few students with good back- Harvard University. They also receive research physiology. grounds in evolutionary biology and with support from the National Science Founda- The objective of the PhD program is to research interests that correspond with those tion, Wenner-Gren Foundation for Anthropo- provide students with comprehensive training of ours. Applicants must hold a Bachelor’s logical Research, or L.S.B. Leakey Foundation. taking a strongly evolutionary and compara- degree, ordinarily with distinction, and take tive approach to human adaptations and their the verbal, quantitative, and analytical apti- evolution. Faculty research spans a broad range tude tests of the Graduate Record Examina- of approaches aimed at understanding the tion (GRE). Successful applicants normally Degree Requirements evolution of humans and their closest primate have strong backgrounds in math and sciences, relatives. Our interdisciplinary approach particularly in biology, some acquaintance Residence includes field and/or laboratory programs in with statistics, and some laboratory or field Two year minimum of full-time study (up to endocrinology, human behavioral biology and research experience. We look for students with 16 half-courses or the equivalent). The depart- ecology, ape behavioral ecology and biology, high grade-point averages, strong letters of ment considers a period of five years in resi- disease ecology and cultural dynamics, human recommendations from professors, and high dence to be the norm for PhD candidates. and primate paleobiology, experimental GRE scores. The application for admission functional and developmental anatomy, and may be obtained and submitted at www.gsas. Appointment of Advisors the comparative and functional genetics and harvard.edu. Upon admission, students are assigned two genomics of humans and primates. The department considers a period of first-year faculty advisors based upon compat- Requirements are sufficiently flexible to five years in residence to be the norm for PhD ibility of research interests. In the week before accommodate most research programs and we candidates. For financial residence require- fall term begins, first-year students will meet encourage interdepartmental Ph.D. programs. ments, see www.gsas.harvard.edu . with their assigned faculty advisors to plan a We have strong collaborative links to faculty in program of study that takes into account their the departments of Anthropology, Organismic previous training and current academic inter- and Evolutionary Biology, Psychology, and ests. Each student’s program of study must Harvard Medical School. Primary advisors of Financial Aid receive the approval of his or her advisors. graduate students must be faculty members Students admitted to the PhD program within the Department of Human Evolu- receive full tuition and ten months of living First Two Years tionary Biology. support for the first four years and a final year During the first two years, students complete Since the program’s principal objective is of dissertation completion support. In the course requirements and begin to outline their to prepare students for college or university first two years they receive their living support PhD plans. Normally, students will take at teaching or research, for which the doctor’s as stipends; in the third and fourth years, as least eight half-courses (semester courses) in

Programs of Study 1 3 9 human evolutionary biology and related areas be required. Approval of a dissertation prospectus, during their first two years in residence. These including any revisions, is expected by the end of Faculty Research Interests will include one proseminar in evolutionary the sixth term in residence. John Barry (PhD Yale 1976) Lecturer. Primate theory and a minimum of three courses out of An approved dissertation is normally evolution, paleontology, geology, paleoenviron- five identified primary areas: human paleon- expected by the end of the twelfth term. The ments, Miocene hominoids; Pakistan, Southwestern tology, genetics, human anatomy and physi- dissertation committee is composed of at least America ology, human behavioral ecology, and primate three readers. At least one reader will be a member Peter Ellison (PhD Harvard 1983) John Cowles behavioral ecology. Successful completion of the Human Evolutionary Biology faculty, Professor . Biological anthropology, human of the proseminar and the three area courses and at least one reader will normally be outside biology, reproductive physiology, endocri- within the first two years constitutes the major that faculty. The form of the dissertation may nology, demography portion of the qualifying examination process. vary depending on the student’s research but the In addition, students must submit a draft content should ordinarily be substantive enough Karen Kramer (PhD U New Mexico 1998) of a research proposal (the “mock NSF”) and to represent or to produce at least three published Associate Professor . Comparative demography; be examined orally by the faculty. The oral articles. comparative reproductive ecology and life examination is based on the research proposal, The dissertation defense consists of an oral history; demographic and economic transi- which students develop in consultation with presentation for a general audience followed by tions; household economics and generational their advisors, as well as their command of an oral examination attended by the dissertation wealth transfers; farming intensification, land relevant areas of human evolutionary biology. committee and other interested faculty. Only after use patterns and ecology; South America The proposal is written in the form of a successful completion of this examination and Daniel Lieberman (PhD Harvard 1993) Professor; Doctoral Dissertation Improvement Award the incorporation of any revisions required by the Affiliate in the Department of Organismic and proposal to the National Science Foundation dissertation committee will a candidate’s disserta- Evolutionary Biology, Harvard College Professor . and is circulated to the faculty at least a week tion be approved for submission to the Registrar. How and why the human body looks the way it before the oral examination. Students are does; functional, developmental and evolutionary expected to fulfill this requirement by the end anatomy of the skull and postcranium of their second year in residence. Competence in appropriate statistical Recent PhD Dissertation Titles Susan Lipson (PhD Harvard 1985) Lecturer . analysis is required by the time of the quali- Human behavioral and reproductive endocri- Coren Apicella, “The Evolutionary Psychology nology, reproductive ecology fying examination. of Physical Attractiveness in Hadza Foragers: Students must acquire both theoretical Explorations of the Face, Body and Voice” Charles Nunn (PhD Duke 1999) Associate grounding and technical skills. This means Professor . Infectious disease and primate gaining experience with designing research Susanne Cote, “Sampling and Ecology in ecology, bioinformatics and evolutionary projects, collecting data in the laboratory or Three Early Miocene Catarrhine Assemblages biology, conservation of biodiversity and field, and analyzing those data. To achieve this, From East Africa” emerging infectious diseases appropriate field and/or laboratory training is Margaret Crofoot, “Intergroup Competition in David Pilbeam (PhD Yale 1967) Henry Ford required, as determined in consultation with White-Faced Capuchin Monkeys (Cebus capacinus)” II Professor of Human Evolution . Paleoanthro- faculty advisors. Depending upon the nature Maureen Devlin, “Interactions of Estrogen, pology, hominoid evolution, anatomy, paleo- of the research to be undertaken for the PhD, Strain and Bone Growth: Implications for ecology; Africa and Asia the faculty may prescribe further skills, such as Human Skeletal Robusticity” fluency in a field language, advanced labora- Maryellen Ruvolo (PhD Harvard 1983) tory skills, or further quantitative skills. Sonya Kahlenberg, “Female-Female Competi- Professor; Affiliate in the Department of Organ- tion and Male Sexual Coercion in Kanyawara ismic and Evolutionary Biology, Affiliate of Years three through five Chimpanzees” the Broad Institute, Inc . Human and primate After completion of the qualifying examination, Karola Kirsanow, “Animal Physiology of molecular adaptations, detection of selection the faculty will appoint a dissertation prospectus Biomineral Diagenesis, and the Isotopic in primates, hominoid genetic evolution, committee, ordinarily consisting of at least three Reconstruction of Palaeoenvironment” primate phylogeny, comparative genomics members, at least two of whom will be depart- Amanda Lobell, “The Evolution of Matrix Metallo- Tanya M. Smith (PhD Stony Brook 2004) ment members. The student, in consultation with proteinase 9 and the Invasive Primate Placenta” Assistant Professor . Dental development and his or her advisors, will select a dissertation topic. three-dimensional tooth structure in fossil and The student will submit to this committee Zarin Machanda, “The Ecology of Male- living apes and humans a prospectus that embodies the general planning Female Social Relationships among East Noreen Tuross (PhD Brown U 1985) Landon of the work and shows what contribution it will African Chimpanzees” T . Clay Professor of Scientific Archaeology . make to the field. The prospectus should give a Campbell Rolian, “Morphological Integration Application of biogeochemical techniques, concise statement of the problems being studied and the Evolution of Human Hands and Feet” including immunology and mass spectrometry, or hypotheses tested and a description of the to archaeological questions. Ancient DNA and manner in which the field or laboratory investiga- Katarina Mucha Sussner, “The Influence of DNA damage. Human impacts on the land, tion will be carried out. The prospectus should Maternal Acculturation on Early Childhood paleodiet, migration and seasonality conform to the format and length of an NSF Feeding, Nutritional Status and the Develop- Doctoral Dissertation Improvement Award appli- ment of Obesity: A Study of Latino Immigrant Richard W. Wrangham (PhD Cambridge cation. Ideally, it will also be a grant application. Mothers and Children” 1975) Ruth Moore Professor of Biological The candidate will meet with the dissertation Herman Pontzer, “Locomotor Energetics, Ranging Anthropology, Harvard College Professor . Primate prospectus committee to discuss the prospectus Ecology, and the Emergence of the Genus Homo” behavior and ecology, human ecology, evolu- and consider any necessary revisions, including tionary biology the possibility that an alternate prospectus would

1 4 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences PhD Program in Inner Asian and Altaic Studies

Inner Asian and Altaic Studies deal with School of Arts and Sciences, including a candidate will write a general examination in the history and cultures of the peoples in bachelor’s degree from a recognized institu- three fields approved in advance by the committee . the steppe, mountain, forest, and oasis areas tion, a superior undergraduate record, and the One of these fields should cover the history or between China, Russia, western Iran, and reading knowledge of at least one appropriate culture of a major society outside of Inner Asia Pakistan. This geographic area comprises foreign language such as, for example, Arabic, (e.g., Western Europe, Russia, Islamic Middle Central Asia (namely former Soviet Central Chinese, Persian, Russian, or Turkish. An AM East, East Asia, South Asia, or the Americas). Asia, Xinjiang, eastern Iran, and Afghanistan), degree in hand is advantageous. The other two will be focused on: Kazakhstan, the northern regions of Pakistan, The requirements for the degree are: 1. Pre-Islamic History of Inner Asia (to the Tibet (including Qinghai, eastern Sichuan, 10th century) Gansu, and northwestern Yunnan), Mongolia, Academic Residence 2. Medieval and Early Modern History of and Manchuria. The Altaic languages include Minimum of two years. In most cases, Inner Asia (10th century to 1750) the Turkic group, the Mongolian group, and however, fulfillment of all requirements for the 3. Modern History of Inner Asia (1750 to the the Tunguzic group. degree will involve at least one additional year present) The Committee on Inner Asian and Altaic of course work. The committee members will 4. Philology and Religion of Pre-Islamic Inner Studies was established in the fall of 1972 for arrange particular programs for each student. Asia (to the 10th century) the purpose of stimulating and integrating 5. Philology and Religion of Medieval and instruction and research in these areas. Financial Residence Early Modern Inner Asia (10th century Harvard is preeminent among the very See GSAS Guide to Admission and Financial to 1750) few universities where Inner Asian and Altaic Aid or The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences 6. Altaic or Tungusic Linguistics studies may be pursued. Harvard’s library Handbook. 7. Archaeology and Art of Inner Asia holdings in East European, East Asian, 8. Ethnology and Anthropology of Inner Asia Introductory Courses Islamic, and South Asian areas led to a devel- There will be a three-hour written exami- All first-year students in this program should opment of strength in the Inner Asian and nation in each of the three specified fields, take an introductory course in at least one of Altaic fields prior to the actual establishment plus one three-hour oral examination in Inner the following fields given by members of the of this program. The research centers and Asian studies, broadly defined. In some cases, committee. degree programs that exist at Harvard on students may, with the approval of the committee, 1. History of Inner Asia the four sides of the Inner Asian area have choose to take an additional fourth general 2. Archaeology and Art of Inner Asia contributed much material directly relevant examination field . to the study of this region. Harvard possesses 3. Comparative and Historical Turkic, outstanding collections in the Chinese, Mongolian, Manchu, Tibetan, Tunguz, or Prospectus Altaic Linguistics Iranian, Turkish, Arabic, Indian, and Russian Within one academic year of completing the 4. Inner Asian Philology (Khotanese Saka, languages, which comprise the most important general examination, students will be required Sogdian, Tibetan, Tokharian, Gandhari primary sources for the study of this area, as to present a written prospectus of their disser- [Niya] Prakrit, etc.) well as in Manchu, Mongolian, and Tibetan. tation, of at least five to ten pages in length, These collections are variously held by the for approval by the committee. Widener, Harvard-Yenching, Houghton, Language Examinations Dumbarton Oaks, Gibb, Tozzer, and Fine Arts Upon enrolling in graduate school the candi- Dissertation date should offer proof of competence in at libraries. The East Asian Research Center, the The doctoral dissertation must demonstrate least one foreign “tool” language (this will Jewett Collection, and Harvard’s microfilm the candidate’s ability to use primary source be done by way of examination in the first collection also contain important source mate- material and to produce a piece of original term of study), and sometime during the first rial in this field. research. After the acceptance of the disserta- two years of residence, he or she should also The PhD program in Inner Asian and tion, the candidate must defend his or her demonstrate competence by way of examina- Altaic Studies is modeled on similar joint dissertation in a special oral examination. The tion in a second “tool” language, selected degree programs for adjacent areas, in final manuscript must conform to the require- from among those especially pertinent to particular the PhD programs in History and ments described in The Form of the PhD the student’s topic of specialization. “Tool” East Asian Languages and in History and Dissertation. Middle Eastern Studies. Like these, the PhD languages, such as French, German, Italian, Russian, and Japanese, are to be distinguished program in Inner Asian and Altaic Studies is Further information regarding courses and not training in area studies as such but rather from “source” languages such as Arabic, Chinese, Manchu, Mongolian, Persian, programs of study, as well as fellowships, a program in an established discipline (i.e., may be obtained by contacting (in the fall anthropology, art and architecture, history, Tibetan, Turkic, and Sanskrit; in particular cases, where one of the latter is not a “source” preceding that in which the candidate wishes linguistics, literature, or religious studies) to register) the Committee on Inner Asian with emphasis on Inner Asia and/or the Altaic language it may be considered a “tool” language. Students are expected to be compe- and Altaic Studies, 1730 Cambridge Street, languages. The program includes a language Cambridge, MA 02138; [email protected]. requirement and a general examination in tent in the language(s) of their primary focus and will be required to take written examina- edu; and/or the Harvard Graduate School three fields, and is restricted to candidates of Arts and Sciences, Holyoke Center 350, for the PhD degree. It does not offer an AM tions in their “source” language or languages, both with and without the aid of a dictionary. 1350 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA program. 02138. We encourage online submission of Prerequisites for Admission General Exam the application; see www.gsas.harvard.edu. For Normally at the end of the second year of more information about the IAAS program, All students in the program are expected please go to www.fas.harvard.edu/~iaas. to meet the requirements of the Graduate residence or in the third year of residence, the

Programs of Study 1 4 1 PhD in Linguistics

The Department of Linguistics is home to one second years. Support in the third and fourth for overseeing study in the major field shifts of the oldest and most distinguished linguis- years takes the form of teaching fellowships. to the major advisor. Students may change tics programs in the United States. The study The department regards teaching as an essen- their major advisor at any time. By the end of linguistics at Harvard draws much of its tial part of the PhD program. Courses open of the second year they should also select a strength from the unique range and depth of to participation by teaching fellows include co-advisor, who serves as a second advisor and the University’s offerings in related fields, espe- undergraduate tutorials, beginning-level faculty mentor. cially ancient and modern languages. Students linguistic theory courses, and large-enrollment Major and Minor Fields — Students choose a are encouraged to take advantage of the full undergraduate courses such as Social Analysis major and a minor field during their first year. spectrum of Harvard’s resources in planning 34 (Knowledge of Language). Full support is The major field is typically a large subarea their schedules; they are also free to cross- again provided in the dissertation-completion of linguistics, such as phonology, syntax, register for linguistics and linguistics-related year, freeing the student of teaching obliga- semantics, or historical linguistics. The minor courses at the Massachusetts Institute of Tech- tions. Stipends are provided for summer field may either be another major subarea or nology. While all PhD candidates are expected research in the first two years. a more specific one (e.g., Germanic syntax, to acquire a solid background in contemporary Inquiries regarding admission and finan- psycholinguistics, Greek historical grammar). linguistic theory, the department places great cial aid should be directed to the Admissions Competence in the major field is demon- emphasis on the inseparability of good theo- Office, Harvard Graduate School of Arts and strated by a) advanced coursework, as deter- retical work and detailed empirical research, Sciences, Holyoke Center 350, 1350 Massa- mined in consultation with the major advisor; and on the interrelatedness of diachronic chusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02138. We b) submission of an original research paper and synchronic approaches to the study of encourage online submission of the applica- of publishable quality (see below); and c), linguistic phenomena. tion. See www.gsas.harvard.edu. optionally, in certain fields, a special written Since the department is relatively small, examination. Competence in the minor field discussion among faculty, graduate students, is demonstrated by satisfactory performance in and undergraduates is ongoing and informal. The Structure of the Program three courses above the introductory level, or Special workshops funded by the Graduate in two courses with submission of a research School of Arts and Sciences, together with Coursework - To acquire a basic grounding paper. frequent departmentally sponsored lectures in the core areas of the field, students must Research Paper Requirement — In lieu of and seminars, bring an unusually large complete the following courses, normally in a formal admission to candidacy examina- number of outside speakers to Harvard every their first two years of residence: year. Widener Library contains a matchless tion (“general exam”), students are required linguistic and philological collection, supple- Linguistics 112a (Introduction to Syntactic to submit and orally defend two publishable mented by a special non-circulating collection Theory) and 112b (Intermediate Syntax) research papers, preferably by the end of the accessible only to linguistics students and Linguistics 115a (Introduction to Phonetics third year. One of the two papers should be in faculty. and Phonology) and 115b (Intermediate the area of the declared major field, and the Further information regarding depart- Phonology) other should be in a different area of linguistics, which may, but need not be, the same as mental courses, faculty, and facilities can be Linguistics 116a (Introduction to Semantics) obtained from the Department of Linguis- the minor field. If the second paper is in the tics, Boylston Hall, Harvard University, Linguistics 117r (Linguistic Field Methods) area of the minor field, it may count in place Cambridge, MA 02138 (telephone: 617-495- Linguistics 224 (Historical and Comparative of a third course in the minor field (see above). 4054; fax: 617-496-4447), or by visiting Linguistics) Language Requirement — The department’s the departmental Website at http://www.fas. In addition, second- and third-year language requirement has two components: harvard.edu/~lingdept/index.html. students are required to enroll in Linguistics (1) Reading knowledge of two languages of 241r (Practicum in Linguistics). scholarship other than English. Native There is also a language requirement, speakers of qualifying languages may count Admission and Financial Aid which is described separately below. Course their native language for this purpose. requirements are flexibly enforced. Students Non-native speakers may satisfy the Requirements for admission are flexible. with a substantial background in one or requirement by completing a second-year Preference is normally given to candidates more areas of linguistics may substitute more language course at the university level or by with a previous background in linguistics, but advanced courses for those listed above, with passing a one-hour departmental reading students with a mature interest in the field and the approval of the director of graduate studies exam (dictionary permitted). a strong language background are encouraged (DGS). Only rarely are course requirements (2) Knowledge of the structure of a non-Indo- to apply as well. GRE scores are required of all waived completely. European language. This requirement may applicants. be met by taking a “structure” course (e.g., All new graduate students in Linguistics Advising — First-year students are advised by Linguistics 171 (Structure of Chinese), a receive a five-year support package, either from the DGS until they choose a major field (see course in linguistic typology, or a second GSAS, or from an outside funding source below), at which time they also choose a major semester of Linguistics 117r (Linguistic (e.g., the National Science Foundation), or advisor from the regular departmental faculty. Field Methods). Practical reading and/ from a combination of the two. The standard Thereafter, progress toward completion of or speaking knowledge cannot be used to GSAS package provides sufficient funds to the PhD requirements continues to be moni- satisfy this requirement. make teaching unnecessary in the first and tored by the DGS, but primary responsibility

1 4 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Satisfactory Progress — A B+ average must Indo-European Perspectives: Studies in Honour be maintained in each year of graduate study. Recent PhD Dissertation Titles of Anna Morpurgo Davies (Oxford and New Grades below B- cannot be counted toward York, 2004), 405-416; Hittite and the Indo- ■■ “Bardi Verb Morphology in Historical departmental requirements; two grades below Perspective” European Verb (Oxford, 2003). B- in required courses may result in termi- Boeckx, Cedric, Associate Professor of Linguis- ■■ “Canadian French Vowel Harmony” nation of candidacy. Ordinarily, a grade of tics . PhD 2001, University of Connecticut. ■ “Case, Referentiality, and Phrase Structure” Incomplete can only be converted into a letter ■ Interests: Linguistics theory and the architec- grade if the work is made up before the end of ■■ “Ditransitive Structures and the (Anti-) ture of grammar; biolinguistics; theoretical and the following term. No grade of Incomplete Locality Principle” comparative syntax; Romance and Germanic can be used to satisfy a departmental require- syntax. ment. ■■ “Elliptical Predicated Constructions in Mandarin” Selected Works: Understanding Minimalist All requirements, including the research Syntax: Lessons from Locality in Long-distance papers, should ideally be completed by the end ■■ “Finiteness, Case and Clausal Architecture” Dependencies, 2007, Blackwell. Aspects of of the third year, but in no case later than the ■■ “Focusing on Negative Concord and the Syntax of Agreement, to appear, London: end of the fourth. The dissertation prospectus Negative Polarity: Variations and Relations” Routledge. Linguistic minimalism: Origins, (see below) is also due by the end of the fourth ■ “Indo-European Origins of the Nasal Concepts, Methods, and Aims . 2006. New York: year. Failure to meet program requirements ■ Oxford University Press. Islands and Chains in timely fashion may result in termination of Inchoative Class in Germanic, Baltic, and Slavic” (2003), Amsterdam: John Benjamins; Multiple candidacy. Wh-fronting (ed. with K. Grohmann)(2003), AM Degree — Graduate students who have ■■ “Lexical Rules in Syntax: A Case Study of Amsterdam: John Benjamins; “Scope Recon- completed two years of residence and who V-Concatenation in Japanese” struction and A-movement” (2001); Natural have fulfilled all the course requirements and ■■ “Linguistic Practice, Social Identity, and Language and Linguistic Theory 19, 503-548; language requirements for the PhD may upon Ideology: Mandarin Variation in a Taipei “Quirky Agreement” (2000), Studia Linguis- petition receive an AM degree. County High School” tica 54, 451-480. ■■ Multiple Dominance in Syntax” Chierchia, Gennaro, Haas Foundations Professor of Linguistics . PhD 1984, University ■■ “Referential-access Dependency in The Dissertation Penobscot” of Massachusetts. Interests: Semantics, the syntax/semantics Dissertation Prospectus — A prospectus of ■■ “Relativization and Ellipsis” mapping, pragmatics, philosophy of language, the PhD dissertation must be submitted to The interface of semantics with language ■■ “Studies in Japanese Prosody” the department by the end of the fourth year. development, language pathology, and ■ “Studies in the Language of Three The prospectus should contain a summary ■ language processing. Northumbrian Poems” (in approximately ten pages) of the goals and Selected Works: “(In)Definites, Locality, and methodology of the dissertation research, ■■ “Studies in Ancient Anatolian Language Intentional Identity” in G. Carlson and F. J. a bibliography of relevant literature, and a and Culture” Pelletier, eds., Reference and Quantification: schedule for progress toward completion. The Partee Effect (Stanford, 2006); “Scalar ■■ “Symmetries in Coordination” Committee — As part of the prospectus Implicatures, Polarity Phenomena and the ■■ “The Interaction of Verb Semantics and Syntax/Pragmatics Interface” in A. Belletti, ed., submission procedure, students nominate a Functional Features in Korean Syntax” three-person committee to serve as readers of Structures and Beyond (Oxford and New York, the completed dissertation. Final member- ■■ “The Syntax of Negation in Spanish” 2004); “Backwards vs. Forward Anaphora: ship of the dissertation committee is subject Reconstruction in Child Language”, Language to departmental approval. The head of the Acquisition, 8.2 (1999/2000), 129-170; committee, if not already the major advisor, Faculty of the Department of “Reference to Kinds across Languages” (with assumes this role as soon as the prospectus M. T. Guasti), Natural Language Semantics is approved. Students are urged to main- Linguistics 6 (1998), 339-405; Dynamics of Meaning . tain regular communication with all three Anaphora, Presupposition and the Theory of members of the dissertation committee during Jasanoff, Jay H., Diebold Professor of Indo- Grammar, Chicago and London, 1995). European Linguistics and Philology . Chair. PhD the dissertation-writing process. Flier, Michael S., Oleksandr Potebnja Professor 1968, Harvard University. of Ukrainian Philology . PhD 1968, University Dissertation Defense — Acceptance of a Interests: Indo-European and general historical of California, Berkeley. PhD dissertation requires a successful public linguistics; linguistics of individual Indo- Interests: Slavic linguistics, semiotics of medi- defense, which should take place one to three European branches (Germanic, Celtic, Indo- eval East Slavic culture. months before the Registrar’s due date for Iranian, Anatolian, Tocharian, Italic, etc.). Selected Works: “The Fourth Palatalization final submission of the dissertation. Sufficient Selected Works: “From reduplication to ablaut: of Velars in Ukrainian: The Southwestern time must be allowed to permit any required the class VII strong verbs of Northwest Ger- Dialects,” in Alan J. Nussbaum, ed., Verba corrections or revisions, as well as to have the manic,” to appear in Historische Sprachforsc- Docenti . Studies in Historical and Indo-Euro- dissertation bound. hung (2008); “The origin of the Latin gerund pean Linguistics Presented to Jay H . Jasanoff by and gerundive: a new proposal,” Festschrift for Students, Colleagues, and Friends (Ann Arbor Michael Flier (2008); “Balto-Slavic accentua- and New York, 2007), 73-82; “Catching the tion: telling news from noise,” Baltistica 39 Drift of Dissimilative Jakan’e,” in Michael (2005), 171-177; “Plus ça change. . . Lach- S. Flier et al., eds., In Memoriam Henrik mann’s Law in Latin,” in J. H. W. Penney, ed., Birnbaum (Bloomington, 2006), 129–148;

Programs of Study 1 4 3 “Innovation in the East Slavic Non-Past: The Selected Works: “Expanding the Scope of Case of Belarusian First-Person Plural idom,” Control & Raising” (with Eric Potsdam), to in Alan Timberlake, ed., American Contribu- appear in Syntax; “Gender under incomplete tions to the Thirteenth International Congress acquisition,” to appear in Heritage Language of Slavists, Ljubljana, 2003. Vol. 1: Linguistics Journal 6 (2007); “Without Aspect,” to appear (Bloomington, 2003), 65–77; “Surzhyk: The in Greville Corbett and Michael Noonan, eds., Rules of Engagement,” in Zvi Gitelman et Case and Grammatical Relations (Oxford); al., eds., Cultures and Nations of Central and “Subject Preference in Korean” (with Nayoung Eastern Europe: Essays in Honor of Roman Kwon and Robert Kluender), in Donald Szporluk (Cambridge, 2000), 113–36. Baumer, David Montero, and Michael Huang, C.-T. James, Professor of Linguistics . Scanlon, eds., Proceedings of the 25th West Director of Graduate Studies . PhD 1982, Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics (Somer- Massachusetts Institute of Technology. ville, 2006), 1-14; “Word class distinctions Interests: Syntactic theory, syntactic-semantics in an incomplete grammar,” in Dorit Ravid interface, Chinese linguistics. and Hava Bat-Zeev Shyldkrot, eds., Perspec- Selected Works: “The distribution of nega- tives on Language and Language Development tive NPs and some typological correlates,” (Dordrecht, 2005), 419-436. in A. Simpson an A. Li (eds.) Functional Rau, Jeremy, Associate Professor of Classics and Structure(s), Form and Interpretation, Rout- Linguistics (on leave 2008-09) . PhD 2003, ledge (2003); “Distributivity and Reflexivity,” Cornell University. in Sze-wing Tang and Luther Liu (eds.) The Interests: Greek and Latin historical linguistics; Formal Way to Chinese Languages, CSLI Homeric language; Indo-European languages and Cambridge University Press (2002); and linguistics; Indo-Iranian linguistics. Logical Relations in Chinese and the Theory Selected Works: “The Derivational History of of Grammar (Garland, 1998); New Horizons PGmc. *wethru- ‘lamb’,” in Alan J. Nussbaum, in Chinese Linguistics (with Y.-H. Audrey ed., Verba Docenti . Studies in Historical and Li, Kluwer, 1996); “Two Types of Donkey Indo-European Linguistics Presented to Jay H . Sentences,” Natural Language Semantics (with Jasanoff by Students, Colleagues, and Friends Lisa Cheng, 1996); “Reconstruction and the (Ann Arbor and New York, 2007), 281-292; Structure of VP” (Linguistic Inquiry, 1993). “The Greek Type nomas, -ados,” to appear in Nevins, Andrew, Associate Professor of Linguis- Münchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft; tics . PhD 2004, Massachusetts Institute of “The Origin of the Short-Vowel Inflection of Technology. the EU-Stems in Homer,” to appear in Glotta; Interests: Morphology, the structure of the “A Note on Mycenaean te-re-ja and the Athe- lexicon, phonology, experimental approaches matic Inflection of the Contract Verbs,” to to linguistics. appear in Historische Sprachforschung; “PIE Selected Works: “The Representation of Third *woidu-/weidu- and its derivatives,” Die Person and its Consequences for Person- Sprache 40/2 (1998), 133-160. Case Effects,” to appear in Natural Language and Linguistic Theory; “Rule Application in Phonology” (with Morris Halle), to appear in Charles Cairns and Eric Raimy, eds., Contem- porary Architectures in Phonological Theory; “A Distributed Morphology Analysis of Present Tense Auxiliaries in Zamudio” (with Karlos Arregi), Euskalingua 9 (2006), 146-156; “Derivations without the Activity Condition,” Massachusetts Institute of Technology Working Papers in Linguistics 49 (2005); “Consonant Harmony in Karaim” (with Bert Vaux), Massa- chusetts Institute of Technology Working Papers in Linguistics 46 (2004). Polinsky, Maria, Professor of Linguistics (on leave Fall 2008) . PhD 1986, Institute for Linguistics, Russian Academy of Sciences. Interests: Language universals and their explanation; comparative syntactic theory; the expression of information structure in natural language; incomplete acquisition (heritage languages); Austronesian languages (esp. Mala- gasy, Maori) and languages of the Caucasus (esp. Tsez, Kabardian).

1 4 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Higher Degrees in the Department of Mathematics

The graduate mathematics program at candidate must also write a “minor thesis.” Harvard is designed for students who hope This is an original presentation of a standard Financial Aid to become research mathematicians and show subject about which the student is ignorant All students in the Department of Math- definite promise in this direction. Once the but wishes to learn. It is intended to give ematics receive substantial financial support student has demonstrated a command of the student experience in assimilating and during their graduate training. This support basic mathematical concepts by passing the presenting unfamiliar material. The research may be in the form of grants or teaching qualifying examination, the emphasis is on and writing must be done during a three-week fellowships from Harvard, or fellowships and getting to the frontiers of some field by inde- period, soon after the qualifying examination research assistantships from outside organiza- pendent reading, advanced courses, and semi- is passed. Each candidate must also partici- tions such as the National Science Foundation. nars. The Cambridge area is one of the most pate in the Teaching Apprentice Program and Students are strongly encouraged to apply for active centers of mathematics in the world. have two semesters of classroom experience of outside awards. Harvard, Brandeis, and Northeastern univer- teaching, usually as a teaching fellow. Sources from outside the University sities and the Massachusetts Institute of Tech- Applications for transfer from other support a great many graduate fellowships. In nology have an especially close association in programs granting PhDs in mathematics are particular, students who are US citizens should mathematics, sharing several seminars and a not ruled out, but are discouraged. investigate the predoctoral fellowship oppor- weekly colloquium. tunities provided by the Fannie and John Hertz Foundation (Box 5032, Livermore, CA 94551-5032), the National Defense Science AB-AM Degree and Engineering Graduate Fellowship Program The PhD Program Candidates for the AB-AM degree in math- (200 Park Drive, Suite 211, P.O. Box 13444, The degree of doctor of philosophy is ematics must meet both the academic and Research Triangle Park, NC 27709-3444), awarded to students who have demonstrated course requirements for the AB degree in the National Physical Science Consortium their mastery of the basic techniques of mathematics and for the AM degree in mathe- for Minorities and Women (c/o New Mexico mathematics and their ability to do inde- matics. A given course can be counted for only State University, O’Loughlin House, Univer- pendent research. The former is tested in one of the two degrees, i.e., one course cannot sity Boulevard, Box 30001, Department 3 the qualifying examination the latter in the meet the requirement for the AB degree and NPS, Las Cruces, NM 88003-8001), and the dissertation. The dissertation, however, is the then be counted again for the AM degree. See National Science Foundation (Washington, more important of the two. below for the AM requirements. Any under- DC 20550). The qualifying examination is given twice graduate who wishes to apply for this degree Students without outside support are annually, and students are encouraged to take must file an application form for the graduate required to teach as part of their financial aid it as soon as possible so that they may begin program in mathematics just as any other package. Usually students do not teach in their work towards their theses. Most students pass student files for graduate work at Harvard. first year; they are a teaching fellow for one the exam during their first year, but if need Only students with advanced standing are half-course (i.e., for a one-semester course) be, the sections of exam may be retaken any eligible to apply for this four-year program. in their second through fourth years, and for number of times. Undergraduates taking graduate courses in two half-courses if they stay for a fifth year. The PhD dissertation is an original treat- their third year may bracket those courses they Teaching fellows ordinarily teach their own ment of a suitable subject leading to new wish to apply toward their graduate degree. sections of undergraduate calculus, but have results, usually written under the guidance of a course assistant to help with grading and a faculty member. The final manuscript must to teach a problem section. There are a few conform to the requirements described in The upper-class tutorials taught by experienced Form of the PhD Dissertation, which is avail- Requirements for the AM Degree teaching fellows. All students must partici- able in the Publications section on the GSAS The Master of Arts (AM) degree is not a pate in the Teaching Apprentice Program run website. prerequisite for the PhD, but is often obtained in conjunction with the Derek Bok Center Many of the more advanced courses and by students on their way to a doctorate. for Teaching and Learning and demonstrate seminars are designed to lead the student to However, applicants are not accepted for the English proficiency before they may teach. areas of current research. terminal AM in mathematics. The formal Applications for admission and for schol- The University requires a minimum of requirements are a minimum academic arships or nonteaching fellowships, together two years’ academic residence (16 half- residence of one year, eight half-courses in with information regarding admissions proce- courses). (See The Graduate School of Arts and mathematics at 100 or 200 level, with at least dures, may be obtained by writing directly Sciences Handbook for financial residence four at the 200 level; a reading knowledge of to the Admissions Office, Harvard Graduate requirements.) On the other hand, the PhD one of three languages—French, German, or School of Arts and Sciences, Holyoke Center, usually takes four to five years. Russian—is also required. (See The Graduate 3rd floor, 1350 Massachusetts Avenue, A reading knowledge of two modern School of Arts and Sciences Handbook for finan- Cambridge, MA 02138. We encourage online languages, French, Italian (if deemed related to cial residence requirements.) submission of the application. See https:// the student’s field of study), German, or apply.embark.com/grad/Harvard/GSAS. Russian, is required of PhD candidates. One language requirement must be passed by the end of the second year of graduate study and the other by the end of the third year. Each

Programs of Study 1 4 5 Richard Taylor, Herchel Smith Professor of Senior Faculty Research Interests Mathematics . Algebraic number theory, Noam D. Elkies, Professor of Mathematics . modular and automorphic forms. Number theory, computation, classical alge- Horng-Tzer Yau, Professor of Mathematics . braic geometry, music. Probability theory, quantum dynamics, differ- Dennis Gaitsgory, Professor of Mathematics . ential equations, and nonequilibrium physics. Geometric aspects of representation theory. Shing-Tung Yau, William Caspar Graustein Robin Gottlieb, Professor in the Teaching of Professor of Mathematics . Differential geom- Mathematics . etry, partial differential equations, topology, mathematical physics. Benedict H. Gross, George Vasmer Leverett Professor of Mathematics . Algebraic number theory, Diophantine geometry, modular forms. Junior and visiting faculty interests represent a diverse and important addition to the depart- Joseph Harris, Higgins Professor of Math- ment. As these appointments vary in length ematics . Algebraic geometry. from one term (on the part of visitors) to Michael J. Hopkins, Professor of Mathematics . three-year appointments as a Benjamin Pierce Algebraic topology. Lecturer on Mathematics, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, they will be listed annually in Mark Kisin, Professor of Mathematics . Number the Courses of Instruction and in the Graduate theory and arithmetic geometry. Guide to Mathematics (available from the Peter Kronheimer, William Caspar Graustein department). Generally there are from nine to Professor of Mathematics . Topology, differential 12 appointments in these categories. and algebraic geometry, and their applications. Jacob Lurie, Professor of Mathematics . Alge- braic geometry, algebraic topology, and higher category theory. Barry Mazur, Gerhard Gade University Professor . Number theory, automorphic forms and related issues in algebraic geometry. Curtis T. McMullen, Maria Moors Cabot Professor of the Natural Sciences . Riemann surfaces, complex dynamics, hyperbolic geometry. Sophie Morel, Professor of Mathematics . Arith- metic geometry, automorphic forms, Galois representations. Martin Nowak, Professor of Mathematics and Biology . Mathematical biology, evolutionary dynamics, infectious diseases, cancer genetics, game theory, language. Gerald Sacks, Professor of Mathematical Logic . Mathematical logic, logic in computer science, recursive functions and computability, E-recursion, alpha-recursion, prolog, programming, set theory and constructibility. Wilfried Schmid, Dwight Parker Robinson Professor of Mathematics . Lie groups, representation theory, complex differential geometry. Yum-Tong Siu, William Elwood Byerly Professor of Mathematics . Several complex variables. Shlomo Sternberg, George Putnam Professor of Pure and Applied Mathematics . Differential geometry, differential equations, Lie groups and algebras, mathematical physics. Clifford Taubes, William Petschek Professor of Mathematics . Nonlinear partial differential equations and applications to topology, geometry, and mathematical physics.

1 4 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Degree Programs in Middle Eastern Studies

AM in Regional Studies — Middle East (FLAS) fellowship at the same time as they PhD in Anthropology and Middle Eastern Committee on Middle Eastern apply for admission. AM students who are US Studies Studies citizens or permanent residents may apply for PhD in History of Art and Architecture and The Committee on Middle Eastern Studies is federal aid, including Perkins Loans, Federal Middle Eastern Studies a standing committee of the Faculty of Arts Direct Subsidized and Unsubsidized Loans, PhD in History and Middle Eastern Studies and Sciences charged with the administration and Federal Work-Study. All students may of graduate degree programs in Middle Eastern apply for HELP loan funding regardless of studies. The members of this committee citizenship status. Prospective students are Center for Middle Eastern Studies are drawn from the faculty associated with encouraged to apply for independent grants the Center for Middle Eastern Studies. The and fellowships to fund their studies. The Center for Middle Eastern Studies committee offers the following programs: Academic Residence — Students must be (CMES) was established in 1954 for the registered as full-time students in the Graduate purpose of supporting research and teaching Regional Studies — Middle East, a two-year School of Arts and Sciences for four terms in the languages, literatures, history, govern- program of study leading to the Master of Arts (two academic years). ments, economics, and cultures of North (AM) degree. Africa, the Middle East, and Central and Joint Programs for the PhD — Joint Program of Study — Academic research South Asia, with the emphasis on the programs for the degree of PhD in Middle and writing skills are emphasized in both the modern period. Eastern Studies and Anthropology, History students’ elective and required coursework. At the core of its teaching and research is of Art and Architecture, and History are In the first semester, all students are required the pursuit of firsthand knowledge about the currently active. to take the CMES Proseminar NEC 200a Middle East based on literacy in its languages “Approaches to Middle Eastern Studies,” a and an understanding of its political and Admission writing-intensive course on notable books in economic realities, its culture and traditions. All students admitted to the degree programs Middle Eastern studies. Students intending to To achieve these aims, the Center cooperates are expected to meet the requirements of write a masters thesis must take NEC 200b, with faculty having a Middle Eastern interest, the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, “Middle East Studies Research Seminar,” a with other regional studies centers, and with presenting specifically a bachelor’s degree course in research methods, during the spring Harvard libraries and museums holding collec- from a recognized institution (or a satisfac- semester of their first year. tions related to Middle Eastern and Islamic tory equivalent), a superior undergraduate Additional course requirements include: studies. record, and other indications of promise. • Four courses in a Middle Eastern language The Center’s aim is to offer a compre- The GRE General Test is required. Requests (Arabic, Hebrew, Persian, or Turkish) hensive program of training for those plan- for admission and financial aid application ning careers in education, government forms should be addressed to the Admissions • One course in medieval (pre-1500) Middle service, and in the private sector, as well Office, Harvard Graduate School of Arts and Eastern history as to support research on the area. More Sciences, Holyoke Center, 3rd floor, 1350 • One course in modern Middle Eastern than 50 members of the Faculty of Arts and Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA history Sciences are associated with the Center; in 02138. We encourage online submission of • One course related to the Middle East in addition, Middle East specialists are found the application. See www.gsas.harvard.edu. in the Law School, the Business School, anthropology, economics, history of art and the Kennedy School of Government, the Master of Arts (AM) in Regional architecture, government, law, or religion Divinity School, and the Graduate School Studies — Middle East • Seven elective courses, one of which must be of Design. The program for this degree requires two years a seminar The Center publishes a listing of courses of study. It seeks to give the student both a The student’s program of study must meet relating to the Middle East each year, broad background and a special competence in with the approval of the director of the AM usually totaling over 200 undergraduate and selected fields of Middle Eastern affairs. Each program. graduate courses and seminars offered in the student’s needs and interests, as well as previous departments of Anthropology, Government, experience and qualifications, are taken into Languages — All students in the program History of Art and Architecture, History, account in planning his or her course of study. are expected to attain a reading and speaking competence in one of the major modern Religion, Sociology, and Near Eastern Admission — Admission is based on the Languages and Civilizations. Middle Eastern languages: Arabic, Hebrew, applicant’s previous record, general ability, Persian, or Turkish. Students who are native and promise. Knowledge of a modern Middle speakers will be required to study a second Eastern language is not a prerequisite but language. will be taken into consideration as well as all previous experience in the Middle East. Joint Programs for the PhD Financial Aid — Financial aid for AM Admission — A student for a joint PhD students is extremely limited and there is no degree is normally expected to have completed guaranteed funding for AM students . Prospec- an AM program in Middle Eastern Studies tive AM students may apply for an academic or another relevant field, at Harvard or else- year Foreign Language and Area Studies where, before admission as a PhD student.

Programs of Study 1 4 7 There is not, however, an official link between Languages — Each student must demonstrate or another appropriate ancient Near Eastern Harvard’s AM and PhD programs. Applicants a reading knowledge of one of the following language. to the PhD program who are in Harvard’s AM European languages: German, French, Courses – In addition to the work on Near program in Middle Eastern Studies are treated Italian, or Russian. This requirement may be Eastern art and architecture, the student must as any other out-side applicant. In exceptional fulfilled either by a departmental examina- take at least one half-course and one seminar cases, unusually well-qualified students may tion or by satisfactory completion of two in some other period of art history, and at be considered for admission after a bachelor’s years of language study. The student must least one-half course and one seminar in some degree program with requisite specialization. also demonstrate a thorough knowledge of other aspect of Middle Eastern studies. Classes Strong preference will be given to applicants a modern Middle Eastern language: Arabic, should be chosen in consultation with the who are adequately prepared to meet the Euro- Hebrew, Persian, or Turkish. Depending on student’s advisor. pean and Middle Eastern language require- the student’s specialization, another Middle ments for the doctorate. Students may also Eastern or Islamic language (e.g., Kurdish, General Examination — The student will choose to apply directly to one of the depart- Urdu) may be substituted with the approval be expected to take four General Examina- ments in which the programs and require- of the Committee on Joint PhD Programs. tions: two in Near Eastern art (either different ments are closer to their particular Middle “Thorough knowledge” would normally periods or different techniques, the scope East interests. translate into a minimum of four years of being determined by the student’s committee), one in another period of the history Financial Aid — Prospective students apply language study with a final grade of B- or above. Native speakers of these languages of art and in Near Eastern studies, and the last for financial aid at the same time they apply one a language examination in Arabic, Persian, for admission (see the GSAS Guide to Admis- will be required to master a second Middle Eastern language. Ottoman Turkish, or an ancient Near Eastern sion and Financial Aid). All registered contin- language consisting of a translation (with uing students receive applications for the A written examination in the Middle Eastern language selected will be administered dictionary) of one or two passages from a list forthcoming year in early December. of sources provided at least a year before the Incoming CMES PhD students are guar- by the Committee on Middle Eastern Studies and must also be taken before the completion exam, and of a commentary. One of the exams anteed a financial aid package including grants (other than language) could be oral. covering tuition and living expenses in their of course work. first two years, tuition and living expenses in While not required to do so, students Dissertation – The student should follow the the form of assured eligibility for a Teaching are strongly encouraged to master at least requirements for the PhD in history of art and Fellowship in their third and fourth years, and one additional Middle Eastern language. architecture. A copy of the completed disserta- tuition in their final year. In addition, they The expectation is that the student learn the tion must be filed with CMES. are eligible for summer research awards in the languages necessary to teach and work in his or her chosen field. PhD in History and Middle Eastern summers following their first and second years Studies in the program. Some aid offers are granted Courses — The student will take at least on the basis of merit, others are based on an three half-courses in Middle Eastern history, Fields of Study — As soon as possible after analysis of student resources, while still others economics, religion, or political science. Other entering the program, and no later than the reflect a combination of merit and need. For fields of study from related areas may be end of the first year, the student should select detailed information about financing study at approved to meet this requirement by petition an advisor (who must be a member of the GSAS, please see the GSAS Guide to Admission to the committee. history department) in consultation with and Financial Aid . whom four fields of study will be chosen for Dissertation — The dissertation will normally presentation at the General Examination. This Academic Residence — A minimum of two be based on fieldwork conducted in the selection of fields is to be set down in written years is required. In most cases, however, Middle East, or in other areas of the world form and signed by the advisor. This plan fulfillment of all requirements for the degree with close cultural ties to the region. The will also state the student’s choice of courses in the joint program will involve at least one dissertation should demonstrate the student’s and language examinations during the first additional year of preparation. ability to use source material in one or more two years. A student wishing subsequently to Dissertation — After completion of the relevant Middle Eastern languages. A copy of propose changes in this study plan must do so General Examination, students are required the completed dissertation must be filed with in the form of a written petition to the advisor. CMES. to submit within one year a dissertation Languages — Each student must pass the prospectus for approval by the Joint PhD PhD in History of Art and Architecture history department’s language exam in one of Subcommittee of the Committee on Middle and Middle Eastern Studies the following: French, German, Russian or Eastern Studies. Specific requirements for The student will fulfill the requirements for Italian. Students must attain proficiency in individual programs are detailed below. the PhD in History of Art and Architecture, a modern Middle Eastern language: Arabic, Programs of Study — The requirements for with minor adjustments to be discussed with Hebrew, Persian, or Turkish. Depending on the joint PhD programs are as follows: his or her advisor. In addition, the student the student’s specialization, another Middle will also fulfill the following language and area Eastern or Islamic language (e.g., Kurdish, PhD in Anthropology and Middle Urdu) may be substituted with the approval Eastern Studies requirements of the Committee on Middle Eastern Studies. of the Committee on Joint PhD Programs. The student will fulfill all the requirements “Thorough knowledge” would normally transfor the PhD in social anthropology (as listed Languages – Each student must complete at late into a minimum of four years of language in this publication under “Higher Degrees in least two years of residence, fulfill the depart- study with a final grade of B- or above. Native Anthropology”). In addition, the student will ment’s language requirement in French, speakers of these languages will be required also fulfill the following language and German, or Russian, and obtain proficiency to master a second Middle Eastern language. area requirements of the Committee on in one of the following Middle Eastern A written examination in the Middle Eastern Middle Eastern Studies: languages: Arabic, Persian, Ottoman Turkish, language selected will be administered by the

1 4 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Committee on Middle Eastern Studies and “Recombination and Forensics: Cancer Risk must be taken within a year of passing the Recent PhD Dissertation Titles Among Two Cappadocian Communities General Examination. “Ottoman Modernity: The Nizamiye Courts in Turkey, Sweden, and Germany” While not required to do so, students in the Late 19th-Century” are strongly encouraged to master at least “Households, Guilds and Neighbourhoods: one additional Middle Eastern language. Social Solidarities in Ottoman Aleppo, Fellowships The expectation is that the student learn the 1640-1700” languages necessary to teach and work in his “The Atik Valide Mosque Complex: A Testa- The FLAS program (Foreign Language and or her chosen field. ment of Nurbanu’s Prestige, Power, and Area Studies), funded by the US Department Piety” of Education, is designed to meet the need for Courses — In the first semester, each student “And Sulh is Best:” Amicable Settlement and American specialists in education, goverment, must pass the introductory seminar on meth- Dispute Resolution in Islamic Law” and other fields who will use their skills in odology, History 3910: The Writing of History: “The Ottoman Interregnum (1402-1413): training others and promoting a wider knowl- Approaches and Practices, with a grade of Politics and Narratives of Dynastic Succes- edge of non-Western languages and cultures. satisfactory. Students must take at least two sion” FLAS applications for new students are found seminars for a letter grade; one in Middle “Signs Taken for Wonder: 19th-Century Per- in the admissions application. Eastern history, and one in Western history. sian Travel Literature to Europe” Other Harvard fellowships and grants are A student wishing to substitute for Western “Family and Society in a 17th-Century Otto- competitively open to CMES students each history a seminar on African or East Asian man City: The Alamis of Jerusalem” year. history, or other pertinent field, may petition “Levantine Trajectories: The Formulation the Committee on Joint PhD Programs. and Dissemination of Radical Ideas in and General Examination — The General between Beirut, Cairo, and Alexandria, Research in Middle Eastern Examination examines four established 1860-1914” fields of the Department of History and the “Seeking Loyalty: The Inner Asian Tradition of Studies Committee on Middle Eastern Studies. One Personal Guards and its Influence in Persia The Center for Middle Eastern Studies of the four fields must be in Western history and China” encourages and promotes research on the and two must be in Middle Eastern history. “The Muh’tasib, Law, and Society in Early Middle East in the fields of the social sciences The three established fields in Middle Mamluk Cairo and Fustat (1250-1400)” and the humanities. The Center also partici- Eastern history are medieval Islamic history, “The Nimatullahi Sayyids of Taft: A Study of pates in interdisciplinary research projects in Ottoman history, and modern Middle the Evolution of a Late Medieval Iranian the Middle East, cooperating with other Eastern history. Students who wish to offer Sufi Tariqah.” departments in the University and with other another Middle East-related field (for example, “The Ottoman Age of Exploration: Spices, Middle East Centers and research institutes Byzantine history) in place of one of the estab- Maps, and Conquest in the 16th-Century both in the United States and abroad. There lished Middle Eastern fields should petition Indian Ocean” are opportunities for advanced graduate the committee for permission. The Depart- “The Sultan and the Sultanate: The Theory of students to work on these projects. A limited ment of History’s chronological requirements Rulership during the Reign of Suleiman II number of research appointments (usually for historical fields do not apply to the fields (1520-1566)” without stipend) are available to advanced submitted for the joint program. “When the Messiah Converts: Research on the scholars who wish to pursue their research on The fourth field is a written language Ottoman Origins of the 17th-Century Jew- a specific project in the Middle Eastern field. comprehension examination of a major text ish Messianic Movement” These fellowships normally run for one aca- in the student’s primary Middle Eastern “Sheikhs in the Life of a 17th-Century Otto- demic year beginning in the fall term. Further language; it is a separate examination from man Alim: A Study on Nevizade Atai’s information may be obtained by writing that which covers the three historical fields. Hadaiku’l-Hakaik” to the Center for Middle Eastern Studies, Prospectus — The dissertation prospectus “The Ottoman State and the Greek Orthodox 38 Kirkland Street, Cambridge, MA 02138. must be completed and approved within one of Istanbul: Sovereignty and Identity at the year of passing the first three fields of the Turn of the 18th Century” generals. It must be written in conformity “Community and Nation-State: The Shi'is of Library Facilities with the Department of History guidelines, as Jabal 'Amil and the New Lebanon, 1918- detailed in the History Department Graduate 1943” The Harvard libraries are particularly rich Student Handbook . “Pedagogies of Patriotism: Teaching Socio-Po- in materials for the study of Middle Eastern litical Community in 20th-Century Turkish countries, and are continually being expanded. Dissertation — The dissertation must be read and Egyptian Education” Outstanding Arabic and Hebrew collections and approved by a three-member dissertation “Challenging Power and Authority in Pre- are supplemented by extensive Persian and committee, two of whom are normally perma- Protectorate Morocco: Shaykh Muhammad Turkish resources, as well as holdings in other nent members of the GSAS faculty. al-Kattani and the Tariqa Kattaniyya” languages of the region. The Law School, A copy of the completed dissertation must “The Politics of Civilizational Identities: the Divinity School, the School of Business be filed with CMES. Asia, West, and Islam in the Pan-Asianist Administration, and the Littauer Library, as Thought of Okawa Shumei” well as the libraries of various museums, also “Muhammad’s Grave: Death, Ritual, and Soci- have substantial specialized collections. ety in the Early Islamic World” “From Holy Warriors to Chivalric Order: The 'Ayyars in the Eastern Islamic World, AD 800-1055”

Programs of Study 1 4 9 Museums The Cambridge and Boston area is especially fortunate to be endowed with important Near Eastern collections in its major museums. The Museum of Fine Arts in Boston has one of the outstanding collections of ancient Egyptian art and archaeology in the world, many of the objects deriving from the joint expeditions of Harvard University and the Museum of Fine Arts to Egypt and the Sudan. It also possesses a fine collection of Islamic art and a selection of ancient Mesopotamian and Syrian objects. The Peabody Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology has a useful study collection of early material from the Middle East as well as a significant North African collection. In addition, the Sackler Art Museum has a fine collection of Islamic art and good examples of sculpture and bronzes of earlier periods.

Course Offerings Course offerings vary from year to year; for specific details see Courses of Instruction offered by the Faculty of Arts and Sciences, or the annual listing of Middle East-related courses published online by CMES. The Department of Near Eastern Languages and Civilizations offers language instruction at all levels in Arabic, both modern and classical, Hebrew, Persian, Turkish, Urdu, and other relevant languages. History courses usually cover ancient, Byzantine, Islamic, and Ottoman history; in addition, several courses are offered on the history of the modern Middle East. Courses on Islam include Islamic doctrines and sects, Islamic institutions, and Islamic law. Courses and seminars are also given in Middle Eastern anthropology, economics, history of art and architecture, government, linguistics, religion, and sociology.

1 5 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Graduate Study in Music

The Graduate Program of the Department of teaching fellowships and tutorships provide The Program in Theory Music offers advanced training in historical excellent professional experience. The PhD in music theory is characterized both musicology, ethnomusicology, theory, and In recent years virtually every graduate by a deep involvement in the inner workings composition, leading to the degree of PhD student has received one or more of the of music and by an engagement with the wider in music. There is no admission to an AM fellowships and grants awarded by the Univer- philosophical, cultural and psychological ques- program separate from these PhD programs. sity and the music department. Awards given tions surrounding music. Our PhDs typically In unusual cases, students who cannot success- by the department each year include several apply for the theory program with a “minor” fully complete the General Examination may prizes in composition, the John Knowles Paine in either composition or musicology. The be given the option of completing the require- Traveling Fellowships, the Oscar S. Schafer program reflects this interdisciplinary interest ments for a terminal AM degree. Fellowship, the Richard F. French Fellowship, of our students, and seeks to explore the The Graduate Program of the Depart the Ferdinand Gordon & Elizabeth Hunter links of music theory to other areas of critical ment of Music also offers an AM Degree Morrill Fellowship, and the Nino and Lea engagement, while providing our theorists in Music with a specialty in Performance Prac- Pirrotta Research Grant. with the specialized skills they require. tice. This two-year program is designed for a All applicants are required to take the The teaching in the program empha- small number of specialized students who are GRE General Examination and must submit, sizes analytical techniques--all students take preparing or engaged in careers as performers along with their applications, samples of courses on Schenkerian theory and on a range and teachers. The program description and their previous work in musicology (for the of tonal and post-tonal analytical practices, requirements follow the description of the musicology PhD), ethnomusicology (ethno- as well as an introductory course to explore PhD program. musicology PhD), or theory (theory PhD). current issues in the field. At the same time, The faculty of the department includes Applicants to the composition program must the program also encourages students to build about 20 members. There are 60 to 65 submit three to four compositions, both a framework in which to place these tech- graduate students in residence; six to ten new scores and recordings where possible. Printed niques and to reflect on the underpinnings of graduate students enter each year. The Music scores and CDs are accepted; links to samples music theory. Regular courses on questions Building contains a concert hall (the John and downloads are not. All supplemental in psychology, temporality, history of music Knowles Paine Hall), classrooms, faculty and materials should be sent to the Admissions theory, and aesthetics round off our course graduate offices, a superb research library (the Office of the GSAS. Samples of work should offerings and often take music theory into Eda Kuhn Loeb Music Library), a microfilm be sent with a self-addressed, stamped enve- interdisciplinary territory. Graduate courses library of primary source materials (the Isham lope if they are to be returned to the student. on challenging repertoires--e.g. modal theory, Memorial Library), an archive of world music Applications for admission and for financial non-Western music, or very recent composi- recordings, listening facilities, an electronic aid must be received at the Admissions Office tion--frequently round off our offerings. music studio (HUSEAC), an ethnomusicology of the Graduate School by December 31 for The dissertation projects our theory grad- lab, an early instrument room, chamber candidates who seek entrance in the following uates work on reflect this unique combination music rehearsal rooms, and individual fall term. For applications for admissions and of interests. Recent and current PhD topics practice rooms. Other facilities throughout financial aid write: Admissions Office, Harvard include Feminist approaches to performance Harvard University include the vast resources Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, Holyoke analysis, Microtonality and tone imaginations, of Widener Library, the Houghton Library Center 350, 1350 Massachusetts Avenue, Multi-modal analysis of boy-band videos, (which contains rare music prints and manu- Cambridge, MA 02138. The application must Athanasius Kircher’s Musurgia universalis scripts, and autographs of major composers), be submitted online at www.gsas.harvard.edu. (1650), and Neuro-scientific imaging of Lamont Media, and the libraries and practice The Program in Musicology perceptual parameters. rooms of the undergraduate houses, and Our theory faculty is enhanced on a At Harvard, musicology is broadly defined as Dudley House, the center of graduate student regular basis by exciting visiting faculty, which the disciplined study of music and includes activities. In addition, a wealth of musical complement our existing research and teaching the historical, comparative, and systematic opportunities is readily available to students strengths in interesting new ways. Recent visi- aspects of the field. The program incorpo- at Harvard and at the many neighboring tors have included Allan Keiler (Brandeis), rates two tracks: with an universities (e.g., Boston University, Brandeis historical musicology, Fred Lerdahl (Columbia), Allen Forte (Yale), emphasis on the history, theory, and literature University, the Massachusetts Institute of Ellie Hisama (Columbia)--as well as Brian of Western music in its contexts, from antiq- Technology) and civic and professional institu- Ferneyhough (Stanford), Helmut Lachenmann uity to the present; and which tions (e.g., Boston Public Library, Museum ethnomusicology, (Stuttgart) and Harrison Birtwistle (London). of Fine Arts with the Mason Collection of concentrates on the ethnographic study of any Musical Instruments, and the New England musical tradition in relationship to its cultural The Program in Composition Conservatory). setting. Most graduate courses in historical Harvard’s program in composition is designed Since teaching is an integral part of musicology and ethnomusicology are research to give students the time and opportunity graduate training, most graduate students seminars; many treat specific topics, periods, to develop as composers by offering general are teaching fellows during part of the time and regions, while others deal with current musical guidance as well as specific individual they are at Harvard. Teaching fellows are also problems and methods. On the completion criticism of their works. The program is eligible to apply for a resident or nonresident of preparatory training and the passing of the centered around students’ achieving clarity of tutorship in one of the 13 undergraduate General Examinations, PhD dissertations may expression through developing their command houses. In addition to financial benefits, be written in either field. of compositional technique. In addition, acquaintance with the literature of the past

Programs of Study 1 5 1 and present through analysis and performance handled by the appropriate graduate advisors is considered indispensable. Most courses In general, for all students, 100-level and faculty members in the various programs, are seminars and deal with specific topics or courses should be taken as supplemental to with the director of graduate studies available student works. On the completion of prepara- the graduate program, and should not be the for further advice. After successful completion tory training and the passing of the General major portion of the student’s coursework. In of the general examination, students consult Examinations, PhD dissertations comprising order to receive graduate credit, permission to with individual faculty members on their a substantial portfolio between five to seven take any half-courses at the 100 level must be proposed fields of concentration, and when pieces of varied scoring and length may be granted by the graduate advisor before taking a dissertation proposal has been completed submitted. the course. it is presented to the faculty in that field of Normally, students do not transfer from study. When the dissertation proposal has one program to another. Under exceptional For theory students, the following courses been approved by the faculty in the program, circumstances, a change from one depart- will count “in their secondary area”: in compo- it is brought to the entire department for ment graduate program to another may be sition as a secondary area, 167 up to a total of final approval, and a dissertation committee possible. Students applying for a change must two terms in all, 261r, 262r, 264, 265, 270, is set up for each student. The dissertation be in good standing in their original program. and 272; in musicology as a secondary area, committee consists of an advisor and two They must submit a formal request to the courses numbered 201 through 219 or any readers. Any questions or concerns about director of graduate studies no later than the 100-level course that has been specifically advising in the department can be brought first week of May of the first year of study, designated as satisfying this requirement in a to the attention of the director of graduate including a list of courses indicating how they given term by both the graduate advisors in studies or the chair. propose to fulfill the requirements of the new musicology and the graduate advisor in theory. Review — The progress of all graduate program. The admissions committee of the Graduate students who have one or more students is reviewed at the end of each year. new program will make the decision in consul- incompletes will not be considered for depart- In addition to adequate course work, there are tation with the graduate advisors; the decision ment summer grants. special requirements for first- and second-year will be presented to the department faculty. Analysis/Tonal Writing — Competence and students. Every student must submit at least The students have to fulfill all the require- fluency in traditional harmony, counterpoint, one paper written for a graduate course as part ments of the new program (number and area strict composition, and analysis (including of the first-year review. In musicology, every of courses, languages, general exams). analysis of 20th-century music) are prereq- first- and second-year student must write at uisites for taking the General Examination. least one seminar paper per term. Entering students will be given a placement General Examinations — The General PhD Program and Degree test to assess skills. Music B will address these Examination consists of two parts: written and musicianship skills but does not count as oral. The orals are taken within one or two Requirements one of the required 16 courses Work must be weeks of passing the writtens. The exams are undertaken in the first year of study. Courses — A total of 16 half-courses is to be taken between May and December of required to receive the PhD. Fourteen courses Languages — Written language examina- the student’s second year. Both the written and are usually taken during the first two years. tions are given at specified times throughout the oral parts can be repeated, but no more Historical musicology students must take two the year. Reading knowledge of the following than once. The format, which is significantly half-courses in ethnomusicology and two half- languages must be proved before taking the different for each program, is as follows: courses in either theory or composition. No General Examination: more than one seminar in Medieval theory Historical musicology students must pass Historical Musicology will count toward the theory requirement; no German and French or Italian. For historical musicologists, the general test more than one analysis course can be counted Ethnomusicology students must pass a will have three main parts — written, analysis towards the theory requirement. Ethnomusi- European research language and a second lan- and oral. The written exam consists of essays cology students are required to take at least two guage to be determined in consultation with and short answer questions related to six of half-courses each in historical musicology and the ethnomusicology advisor. eight topics chosen by the student. The two in offerings outside the department. Ethno- Theory students must pass German plus prepared topics not selected for the written musicology students must also take at least two one other language (French, Italian, Latin). exam will be presented in the oral exam. The half-courses in music theory or composition. Composition students must pass German, open-book analysis exam will be given in It is recommended that at least one theory Italian or French unless an alternative language the summer, around mid-July. This will be seminar be in cross-cultural music theory. The is approved in writing by the graduate advisor. a take-home exam, distributed on a Friday, choice of courses will be determined in consul- Historical musicology students and and returned on Monday, mid-afternoon. It tation with the ethnomusicology advisor. ethnomusicology students must pass a third consists of two pieces of music (chosen from Theory and composition students do not language appropriate to the field of specializa- a) before 1700, b) 18th or 19th century, or have a set curriculum and should plan their tion after completing the General Examina- c) 20th century). Students will choose one course of study with their advisor. tions and within one year of the approval of a topic on which they will make a ten-minute Students may be allowed academic credit dissertation proposal. presentation in the oral examination. Students (normally no more than two half-courses) for Requirements for languages not tested will choose a second topic on which they will work done in other graduate schools in the regularly within the department may be satis- prepare a syllabus for a 13-week graduate United States or abroad, subject to the evalua- fied through special examination, or through seminar on the subject. This syllabus will be tion by the department and acceptance by the presentation of other documentation at the presented in written form, and may be the Graduate School. Petitions may be submitted discretion of the graduate advisor. subject of discussion in the oral examination.. after the completion of one full year of grad- Advising — Advising in the department uate work in the department. during the pre-generals period is primarily

1 5 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Ethnomusicology students will begin their third language (to be 5. For musicology students, a public collo- The written test for ethnomusicologists is completed within one year of the approval of a quium on the dissertation is required shortly divided into three sections: one on ethno- dissertation proposal). before or after it has been approved. musicology theory and method, a second Dissertation — Within the academic year 6. Copies: one copy bound and one copy from two areas of world music, a third on in which the General Examination is passed, boxed and unbound for the Registrar; one copy interdisciplinary problems. The analysis test the PhD candidate is expected to develop a bound for the Music Library. The library copy includes two examples, one from the student’s proposal for a dissertation, which should be must be submitted to the department office major area (i.e., North Indian music, Swedish a major original contribution to the field. before the dissertation acceptance certificate music, etc.) and a second from the Western The proposal must be submitted for approval can be signed. The department administrator art music tradition. The oral examination in to the department, which is responsible for will obtain signatures from the committee. At ethnomusicology focuses on the special field assigning the student a committee consisting this time, the university microfilms and RILM or area chosen by the student, but may include of a dissertation advisor and two other faculty forms must be completed. The Registrar’s questions about general ethnomusicology members. Normally, the complete disserta- Office requires the dissertation certificate (one not necessarily related to topics covered in tion must be submitted within five years original, one copy), the university microfilms seminars. The remainder of the examination after passing the General Examination, and form, and its copies of the dissertation. focuses on questions posed in the written satisfactory progress must be demonstrated Satisfactory Progress examination. every year in order that the student remain in A student in the Graduate School of Arts and good standing. If the dissertation is submitted Sciences must be making satisfactory progress Theory thereafter the department is not obligated to in order to be eligible for any type of finan- The examination consists of four different accept it. The formal requirements for the cial aid. The following nine items provide parts: 1. A preliminary oral examination dissertation are set forth in The Form of the a general definition of satisfactory progress on repertoire and analysis (“single sheets”), PhD Dissertation, provided by the Graduate that has been adopted for this purpose by lasting 30 minutes, with 1 hour preparation School of Arts and Sciences. The depart- the Music Department. It is hoped that this time, usually taken at the beginning of the ment requires one bound copy for the Music requirement will have a healthy effect on summer. 2. Four written exams of 3 hours Library, in addition to the two copies required students’ academic progress, and that it will each: (a) systematic theories, (b) history of for the Registrar. music theory, (c + d) two examinations in enable us to preserve resources for those most Colloquium — All departmental doctoral special fields relevant to dissertation research. deserving of financial assistance. candidates (including composers) who are 3. Analytical essays on two musical works 1. During the first two years of graduate about to submit or have submitted their from different periods (take-home paper over study any student who is permitted to register dissertation are required to make a final 4 days). 4. A two-hour oral examination will is considered to be making satisfactory presentation of their work. A dissertation allow discussion on the written work and may progress. workshop (Doctoral Conference) is required broaden to engage a variety of related issues in 2. A prospective third-year student must of all dissertation-writing students in historical music theory. have achieved the minimum grade-point musicology, ethnomusicology, and theory. average required by this faculty (B). Composition 3. A prospective third-year student must For composers, a written analysis is to be have passed general examinations. completed in three days at the end of the Final Steps in the Dissertation 4. A prospective fourth-year student spring term of the second year of graduate must have obtained approval of a dissertation study. It consists of a piece or set of pieces Process prospectus. that should be analyzed by the student in the The procedure for completing the dissertation 5. A prospective sixth-year, or more allotted time period. Students are also required is as follows: advanced, student must have produced at least to write an original composition of 7-10 1. The full text must be submitted to one acceptable chapter of the dissertation or minutes length with an imposed instrumenta- the members of the dissertation committee its equivalent for each year beginning with the tion, to be submitted by mid-August. The oral for suggestions, corrections, changes, etc. fifth. examination is based on an in-depth discus- Candidates are encouraged to discuss drafts of 6. Requirements 2-5 shall be cumulative. sion of three major works that are assigned in individual chapters with all members of the 7. A student who fails to meet a require- the late spring of the second year of graduate dissertation committee. ment may, upon the department’s recom- study, plus an analytical presentation of the 2. The candidate should check with the mendation, be considered to be an “exception” student’s original composition. Director of Administration to be sure that all —and remain eligible for financial assistance degree requirements have been met. —for a grace period of up to one year. At Teaching 3. The application for the degree must the close of the grace period, in order to be Beginning in the third year, graduate students be submitted to the Registrar by the date considered to be making satisfactory progress, in good standing are eligible for teaching published in The Graduate School of Arts and the student must have met both the require- fellowships. Most teaching fellows devote 2/5 Sciences Handbook for the November, March, ment missed earlier and the requirement that TIME to teaching. or May degree. would normally be imposed at that time. 8. No student may have more than one Additional third-year requirements — The 4. After the committee has approved the such year of grace during his or her study. third year is primarily devoted to developing dissertation in its final form, an unbound 9. In addition, the requirements of this a dissertation proposal and the beginning of copy must be submitted to the department at calendar may be deferred by a department work on the dissertation. All students will least 45 days before the Registrar’s deadline. during one year of departmental approved complete their required courses; in most cases, During this 45-day period the members of the leave. A department may, if it wishes, defer that will mean two half-courses, Musicology department are free to examine the completed dissertation. requirements for a more extended period of

Programs of Study 1 5 3 approved leave in order to facilitate a student’s trar’s Office in March (for June degree) and Richard K. Wolf, Professor of Music obtaining a professional degree. August (for November degree). Please note Christoph Wolff, Adams University Professor that thesis deadlines are updated each year. Student ID cards are valid until the last day before fall registration. Health insurance AM Program and Degree expires on July 30th. Requirements Financial Aid — Financial Aid for this The A.M. Degree in Music with a program is very limited. Travel and Research specialty in Performance Practice is designed Funding: students may apply for Paine Trav- to provide intellectual and scholarly back- eling Fellowships and/or the Department ground to finished musicians who are Travel Fund. All fellowship funding is at the preparing or engaged in careers as performers discretion of the Scholarship Committee. and teachers. Other University funding may be available. The emphasis is on preparing students NOTE: Some aspects of the graduate to work with sources, editions, theoretical programs in music may be under review and writings, organology and other matters of in process of revision. Therefore, this text importance to performance styles as related may not in every respect represent accurately to repertories. Additional areas such as differ- the structure of the programs. Applicants ences in the meaning of terminology and are advised to write to the department for notation from composer to composer or from information: Department of Music, Music era to era; ornamentation; liberties of tempo Building, Harvard University, Cambridge, MA and declamation; and improvisation will be 02138. addressed. The A.M. in Performance Practice is a two-year program in which students take a selection of departmental courses focused Faculty of the Department on this specialty, and write an A.M. thesis. Students wishing to continue at Harvard for of Music the PhD will apply in the normal manner, Andrew Clark, Lecturer in Music and their applications will be considered in the customary way. Students admitted to Suzannah Clark, Gardner Cowles Associate the PhD program will be granted credit for Professor of Music (on leave 2010-11) work done at Harvard or elsewhere according Federico Cortese, Senior Lecturer on Music to departmental guidelines, which normally Chaya Czernowin, Walter Bigelow Rosen grant credit for two graduate courses taken Professor of Music before entering the PhD program. Christopher Hasty, Walter W ., Naumburg Languages — Students will be expected to Professor of Music demonstrate a reading knowledge of French, German, or Italian. An examination must Thomas F. Kelly, Morton B . Knafel Professor of be passed before entering the 2nd year of Music graduate work (by the beginning of the third Robert D. Levin, Dwight P . Robinson Jr . semester) Professor of Music Analysis/Tonal Writing— Competence and Ingrid Monson, Quincy Jones Professor of fluency in traditional harmony, counterpoint, African-American Music and strict composition, and analysis (including Carol J. Oja, 20th –century analysis) are expected. Music William Powell Mason Professor Bhf must be passed before entering the 2nd of Music year of graduate work. Olaf Post, Preceptor in Music Thesis — A thesis proposal (subject and Alexander Rehding, Fanny Peabody Professor scope to be decided in consultation with the of Music Advisor) should be submitted for department Sindhumathi Revuluri, Assistant Professor of approval by March of the 1st year of graduate Music work. A Masters Committee, comprised of 1 Advisor and 2 Readers is approved by Kay Kaufman Shelemay, G . Gordon Watts the faculty following the acceptance of the Professor of Music & Professor of African and proposal. African-American Studies Theses should be approximately 50 pages Anne C. Shreffler, James Edward Ditson in length and submitted to the department Professor of Music (Chair) no later than May 15 for the June degree Hans Tutschku, Fanny P . Mason Professor of and September 1 for the November degree1. Music Applications for degree are due to the Regis-

1 5 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Higher Degrees in Near Eastern Languages and Civilizations

The Department of Near Eastern Languages c. Armenian Studies; agree on meeting times allowing the students and Civilizations (NELC) offers a number of d. Hebrew Bible/Old Testament; regularly to bring their concerns and questions distinct graduate programs in different fields e. Iranian Studies; before their advisors and the advisors of study, all of which are concerned in some f. Semitic Philology. to monitor the student’s progress. way with the peoples and civilizations of the 2. Jewish History and Culture, whose sub- Near East. There have been significant changes fields include: to the structure of the NELC program offer- a. the Hebrew Bible in Its Jewish Inter- Master of Arts (AM) ings. Applicants are encouraged to visit the pretive Context; The AM degree is a terminal degree. NELC Website at www.nelc.fas.harvard.edu for b. Jewish History and Culture of Antiq- updated information as it becomes available. uity; Prerequisites for Admission — The bachelor’s Resources c. Medieval Jewish History and Culture; degree (AB). Before seeking admission to the d. Modern Jewish History and Culture; department, applicants will normally have Harvard’s library resources in the various fields e. Modern Jewish Literatures. attained a basic knowledge of a Near Eastern of Near Eastern Studies are virtually unpar- language central to their field of concentra- 3. The History and Culture of the Islamic alleled. Widener Library, for example, has tion. In addition, advanced reading knowledge World, whose sub-fields include: vast holdings in Arabic, Armenian, Hebrew, of French or German is normally required a. Arabic language and literature; Persian, Turkish, and Yiddish literature. The before admission. GRE is required. reading rooms of the Center for Middle b. Islamic religion and culture; Eastern Studies and the Andover-Harvard c. Islamic intellectual history (especially Residence — There is a minimum residence Theological Library of the Harvard Divinity philosophy and theology); requirement of one year. The AM degree School also have excellent resources available d. Islamic institutional history; is designed to be completed in one year. to students. Also at the Divinity School is the e. Islamic law; However, students may elect to complete the Center for the Study of World Religions. f. Modern Arabic literature and culture; degree over two years. The student’s advisor Students wishing to specialize in modern g. Indo-Muslim Culture: The Study of must submit a letter of explanation to the Near Eastern political or social studies should Muslim Societies in South Asia. department should the student require more than two years to complete the AM degree. familiarize themselves with the resources and In addition, students may apply for a personnel of the Center for Middle Eastern fourth comparative or diachronic field that Program of Study — The advising committee Studies, as well as the Islamic Legal Studies will draw on the strengths of the faculty must approve the student’s program of study at Program at the Harvard Law School. Those across the boundaries presupposed by the the time of registration. One of the members interested in Jewish studies should become fields outlined above. Examples might include of the department will act as primary advisor. familiar with the resources and personnel of comparative Semitic linguistics; Jewish and The AM degree is awarded upon completion the Center for Jewish Studies. Islamic law or scriptural interpretation; the with passing grade (B or above) of at least The Harvard Semitic Museum, in which intersection of Jewish and/or Arabic cultures eight and no more than 12 half-courses, of the department is housed, has a superb collec- with the Iranian/Zoroastrain world. which at least two must be seminars or their tion of ancient and medieval artifacts repre- equivalents, and upon completion of any addi- senting many of the cultures of the Near East. General Rules tional requirements of the individual program. As a University teaching museum, the Semitic In addition to the specific requirements General Field Requirements — Each field Museum is committed to providing access to of each program, there are general rules of study has particular course requirements. these materials for study and teaching. For governing all masters and doctoral programs These are specified in the field’s written students interested in Biblical or other ancient within the department. These are summarized program description, both basic requirements Near Eastern studies, or in the archaeology of below. Please note: An expanded list of depart- and optional requirements for various direc- the Near East, a variety of opportunities for mental requirements is contained in the GSAS tions within the field. Students are expected archaeological work in the Middle East are Handbook . All students in the department are to consult with the advisor(s) in their fields available, including the Leon Levy Expedition responsible for meeting the requirements as concerning these requirements. to Ashkelon. put forth here and in the GSAS Handbook. NELC offers many resources in addition Languages of Modern Scholarship — Advising — All incoming NELC graduate Advanced reading knowledge of either French to those listed above. For further details, please students are assigned a committee, composed contact the department ([email protected]) or German is ordinarily required before of three faculty members, to help orient them admission. The student will be tested on that or visit NELC online at www.nelc.fas.harvard. to the department and to Harvard. Students edu. language at the beginning of the first semester. will meet with the committee during their If the competence level is insufficient, the Fields of Study orientation to NELC and throughout the first student is expected to pass the departmental year as needed. The Department of Near Eastern Languages French/German exam at the end of the first In their consultations with these faculty and Civilizations (NELC) offers PhD and AM semester. In some fields, knowledge of an members, students have a right to expect degrees in three distinct fields: additional language may be required. The level assistance in planning their course of study of competence in the second language will be 1. Ancient Near Eastern Studies, whose sub- and in developing an awareness of the overall determined by the student’s advisor(s). fields include: structure of their program. At the beginning a. Akkadian and Sumerian Studies; of each semester, students and advisors should Satisfactory Progress — At the end of every b. Archaeology of the Levant; fall term, the faculty discusses the progress of

Programs of Study 1 5 5 each student; if there are problems, a letter will be recorded. Otherwise the Incomplete languages must be either French or German. is sent to the student at that time. At the end will stand in the student’s permanent record. The second of these languages will be deter- of every spring semester, the faculty again No more than two permanent Incompletes mined by the student’s adviser in view of the reviews the progress of each graduate student will be permitted, nor will any permanent student’s proposed subject of study and the and, in accordance with Graduate School Incomplete be allowed for a required course. If guidelines set out by the NELC sub-field. The policy, assigns a status of “satisfactory,” a student accumulates more than two perma- student must demonstrate reading proficiency “grace,” or “unsatisfactory.” The terms “grace” nent Incompletes, the student will be required in one modern language by the beginning of and “unsatisfactory” are defined in the GSAS to withdraw, unless the faculty determines by the Fall semester of the second year of study. Handbook (www.gsas.harvard.edu, see Publica- a two-thirds majority vote that extraordinary Students who have failed to do so will be tions). circumstances warrant an extension, which placed into unsatisfactory status. Thesis — Students will submit an AM paper, shall in no case exceed one term. The student must demonstrate reading the subject and scope of which will be deter- GSAS Requirements: In addition to depart- proficiency in the second modern language by mined in consultation with their advisor. mental requirements, students are responsible the beginning of the Fall semester of the third year of study. Students who have failed to do Financial Aid — The department does not for meeting the ‘Common Requirements’ set forth in Chapter 3 of the GSAS Handbook so will be placed into unsatisfactory status. provide tuition fellowships for terminal AM Students will not be permitted to take General candidates; therefore, candidates must be self- (http://www.gsas.harvard.edu/). The following schedule for satisfactory Examinations until six months after fulfilling supporting or must seek funding from outside the modern language requirements, so that sources. progress is based on a timeline that leads up to dissertation completion no later than G-7, they may credibly include articles and books in which will enable students who entered in the research languages on their bibliographies. 2005 or later to qualify for the Dissertation Applications to the PhD will be reviewed with Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) Completion Grant described below. this requirement in mind. Advisors must assist their advisees in The NELC Department reserves the right to General Field Requirements: The depart- acquiring the needed proficiency, which, inter alter all guidelines and information listed mental fields, and often their sub-fields, each alia, will mean building language training into below . Please see the NELC Website (www .nelc . have particular course requirements. These are the planning of student programs in the first fas .harvard .edu) for the most current program specified in the field’s written program descrip- two years. Where necessary (as determined requirements . tion, both basic requirements and optional by the advisor) students will be advised to The purpose of the degree is to certify that requirements for various directions within the take three graduate level courses in one or the student has become proficient in the study field. Students are expected to consult with both semesters of the first year, freeing up of Near Eastern languages and civilizations the advisor(s) in their fields concerning these space to take a course or two in the required and has proved able to carry on independent requirements. modern language. In addition, it will be the research in a chosen field of investigation. The Language Study Requirements: Students responsibility of advisors to work with their requirements for this degree are as follows. are expected to consult with their advisors advisees to identify the best summer language Prerequisites for Admission — The AM concerning the corpus of texts required and program in the required language. Students degree (see above), or an equivalent level the scope of the examinations; the advisors are will be expected to make use of the summer of competence, is desirable. Before seeking expected to provide the students with clear grants they receive as part of their funding admission to the department, applicants will and comprehensive information. package to attend such programs. Advisors normally have attained an ability to read and The major language of the student’s field will be expected to strongly encourage their comprehend sources in the Near Eastern of research is normally one of the fields of the (prospective) advisees to begin their language language central to their field of concentra- general examinations. work before they arrive, either in the summer tion. GRE is required. In addition, advanced In addition, all students are expected after they are admitted, or even earlier, where reading knowledge of French or German to have or acquire knowledge of a second practicable. is normally required before admission to a departmental language. The minimum level Where necessary (as determined by the doctoral program; the student will be tested of competence expected in this requirement advisor) students will be advised to take prior to the first week of classes in the first is a grade of B in the final examination of a three graduate level courses in one or both term. second-year course in the language. semesters of the first year, freeing up space to Instead of such language coursework, take a course or two in the required modern The First Two Years: a student may demonstrate the equivalent language. In addition, it will be the responsi- Courses: PhD candidates are required to level of competence in a required language by bility of advisors to work with their advisees complete a minimum of sixteen half-courses taking a special examination administered by a to identify the best summer language program or the equivalent. Particular requirements of member of the faculty. in the required language. Students will be certain fields of study may require additional If a second departmental language is expected to make use of the summer grants coursework. included in the general examinations, the level they receive as part of their funding package of competence will be significantly greater to attend such programs. Advisors will be Incompletes: It is the rule of the Department than that required in a second-year language expected to strongly encourage their (prospec- of Near Eastern Languages and Civilizations course examination. tive) advisees to begin their language work that no graduate student shall be permitted before they arrive, either in the summer after Languages of modern scholarship: Each more than one grade of Incomplete per term they are admitted, or even earlier, where prac- student must demonstrate reading proficiency (exceptions granted only in extreme cases). ticable. The student must complete the work of the in two modern languages of secondary scholar- course for which an Incomplete was granted ship (other than English) of direct relevance to Note: Courses in the languages of modern within the following term and a letter grade their proposed subject of study. One of these scholarship do not count toward the required

1 5 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences sixteen half-courses or the equivalent (see of NELC; Linguistics, Anthropology, History, faculty members, two of whom must be from above). inter alia, are all common areas of study for Harvard. Satisfactory Progress: A prospective third-year students in NELC. During the writing of the prospectus, student must have achieved a minimum grade The student’s advisors are expected to students and advisors are expected to interact point average of “B” up to that point. At the assist the student in preparing for the General closely; the advisors are expected to guide end of every fall term, the faculty discusses the and Special Examinations by defining as the students with respect to planning and progress of each student; if there are problems, closely as is deemed useful the scope of the bibliographical research. Often, the principal a letter is sent to the student at that time. At examinations and indicating the literature the advisor is the one most closely involved in the end of every spring semester, the faculty students are expected to have read and the the early stages and will decide when a draft again reviews the progress of each graduate degree of familiarity with this literature that is should be submitted to the other members of student and, in accordance with graduate expected. the committee. The advice of the members of school policy, assigns a status of “satisfactory,” The two written General Examinations the committee normally results in the need for “grace,” or “unsatisfactory.” The terms “grace” may be followed by an optional oral review several drafts of the prospectus over a number and “unsatisfactory” are defined in the GSAS covering the same material as the written of weeks. Handbook (http://www.gsas.harvard.edu/). examinations. The two Special Examinations When the prospectus is approved by will be followed by a mandatory oral review the entire prospectus committee, it will be Year Three: of the same material covered in the examina- submitted to the faculty of the department Teaching: Teaching is not required during the tions. Each set of exams (the generals and the for comments before being presented by the first two years of study. Only under the most specials) will be administered over a two-week committee at a department meeting. The unusual circumstances is a student allowed to period. student is responsible for distributing copies teach before the third year of study. If requested by a student, take-home of the prospectus to all regular members of As noted in the acceptance letters NELC examinations may be substituted at the discre- the department at least one week before the students receive, students are expected to earn tion of the student’s advising committee. meeting at which the prospectus is to be their stipends in the form of teaching fellow- If a student fails any part of the General considered (a tentative schedule of department ships in their third and fourth years. These or Special Examinations, permission to repeat meetings is circulated each September, and fellowships begin in the fall term of the third all or parts of them is not automatically the student coordinator has the list of regular year and extend through the spring term of the granted, but is considered in each individual department faculty). The copying of the fourth year at a rate of two sections (2/5) per case by the examining committee. prospectus and the cost of the copying are also term. The department will assist the student If permission to repeat the examinations the student’s responsibility. in securing teaching fellowships, but students is not granted, the student will be offered the Acceptance of the prospectus then requires are required to make every effort to find suit- possibility of taking an A.M., if the appro- a majority vote of the members present. Not able teaching arrangements, whether in NELC priate conditions are met. infrequently, a prospectus is not accepted in or in other departments or programs. Priority Each field in the department determines its present form and is then sent back with for teaching fellow positions in NELC is given its own timing of general and special examina- the department’s comments (before or after to students in their third and fourth years of tions, in consultation with the department’s the department meeting) for further revi- graduate study. administration. Specifically, each field chooses sions. Sometimes the department accepts the Additional resources for teaching fellows between a floating General and Special Exami- prospectus contingent upon specific changes may be found at the Derek Bok Center for nation schedule (individual students will be being made. Teaching and Learning: http://bokcenter. examined when they are deemed prepared Form of the Prospectus: The prospectus harvard.edu. for the examinations) and a fixed schedule should include a title page listing the name (students will be examined during one of General and Special Examinations: By the of the members of the prospectus committee, two set times during the academic year— specifying the principal advisor. end of the third year a student must have November or May). Students whose field uses passed the general examinations and by the The prospectus should conform (as later the fixed schedule may take their examinations also the dissertation) to the standards in schol- end of the fall term of the fourth year, a only on the two assigned dates. student must have passed the special exami- arly writing within the field in terms of style, nations. Special exams relate to the student’s Year Four: including transliteration, transcription, and translation of ancient languages and the form particular area of study, and may involve Within one year after the successful comple- of footnotes, references, and bibliographies. work leading to the generation of a dissertation of the general examinations–normally by tion prospectus. The General Examinations the end of the fourth year–a student must have Contents of the Prospectus: The prospectus is are written and will consist of two areas: (a) obtained approval of a dissertation prospectus expected to contain the following information one broad exam, the first part of which will in order to show satisfactory progress. Excep- about the projected dissertation: be common to all enrolled in that field, with tions to this rule require a petition well before • The nature of the problem that the student a second part whose focus will be determined the expected submission of the prospectus. intends to study. by the student and his/her advisors (b) that field’s major language(s); the Special Examina- • Its importance to the overall field of study in tions will also be written and will also consist Dissertation Prospectus: After the successful which the student is working. of two areas related to the student’s field of completion of the general examinations, and • A broad review of scholarship on the ques- expertise, although the exact configuration usually during preparation for the Special tion being examined, such as: of these exams should be determined by the Examinations, students will consult with their a. Which (principal) scholars have dealt student’s advisory committee in consultation advisors to choose a topic for their dissertation with this or similar issues? with the student. One of the Special Exams and a prospectus committee of at least three may involve a related field or discipline outside

Programs of Study 1 5 7 b. What, in the student’s opinion, They may reapply for admission when they remains to be done (i.e., why the have completed their dissertations. Faculty student is writing this particular disser- Only in extraordinary extenuating Irit Aharony, Preceptor in Modern Hebrew . tation)? circumstances, and only if there is demon- Modern Hebrew language and literature. strable evidence that the dissertation will be • A discussion of the methodologies the M. Shahab Ahmed, Assistant Professor of the completed, will the department support an student will use to tackle the problem (i.e., Study of Religion . application through the Dean’s office for a how does the student intend to argue the Ali S. Asani, Professor of Indo-Muslim point?). one-year grace period. Students who fail to complete the dissertation will be required to Languages and Civilizations . Islam and Indo- • An outline of each of the chapters; if there withdraw from the Graduate Program. They Muslim studies, and Swahili, Chair. are foreseeable difficulties in gathering the may then also reapply for admission when Mostafa Atamnia, Preceptor in Modern Arabic material necessary, this should also be noted. they have completed their dissertations. on the Ali Abdul Rahman Alturki Endowment. • A schedule of approximate dates for submis- Dissertation Defense: Following are the rules Shaye J. D. Cohen, Littauer Professor of sion of first drafts of each chapter. for completing the PhD program: Hebrew Literature and Philosophy . Judaism in • A select and relevant bibliography. When the dissertation is complete, it is to antiquity, development of Rabbinic law. be read by a jury of at least three readers, two • Tablet samples should be included with Khaled El-Rouayheb, Assistant Professor of of whom must be members of the Faculty of prospectus submissions where applicable. Islamic Intellectual History . Arts and Sciences. The length of the prospectus should not Copies are to be submitted to each of the John Lee Ellison, Lecturer on Near Eastern exceed approximately 3,000 words (for text, readers, as well as one to the department, at Languages and Civilizations . Classical Hebrew footnotes, and schedule inclusive; brief bibli- least two months before the date on which the and epigraphy. ography not inclusive). degree is to be awarded and at least one month William A. Graham Jr., John Lord O’Brian Year Five and Beyond: before the date of the dissertation defense. Professor of Divinity; Dean of the Faculty of The student will be asked to defend the Divinity; Murray A . Albertson Professor of Middle Dissertation Progress: After the Acceptance dissertation orally after it has been read, at Eastern Studies . Islamic studies, classical Arabic of the Prospectus, if so desired and accepted least one month before the degree is to be texts. by the department, non-Harvard members awarded. (usually not more than one) may be included William Granara, Professor of the Practice of The date and time of the dissertation Arabic . Arabic language and literature. on the Dissertation Committee as secondary defense will be announced in writing to the advisors. entire faculty of the department and all will be Rachel Greenblatt, Assistant Professor in Near While the Graduate School of Arts and invited to attend. Eastern Languages and Civilizations . Sciences requires a student to complete the The student may then be required to Jay M. Harris, Harry Austryn Wolfson Professor PhD program within ten years of entering the revise parts of the dissertation according to of Jewish Studies, Chair . Modern Jewish program, the target for all students is comple- comments made by the advisors, occasionally cultural history and ancient Judaism. tion within seven years, and under current also other faculty, before submitting a final Wolfhart P. Heinrichs, James Richard Jewett rules no Harvard funding will be available version. to students beyond the seventh year. Beyond Professor of Arabic . Arabic philology, medieval The student is responsible for having and classical Arabic literature. these requirements, the faculty is the final spiral-bound (or hard-bound if the student arbiter of what constitutes satisfactory prog- desires) copies of the final dissertation made. Feryal Hijazi, Preceptor in Arabic . ress. One copy should be deposited with the Susan M. Kahn, Lecturer on Near Eastern In order to make satisfactory progress department, to be placed in the departmental Languages and Civilizations . on the dissertation, the student must submit library, and one with the Registrar. Jon Levenson, Albert A . List Professor of Jewish and have approved at least one chapter of the Students are solely responsible for meeting Studies (Divinity School). dissertation by the end of the first year after all GSAS degree application deadlines and for the approval of the prospectus (ordinarily by submitting their final dissertations. Schedules Peter B. Machinist, Hancock Professor of Hebrew the end of the 5th year). (as well as advice) are available in the NELC and Other Oriental Languages, Director of Dissertation Completion Grant: Beginning office and the Registrar’s office (20 Garden Undergraduate Studies . Hebrew Bible, study of with the cohort entering in 2005–06, students Street, room 109). ancient Israel, ancient Mesopotamia, history of are guaranteed five years of funding: the first the ancient Near East. Admissions four years plus a Dissertation Completion Peter Der Manuelian, Philip J . King Professor Grant awarded to qualified PhD candidates. Admissions and financial aid information of Egyptology . is available from the Admissions Office, This grant will be available as early as G-4 Khaled Al-Masri, Preceptor in Arabic . and as late as G-7. After G-7, the grant is no Harvard Graduate School of Arts and longer guaranteed. The deadline for applying Sciences, Holyoke Center 350, 1350 Massa- James R. Russell, Mashtots Professor of Arme- for this grant will be early in the preceding chusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02138. We nian Studies . Armenian language, Armenian spring term. In order to be eligible, the encourage online submission of the applica- studies. student must have two advanced draft chapters tion. See www.gsas.harvard.edu. Richard Saley, Lecturer on Near Eastern of the dissertation approved by the time of Languages and Civilizations . application. Bernard Septimus, Jacob E . Safra Professor G-10 Enrollment Cap: Students still in the of Jewish History and Sephardic Civilization . program in the tenth year should plan to finish Sephardic Jewish history and literature, Jewish that year or else withdraw from the program. studies.

1 5 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences P. Oktor Skjaervo, Aga Khan Professor of Iranian . Old Iranian language, literature, and religion. Lawrence E. Stager, Dorot Professor of the Archaeology of Israel . Syro-Palestinian archaeology, Hebrew Bible. Piotr Steinkeller, Professor of Assyriology, Director of Graduate Studies . Sumerian and Akkadian languages, Mesopotamian history and religion. Benjamin John Studevent-Hickman, Lecturer on Assyriology . Himmet Taskomur Preceptor in Ottoman and Modern Turkish . Himmet Taskomur, Preceptor in Ottoman and Modern Turkish . Yuri Vedenyapin, Preceptor in Yiddish . Ruth R. Wisse, Harvard College Professor, Martin Peretz Professor of Yiddish Literature and of Comparative Literature . Yiddish language and literature, Jewish studies. Paul Herbert Wulfsberg, Preceptor in Arabic . Dalia Yasharpour, Preceptor in Persian . Malika Zeghal, Prince Alwaleed Bin Talal Professor in Contemporary Islamic Thought and Life .

Other Faculty Offering Courses in the Department Ofer Bar-Yosef, George Grant MacCurdy and Janet G . B . MacCurdy Professor of Prehistoric Archaeology (Department of Anthropology). Cemal Kafadar, Vehbi Koc Professor of Turkish Studies (Department of History) . Roy Mottahedeh, Gurney Professor of History (Department of History). Andrew Teeter, Assistant Professor of Hebrew Bible/Old Testament (Divinity School) .

Affiliates of the Department of Near Eastern Languages and Civilizations Baber Johansen, Professor of Islamic Studies (Divinity School).

Programs of Study 1 5 9 The PhD in Organizational Behavior

The PhD in Organizational Behavior is a joint degree offered by the departments of Program Faculty Psychology and Sociology in the Faculty of Students select either the sociology or Organizational Behavior faculty members Arts and Sciences (FAS) together with the psychology track within the program. In come from both the Faculty of Arts and Harvard Business School (HBS). It aims to addition, students take doctoral and Master Sciences and the Harvard Business School. develop researchers and teachers who will of Business Administration (MBA) courses They include, but are not limited to: contribute to the understanding of organiza- offered by HBS faculty. Two advisors are Peter V. Marsden, Chair; Professor of Sociology. tional behavior and management in complex appointed for each student upon matricula- Organizations, research methods, and modern organizations. The program combines tion, one from the relevant FAS department social networks. training in theory and methods of psychology and one from the Organizational Behavior Teresa M. Amabile, Edsel Bryant Ford Professor or sociology, the study of business administra- faculty within HBS. They aid the student in of Business Administration. Creativity and tion, and empirical research on organizational planning her or his program of study. innovation, primarily impact of work environ- phenomena. The sociology track deals with the macro aspects of organizational behavior. It focuses ments on motivation, individual creativity, primarily on organizational processes and team creativity, and organizational innovation. structures and on organizations in relation to Michel Anteby, Assistant Professor of Business Admission their environments. Areas of specialization Administration . Interactions in the workplace, The program admits a small number of excep- include organizational sociology and the study occupational identities, and semi-clandestine tionally well-qualified individuals each year. of markets and work. Students also become behaviors. familiar with some of the more micro issues A distinguished undergraduate record is Mahzarin Banaji, Richard Clarke Cabot emphasized within the psychology track. expected, but candidates need not hold a Professor of Social Ethics. Unconscious nature The psychology track is for students who degree in psychology or sociology, as breadth of assessments of self and other humans that wish to concentrate on the micro aspects of of training is preferred to overconcentration. reflect feelings about knowledge of their social organizational behavior. The primary focus Some college work in statistics or mathematics group membership. is highly advisable. Candidates with some is on the psychology of individuals and small work experience in organizations are preferred. groups in relation to the organization. Areas of Max Bazerman, Jesse Isidor Straus Professor Applicants must take the Graduate Record specialization include social psychology, orga- of Business Administration. Decision making, Examination (GRE) General Test or the nization and personality, and the psychology negotiation, creation of joint gains in society, Graduate Management Aptitude Test (GMAT) of decision making. Students also become and natural environment. in time for the results to reach the Graduate familiar with some of the more macro issues Michael Beer, Cahners-Rabb Professor of Busi- School of Arts and Sciences Admissions emphasized within the sociology track. ness Administration Emeritus. Organization Office by the deadline. Please note that, when To complete the PhD in organizational effectiveness, human resource management, possible, the GMAT is preferred. Non-native behavior, students must fulfill the following and organization change. requirements: English speakers must take the Test of English Frank Dobbin, Professor of Sociology . Organiza- • A set of methodology, theory, and elective as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), unless they tional theory, comparative/historical sociology, requirements within the FAS department hold a degree from an institution in which economic sociology, public policy, and strati- chosen (i.e., either Psychology or Sociology). English is the language of instruction. fication. Further information about the program • Involvement in research with a member of is available on the Harvard Business School the Business School (HBS), Psychology, or Amy C. Edmondson, Professor of Business Website at www.hbs.edu/doctoral. Applica- Sociology faculty. Administration. Learning processes in teams tions for admission may be obtained from • The qualifying examination (or equivalent) and organizations. the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences in the chosen FAS department. Robin Ely, Professor of Business Administration . Admissions Office or completed online at • The qualifying paper in Sociology or the Diversity, gender, and group dynamics. www.gsas.harvard.edu. Questions regarding first- and second-year projects in Psychology. Daniel T. Gilbert, Harvard College Professor the program should be directed to: • Five elective MBA courses at HBS for those and Professor of Psychology. Ordinary person- Harvard Business School students who do not hold an MBA. ology, human credulity, and affective fore- Doctoral Programs Office • Doctoral seminars and a course in field casting. [email protected] methods taught by HBS faculty. 617-495-6101 • An examination in organizational behavior. J. Richard Hackman, Edgar Pierce Professor of • An approved dissertation that constitutes an Social and Organizational Psychology. Behavior, original contribution to knowledge about performance and effectiveness of teams in organizational behavior. work organizations, social influences on indi- Financial Aid vidual behavior in organizations, and design All incoming students receive a merit-based and leadership of self-managing organizational award, regardless of need. This includes a units. fellowship for tuition and health fees, as well Rakesh Khurana, Professor of Business Adminis- as a stipend for living expenses ($32,400 in tration. CEO labor market, search, and succes- 2007-2008), for up to five years. sion.

1 6 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Jay W. Lorsch, Louis E . Kirstein Professor of Human Relations. Changing practices and behavior in American boardrooms. Christopher Marquis, Assistant Professor of Business Administration . Corporate governance, corporate social responsibility, economic sociology, and networks. Kathleen L. McGinn, Cahners-Rabb Professor of Business Administration. Impact of interper- sonal relationships on decisions, conflict, and resource allocation. Wendy Berry Mendes, Assistant Professor of Psychology . Stigma and its psychological and physiological consequences, and effects of stress on emotional and cognitive functioning. Nitin Nohria, Richard P . Chapman Professor of Business Administration. Leadership, corporate accountability, and organizational change. Orlando Patterson, John Cowles Professor of Sociology. Sociology of economic development with special reference to Caribbean, historical sociology of slavery and freedom, sociology of slavery, Caribbean and Afro-American culture and social structure, and ethnicity from critical and social-philosophical perspective. Leslie A. Perlow, Professor of Business Admin- istration. Interaction during work and implications on organizational productivity, individual careers, and family life. Mikolaj Piskorski, Assistant Professor of Busi- ness Administration . Sources of structural inequality between actors in market settings. Jeffrey Polzer, UPS Foundation Professor of Human Resource Management. Effect of group affiliations on individuals’ decisions, percep- tions, and social interactions. David A. Thomas, Naylor Fitzhugh Professor of Business Administration. Mentoring, executive development, and managing a diverse workforce. Michael Tushman, Paul R . Lawrence MBA Class of 1942 Professor of Business Administra- tion. Relations among technological change, senior executive teams, and organizational evolution. Noam Wasserman, Assistant Professor of Busi- ness Administration . Founder frustrations and venture capitalists as entrepreneurs. Daniel Wegner, Professor of Psychology. Role of thought in self-control and social life. Christopher Winship, Diker-Tishman Professor of Sociology. Analysis of quantitative data, changes in social and economic status of Afri- can-Americans, transition to adulthood, and family formation process.

Programs of Study 1 6 1 Higher Degrees in Philosophy

The department offers a program covering a is to be considered satisfactory, the candidate’s units treat primarily representatives from wide range of fields in systematic philosophy grades in these courses must be B or higher. two of the following: the Rationalists, the and the history of philosophy. Among the Courses taken to meet the preliminary Empiricists, Kant, the Idealists. At most special strengths of the department are moral requirement must be approved in advance one of these three courses may emphasize and political philosophy, aesthetics, episte- by the department’s director of graduate primarily practical philosophy. mology, philosophy of logic, philosophy of studies. Students must take and complete Note: The First-Year Colloquium (Philosophy language, the history of analytic philosophy, Philosophy 300a plus two letter-graded half- 300a and 300b) may not be used to fulfill any ancient philosophy, Kant, and Wittgenstein. courses or seminars during their first term and part of the distribution requirement. Philos- The department’s graduate program is Philosophy 300b plus three letter-graded half- ophy 299hf, the second-year paper, may be essentially a PhD program. Because the prin- courses or seminars more in their second term, used to fulfill a distribution requirement. cipal employment for men and women with thus completing five letter-graded half-courses advanced training in philosophy is in college during the first two terms of residence, with Logic Requirement — Students are required teaching requiring the PhD, the department grades of B or higher. either (i) to pass Quantitative Reasoning 22 or ordinarily does not admit applicants who wish These courses, like the rest of the 12, a higher level course in logic, such as Philos- to study only for the master’s (AM) degree. should be among those designated “For ophy 144, with a grade of B or better, or (ii) The AM may be taken as a step toward the Undergraduates and Graduates” or “Primarily to pass an examination in logic, equivalent to PhD after a minimum of two terms in resi- for Graduates” in the course catalogue. In the final examination in QR 22, with a grade dence. A candidate for the AM must satisfy addition Quantitative Reasoning 22 may be equivalent to B+ or higher. The requirement the Preliminary, Distribution, and Logic counted if needed for the Logic requirement. must be satisfied by the end of the second year requirements for the PhD; however, the At least ten of the courses must be taught by of study. Preliminary Requirement is reduced to ten members of the Department of Philosophy Second-Year Paper — Students are required, half-courses, and only seven of the eight distri- (including visiting and emeritus members). in their second year of study, to take Philos- bution units are required for the AM. In addi- This requirement can be modified for students ophy 299hf and to submit by the end of that tion, the Second-Year Paper requirement must specializing in classical philosophy. year a 30-40 page research paper (maximum be satisfied. There is no language requirement Students who have done graduate work 12,000 words), written under the supervision for the AM. elsewhere may petition to obtain credit for up of a faculty advisor. The paper may be on any to three half-courses, which may be counted philosophical topic, but the topic should not toward the Preliminary Requirement. If they be so broad that it cannot be treated in reason- are in philosophy (as would normally be the able depth in 30-40 pages. It must demon- Doctor of Philosophy case) such courses will be regarded as equiva- strate a capacity to do independent reading Admission — Substantial previous knowledge lent to those taught by members of the depart- and research. ment. of philosophy is normally required. Candidates Language or Research Tool Requirement — usually have a bachelor’s or master’s degree Distribution Requirement — This require- Students must demonstrate a reading knowl- in philosophy. Applicants less well prepared ment, intended to ensure a broad background edge of French, German, Greek, or Latin. The in philosophy may be admitted under special in philosophy, is met by completing eight language requirement may be fulfilled by (i) conditions if they have a grounding in math- distribution units of work before the begin- passing an examination set by the Depart- ematics or the natural or social sciences. Appli- ning of the fourth year of graduate study. ment, or (ii) passing with a grade of B or cants are required to take the GRE (general), A distribution unit may be fulfilled (i) by better, two years of college-level coursework in and to submit a sample of their written work. completing an approved half-course or seminar the language, or (iii) placing, on the compe- Financial Aid — Financial aid is adminis- (which may also be counted toward the tency exam given by the relevant language tered by the Graduate School of Arts and Preliminary Requirement) or (ii) by writing a department at Harvard, at a third-year level, Sciences. (See the GSAS Guide to Admission paper under the guidance of a faculty member, or (iv) participating in a reading course within and Financial Aid for further information.) with the approval of the director of graduate the Philosophy Department devoted to the Teaching fellowships, which are administered studies. In the latter case the work does not study of one or more philosophical texts, in by the department, normally are restricted count toward the Preliminary Requirement. the original language. to graduate students who have completed at The units are to be distributed as follows: Students may petition to pursue a least two years of work in the department and a. Contemporary Theoretical Philosophy: “Research Tools” option, by taking four are making satisfactory progress toward the Three units in core areas of 20th–21st- approved half-courses, or the equivalent, on doctorate. century metaphysics, epistemology, phi- topics directly relevant to their dissertation losophy of science, philosophy of mind, research, with the joint permission of their Preliminary Requirement — Candidates must philosophy of language, philosophy of faculty advisors and the Director of Graduate pass at least 12 approved half-courses or semi- mathematics, and the like. Studies. One of these courses may be taken nars during their first four terms in the depart- b. Practical Philosophy: Two units in con- pass/fail; two of them may be counted towards ment. Courses numbered 301 or above do not temporary or historical ethics, political the preliminary requirement. Graduate courses count toward this preliminary requirement, philosophy, aesthetics, and the like. or degrees outside of Philosophy completed but the two required terms of Philosophy 300, c. History of Philosophy: Three units so before entering the program may be counted the First-Year Colloquium, may be counted as chosen that one course unit treats primar- towards the research tools option at the discre- three of the 12. If a letter-graded course record ily Plato or Aristotle and the other two tion of the Director of Graduate Studies;

1 6 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences students taking more than one graduate or tation topic, not an occasion on which the one hour in length, is not so much to test the professional degree at Harvard may count the candidate is expected to produce a complete range and detail of the candidate’s information second degree as fulfilling the research tools outline of arguments and conclusions. It is as to judge the candidate’s skill in presenting option if it is relevant to their philosophical intended to determine the acceptability of the and discussing matters considered in the research, and with the consent of their faculty topic on which the candidate wishes to write dissertation and the candidate’s ability to meet advisors and the Director of Graduate Studies. a dissertation, the candidate’s fitness to under- friendly but searching criticism. Students who wish to take the research tools take such a dissertation, and the candidate’s Classical Philosophy — The departments option should submit their petition to their command of relevant issues in related areas of of the Classics and of Philosophy collaborate committee and the Director of Graduate Philosophy. A dissertation on the proposed in an interdisciplinary doctoral program in Studies when they are beginning work on topic may be submitted only if the topical Classical Philosophy for students registered in their dissertation; the petition should demon- examination is passed. either department. Candidates whose major strate that the research tools option will serve Application to take the topical examina- field is philosophy are expected to take the their research goals better than the study of a tion must be made to the director of graduate Proseminar for graduate students in the Clas- language. studies at least two weeks in advance. At the sics, as well as to attend seminars or other Dissertation Workshops — Students who same time, the candidate must submit three courses in classics relevant to their interests. have completed their second year paper are copies of a dissertation prospectus to the With the approval of the director of graduate required to enroll each semester in one of the director of graduate studies and members of studies, students in the Classical Philosophy two dissertation workshops, Philosophy 311, the student’s prospective committee. The program may be permitted to count an appro- Workshop in Moral and Political Philosophy, prospectus should be 25-30 pages long, and priate course in ancient philosophy toward the or Philosophy 312, Workshop in Metaphysics should explain the problem the student distribution requirement in metaphysics and and Epistemology. Permission not to enroll in proposes to address and the methods by which epistemology and one (in addition to the one a workshop must be granted by the director of he or she proposes to address it. It should already required) toward the requirement in graduate studies. include a tentative chapter breakdown and a history of philosophy. bibliography of sources the student expects to Teaching Fellowships — Graduate students Language requirements: Candidates use. The examination is conducted by the who plan to write a dissertation in Classical are urged to take full advantage of opportu- dissertation committee. nities to acquire teaching experience while Philosophy are expected to have learned at working for the doctorate. Students in the Dissertation — When the topical examination least one of the classical languages (Greek or third and fourth years will ordinarily teach is passed, the examining committee normally Latin) before they are admitted. Depending on as part of their graduate school funding. becomes the dissertation advisory committee. the level of fluency they have reached before Teaching fellowships are restricted to those One member of this committee is designated entering the program, they may be asked to who have completed at least two years of work the candidate’s advisor. At least three months take additional language or reading courses. in the department (under exceptional circum- before the deadline for formal submission of If they have not previously studied the second stances, one year) and are making satisfactory the dissertation, the candidate must submit language, they will be required to reach the progress toward the doctorate. In addition to the advisory committee a legible draft level of one year of college course work. This to a satisfactory grade record, the criteria of of the dissertation or a considerable part of can be done either by taking courses or by normal progress is as follows for each of four it. With the consent of the committee, the passing a language examination. In addition, years of graduate study. First year: completing candidate may then go on to prepare a final candidates will be expected to have acquired five letter-graded half-courses or seminars and draft for submission to the department. The a reading knowledge of German sufficient Philosophy 300. Second year: satisfying the dissertation must show a mastery of the field for reading scholarly literature and to pass preliminary requirement, the logic requirement, in which it is written; it must demonstrate the a departmental examination on a suitably the second-year paper requirement. Third year: candidate’s insight, originality, and power of chosen text. satisfying the distribution requirement and independent research; and it must add to the The rules and procedures for the disserta- formulating a dissertation topic. Fourth year: sum of human knowledge and understanding. tion will, in general, be those established for passing the topical examination. Students in Apart from these general requirements, there candidates in philosophy. their first year of teaching must, and in their are no formal restrictions on the subject Law and Philosophy — A coordinated JD/ second year of teaching may, take Philosophy or construction of the dissertation, but the PhD in Philosophy and Law is available. 315hf, Instructional Styles in Philosophy. candidate is advised to write on a distinct Students wishing to obtain the coordinated and sharply limited problem. Dissertations of Oral Topical Examination — After degrees must be admitted separately to both more than 75,000 words ordinarily will not be programs. Students admitted for the coordi- completing the second year paper, each accepted. candidate will enroll in Philosophy 333 nated degrees must begin either with the first and will be assigned a third-year advisor. In Final Examination — The completed disser- full year of law school or the first two years consultation with this advisor, the candidate tation is read and appraised by a committee of philosophy; after that they may alternate will develop a dissertation topic and choose of three, usually identical to the candidate’s semesters as they choose. The program in a prospective principal dissertation advisor. dissertation advisory committee. This Law may be completed in five semesters. The To receive formal approval of the dissertation committee, if it finds the dissertation suffi- requirements for philosophy are the same as topic a candidate must pass the oral topical ciently promising, conducts the final oral for regular philosophy graduate students. examination, in which the dissertation must examination. If the topical examination is not Application Procedures passed, it must be taken again and passed by be adequately defended before its acceptance 1. Further information regarding courses the beginning of the winter recess in the year by the department. (The examination is public and programs of study may be obtained immediately following. Although called an and may be attended by other members of by writing to the Director of Graduate examination, approximately 90 minutes in the department if they wish.) The purpose of Studies, Department of Philosophy, length, it is in fact a conference on the disser- this last examination, which is normally about

Programs of Study 1 6 3 Emerson Hall, Harvard University, Peter Koellner, Assistant Professor of Philosophy . Cambridge, MA 02138; www.fas.harvard. PhD, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. edu/~phildept/; e-mail: phildept@fas. Logic and philosophy of mathematics. harvard.edu. Christine Korsgaard, Arthur Kingsley 2. Applications for admission and financial Porter Professor of Philosophy. PhD, Harvard aid may be obtained by writing to the University. Ethics and the history of ethics. Admissions Office, Harvard Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, Holyoke Douglas Lavin, Assistant Professor of Philosophy . Center 350, 1350 Massachusetts Avenue, (Director of Graduate Studies). PhD, Univer- Cambridge, MA 02138. The application sity of Pittsburgh. Ethics and philosophy of may be submitted online at www.gsas. action. harvard.edu. Jeffrey K. McDonough, Assistant Professor of Philosophy . PhD, University of California at Irvine. Early Modern Philosophy; Philosophy Recent Dissertation Titles of Science. Richard Moran, Brian D . Young Professor of “Epistemic Rationality and the Ethics of Philosophy. PhD, Cornell University. Belief” Philosophy of mind; aesthetics; philosophy of “Human Rights Reconceived: A Defense of literature; moral psychology. Rawls’s Law of Peoples” “Character, Freedom, and Practical Reason” Bernhard Nickel, Assistant Professor of Philos- “Virtue and Its Imitation” ophy . PhD, Massachusetts Institute of Tech- “Hidden Folds of Freedom” nology. Philosophy of science, philosophy of “Decisions in Action: Reasons, Motivation, language. and the Connection Between the Two Thomas M. Scanlon Jr., Alford Professor of Making Up One’s Self” Natural Religion, Moral Philosophy and Civil Polity. PhD, Harvard University. Moral and political philosophy. Faculty Amartya Sen, Lamont University Professor . PhD, University of Cambridge. Moral Sean D. Kelly, Professor of Philosophy (Chair). and political philosophy, philosophy and PhD, University of California at Berkeley. economics. Philosophy of mind, philosophy of science. Tommie Shelby, Associate Professor of the Selim Berker, Instructor in Philosophy . PhD, Social Sciences . PhD, University of Pittsburgh. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Ethics, African American philosophy, social and epistemology. political philosophy, social theory, philosophy Matthew Boyle, Assistant Professor of Philos- of social science. ophy . PhD, University of Pittsburgh. Kant; Susanna Siegel, Associate Professor of Philos- Philosophy of mind. ophy. PhD, Cornell University. Philosophy of Cheryl Chen, Lecturer on Philosophy . PhD, language; philosophy of mind. University of California at Berkeley. Episte- Alison Simmons, Professor of Philosophy. PhD, mology, philosophy of mind. University of Pennsylvania. History of early Peter Godfrey-Smith, Professor of Philosophy. modern philosophy. PhD, University of California at San Diego. Gisela Striker, Walter C . Klein Professor of Philosophy of science (especially biology), Philosophy and of the Classics . PhD, University philosophy of mind. of Göttingen. Ancient philosophy. Warren Goldfarb, Walter Beverly Pearson Professor of Modern Mathematics and Math- ematical Logic (Acting Chair). PhD, Harvard University. Wittgenstein; logic; analytic philosophy. Edward J. Hall, Professor of Philosophy (Head Tutor). PhD, Princeton University. Philosophy of science; philosophy of quantum mechanics; metaphysics; probability. Frances Kamm, Professor of Philosophy (FAS) and Littauer Professor of Philosophy and Public Policy (Kennedy School). PhD, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Ethics.

1 6 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Higher Degrees in Physics

improved with changing research interests Testing Service, Princeton, NJ. Exceptions General Information and techniques. This provides students with have been made for certain students who Physics at Harvard opportunities to work in these first-class could not take the examinations without facilities and research centers at Harvard that undue hardships, but it is to each applicant’s Graduate education in physics at Harvard emphasize scientific collaboration: advantage to take the examinations. offers students a variety of opportunities A prospective student who has a marked extending over a diverse range of subjects and The Center for Ultracold Atoms (CUA), www.rle.mit.edu/cua interest in a particular branch of physics departments. The interdisciplinary nature of should describe it in the Statement of Purpose. graduate research is reflected in the disserta- Harvard-Smithsonian Center for Astrophysics Every applicant should indicate whether he or tion topics of doctoral candidates, and the fact (CfA), www.cfa.harvard.edu she is inclined toward experimental or theo- that in many cases faculty members outside Center for Nanoscale Systems (CNS), retical (mathematical) research. This statement the Department of Physics serve on disserta- www.cns.fas.harvard.edu of preference will not be treated as a commit- tion committees. In keeping with the diversity ment to any course of study and research. Engineering and Physical Biology (EPB), of individual programs, degree requirements in Each applicant should also submit on www.physicalbiology.fas.harvard.edu physics are few and flexible. Quality is stressed. a separate page a brief description of the six The primary areas of experimental and theo- Institute for Quantum Science and Engineering most advanced courses (four in physics and retical research in the Department of Physics (IQSE), www.iqse.harvard.edu two in mathematics) completed or to be are experimental biophysics, high-energy Institute for Theoretical Atomic and Molecular completed by graduation. If a standard text- particle physics, atomic and molecular physics, Physics (ITAMP), www.itamp.harvard.edu book is used, it suffices to write, for example, the physics of solids and fluids, astrophysics, Quantum Mechanics, Merzbacher, chapters Laboratory for Particle Physics and Cosmology computational physics, aspects of nuclear 1-15. (LPPC), www.lppc.physics.harvard.edu physics, statistical mechanics, quantum optics, Application forms for admission may be mathematical physics, quantum field theory, Materials Research Science and Engineering requested from: string theory, and relativity. Center (MRSEC), www.mrsec.harvard.edu Admissions Office The Department of Physics has more than Harvard Graduate School 60 faculty members (including emeriti) and a Nanoscale Science Engineering Center (NSEC), www.nsec.harvard.edu of Arts and Sciences graduate enrollment of about 180 students. Holyoke Center, 3rd floor Physics is committed to fostering an inclusive Several projects are also being carried 1350 Massachusetts Ave. environment and attracting the widest possible out by physics department graduate students Cambridge, MA 02138 range of talents. Approximately a third of at centers outside of Cambridge: the Fermi current graduate students are women and National Accelerator Laboratory; the CERN in Online submission of the application is almost 40 percent are international students. Geneva; the Cornell Wilson Synchrotron Labo- encouraged; see www.gsas.harvard.edu. On-campus buildings of the Department of ratory; Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Physics include Jefferson Laboratory, the oldest Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory; Los physics laboratory in the US. Jefferson has Alamos National Laboratory; the Soudan Mine Financial Support undergone extensive renovations and now in Northern Minnesota; the Stanford Linear includes areas designed specifically for study Accelerator Center; and the National Institute The Department of Physics guarantees full and collaboration among our graduate of Standards and Technology. financial support, on a 12-month basis, for all students. its graduate students as long as they remain in good standing and complete assigned duties Intellectual Community in a satisfactory manner. Support packages Cambridge and Boston offer extraordinary Higher Degrees in Physics consist of Harvard scholarships and some opportunities for keeping current in the latest combination of teaching fellowships, outside developments in physics. A weekly calendar Admission fellowships, and research assistantships. A lists the many colloquia and seminars in The only specific requirements for admission few advanced students are able to enrich the physics at Harvard and neighboring univer- are those stipulated by the Graduate School department’s offering with a proctorship or sities. The Morris Loeb and Lee Historical of Arts and Sciences. However, prospective tutorship in one of the dorms or Houses that Lectureships bring eminent physicists to students should be well-versed in intermediate provides room and board, but no additional Harvard each year for more extensive presen- physics and mathematics. Typically, appli- cash stipend. tations. Summer institutes and other special cants will have devoted 50-60 credit hours, The department’s financial support programs in physics and related fields are or approximately half of their undergraduate package is set so that all students, whatever the conducted at Harvard and at nearby universi- work to physics, mathematics, and chemistry. stage of their graduate studies, receive at least ties. It is desirable for every applicant to have a minimum gross (taxable) stipend for living completed at least a one-year introduction to expenses. This is adjusted each year to help Facilities and Resources quantum mechanics. meet increases in the cost of living, within The physics department and its collaborators The results of the Graduate Record the limitations of available funds. Additional are leaders in a broad spectrum of physics Examinations (GRE) general tests and physics support includes: research, utilizing facilities and technolo- subject test are normally required of all appli- • tuition and fees; gies that are continually being modified and cants. These tests are given by the Educational

Programs of Study 1 6 5 • cost of medical insurance with Blue Cross/ bracket those which they wish to apply on Blue Shield; their graduate degree. • cost of access to Harvard’s University Health Services; Requirements for Candidacy • support for professional travel ($1,000 annu- Master of Arts (AM) Course Record. The student must present a ally) for two years plus years three-five post The Department of Physics does not admit high record in graduate studies during at least orals. students whose sole purpose is to study for the two terms of advanced work. The award of The primary source of this basic support master of arts degree. However, the AM degree the AM does not automatically qualify the during the first two semesters of graduate study is frequently taken by students who continue student as a candidate for the PhD. Students will be the Purcell Fellowship (if student does on for the PhD degree. For those who do not who propose to present theses in experimental not have outside support), which covers the attain the doctorate, the AM degree attests to fields should demonstrate promise in experi- full stipend as well as tuition and fees. the completion of a full year’s study beyond mental work and a satisfactory understanding In addition, students may receive other the bachelor’s degree. of theoretical physics. Applicants for candi- fellowship offers that may be used at Harvard. The requirements for this degree are: dacy in theoretical physics should demonstrate A fellowship can release departmental or strength in courses of a mathematical nature Residence. Minimum of one year. research funds to support other students. After and a satisfactory acquaintance with experi- receiving a fellowship, a student should inform Program of Study. Eight half-courses are mental aspects of physics. Detailed course the department immediately so that it can be required for the AM degree. At least four must requirements are given below under “Require- integrated with the rest of the student’s finan- be physics courses, and ordinarily all must be ments for Degree.” cial package. If a first-year fellowship provides in physics or related fields. Not more than Qualifying Oral Examination. The purpose less resources than what the department offers, two half-courses may be from the 100-level of the examination, required of all doctoral the Department will provide a supplement. listing, “for undergraduates and graduates,” candidates, is to aid in estimating a candidate’s Alternatively, some fellowships, e.g., the Hertz, and ordinarily not more than one half-course potential for performing research at the level provide stipends substantially in excess of the may be from the 300-level group, “Reading required for the doctoral dissertation. Each department’s minimum, in which case we and Research.” The remainder must be from student is asked to select, prepare, and discuss simply applaud their enterprise and rejoice in the 200 level, “primarily for graduates.” With in depth some topic in physics, and to answer their good fortune. the permission of their advisors and with questions about that topic and closely related Teaching fellowships are an important the approval of the Committee on Higher problems. Students are judged on the knowl- source of support for graduate students after Degrees, students may substitute 300-level edge and understanding they demonstrate their first year. Because of the importance of courses for more than one of the required and on the clarity and organization of their teaching skills for a successful physics career, eight half-courses. All half-courses counted expositions. Originality is welcomed but not one term of teaching is required of all graduate toward the AM degree must be passed with a required. In evaluating the candidates, the students, generally within the first five years grade of C- or better, and a B average must be examining committee may take into account of study. This will provide the opportunity to obtained in these courses. (In calculating the other information about their performance develop the communication skills that are vital average, a grade of C is offset by a grade of A; as graduate students. Students will pass the for a career in academics and industry. no account is taken of pluses or minuses.) No examination if the examining committee Research assistantships (RAs) are the third thesis, General Examination, or knowledge believes that they have demonstrated adequate major source of support for graduate students. of a foreign language is required for the AM comprehension of physics in the area of their In the first year, students have the opportunity degree. Residence, minimum of one year. chosen topic and the ability to perform the to explore informally the activities of all of the dissertation research required for the doctoral department’s research groups. degree. Students who fail the qualifying oral Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) examination on the first attempt will usually be permitted by the examining committee to AB-AM Degree The degree of doctor of philosophy is a certifi- take a second examination at a later date. cate of high attainment in both study and The procedures for the qualifying oral research. It is not granted upon the comple- Candidates for the AB-AM degree in physics examination are as follows: The student selects tion of routine requirements. must meet both the academic and course a faculty member to serve as chair of his or requirements for the honors AB degree in Advising. A faculty advisor is assigned to her examining committee. The committee physics and the AM degree. A given course can each incoming graduate student to help chair is normally one of the department be counted for only one of the two degrees, the student make informed decisions about members and, when feasible, a prospective i.e., one course cannot meet the requirement coursework and research opportunities. Each dissertation advisor. The student then selects for the AB degree and then be counted again student is free to choose a new advisor at a topic, preferably but not necessarily related for the AM degree. Any undergraduate who any subsequent time, but should inform the to the proposed field of dissertation research, wishes to apply for this degree must file an department administrator of such a change prepares an abstract and submits it, with a application for the graduate program in after obtaining the new advisor’s consent. In program of study (described below), and a physics just as any other student files for planning a program, students should study decision as to whether the prospective doctoral graduate work at Harvard. This application the catalogue of Courses of Instruction (www. research will be experimental or theoretical. should include two letters of recommenda- registrar.fas.harvard.edu/fasro/courses/) offered The student then confers in detail with the tion. The GRE is not required. Only students by the Faculty of Arts and Sciences, and this examining committee chair about the topic with advanced standing are eligible to apply description in Programs of Study . After drawing to be discussed, the nature of the examina- for this four-year program. Undergraduates up tentative programs, students should discuss tion, and the other faculty members who taking graduate courses in their third year may them with their faculty advisors. will serve on the committee. The examining

1 6 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences committee must have at least three members, should attend seminars and colloquia, and Earth and Planetary Physics: Physics-related two of whom must be from the Department consult with their faculty advisors and upper- courses at the 200 level in Earth and Planetary of Physics. The committee chair will provide level graduate students. A list of the current Sciences. written approval of the topic, and the overall faculty and their research programs is available Course Descriptions: Courses of Instruction composition of the examination committee at www.physics.harvard.edu. (www.registrar.fas.harvard.edu) must be approved by the chair of the Depart- ment. To avoid inappropriate preparation, this Other Fields: A student may use 200-level conference should take place at the earliest courses or fields not listed with the approval of possible date. Requirements for Degree the Committee on Higher Degrees. In place A student who wishes to change from an Academic Residence. Ordinarily a candidate of demonstrating proficiency by satisfactory experimental to a theoretical dissertation topic, must be enrolled for at least two years (four course performance, a student may demon- or vice versa, may be required to pass a second terms) of full-time study in the Harvard strate proficiency by an oral examination, by qualifying oral examination. Graduate School of Arts and Sciences. Ideally, submitting evidence of satisfactory work in Students are required by the end of their the PhD is completed within five years. The appropriate courses taken at other institutions, second year, to select a committee of three department reviews the progress of students or by other means deemed satisfactory by faculty members to advise them on their each year. For financial residence require- the Committee on Higher Degrees. Students research progress. Students are expected to ments, see the GSAS Guide to Admission and wishing to utilize this option should submit a pass an oral examination given by this Financial Aid or The Graduate School of Arts petition to the Committee on Higher Degrees committee by the end of their second year. and Sciences Handbook (www.gsas.harvard.edu/ before the end of their first year of Harvard The committee may, upon petition, grant a student/handbook). graduate school. The general requirements outlined above are a minimum standard and deferment of the examination for up to one Program of Study. Each student is required students will usually take additional courses year. Students who have not passed their oral to demonstrate proficiency in a broad range in their selected fields and in other fields. A examinations by the end of their third year of of fields of physics by obtaining honor grades student need not fulfill these requirements graduate study must seek approval from the (B- or better) in at least eight half-courses, before beginning research. As a result of an Committee on Higher Degrees prior to being specified as follows: allowed to register for a fourth year of graduate exchange agreement between the universities, study. If satisfactory arrangements cannot be a. Core courses: Physics 251a, Physics 251b, graduate students in physics at Harvard may made, the student will be withdrawn by the Physics 232, or Applied Physics 216, and also enroll in lecture courses at the Massachu- department. Physics 262 or Applied Physics 284. setts Institute of Technology. The procedure b. Elective courses: Four additional half- is outlined under “Cross-Registration into Acceptance as a Candidate for the PhD. The Courses Offered by Other Faculties” in The final requirement for acceptance as a doctoral courses drawn from the following list, with at most two half-courses in any one field. Note: Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Handbook candidate is formal acceptance by a suitable (at www.gsas.harvard.edu). dissertation supervisor (a faculty member of not all courses listed are given every year and the Department of Physics or a related depart- course offerings, numbers, and contents some- Laboratory. Physics 247r, equivalent labora- ment). This requirement should be met soon times change. Students therefore should occa- tory experience, or an oral examination on after the oral examination is passed. Some- sionally confer with their advisors or the chair an experimental topic is a required part of times a student may wish to do a substantial of the Committee on Higher Degrees about the PhD program for all students who do portion of his or her dissertation research their programs of study. not submit a dissertation that demonstrates under the supervision of someone who is not a Particle Physics, Field Theory, String Theory, experimental proficiency. Students who wish faculty member of the Department of Physics and Mathematical Physics: Physics 245, 248, to fulfill this requirement by equivalent labora- or a related department. Such an arrange- 253a, 253b, 253c, 264, 283b, 283, 287a, tory experience or an oral examination should ment must have both the approval of the 287br, and 289r. obtain approval of the Committee on Higher student’s dissertation supervisor and that of Degrees no later than the end of the third year Condensed Matter Physics: Physics 266, of residence. the Committee on Higher Degrees. 268r, 270, 298r, Applied Physics 225, 282, Students who encounter difficulty in 292, 293, 295a, 295b, 296r, 298r, Engineering Criteria for Satisfactory Progress. In addition being accepted by an appropriate advisor Sciences 247. to the guidelines specified by the Graduate after passing their qualifying orals should School of Arts and Sciences, satisfactory consult with the chair of their oral examining Optics, Atomic, and Molecular Physics: progress (see The Graduate School of Arts committee, their Director of Graduate Studies, Physics 265, 265r, 281, 285a, 285b, Applied and Sciences Handbook, Chapter VI: Degree or the department chair. Any student who Physics 216 (if Physics 232 is used as a core Requirements) for graduate students in the has not been accepted as a doctoral candidate course), 217. Physics Department is identified by the by some suitable dissertation advisor within Relativity and Astrophysics: Physics 210, 211, following guidelines. Upon successful comple- 18 months after passing the qualifying oral any 200-level Astronomy. tion of the qualifying oral examination, the must obtain permission of the Department Mechanics, Electromagnetism, and Applied student must arrange for the appointment of Physics to register in any subsequent term Mathematics: Physics 218, 232, Applied of a research committee of faculty members until the dissertation research is begun. This Mathematics 201, 202, 203, 205, 210, who will monitor the progress of the student permission will be granted only if, upon 212, Engineering Sciences 220, 225, 240, thereafter. The student must be accepted by review of the student’s work, the department 241, 246. an appropriate dissertation advisor within is satisfied that the student is making suffi- 18 months after passing the qualifying oral cient progress toward dissertation research. In Biological and Medical Physics: Engineering examination. During each subsequent year order to become acquainted with the various Sciences 218, and physics-related courses at the student’s academic progress will be programs of research in progress and prom- the 200 level from Biophysics and Biology evaluated for satisfactory progress toward the ising areas for dissertation research, students offerings.

Programs of Study 1 6 7 completion of the degree; beginning with Mathematical Physics the third year of graduate study, the student Faculty by Research Area Professors Heller, Jaffe must submit a progress report each year in Astrophysics and Astronomy Experimental Mesoscopic the form specified by the Committee on Professors Horowitz, Shapiro, Stubbs, Professors Golovchenko, Marcus, Mazur, Higher Degrees. The progress report must be Zaldarriaga Narayanamurti, Park, Tinkham, Weitz, approved by the student’s research committee Experimental Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Westervelt; Research Professor Tinkham and the Committee on Higher Degrees. The Physics Committee on Higher Degrees will examine Theoretical Mesoscopic Professors Doyle, Gabrielse, Golovchenko, with special care students beyond their fifth Professors Demler, Fisher, Halperin, Heller, Greiner, Hau, Heller, Lukin, Prentiss; year. Lukin, Nelson, Sachdev Professor Emeritus Ramsey; Senior Lecturer For other types of extensions or leave-of- Walsworth Nuclear Physics absence policies, consult Chapter VI of The Professor Doyle; Professors Emeriti Pound, Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Handbook . Theoretical Atomic, Molecular, and Ramsey, Wilson Optical Physics Final Examination. The final examination, Professors Demler, Glauber, Heller, Lukin, conducted orally, involves a searching analysis Sachdev of the dissertation. If the coursework does not indicate a wide proficiency in the field of the Experimental Biophysics dissertation, the examination may be extended Professors Berg, Golovchenko, Hau, Kiruluta, to test this proficiency as well. Manoharan, Mazur, Park, Samuel, Weitz, The candidate must provide copies of Zhuang; Senior Lecturer Walsworth the completed (unbound) dissertation for Theoretical Biophysics members of the final examination committee Professors Fisher, Nelson well in advance of the examination. Detailed requirements on the dissertation are published Computational Physics in The Form of the PhD Dissertation (available Professors Heller, Kaxiras online at www.gsas.harvard.edu), available at Experimental Condensed Matter Physics the department office. Professors Golovchenko , Greiner, Hoffman, Manoharan, Marcus, Mazur, Narayanamurti, Park, Pershan, Silvera, Weitz, Westervelt, Yacoby; Research Professor Tinkham; Additional Information Professors Emeriti Paul, Pound; Senior Further information about courses and Lecturer Walsworth programs of study in physics may be obtained Theoretical Condensed Matter Physics from our Website, www.physics.harvard.edu, Professors Demler, Fisher, Halperin, Heller, or from the Department Graduate Program Kaxiras, Martin, Nelson, Sachdev; Professor Administrator: Emeritus Ehrenreich Department of Physics Harvard University Environmental Modeling and Risk Analysis 17 Oxford Street Professor Emeritus Wilson Cambridge, MA 02138 Experimental High Energy Physics [email protected] Professors Doyle, Feldman, Franklin, Gabrielse, Guimaraes da Costa, Huth, Morii; Professor Emeritus Wilson, Senior Research Dissertation Titles of Recent Fellow Brandenburg Theoretical High Energy Physics/ Harvard Physics PhDs String Theory Please visit www.physics.harvard.edu/ Professors Arkani-Hamed, Georgi, Jaffe, academics/phds.html. Minwalla, Randall, Strominger, Vafa, Wu Experimental High Pressure Physics Professor Silvera History of Physics Professor Galison, Research Professor Holton Experimental Low Temperature Physics Professors Doyle, Gabrielse, Halperin, Hoffman, Marcus, Silvera, Westervelt; Research Professors Tinkham, Yacoby; Senior Lecturer Walsworth

1 6 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences The PhD under the Committee on Political Economy and Government

The Doctoral Program in Political Economy We encourage online submission of the appli- exam are required by the end of the year. Refer and Government (PEG) is intended for cation. See www.gsas.harvard.edu. to PEG General Exam under “Specific Require- scholars interested in academic or policy- ments” for more details. The prospectus for making careers requiring advanced knowledge Residence the dissertation must be completed before the of both economics and political science. It The PhD degree is generally completed within beginning of the fourth year in residency. is appropriate for students whose academic five years. A student must be in residence for In the final years of residency, the student interests are not fully served by doctoral three years of full-time study. Students register completes the dissertation under the guidance studies in economics or political science alone. each term in the Graduate School of Arts and of a faculty committee. The dissertation must In political economy, candidates have intel- Sciences. In the first two years, students are demonstrate a high degree of competence in lectual interests in the impact of politics on charged the prevailing full tuition rate. In the research, and capacity for making original and economic processes and outcomes, and the third and fourth years, students pay a reduced significant contributions to knowledge. reciprocal influence of economic conditions tuition rate. Beyond four years, a student pays on political life. This interest is often applied the current facilities fee. Specific Requirements to such diverse areas as international political Economics Track Financial Aid economy, political development, political and • Microeconomic Theory (Economics 2010a, economic institutions, institutional transition Students may apply for tuition and stipendiary 2010b) and reform, environmental resource policies, support based on financial need. The number • Macroeconomic theory (Economics 2010c, and social policy. of scholarship packages varies between two 2010d) and four each year. Typical aid packages Admission • Econometrics (Economics 2120 or a more include four years of tuition plus two years of advanced course) The Committee on Higher Degrees at the stipend. In recent years, all students have • Four half-courses in government, including Harvard Kennedy School (HKS) serves as an received some form of financial aid. Most two in the same major field of political sci- admissions committee for applicants to the students are eligible for teaching fellowships ence PhD in PEG. Candidates are expected to have and loans to help finance their studies. Please • Two half-courses in a major field of eco- a distinguished undergraduate record regard- consult the GSAS Guide to Admission and nomics less of undergraduate concentration. Many Financial Aid for complete instructions. (Note: • Doctoral Research Seminar of the strongest applicants have completed a The GAPSFAS is not required.) master’s degree in a related field. All successful Applicants who are US citizens or perma- Political Science Track applicants have strong mathematical prepara- nent residents of the US should determine if • Microeconomic theory (Economics tion to the level of multivariable calculus and they are eligible for the National Science Foun- 2020a, 2020b) linear algebra. Admission to the program is dation Graduate Research Fellowship (703- • Macroeconomic Theory (Economics limited to a few exceptional students each year. 292-5199), the National Science Foundation 2010c or similar course) All applicants are required to take the General Minority Graduate Research Fellowship (703- • Econometrics (Government 2001 or a GRE no later than December 2010. Personal 292-8470), the Ford Foundation Predoctoral more advanced course) interviews are recommended but not required. Fellowship for Minorities (202-334-2872), or • Two Formal Political Theory courses, or two Applicants whose native language is not the US Department of Education’s Jacob K. approved courses in Political Economy English must submit the Test of English as Javits Graduate Fellowship (202-502-7542); or • Two half-courses in a major field of politi- a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Failure to go to www.nsf.gov. cal science submit the TOEFL will ordinarily result in Program of Study • Two half-courses in a major field of eco- rejection unless a transcript is submitted veri- nomics fying receipt of a degree from an institution at During the first two years in residence, • A field seminar course in government which English is the language of instruction. students acquire and demonstrate a broad • Doctoral Research Seminar Information on the program is available grasp of economic theory and of the area(s) from the director of Doctoral Programs at of political or social science theory most the Kennedy School, or online at www.hks. appropriate to their prospective research. harvard.edu/degrees/phd/peg. All applicants Normally, students are required to complete must specify in the Statement of Purpose 16 one-term courses in this period. PhD-level essay whether they wish to apply for the proficiency is required in four areas: macroeco- Economics track or the Political Science track. nomics, microeconomics, two areas of political (See Website for details.) Applications are science, and quantitative methods. Distribu- distributed by the Admissions Office, Harvard tion of courses is described in the next section, Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, Holyoke Specific Requirements. Center 350, 1350 Massachusetts Avenue, During the third year of residency, Cambridge, MA 02138. The application dead- students continue to develop mastery of the line is January 2 for the following September. three substantive fields that are the focus of the dissertation. A major research paper and oral

Programs of Study 1 6 9 PEG Oral General Examination Group A Dissertation The Oral Examination is a 90-minute exami- Approved Fields in Economics The candidate is required to demonstrate his nation in which the student’s mastery of two 1. Microeconomics or her ability to perform original research in “special fields” is tested. The fundamental 2. Macroeconomics political economy by writing a dissertation purpose of the Oral General Examination is 3. Industrial organization and public that represents a significant contribution to determine if the student is prepared for regulation to knowledge in that field. Three faculty and likely to be successful with dissertation 4. Public finance members supervise the writing of the disserta- research and writing. One half-hour is devoted 5. Finance tion. One member of the committee must to each of the two fields selected by the 6. International trade and finance come from the Kennedy School of Govern- student. The final half-hour is devoted 7. Labor economics ment. The other two must come from the to an examination of general analytical and 8. Economics of development Faculty of Arts and Sciences (FAS) or the research ability, based in part on a research 9. Mathematical economics Kennedy School. If no representative of FAS paper (described below) prepared by the 10. Econometrics is on the committee, two members of the student. All coursework and the research paper 11. Decision and control theory Committee on Higher Degrees in Political must be completed in advance of the oral 12. Economics of health Economy and Government must serve as general exam. Students will be expected to 13. Economics of education advisors. sit for the Oral General Examination in their 14. Economics of national security Dissertation Defense third year. 15. Environmental and resource economics In selecting fields, students should choose 16. Socialism and privatization After the candidate has met all other degree one from Group A (Economics) and one 17. Transportation economics requirements, he or she must pass an oral from Group B (Political Science). Appropriate 18. Urban and regional economics examination focused on the dissertation. coursework to provide a sound knowledge of Dissertation examiners will normally include these fields must be completed prior to the Group B the three supervisors to the dissertation. Oral General Examination. Such coursework Approved Fields in Political Science However, if two members of FAS cannot be is generally defined by the department in present, two members of the Committee on 1. Positive political economy which the field formally exists (e.g., labor Higher Degrees in Political Economy and 2. Normative political theory economics, positive political theory), or by a Government may represent the FAS at the 3. Comparative politics faculty member with substantial expertise in defense. The purpose of this examination is 4. International relations the field (e.g., environmental and resource to assure the committee that the methodology 5. American government economics). A portion of the examination will and basic approach of the dissertation are be devoted to general analytic and research Note: Each student’s selection of fields and sound and that the student has received critical ability. This portion will be based, to some plans of study must be approved in writing— advice at the most appropriate stage of his or degree, on the student’s research paper, which and well in advance—by his or her advisor, by her advanced research. The dissertation must may be a course paper. The paper must be in the PhD committee, and, in some cases, by be accepted before the formal application for one of the fields that will be developed in the prospective examiners. the degree can be activated. dissertation. It may include but cannot be Language Requirement limited to a literature review. Research design Degrees with implementation is expected. The length There is no foreign language requirement The graduate program in Political Economy should not exceed 35 pages. for the degree in Political Economy and and Government is designed for students This paper must demonstrate the degree Government. preparing for the PhD. Those seeking to enroll for a master’s degree only will not be admitted. of creativity and professional accomplishment Dissertation Prospectus needed to embark on a doctoral dissertation. Active PhD candidates who wish to be awarded Questions from the examiners may range A dissertation prospectus is required subse- an AM in the course of their work toward the beyond the substance and methodology of the quent to the general oral exam. Approval of PhD must meet all the course requirements for paper itself, in order to test analytical ability the prospectus is contingent upon a successful the PhD and be recommended for the third more broadly. oral presentation to two of the three disser- year oral exam. Application for the PhD degree The committee for the exam will consist tation committee members. Ordinarily, a must be filed by the deadlines noted in The of two examiners with expertise in the fields, student will have an approved prospectus Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Handbook . and possibly a third examiner. The two field before the beginning of the fourth year in the Three copies of the approved dissertation must examiners may be suggested by the student, program. be submitted. The dissertation must conform but final authority rests with the director to the requirements described in the booklet of graduate studies (DGS). The DGS will The Form of the PhD Dissertation, issued by the determine when a third examiner (normally Graduate School of Arts and Sciences. a HKS faculty member) is necessary and will Except by special vote of the committee, designate that person. all work for the PhD degree must be completed within five years of completion of the general oral examination. For more detailed program information, consult the Website at the Kennedy School of Government: www.hks.harvard.edu/ degrees/phd/peg.

1 7 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences “Incentives and information in Developing special emphasis on the political economy of Recent Dissertation Titles Countries” international money and finance. “Savings, Sanctions and Support: Essays on Collective Action and Community Organiza- “Three Essays in Economic Development: Edward L. Glaeser, Fred and Eleanor Glimp tions in Kenya” Lessons from Three Small Indigenous Professor of Economics . Urban labor markets, Nations” growth in cities, the externalities of urban “Essays in the Economics of Environmental areas, estimation of learning models, labor Policy” “Moderating Passions? The Impact of Coali- tion Government on Policy Cycles, Political turnover (especially in Japan). Extensive publi- “Essays on Economic Growth in Malaysia in cations in professional journals on these topics. the 20th Century” Economy, and Government” Elhanan Helpman, Galen L . Stone Professor of “Monetary Realism: Central Banks and the “Political Appointees and Auditors of Politics: International Trade . International economics, Political Economy of Disinflation” Essays on Oversight of the American Bureau- cracy” economic growth, political economy. “Delegation and Institutional Design: Bureaucratic Structure and the Political “Econometric Analysis of Changes Among the Michael J. Hiscox, Professor of Government . Control of Agencies” Major Land-Use Categories” Recent research has been in factor mobility and structural adjustment within economies, “Conflicts of Interest and Academic Ethics: “Essays on International Price Co-Movements” trade adjustment assistance policies, the Academic-Industry Relationships in the “Currency Blocs and International Risk measurement of barriers to trade, determi- Biomedical Sciences” Sharing” nants of foreign investment flows, and size of “From Broadcast to Netcast: The Internet and “Essays in Applied Economics” nations. the Flow of Political Information” “Access, Choice, and Opportunity: Three William W. Hogan, Raymond Plank Professor “The Political Economy of Growth in Modern Studies in Educational Inequality” of Global Energy Policy, Kennedy School . Public Mexico” policy dealing with externalities and other “Building the Rule of Law: Government “Essays on Institutions and Fiscal Policy in the American States” market failures. Modeling and the role of Design for Legal Implementation” analysis in the policy process. “Disagreement” “Essays on Organizational Economics” Torben Iversen, Harold Hitchings Burbank “Electoral Competition, Interest Group Influ- “Three Essays in Economic Development: Professor of Political Economy, Chair . Research ence, and Direct Democracy: Three Essays in Lessons from Three Small Indigenous and teaching interests include comparative Positive Political Economy” Nations” political economy, electoral politics, and “Essays in Corporate and Public Finance” “Incentives and Information in Developing applied formal theory. “A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis of Trade Countries” Joseph P. Newhouse, John D . MacArthur Protection in Industrialized Democracies” Professor of Health Policy and Management; “Sustained Farmer Participation in Social Director, Interfaculty Initiative in Health Forestry: Case Study in the Philippines” Faculty Policy . Financing and organization of medical “From Wasteland to Homeland: Trauma and care services, managed care, risk adjustment, the Renewal of Indigenous Peoples and Their James Alt, Frank G . Thompson Professor of improving medical care price indices. Government . Methods and Formal Theory. Communities” Dwight H. Perkins, Harold Hitchings “The Allocation of Legislative Property Rights Christopher N. Avery, Roy E . Larsen Professor Burbank Research Professor of Political Economy . in Comparative Perspective: The German of Public Policy . Microeconomic theorist. Economic development and economic history Bundesrat and the United States Senate” Game theory models used in the study of of East and Southeast Asia, comparative anal- “Investment Appraisal of Management Strategies bargaining, auctions, and herding behavior; ysis of the transition from command to market for Addressing Uncertainties in Power Supply, rating and selection mechanisms, focusing on economy, industrial policies in Asia, and the in the Context of Nepalese Manufacturing the college admissions system. sources of economic growth in East Asia. Enterprises” Robert H. Bates, Eaton Professor, Department Publications include 19 books and over 100 “Technological Innovation in East Asia and the of Government . Political economy, including articles on general issues of economic develop- Role of Business Groups” international political economy, political ment and on the economic development and economic history of East and Southeast Asia. “Bringing the Background Forward: Evidence development, and African politics. from Indian Country on the Social and Cultural Daniel Carpenter, Allie S . Freed Professor of J. Mark Ramseyer, Mitsubishi Professor of Japa- Determinants of Economic Development” Government . Analyst of the development of nese Legal Studies, Harvard Law School . The “Essays on Monetary and Exchange Rate Policy political institutions, the political economy of law and economics, Japanese legal and political in Transition Economies” regulation, bureaucratic politics, and health institutions. “Essays on Economic Growth in Malaysia in policy. James Robinson, Professor of Government . the 20th Century” Suzanne J. Cooper, Senior Lecturer in Public Political economy and economics and political “Decentralization in the Andes: Power to the Policy, Kennedy School . Macroeconomist. Inter- development. People or Party Politics?” generational dynamics of income inequality; Dani Rodrik, Rafiq Hariri Professor of Inter- special focus on the role of redistributive national Political Economy, Kennedy School . “Distributional Trade-Offs and Partisan human capital expenditure. Politics in the Post-Industrial Economy” International economics, economic develop- Jeffry Frieden, Stanfield Professor of Interna- ment, and political economy, the consequences “Essays on Inequality: Causes and Conse- tional Peace, Department of Government . Poli- of international economic integration, the quences of Income Differences in the Amer- tics of international economic relations, with role of conflict-management institutions in ican Political Economy” determining economic performance, and the

Programs of Study 1 7 1 political economy of policy reform. Author of The New Global Economy and Developing Countries: Making Openness Work (Overseas Development Council, 1999). Kenneth A. Shepsle, George D . Markham Professor of Government . Specialization: formal political theory. Political institutions and processes, analytical approaches to parliamentary institutions, intergenerational arrangements, and issues in political economy. Beth A. Simmons, Professor of Government . International relations, international political economy, and international law. Current research is on the effects of international law and institutions on state behavior and policy choice. Robert N. Stavins, Albert Pratt Professor of Business and Government, Kennedy School . Environmental and natural resource economics and policy, particular focus on normative and positive analysis of alternative environmental policy instruments, economics of technology change, economic causes and consequences of land-use changes, costs of carbon sequestration, and policies to address global climate change. Richard J. Zeckhauser, Frank Plumpton Ramsey Professor of Political Economy, Kennedy School . Possibilities for democratic, decentralized, allocation procedures; ways to promote the health of human beings, to help labor and financial markets operate more efficiently, and to foster informed and appropriate choices by individuals, groups, and government agencies. Associated Faculty Philippe Aghion, Robert C . Waggoner Professor of Economics James E. Alt, Frank G . Thomson Professor of Government Robert J. Barro, Paul M . Warburg Professor of Economics Drew Fudenberg, Professor of Economics Lawrence F. Katz, Elisabeth Allison Professor of Economics Andrei Shleifer, Professor of Economics

1 7 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Higher Degrees in Psychology

The Department of Psychology offers programs candidate’s appropriateness for this program are you looking for? Who are you hoping to of study leading to the PhD degrees in in terms of goals and research interests. The work with, and why? (3) Briefly outline the psychology and social psychology. Students committee will judge this mainly by an exami- type of career you envision. Please be as are ordinarily admitted only if they intend to nation of the statement of purpose and letters concise as is compatible with a clear response complete the doctoral degree. of recommendation. The “fit” of a candidate on each point; no more than two-three pages with the program is extremely important. are expected. While applicants are not required to know Admission to the Harvard doctoral exactly what narrow specialty area they will program is competitive. The department Prerequisites pursue in graduate study, they should know typically reviews many applications and has an Entering students must have an undergraduate at least in broad terms what area within entering class of 12-16 people. Our ability to degree with an academic record of distinction. psychology they are interested in. A candi- admit applicants is constrained by the amount It is desirable but not essential to have majored date is unlikely to be admitted if his or her of financial aid funds we have available, since in psychology; indeed, some breadth of interests are not in an area studied by any of typically the number of qualified applicants training in biology, computer sciences, mathe- our faculty. It is important to list, both in the greatly exceeds the number of students we can matics, philosophy, physics, or the social Statement of Purpose and in the front of the support. Therefore, applicants are advised to sciences is preferred to overconcentration in application, the faculty member(s) the appli- apply for external funding. psychology. Some college work in elementary cant hopes will serve as mentors. statistics or quantitative methods is advisable. We urge candidates to read carefully the In assessing the applications of candidates materials from all programs they apply to, whose undergraduate training was in the arts especially information about the research Financial Aid or humanities, the admissions committee will interests of the faculty. In addition to materials Admitted students receive a merit-based award need to place more emphasis on such things as from the programs, one may find good infor- consisting of five years of tuition support, a general math and science grades, and the GRE mation about a variety of doctoral programs living stipend and summer research fellowship scores. Candidates must take the Graduate in the American Psychological Association’s for the first two years, and a living stipend Record Examination (GRE) General Test in (APA) publication Graduate Study in for the final dissertation-writing year. In the time for the results to reach the Admissions Psychology and Associated Fields . This book is third and fourth years, students are guaran- Office by December 15. We do not require the available in libraries or may be purchased from teed teaching fellowships. All applicants are psychology subject test; if you have taken it the APA publications office (800-374-2721). urged to apply for outside fellowships from a and feel the score would be an asset in your We also encourage applicants to read recent variety of sources, and are required to accept application, you may elect to have it sent. articles in the scientific literature by faculty such awards in lieu of the Harvard award. If International applicants must either have had whose work is of interest. an outside award is for 12 months, it takes a full year of college coursework at an English- In applying, please take special care with the place of Harvard stipend and summer speaking institution or take the TOEFL test the Statement of Purpose. Divide your reply research fellowship. Students will be eligible and receive a grade of at least 550. into three parts: (1) Describe reasonably for a prize of up to $4,000 for each academic We do not require a master’s degree for fully any research experience you have had, year of external funding they receive. For admission. If you have done graduate work including assisting in a laboratory or other US citizens, the primary outside funding elsewhere you may apply for credit for a scientific facility, dissertation research, or indi- sources are the National Science Foundation maximum of eight half-courses after you have vidual work. Please include reprints of Graduate Fellowships (www.fastlane.nsf.gov/ been enrolled in the PhD program for one published work, if any, but do not send grfp/), the Jacob Javits Fellowship (www. term. It is possible, but very uncommon, for unpublished materials such as term papers or ed.gov/programs/jacobjavits/index.html), students to have PhD program requirements other manuscripts; (2) Describe the nature of and the NDSEG fellowships (www.asee.org/ waived because of previous graduate work. your interests in graduate education, ndseg/preface.cfm). Applicants outside the US answering the following questions: Why should explore sources of scholarship aid such continue on with your education? Why do you as from their national governments. Students need to learn more? What skills, theories, and are required to maintain satisfactory progress Admission knowledge do you lack? What are the kinds of in order to be eligible for financial aid. Admission and financial aid application discoveries and theories that sparked your packages may be obtained by filling out interest in the chosen discipline? In graduate the request form at www.gsas.harvard.edu/. school, what kinds of questions do you hope We encourage online submission of the appli- to address? Why do you think that these ques- Required Teaching cation. Applications are processed in the GSAS tions are important? Given the set of questions It is our expectation that most graduates of our Admissions Office and then sent to the depart- that you will focus on, what kinds of methods program will go on to have academic careers. ment. Departmental ranking decisions are do you hope to apply? What skills do you Hence, experience in teaching is an integral made blind to financial need. bring forward as you enter graduate school part of the graduate training program. This The department’s Admissions Committee and which skills do you hope to acquire? What teaching is expected of all students regardless reviews applications in two broad areas: 1) the holes do you see in the current discipline [big of their source of funding. candidate’s qualifications and aptitude, which picture stuff]? In what ways do you think that are assessed by a review of grades, GRE scores, they can be addressed during your graduate and letters of recommendation; and 2) the career? What kind of graduate environment

Programs of Study 1 7 3 follow one of two curricula: clinical psychology, Social Cognition: Banaji, Gilbert, Hooker, Residence and the Common Curriculum. Langer, Mitchell, Wegner, Warneken The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences The themes of research and graduate requires that doctoral candidates be in residence, Thought Disorders: Hooker, Hooley, Nock, advising in the department, along with the Wegner full-time, for at least two years prior to receiving faculty who are associated with each theme, can the degree. That is, a minimum of 16 half- be summarized as follows. Unconscious Processes: Banaji, Caramazza, courses, or equivalent units of independent work, Greene, Hackman, Kosslyn, Langer, Nock, must be completed satisfactorily (B, or higher, Animal Learning and Cognition: Buckner, Schacter, Wegner Carey, Hauser, Spelke, Warneken for those which are graded), and paid for at the Visual Cognition: Alvarez, Caramazza, Carey, full tuition rate. Reduced tuition is charged in Attitudes: Banaji, Langer, Sidanius Kosslyn, Nakayama, Pinker, Spelke, Xu the third and fourth years; thereafter, either the Cognitive Aging: Buckner, Langer, Mendez, facilities fee or active file fee is charged. Schacter It is assumed that students will be enrolled Degree Requirements full-time during the first year. A candidate for Cognitive Development: Carey, Hauser, admission who anticipates being unable to Snedeker, Spelke, Warneken Section I. Requirements for Non-Clinical study full-time should consult with the chair Cognitive Neuroscience: Buckner, Caramazza, Students prior to being admitted. In later years, part- Greene, Hooker, Kosslyn, Mitchell, The non-clinical Ph.D. program in Psychology time work may be approved on petition. Nakayama, Schacter, Xu In psychology a period of five years from can and should be completed in five years. Consciousness: Caramazza, Langer, Schacter, Students who require more time must petition the date of first registration, or six years for Wegner clinical students, is deemed sufficient to satisfy the CHD (Committee on Higher Degrees) all requirements and to obtain the doctorate. Development of Social Cognition: Banaji, and receive written approval of their request. Ordinarily, a candidacy will be terminated if Carey, Spelke, Warneken Requests for one additional year will typically be approved and—except under extraordinary the student has not received the degree within Emotion: Gilbert, Greene, Hooker, Hooley, circumstances—subsequent requests will be that time. The department reserves the right Mendez, Nock, Sidanius, Wegner to terminate a student’s candidacy at any time denied. Students who have not completed Emotional Disorders: Hooker, Hooley, if the faculty is not satisfied with the progress the Ph.D. program at the end of six years McNally, Nock, made. will be withdrawn. Students who have been Evolutionary Psychology: Greene, Hauser, withdrawn may seek readmission, which Pinker, Sidanius, Warneken will be contingent on (a) the willingness of a tenured or tenure-track faculty member in Advisors Executive Control: Greene, Hackman, the Psychology Department to serve as the Hooker, Schacter, Wegner On or shortly after entering the department student’s advisor; (b) approval by the CHD; each student is assigned an advisor. Advisors Genetics and Individual Differences: Buckner, and (c) successful completion of an examina- may be changed from time to time either as Hackman, Hooker, Hooley, Kosslyn, tion approved by the CHD. a matter of mutual preference or because the Nakayama, Pinker, Pizzagalli, Sidanius A. Courses and Projects student begins to concentrate his or her work Group and Intergroup Relations: Banaji, All students must complete the following in an area distant from the interests of the Greene, Hackman, Kosslyn, Sidanius requirements. Course requirements are original advisor. Health Psychology: Hooley, Langer, Mendez, completed by achieving a grade of B+ or Wegner better. Judgment and Decision Making: Banaji, 1. Psychology Department Proseminar (PSY Organization Gilbert, Greene, Hackman, Hauser, Langer, 2010) must be completed by the end of the The Department is organized into four areas. Wegner first year. These groups consist of faculty members Language: Caramazza, Carey, Hauser, Pinker, 2. Two Survey Courses must be completed by whose combined interests span a coherent Snedeker the end of the Spring semester of the second program of advanced study and research in year. some subfield of psychology. Individual faculty Learning and Memory: Banaji, Buckner, are encouraged to participate in more than one Hooker, Kosslyn, McNally, Schacter • One of the survey courses must be CBB group. In addition, there are various “themes” Moral Cognition: Greene, Hauser, Langer, Proseminar (PSY 2020ab) or Advanced Social that cut across the areas. Faculty in the Pinker, Wegner Psychology (PSY 2500) or Developmental Proseminar (PSY 2170). Department of Psychology have a wide range Motor Control: Caramazza, Nakayama, of interests, and the themes of their research Wegner • The second survey course must either be often span the boundaries of traditional areas one of the above or a substitute survey course in the field. Active research is being conducted Neurological Disorders: Buckner, Caramazza, approved by the CHD. Hooker, Kosslyn, Schacter in each of the topics listed below, primarily by 3. Two elective courses must be taken from a the faculty listed after each entry. There are Perception: Alvarez, Cavanagh, Nakayama, list of elective courses approved by the CHD. regular research seminars on these topics, and Spelke, Xu Elective courses are typically substantive numerous opportunities to become involved Psychophysiology: Buckner, Mendez, Pizzagalli seminars offered by Psychology Department in research with the relevant faculty. faculty. Students enrolled in the PhD program Social and Affective Neuroscience: Banaji, in the psychology department may currently Cavanagh, Greene, Hauser, Hooker, Hooley, 4. Two statistics courses must be taken. Langer, Mendez, Mitchell, Nakayama, Wegner

1 7 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences 5. One of the statistics courses must be PSY completed by achieving a grade of B+ or clinical program, even if a student is in good 1950 (Intermediate Statistical Analysis in better. academic standing. Psychology) which must be completed by the 1. PSY 2010 (Contemporary Topics in Psycho- B. Master of Arts (AM) end of the Spring semester of the first year. logical Research) must be completed by the Students may be recommended for the 6. he second statistics course must be PSY end of the Fall semester of the first year non-terminal degree of Master of Arts upon 1952 (Multivariate Analysis) or a substitute 2. PSY 1951 (Intermediate Quantita- completion of the relevant GSAS residence statistics course approved by the CHD, and tive Methods) or PSY 1950 (Intermediate requirements and the requirements in II.A.1-8. must be completed by the end of the Spring Statistical Analysis in Psychology) must be semester of the second year. completed by the end of the Fall semester of 7. Students must complete a first-year the first year. Section III: Requirements for All project. Students must write a satisfactory 3. PSY 1952 (Multivariate Analysis) must be Students proposal for an original research project (not completed by the end of the Spring semester A. The Dissertation Prospectus a review). The report must be approved by of the first year. the student’s faculty advisor(s) by the end of By the end of the spring semester of their the Fall semester of the student’s first year. 4. PSY 2040 (Contemporary Topics in Psycho- penultimate year, students must complete a Students must complete the proposed project pathology) must be completed by the end of dissertation prospectus for an original project and submit a satisfactory written report to the Spring semester of the second year. that is meant to culminate in the dissertation. their faculty advisor by the end of the Spring 5. PSY 2050 (History of Psychology) must be • The prospectus committee will comprise semester of the first year. completed by the end of the Spring semester three members, at least two of whom must be 8. Students must complete a second-year of the fourth year. faculty members in the Psychology Depart- project. Students must write a satisfactory 6. Students must complete a first-year ment. report of an original research project (not a project. Students must write a satisfactory • The prospectus committee members will review). The report must be approved by the proposal for an original research project (not be nominated by the student and his or her student’s faculty advisor(s) and an independent a review). The report must be approved by advisor and must be approved by the CHD. reader (i.e., a faculty member who is not a the student’s faculty advisor(s) by the end of (Nominees who are tenured or tenure-track collaborator on the project) by the end of the the Fall semester of the student’s first year. members of the faculty of the Psychology Spring semester of the student’s second year. Students must complete the proposed project Department are automatically approved). The Students must also make a satisfactory oral and submit a satisfactory written report to student must supply the CV of any nominee presentation of this work to the department in their faculty advisor by the end of the Spring who is not a tenured or tenure-track member May of the second year. semester of the first year. of the faculty of the Psychology Department. B. Master of Arts (AM) 7. Students must complete a second-year • The prospectus committee will not be Students may be recommended for the project. Students must write a satisfactory approved by the CHD until the student has non-terminal degree of Master of Arts upon report of an original research project (not a completed all requirements listed in Section completion of the relevant GSAS residence review). The report must be approved by the I.A of this document. requirements and the requirements in I.A.1-8. student’s faculty advisor(s) and an independent reader (i.e., a faculty member who is not a • The Department requires that the prospectus collaborator on the project) by the end of the be approved by the end of the Spring semester Spring semester of the student’s second year. of the penultimate year. (Note that students Section II. Requirements for Clinical who wish to apply for the guaranteed Disser- Students Students must also make a satisfactory oral presentation of this work to the department in tation Completion Fellowship must observe The clinical Ph.D. program in Psychology can May of the second year. the GSAS deadline, which requires that the and should be completed in six years (prior to prospectus be approved by the prospectus 8. Students must complete a six-hour general internship). Students who require more time committee by the end of February of the examination covering in considerable depth must petition the CHD and receive written student’s penultimate year). the literature in the area of psychopathology approval of their request. Requests for one and clinical psychology during the summer • Students whose prospectuses have not been additional year will typically be approved preceding the Fall semester of the third year. approved by the prospectus committee by the and—except under extraordinary circum- end of the Spring semester of the penultimate stances—subsequent requests will be denied. 9. Students must complete a one-year clinical year will be considered in bad standing and Students who have not completed the Ph.D. internship. Students must complete all of will be withdrawn from the graduate program. program at the end of seven years will be with- the above requirements described in II.A.1-8 Students in bad standing may not receive drawn. Students who have been withdrawn before beginning the internship. In addition, financial aid such as tuition grants, and may may seek readmission, which will be contin- students must meet the course requirements not hold teaching fellowships. gent on (a) the willingness of a tenured or and the practicum placement requirements of B. The Dissertation and the Oral Defense tenure-track faculty member in the Psychology the APA and the Commonwealth of Massa- Department to serve as the student’s advisor; chusetts licensing board before beginning the In the ultimate year, students must submit a (b) approval by the CHD; and (c) successful internship. doctoral dissertation in one of two formats. completion of an examination approved by the 10. Finally, students must meet or exceed • The traditional format is described in the CHD. the standards for professional conduct and document The Form of the PhD Dissertation A. Courses and Projects responsibility that are described in the clinical available at www.gsas.harvard.edu/current_ program handbook. Failure to meet these stan- students/form_of_the_phd_dissertation.php. All students must complete the following dards can be grounds for termination from the requirements. Course requirements are • The 3-paper format consists of:

Programs of Study 1 7 5 1. Three articles describing original empirical “The Role of Benzodiazepine Gaba Receptor Instruction catalog. The catalog is available research that the dissertation committee deems Complex in Ethanol Consumption and online at www.registrar.fas.harvard.edu, click “of publishable quality.” The student must Preference” on Graduate Students, then on Courses. be the first author on each paper. At least one “Properties of Infants’ Learning about of the three papers must be under review, in Objects” press, or published in a peer-reviewed journal. “Understanding Explanation: Studies in Tele- Other Programs 2. An introductory chapter that thoroughly ology, Simplicity, and Causal Knowledge” Harvard’s Graduate School of Education reviews the literature relevant to the three has master’s and EdD programs in human papers. “Encoding Individuals and Sets in Language Acquisition” development and psychology. For information 3.A concluding chapter that describes what on that program, visit www.gse.harvard.edu/ “Repressive Coping in People Who Have Lost was learned from the three papers. hdp/ or write: Loved Ones to Suicide” •The dissertation committee comprises the Graduate School of Education members of the prospectus committee and an “Memory Distortion in Individuals Reporting Admissions Office, Longfellow 111 additional member—the outside examiner— Recovered Memories of Trauma” Harvard University who was not a member of the prospectus “Emotion Perception and Recognition in Cambridge, MA 02138 committee. The outside examiner must Borderline Personality Disorder” (617) 495-3414 be approved by the CHD. Any tenured or A program in neuroscience is offered “The Fine Line Between Confidence and tenure-track faculty member in the Psychology by the Department of Neurobiology of the Arrogance: Investigating the Relationship of Department is automatically approved as an Division of Medical Sciences at Harvard Self-Esteem to Narcissism” outside examiner. Medical School. It is a PhD degree-granting program linking together the clinical and • The dissertation must be approved by the basic science faculties in the neurosciences student’s advisor before it is submitted to the at Harvard Medical School, the Harvard dissertation committee. Combination Degrees Affiliated Hospitals, and Harvard’s Faculty The only formal dual-degree program at • Once the dissertation committee is satisfied of Arts and Sciences into a single unit. The Harvard involving two different graduate or with the written dissertation, the student may large faculty consists of a diverse group of professional schools is an MD/PhD program. schedule an oral defense of the dissertation. investigators whose research interests include Candidates interested in that program should Oral defenses may not be scheduled during neurophysiology and biophysics, neurochem- contact Harvard Medical School. In general, it summer months. istry, neuroanatomy, genetic and molecular is difficult to implement combined programs biological approaches to the nervous system, • The interval between the date that the disser- that cross two different professional areas. An immunology, neuroendocrinology, psychiatry, tation committee receives the dissertation and individual may only attend one Harvard grad- diseases of the human nervous system, and the date of the oral defense may not be less uate school at a time. Applicants considering related areas. The goals of the program are to than two weeks. dual degree programs with law, public health, turn out a generation of exceptionally well or other programs should think carefully about •The format of the oral defense is determined trained research scientists who are knowledge- the practical feasibility of such a program. It is by the chair of the dissertation committee. able about and interested in the diseases and best to do one program immediately preceding disorders of the nervous system and to link or following another, rather than trying to into a single unit the large faculty working in interleave the programs. While the Graduate the neurosciences at Harvard Medical School, Selected Dissertation Titles School of Arts and Sciences allows students its affiliated hospitals and at Harvard’s Faculty admitted to one department to apply to form “A Mind of Its Own: Negativity Bias in the of Arts and Sciences. For information, visit an ad hoc degree committee, such an option Perception of Intentional Agency” www.hms.harvard.edu/dms/neuroscience/ is not common or encouraged in psychology. index.html, or contact: “Mispredictions of the Magnitude and Decay However, it is relatively easy to combine study Rate of Happiness Following Positive and in two different areas within a faculty, such as Program in Neuroscience Negative Feedback” arts and sciences, on an informal basis. Division of Medical Sciences “‘I’ll Have What She’s Having’ Influence of One of the advantages of Harvard is Harvard Medical School General and Prediction-Relevant Similarity on its location. Within the University and the 260 Longwood Avenue Surrogation in Affective Forecasting” broader Cambridge/Boston area are many Boston, MA 02115 labs and researchers doing work of interest (617) 432-0162 “Attentive Tracking of Moving Targets: to our faculty and students. The department Psychophysical and Neuroimaging Evidence Updates to this brochure will be posted on encourages students to seek out opportunities for an Attention-Based Motion Process” our Website at www.wjh.harvard.edu/psych/ to work with these researchers. Students are grad_main.html. Answers to specific questions “Attention and Eye Movements in Visual also encouraged to cross-register for courses about the program of study offered by the Search” at other Harvard graduate schools and at the Department of Psychology may be obtained “Beyond Content: The Fate—or Massachusetts Institute of Technology. from the Graduate Office, Department of Function?—of Contextual Information in Psychology, William James Hall 210, 33 Kirk- Directed Forgetting” land Street, Cambridge, MA 02138; (617) “Attentional Orienting to Information with Other Information 495-3810; [email protected]. Emotional Associations” Course listings and descriptions for both graduate- and undergraduate-level courses are found in the Faculty of Arts and Sciences’ Courses of

1 7 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Caramazza, Alfonso — Cognitive neuropsy- Some recent publications: Faculty Research Interests chology, language, visual perception, and atten- Laudanna, A., Badecker, W. & COGNITION, BRAIN, AND tion . Research in my laboratory has principally Caramazza, A. (1992). Processing inflectional BEHAVIOR focused on problems of lexical processing—to and derivational morphology. Journal of understand the organization and processing Memory and Language, 31, 333-348. Bucker, Randy. Randy Buckner’s laboratory structure of the lexical system and the nature Miceli, G. & Caramazza, A. (1993). The explores how brain systems support memory of lexical representations. A number of specific assignment of word stress: Evidence from a function and how these systems change during issues concerning the structure of lexical forms case of acquired dyslexia. Cognitive Neuropsy- both typical aging and aging associated with and their relation to grammatical, morpho- chology, 10(3), 273-296. disease. Two themes run through this work. logical, and semantic information are being Caramazza, A. (1994). Parallels and diver- First, acts of memory are hypothesized to pursued. These issues are addressed through gences in the acquisition and dissolution of depend on a collection of cobbled-together research with brain-damaged and normal language. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal processes that aid memory decisions. Memory subjects. The analysis of the impaired perfor- Society of London, Series B, 346, 121-127. is influenced by the intentions of the subject, mance of brain-damaged subjects provides a Greene, Joshua — Joshua Greene received his emotion, and unconscious processes. Guided window into the organization and structure of by this idea, the Buckner laboratory seeks AB in philosophy from Harvard University in normal language processes and their possible 1997 and his PhD in philosophy from Princ- to characterize brain networks that support neural substrates. Some of the specific issues distinct components of memory encoding eton University in 2002. From 1999-2006 currently being pursued are: 1) the structure he has trained as a cognitive neuroscientist and retrieval and ask how they combine to of lexical-orthographic representations; 2) the facilitate memory in all of its forms. Second, in the Department of Psychology at Princ- representation of grammatical class informa- eton University, joining the department as multiple, dissociated factors are hypothesized tion; and 3) the representation and processing to affect older adults that combine in their a postdoctoral fellow in 2002. His primary of morphological structure. research interest is the psychological and influences on memory abilities and cognitive A related set of interests concerns the orga- decline. This second theme has led the labora- neuroscientific study of morality, focusing on nization of the naming, reading, and spelling the interplay between emotional and “cogni- tory to use molecular, structural, and func- systems as revealed through the analysis of tional imaging methods to characterize distinct tive” processes in moral decision-making. His acquired anomia, dyslexia, and dysgraphia. broader interests cluster around the intersec- age-dependent cascades that influence memory For example, what are the implications of function. Two emerging areas of interest relate tion of philosophy, psychology, and neurosci- the production of semantic errors in naming, ence. He is currently writing a book about the to development across the lifespan and indi- reading, and spelling for the structure of these vidual differences. The laboratory is also inter- philosophical implications of our emerging processes? That is, what can we learn about scientific understanding of morality. ested in innovating new methods to answer the structure of semantic representations from these questions including the development of the distribution of semantic errors in various Hauser, Marc D. — Marc Hauser’s research processing and neuroinformatics tools to facili- word recognition and production tasks? Other sits at the interface between evolutionary tate large-scale data analysis. issues being pursued in this area include: 1) the biology and cognitive neuroscience and is Randy Buckner received his BA in organization of lexical and nonlexical processes aimed at understanding the processes and Psychology and his PhD in Neurosciences in pronouncing and spelling words; and 2) the consequences of cognitive evolution. Observa- from Washington University in St. Louis. He role of the graphemic buffer in reading and tions and experiments focus on nonhuman is an Investigator with the Howard Hughes spelling. primates and human infants, incorporating Medical Institute, a member of the Center for A more recent interest in my labora- methodological procedures from ethology Brain Science, and faculty of the Athinoula A. tory concerns a set of problems about visual (acoustic playback experiments), infant cogni- Martinos Center for Biomedical Imaging at perception and attention that have arisen from tive development (expectancy violation tech- the Massachusetts General Hospital / Harvard the investigation of patients with visual-spatial nique), cognitive neuroscience (hemispheric Medical School. neglect and other visual processing neuro- lateralization tasks) and neurobiology (single- Recent publications: logical disorders. Visual neglect is a disorder unit recordings). Current foci include: studies Buckner, RL (2004) “Memory and in which a patient fails to attend or respond of numerical abilities, understanding of beliefs executive function in aging and AD: Multiple to a spatially specific part of a stimulus. In our and natural kinds, investigations of signal factors that cause decline and reserve factors earlier research, we have shown that there are referentiality, and the neurophysiological that compensate.” Neuron, 44: 195-208. several different types of visual-spatial neglect processes guiding acoustic perception. Shannon, BJ, and Buckner, RL (2004) resulting from damage at different levels of Hauser received a BS from Bucknell “Functional-anatomic correlates of memory visual representation. In our current work we University and a PhD from UCLA. Currently, retrieval that suggest nontraditional processing are pursuing several questions: 1) what can we Hauser is a Harvard College Professor, and roles for multiple distinct regions within learn about the structure of different levels of Professor in the Departments of Psychology posterior parietal cortex.” Journal of Neurosci- representation in object recognition from the and Human Evolutionary Biology. He is the ence, 24: 10084-10092. performance of neglect and agnosic patients? co-director of the Mind, Brain, and Behavior Buckner, RL, Snyder, AZ, Shannon, BJ, 2) what is the fate of the neglected part of Program at Harvard, and adjunct Professor LaRossa, G, Sachs, R, Fotenos, AF, Sheline, a representation? and 3) what is the role of in the Graduate School of Education and the YI, Klunk, WE, Mathis, CA, Morris, JC, and attention at different levels of visual represen- Program in Neuroscience. He is the recipient Mintun, MA (2005) “Molecular, structural, tation? of a National Science Foundation Young and functional characterization of Alzheimer’s Investigator Award, a Guggenheim Fellow- disease: Evidence for a relationship between ship, and a Science Medal from the College de default activity, amyloid, and memory.” France. Hauser has published approximately Journal of Neuroscience, 25: 7709-7717. 200 articles in major research journals as well

Programs of Study 1 7 7 as six books.The following are a selection of opmental prosopagnosia). There are a signifi- phenomenon of amnesia with experimental these: cant number of such individuals, millions and theoretical analyses of normal human Hauser, M.D., Chen, K., Chen, F., and perhaps in the US alone, whose deficit leads memory at the University of Toronto, where Chuang, E. (2003). Give unto others: geneti- to significant problems in daily life. Such he received his PhD in 1981, and at Oxford cally unrelated cotton-top tamarin monkeys individuals cluster in families. Comparing University, where he spent a year in 1978 as a preferentially give food to those who give food these individuals to normal subjects, our goal visiting researcher. He remained on the faculty back. Proceedings of the Royal Society, London, B is to understand the cognitive architecture of at Toronto for six years, joined the psychology 270: 2363-2370. face processing, as well as its neurological and department at the University of Arizona in Hauser, M.D. & McDermott, J. (2003). genetic substrates. In a second independent 1987, and began as Professor of Psychology at The evolution of the music faculty: A effort, we are examining higher order aspects Harvard in 1991. His research interests center comparative perspective. Nature Neuroscience of visuo-motor control, a relatively unexplored on cognitive and neuropsychological analyses 6: 663-668. topic that has the potential to throw light on of memory, amnesia, and consciousness, with Fitch, W.T. & Hauser, M.D. (2004). otherwise hidden aspects of perception and particular emphasis on the distinction between Computational constraints on syntactic cognition. implicit and explicit memory. More recently, processing in nonhuman primates. Science Pinker, Steven — Though Steven Pinker he has examined the nature of memory distor- 303: 377-380. writes books and articles on many aspect tion and the brain mechanisms underlying Hauser, M.D. (2000) Wild Minds: What of the human mind, his research program false or illusory memories. Schacter’s research Animals Really Think. New York, Henry Holt. is focused on language. In recent years he involves patients with amnesic syndromes, Kosslyn, Stephen M. — Work in our labora- has studied language development in twins, elderly adults, and functional brain imaging tory focuses on four general topics: 1) the the contrast between regular and irregular techniques such as positron emission tomog- neural substrate underlying visual mental verbs as a way of understanding the interac- raphy (PET) and functional magnetic reso- imagery (for example, we have used PET tion between memory and rule processing in nance imaging (fMRI). Examples of recent and fMRI to show that many of the same language, and the patterning of lexical and research projects include brain imaging studies structures that are involved in object recogni- grammatical processing in the brain using of implicit and explicit memory for visual tion are also involved in imagery); 2) visual fMRI. Currently he is exploring several ways objects and false recognition in patients with display design (for example, we are interested of using language as a window into human frontal lobe damage, amnesic patients, and in designing graphs that immediately convey nature, based on ideas from his new book The elderly adults. Many of Schacter’s studies are the sense that displayed differences are signifi- Stuff of Thought. They include generative summarized in his 1996 book Searching for cant or non-significant); 3) the neural bases metaphors as a window into the organization Memory: The Brain, The Mind, and The Past . of deception; and 4) the neural bases of indi- of knowledge and memory, taboo language Schacter also has interests in the history of vidual differences in information processing (such as swearing) as a window into the psychology, as illustrated by his 1982 book abilities and in “cognitive style.” emotions, and indirect speech (such as veiled Stranger Behind the Engram: Theories of Memory and the Psychology of Science . Some recent papers: threats, bribes, and propositions) as a window Wraga, M. J., Thompson, W. L., Alpert, into human social relationships. These studies Representative publications: N. M., and Kosslyn, S. M. (2003). Implicit aim to combine ideas from linguistics, evolu- Schacter, D.L., Dobbins, I.G., & Schnyer, transfer of motor strategies in mental rotation. tionary psychology, cognitive science, and D.M. (2004). “Specificity of priming: A Brain and Cognition, 52, 135-143. social psychology. cognitive neuroscience perspective.” Nature Kosslyn, S. M., and Thompson, W.L. Professor Pinker received his PhD in Reviews Neuroscience, 5, 853-862. (2003). When is early visual cortex activated psychology from Harvard University in 1979, Schacter, D.L. & Slotnick, S.D. (2004). during visual mental imagery? Theory and and his BA from McGill University in 1976. “The cognitive neuroscience of memory meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 129, Recent publications include: distortion.” Neuron, 44, 149-160. 723-746. Pinker, S. (2007) The Stuff of Thought: Slotnick, S.D. & Schacter, D.L. (2004). Kosslyn, S. M., Thompson, W. L., Language as a Window into Human Nature . “A sensory signature that distinguishes true Shephard, J. M., Ganis, G., Bell, D., Dano- New York: Viking. from false memories.” Nature Neuroscience, 7, 664-672. vitch, J., Wittenberg, L.A., and Alpert, N. M. Sahin, N.T., Pinker, S., and Halgren, E. (in press). Brain rCBF and performance in (2006) Abstract grammatical processing of Developmental Psychology visual imagery tasks: Common and distinct nouns and verbs in Broca‘s Area: Evidence processes. European Journal of Cognitive from fMRI. Cortex, 42, 540-562. Carey, Susan — An understanding of concep- Psychology. tual development rests on two related but Berent, I., Pinker, S., Tzelgov, J., Bibi, U., & Mitchell, Jason — see listing under Social distinct enterprises. First, one must charac- Goldfarb, L. (2005) Computation of semantic Psychology terize the evolutionarily given representational number from morphological information. primitives out of which human conceptual Nakayama, Ken — I am interested in a Journal of Memory and Language, 53, 342-358. understanding is built. Second, one must wide variety of topics in human vision ( see Pinker, S. (2005) So how does the mind work? characterize the processes through which http://visionlab.harvard.edu/Members/Ken/ Mind and Language, 20, 1-24. conceptual understanding that transcends nakayama.html ) and have recently been those initial primitives is built. Research in my exploring two topics. First is a set of projects Schacter, Daniel — Daniel Schacter received laboratory contributes to both enterprises. concerning individual differences in visual his BA from the University of North Carolina With respect to evolutionarily given perception and memory, especially related to at Chapel Hill. He subsequently developed conceptual primitives, recent work has concen- face memory and recognition. We have identi- a keen interest in amnesic disorders associ- trated on infant representation of objects, fied otherwise normal persons who are severely ated with various kinds of brain damage. object kinds, criteria of individuation and deficient in recognizing faces (called devel- Schacter attempted to integrate the clinical numerical identity, number, and attentional

1 7 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences states of human and nonhuman agents. In and probe the linguistic intuitions of naïve mathematics, the capacity for constructing collaboration with Marc Hauser, I have also speakers. Our primary interest is how language and using symbolic representations such as explored some of these same representational conveys meaning. We aim for methodological maps, the capacity for developing comprehen- systems in nonhuman primates. simplicity and theoretical clarity. sive taxonomies of objects, and the capacity With respect to human conceptual devel- Projects underway include: for reasoning about human agents and their opment, recent work has described several mental states. I study these sources by looking respects in which conceptual development 1) Syntactic priming in children. Do young at their origins and growth in human infants is discontinuous—that is, several respects in children, like adults, represent the gram- and children and, increasingly, by considering which conceptual understanding at a later matical structure of a sentence? Or do they human cognition in relation to the capacities point in development transcends the innate have more concrete representations based on of nonhuman primates. starting points. Later conceptual systems individual words rather than syntactic catego- Current studies are asking: 1) how infants that go beyond what was previously avail- ries? Recently we found that young 3-year recognize objects, extrapolate object motions, able include: 1) Explicit representational olds show abstract structural priming during and represent object persistence over occlu- devices with more representational power comprehension. Now we are exploring this in sion; and 2) how infants recognize human than the nonverbal representational systems younger children and attempting to charac- agents and reason about their goal-directed from which they are built. An example is the terize the nature of these abstractions. actions. The lab is also studying infants’ integer list representational system for natural 2) Language development in internationally- formation of global categories of objects (e.g., numbers; and 2) Intuitive theories formulated adopted children. Adoptees learn a second animals, artifacts, food) and people (e.g., over conceptual primitives incommensurable language under similar circumstances to infant gender categories, ethnic categories). Through with those that articulate earlier theories. first language learners. Yet they are older and collaborative research with Marc Hauser, the Examples include a vitalistic theory of living more cognitively mature. By comparing these lab compares human infants’ representations things constructed by children between ages groups we can learn which aspects of language of objects and agents to those of both labora- 5 and 10, a continuous theory of matter in acquisition are influenced by cognitive devel- tory-reared and semi-free-ranging monkeys. which weight and density are differentiated opment and maturation and which are not. Other projects are probing the spatial constructed by children between ages 8 and representations that underlie navigation and 3) The interface between language and 12, as well as cases from the history of science. the sense of orientation, both in young children communication: Understanding an utterance My most recent theoretical work concerns and in adults. Our research provides evidence involves both linguistic decoding (semantics) the bootstrapping mechanisms that underlie for a change in children’s representations of and inferences about the speaker’s intended conceptual change and the construction of their surroundings coincident with the acquisi- meaning (pragmatics). Our studies examine new representational resources. tion of aspects of spatial language; we are trying how these processes interact during language to understand this relationship through a series Recent papers include: comprehension and how they develop during of studies of adults and children. Saxe, R., Tenenbaum, J., and Carey, S. childhood. We focus on the use of scalar In addition, my lab is studying human (in press) “Secret agents: 10 and 12-month- implicatures in the interpretation of quanti- infants’ abilities to represent both small exact olds infer an unseen cause of the motion of an fiers and numerals and the role of contrast in numerosities and large approximate numerosi- inanimate object.” Psychological Science. interpreting adjectives. Astuti, R., Solomon, G., and Carey, S. ties. Further studies investigate how children Other projects explore: word learning in (2004). Constraints on Conceptual Develop- learn the meanings of number words and the children with autism spectrum disorders, the ment: A Case Study of the Acquisition of Folk- counting routine, focusing on points in devel- semantics of adjectives, the role of prosody in biological and Folksociological Knowledge in opment when words like “three” seem to mean syntactic ambiguity resolution, how children Madagascar. Monographs of the Society for something very different to a child than to an learn the meanings of verbs, and the nature of Research in Child Development. adult. Finally, studies are probing exact and polysemy. Carey, S. (2004). “Bootstrapping and the approximate number representations in adults Snedeker, J., Geren, J., and Shafto, C. origin of concepts.” Daedalus . Winter, 59-68. with behavioral and neuroimaging methods. (2007). “Starting over: International adoption Preissler, M.A. & Carey, S. (2004). “Do Selected recent publications: as a natural experiment in language develop- pictures and words function as symbols for Lipton, J. S. & Spelke, E. S. (2003). ment.” Psychological Science (forthcoming). 18- and 24-month-old children?” Journal of “Origins of number sense: Large number Snedeker, J. & Yuan, S. (in press). “The Cognition and Development. discrimination in human infants.” Psycho- development of parsing: Children use lexical logical Science, 14, 396-401. Pinker, Steven — see listing above under Cogni- and prosodic cues in online sentence compre- Hauser, M. D., Tsao, F., Carcia, P., & tion, Brain, and Behavior . hension.” Journal of Memory and Language Spelke, E. S. (2003). “Evolutionary founda- (forthcoming) . Snedeker, Jesse — My laboratory explores tions of number: Spontaneous representa- Barner, D. & Snedeker, J. (2005). “Quan- many facets of language development, tion of numerical magnitudes by cotton-top tity judgments and individuation: Evidence comprehension, production and representa- tamarins.” Proceedings of the Royal Society that mass nouns count.” Cognition, 97, 41-66. tion. We study typically-developing children (London). Snedeker, J. & Trueswell, J. (2004). “The (from infancy into middle childhood), adults Smith, W. C., Johnson, S. C. & Spelke, E. developing constraints on parsing decisions: and a variety of special populations (e.g., S. (2003). “Motion and edge in perception of The role of lexical-biases and referential scenes children with cochlear implants, international object unity.” Cognitive Psychology, 46, 31-64. in child and adult sentence processing.” Cogni- adoptees, high-functioning autistics). Our Barth, H., Kanwisher, N., & Spelke, E. tive Psychology, 49(3), 238-299. methods are diverse. We track eye-movements (2003). “The construction of large number during spoken language comprehension, Spelke, Elizabeth — Perceptual and Cogni- representations in adults.” Cognition, 86, analyze corpora, study parent-child interac- tive Development. My laboratory focuses 201-221. tions, conduct training studies to explore on the sources of uniquely human cognitive the process learning words and grammars, capacities, including the capacity for formal

Programs of Study 1 7 9 Warneken, Felix - My research explores the Warneken, F. & Tomasello, M. (2009a). Butcher, J., Mineka, S., & Hooley, J. origins of social cognition, with a focus on the Varieties of altruism in children and chim- M. (2004). Abnormal Psychology (12th Ed.) cognitive and motivational bases of coopera- panzees. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 13,9, Boston: Allyn & Bacon. tion. In particular, my research is concerned 397-482. Hooley, J. M. “Do psychiatric patients do with the processes which constitute early Warneken, F. & Tomasello, M. (2009b). better clinically if they live with certain kinds forms of cooperation such as altruistic helping The roots of human altruism. British Journal of families?” Current Directions in Psychological and collaboration, identifying the factors of Psychology. Target article with commen- Science . which influence its development throughout taries.100, 445-471. Hooley, J. M. & Chung, R. (2003). “Pain childhood, and exploring its origins in human insensitivity in schizophrenia and bipolar evolution. One striking finding of this research disorder.” In M. F. Lenzenweger and J. M. is that even very young children engage in Clinical Psychology Hooley (Eds). Principles of experimental psycho- various forms of altruistic behaviors such as Hooker, Christine — Christine Hooker pathology . Washington, DC: American Psycho- helping others with their problems or sharing received her PhD from Northwestern Univer- logical Press. resources with them, suggesting that human sity in 2002. She completed her clinical Hooley, J. M. & Campbell, C. (2002). infants have a biologically based predisposi- training at the VA Northern California “Control and controllability: An examination for altruism. Recent projects aim at Health Care System and then worked as a tion of beliefs and behavior in high and low determining how children’s developing appre- Postdoctoral Fellow and later a Research expressed emotion relatives.” Psychological hension of norms shapes their cooperative Professor at the University of California at Medicine, 32, 1091-1099. tendencies through later childhood. Berkeley. The goals of her research program McNally, Richard J. — Professor McNally Methodologically, my laboratory focuses are to investigate the neural mechanisms that received his BS in psychology from Wayne on experimental studies with infants and facilitate social functioning in healthy adults State University in 1976 and his PhD in young children. This is complemented by and to understand how problems in these clinical psychology from the University of collaborative projects examining our closest neural mechanisms contribute to symptoms Illinois at Chicago in 1982. He spent the next living primate relatives, the great apes. The in schizophrenia and other clinical disorders. two years as a clinical psychology intern and combination of developmental and compara- Past and current projects include investigations postdoctoral fellow at the Behavior Therapy tive methods is critical, as it enables us to of facial affect, gaze perception, and theory of Unit in the Department of Psychiatry at disentangle those aspects of human behaviors mind processing in schizophrenia. A related Temple University Medical School before that are human-unique from those aspects that line of research investigates the behavioral moving to the Chicago Medical School where have deeper evolutionary roots. Moreover, I and neural factors that influence the quality he established a research and treatment clinic am involved in projects with researchers from of social relationships in healthy adults and for anxiety disorders. He joined the Harvard computer science and robotics with the goal individuals with schizophrenia. These projects faculty as Associate Professor in 1991, and was of investigating the cognitive processes underuse fMRI and diary methods to investigate the promoted to Professor in 1995. He served on lying cooperation by implementing them in different ways that attachment style, rejection the specific phobia and posttraumatic stress robotic systems. sensitivity, and empathy effect social relation- disorder committees of the American Psychi- Selected publications: ships. She is also developing and testing social atric Association’s DSM-IV Task Force and Warneken, F. & Tomasello, M. (2006). and cognitive training programs for schizo- on the National Institute of Mental Health’s Altruistic helping in human infants and young phrenic patients. consensus panels for the assessment of panic chimpanzees. Science, 311, 1301-1303. disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. Warneken, F., Chen, F., & Tomasello, M. Hooley, Jill M. — Professor Hooley received her BSc in Psychology from the University of His research interests include the application (2006). Cooperative activities in young chil- of cognitive psychology methods to elucidate dren and chimpanzees. Child Development , Liverpool. This was followed by research work at Cambridge University. She subsequently information-processing abnormalities in 77 (3), 640 – 663. anxiety disorders, especially panic disorder, Warneken, F., Hare, B., Melis, A.P., attended Magdalen College and received her D.Phil. from Oxford University in 1985. She posttraumatic stress disorder, and obsessive- Hanus, D., & Tomasello, M. (2007). Spon- compulsive disorder. An additional interest taneous altruism by chimpanzees and young joined the faculty at Harvard the same year. A major focus of Professor Hooley’s concerns the study of memory in people children. PLoS Biology, 5 (7), 1414 – 1420. reporting histories of childhood sexual abuse. Warneken, F. & Tomasello, M. (2008). research interests concern psychosocial (espe- Extrinsic rewards undermine altruistic cially family) predictors of psychiatric relapse Recent publications include: tendencies in 20-month-olds. Developmental in patients with severe psychopathology such McNally, R. J. (2007). “Betrayal trauma Psychology, 44(6), 1785 - 1788. as schizophrenia, depression, and borderline theory: A critical appraisal.” Memory, 15, Rakoczy, H., Warneken, F., & Tomasello, personality disorder. She is also interested 280-294. M. (2007). “This way!”, “No! That way!” – in self-harming behavior (cutting, burning) McNally, R. J. (2006). “Cognitive abnor- 3-year-olds know that two people can have and pain. Currently, Professor Hooley is malities in post-traumatic stress disorder.” mutually incompatible desires. Cognitive using functional magnetic resonance imaging Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 10, 271-277. Development, 22 (1), 47 - 68. (fMRI) to explore (1) how healthy people McNally, R. J. (2006). “Let Freud rest Rakoczy, H., Warneken, F., & Tomasello, and individuals who are vulnerable to depres- in peace.” Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 29, M. (2008). The sources of normativity: Young sion process emotionally challenging verbal 526-527. children’s awareness of the normative structure comments from family members; and (2) how McNally, R. J. (2006). “Psychiatric casual- of games. Developmental Psychology. 44 (3), patients with borderline personality disorder ties of war.” Science, 313, 923-924. process a variety of affectively challenging 875 – 881. Nock, Matthew K. — Professor Matthew K. auditory and visual stimuli. Dominey, P. F. & Warneken, F. (in press). Nock received his Ph.D. (2003) in psychology The basis of shared intentions in human and Selected publications: from Yale University and joined the faculty at robot cognition. New Ideas in Psychology. Harvard the same year.

1 8 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences His research interests are broad and focus cognition on the neural correlates of subse- primarily on the etiology, assessment, and Weisz, J.R., Jensen Doss, A.J., & Hawley, quent memory. Journal of Neuroscience, 24, treatment of self-injurious (e.g., suicide and K.M. (2005). Youth psychotherapy outcome 4912-4917. / Mitchell, J. P., Macrae, C. N., self-injury) and aggressive behaviors, particu- research: a review and critique of the evidence & Banaji, M. R. (2005). Forming impressions larly among children and adolescents. See base. Annual Review of Psychology, 56. of people versus inanimate objects: Social- Nock’s lab website for more information about 337-363. cognitive processing in the medial prefrontal current projects cortex, NeuroImage, 26, 251-257. / Mitchell, Recent publications include: McLeod, B.M., & Weisz, J.R. (2005). J. P., Dodson, C. S., & Schacter, D. L. (2005). C. B., Najmi, S., Park, J. M., Finn, C., The Therapy Process Observational Coding FMRI evidence for the role of recollection in & Nock, M. K. (in press). Attentional bias System Alliance scale: Measure characteristics suppressing misattribution errors: The illusory toward suicide-related stimuli predicts suicidal and prediction of outcome in usual clinical truth effect. Journal of Cognitive Neurosci- behavior. Journal of Abnormal Psychology. practice. Journal of Consulting and Clinical ence, 17, 800-810. / Mitchell, J. P., Banaji, M. Nock, M. K., Park, J. M., Finn, C. T., Psychology, 73, 323-333. R., & Macrae, C. N. (2005). The link between *Deliberto, T. L., *Dour, H., J., & Banaji, M. social cognition and self-referential thought R. (2010). Measuring the “suicidal mind:” Weisz, J.R., Weersing, V.R., & Heng- in the medial prefrontal cortex. Journal of Implicit cognition predicts suicidal behavior. geler, S.W. (2005). Jousting with Straw Cognitive Neuroscience, 17, 1306-1315. / Psychological Science. Men: Comment on the Westen, Novotny, Mitchell, J. P., Banaji, M. R., & Macrae, C. N. Nock, M. K. (2009). Why do people hurt and Thompson-Brenner (2004) Critique of (in press). General and specific contributions themselves? New insights into the nature and Empirically Supported Treatments. Psycho- of the medial prefrontal cortex to knowledge functions of self-injury. Current Directions in logical Bulletin, 131, 418-426. about mental states. NeuroImage. / Mitchell, Psychological Science, 18, 78-83. J. P., Mason, M. F., Macrae, C. N., & Banaji, Nock, M. K., Prinstein, M. J., & Sterba, Weisz, J.R., Sandler, I.N., Durlak, J.A., & M. R. (in press). Thinking about people: S. (2009). Revealing the form and function Anton, B.S. (2005). Promoting and protecting The neural substrates of social cognition. of self-injurious thoughts and behaviors: A youth mental health through evidence-based In J. T. Cacioppo (Ed.) Social neuroscience: real-time ecological assessment study among prevention and treatment. American Psycholo- People thinking about people. Cambridge, adolescents and young adults. Journal of gist, 60, 628-648. MA: MIT Press. / Mitchell, J. P. (2005). The Abnormal Psychology, 118, 816-827. false dichotomy between simulation and Nock, M. K., Hwang, I., Sampson, N., Weisz, J.R., McCarty, C.A., & Valeri, theory-theory: The argument’s error. Trends in & Kessler, R. C. (2009). Mental disorders, S.M.* (2006). Effects of psychotherapy for Cognitive Sciences, 9, 363-364. / Mitchell, J. comorbidity, and suicidal behaviors: Results depression in children and adolescents: A P. (2006). Mentalizing and Marr: An informa- from the National Comorbidity Survey Repli- meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 132, tion processing approach to the study of social cation. Molecular Psychiatry. 132-149 cognition. Brain Research, 1079, 66-75. / Mitchell, J. P., Macrae, C. N., & Banaji, M. R. Weisz, John — John Weisz studies child and Social Psychology (2006). Dissociable medial prefrontal contri- adolescent psychopathology and treatment. butions to judgments of similar and dissimilar His work includes (a) randomized controlled Banaji, Mahzarin Rustum (Professional others. Neuron, 50, 655-663. trials testing interventions in schools and Research) . Richard Clarke Cabot Professor of community mental health clinics, (b) studies Social Ethics, Carol K. Pforzheimer Professor Gilbert, Daniel Todd — Professor Gilbert of treatment under everyday clinical care at Radcliffe — Mahzarin Banaji received her received his BA from the University of Colo- conditions, and (c) meta-analyses assessing the PhD from Ohio State University in 1986 rado (1981) and his PhD from Princeton impact of treatment across large collections and taught at Yale University until 2001. University (1985). His research on “affective of treatment outcome studies. His work has She studies human thinking and feeling forecasting” is an attempt to understand how focused primarily on treatment of child and as it unfolds in social context. Her focus is and how well people predict their emotional adolescent depression, but a more recent focus primarily on systems that operate in implicit reactions to future events. is the integration of treatments that encompass or unconscious mode and their relationship Some recent publications on this topic: multiple internalizing and externalizing prob- to conscious social cognition. She is interested Gilbert, D. T., Pinel, E. C., Wilson, T. lems and disorders. Using what he has called in the assessments of self and other humans D., Blumberg, S. J., & Wheatley, T. (1998). the deployment-focused model of treatment that reflect thoughts and feelings, often unin- “Immune neglect: A source of durability bias development and testing, he has encouraged tended, about their social group membership in affective forecasting.” Journal of Personality the development of interventions that can be (e.g., age, race/ethnicity, gender, class). Her and Social Psychology, 75, 617-638. taught and implemented effectively within the work relies on cognitive/affective behavioral Gilbert, D. T., Brown, R. P., Pinel, E. conditions of real-world clinical care. measures and neuroimaging (fMRI). Recently, C., & Wilson, T. D. (2000). “The illusion she has begun exploring the origins of implicit of external agency.” Journal of Personality and Publications : Kazdin, A.E., & Weisz, social cognition in young children to under- Social Psychology, 79, 690-700. J.R. (Eds.). (2003). Evidence-based psycho- stand its acquisition and development. From Gilbert, D. T., & Ebert, J. E. J. (2002). therapies for children and adolescents. New such study, she asks about the social conse- “Decisions and revisions: The affective fore- York: Guilford. [Translated into Polish, 2006.] quences of unintended thought and feeling, casting of changeable outcomes.” Journal of and its implications for theories of individual Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 503-514. Weisz, J.R. (2004). Psychotherapy for responsibility and social justice. Gilbert, D. T., Lieberman, M. D., More- children and adolescents: Evidence-based Recent publications include: wedge, C. K., & Wilson, T. D. (2004). “The treatments and case examples. Cambridge, peculiar longevity of things not so bad.” UK: Cambridge University Press. [Translated Mitchell, J. P., Macrae, C. N., & Banaji, M. Psychological Science, 15, 14-19. into Korean, 2008] R. (2004). Encoding-specific effects of social

Programs of Study 1 8 1 Greene, Joshua — Joshua Greene received his concerned some of the implications of social AB in philosophy from Harvard University dominance theory, a general model concerning in 1997 and his PhD in philosophy from the development and maintenance of group- Princeton University in 2002. Since 1999 based social hierarchy and social oppression. he has trained as a cognitive neuroscientist Recent publications include: in the Department of Psychology at Princ- Haley, H., & Sidanius, J. (in press). “The eton University, joining the department as Positive and Negative Framing of Affirmative a postdoctoral fellow in 2002. His primary Action: A Group Dominance Perspective.” research interest is the psychological and Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin . neuroscientific study of morality, focusing on Sidanius, J., Sinclair, S. & Pratto, F. the interplay between emotional and “cogni- (in press). “Social Dominance Orientation, tive” processes in moral decision-making. His Gender and Increasing College Exposure.” broader interests cluster around the intersec- Journal of Applied Social Psychology . tion of philosophy, psychology, and neurosci- Henry, P.J., Sidanius, J., Levin, S., & ence. He is currently writing a book about the Pratto, F. (2005). “Social Dominance Orienta- philosophical implications of our emerging tion, Authoritarianism, and Support for Inter- scientific understanding of morality. group Violence between the Middle East and Selected recent publications: America.” Political Psychology, 26, 569-583. For a list of Prof. Greene’s recent publica- Staerklé, C., Sidanius, J., Green, E.G.T., tions, see the lab website at https://mcl.wjh. & Molina, L. (2005). “Ethnic minority- harvard.edu/pubs.html majority asymmetry and attitudes towards Hackman, J. Richard — His research includes immigrants across 11 nations.” Psicologia studies of the behavior and performance of Política, 30, 7-26. work teams, social influences on individual Haley, H., & Sidanius, J. (2005). P”erson- behavior in organizations, and the leader- organization Congruence and the Main- ship of groups and organizations. Recent tenance of Group-Based Social Hierarchy: research includes studies of group and orga- A Social Dominance Perspective.” Group nizational factors that influence the perfor- Processes and Intergroup Relations, 8, 187-203. mance of aircraft cockpit crews, a series of Wegner, Daniel — Daniel Wegner received studies of leadership and ensemble dynamics his BS in 1970 and PhD in 1974 from Mich- in symphony and chamber orchestras, and igan State University. His research focuses on research on the dynamics of teams that analyze the role of thought in self-control and social intelligence data. life. This includes topics such as thought Selected recent publications: suppression and mental control, transactive Allmendinger, J., Hackman, J. R., & memory in relationships and groups, the expe- Lehman, E. V. (1996). “Life and work in rience of conscious will, and the perception of symphony orchestras.” The Musical Quarterly, other minds. 80, 194-219. Recent publications include: Hackman, J. R. (2002). Leading teams: Gray, H., Gray, K., & Wegner, D. M. Setting the stage for great performances. Boston: (2007). “Dimensions of mind perception.” HBS Press. Science, 315, 619. Hackman, J. R. (2003). “Learning more Pronin, E., Wegner, D. M., McCarthy, K., For a list of recent publications see Prof. & Rodriguez, S. (2006). “Everyday magical Mitchell’s lab website at www.socialneuro.org powers: The role of apparent mental causation Sidanius, James — Jim Sidanius received his in the overestimation of personal influence.” PhD at the University of Stockholm, Sweden, Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 91, in 1977. Before joining the faculty at Harvard 218-231. in 2006, he taught at several universities in Sparrow, B., & Wegner, D. M. (2006). the United States and Europe, including the “Unpriming: The deactivation of thoughts University of Stockholm, Carnegie-Mellon through expression.” Journal of Personality and University, the University of Texas at Austin, Social Psychology, 91, 1009-1019. New York University, Princeton University, Wegner, D. M., Sparrow, B., & and UCLA. His primary research inter- Winerman, L. (2004). “Vicarious agency: ests include the interface between political Experiencing control over the movements ideology and cognitive functioning, the of others.” Journal of Personality and Social connection between ethnic and national iden- Psychology, 86, 838-848. tities within the context of multiethnic states, the political psychology of gender, prejudice and institutional discrimination, and the evolutionary psychology of intergroup prejudice and conflict. Most of his recent work has

1 8 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences The PhD in Public Policy Offered by the Committee on Higher Degrees in Public Policy

The PhD in Public Policy provides advanced Kennedy School: www.hks.harvard.edu/ policy, science and technology policy, inter- graduate training to exceptional scholars degrees/phd/phd-in-public-policy national security relations, risk assessment, preparing for responsible positions in govern- economic regulatory policy, and international ment, academic institutions, and research Tuition and Financial Aid development. Appropriate courses in the organizations. Participants in the program Full tuition is charged during the first two student’s special field must be approved by the explore the questions of what government years of study, and reduced tuition is charged PhD Committee. All others should be drawn should do and how better governance can be in the second two years of study. The facili- from the published list of HKS courses and achieved. The program furthers the primary ties fee is charged for any additional years in other offerings at the University. In two fields mission of training capable leaders for the residence. Predoctoral candidates are automati- (Analytical Methods and Public Management) public sector by facilitating the scholarly cally considered for merit fellowships, ranging students may demonstrate proficiency by a research that enables public policy practi- from partial tuition alone to full tuition plus combination of course work and written quali- tioners to make ever more informed policy stipend. These fellowships are offered over a fying examinations. Proficiency in quantitative choices. Recipients of this degree are also period of four years. methods and qualitative methods may be qualified to be future teachers in public policy Applicants who are US citizens or perma- demonstrated by satisfactory completion of and related academic fields. nent residents of the US should determine one doctoral course in each area. Students have if they are eligible for the National Science the option of making quantitative methods the Admissions and Residence Foundation Graduate Research Fellowship, field of specialization, to be fulfilled by two All students spend the first two years of their the National Science Foundation Minority doctoral courses in the area. All students must predoctoral studies at the Harvard Kennedy Graduate Research Fellowship (www.nsf.gov), also attend the PhD research seminar, API School (HKS). Admissions decisions are based the Ford Foundation Predoctoral Fellowship 901, in their first year. on the excellence of the candidate’s academic for Minorities (202-334-2872), or the US Students advance to the oral general record, test scores, recommendations, and a Department of Education’s Jacob K. Javits examination after passing their doctoral demonstrated ability and motivation to pursue Graduate Fellowship (202-502-7542). coursework and written qualifying examina- research. Solid quantitative skills are an impor- Most students are also eligible for teaching tions. A primary field of substantive interest tant part of successful appli cations. fellowships, research assistantships, and loans. and a secondary field that may be a disci- Note to internal applicants from the Research assistantships are available through plinary or methodological area are examined at Kennedy School only: Applicants for pred- affiliations with the Kennedy School’s research the end of the second year in residence. octoral study may apply as early as the first centers in science and international affairs; term in residence. In some cases a student human rights policy; social policy; business Prospectus and Dissertation may choose to wait until the midpoint of and government; state, local and intergovern- Once admitted to GSAS, doctoral students the second year to apply. Through careful mental studies; international development; cross-register for the Kennedy School’s PhD choice of elective courses, students usually can public leadership; the Hauser Center for Proseminar (API 902) during their first year complete the course requirements for the pred- Nonprofit Organizations; the Joint Center for of dissertation research. This portion of the octoral program concurrently with those of the Housing Studies; and the Center for Press, seminar is designed for the presentation master in public policy (MPP) and master in Politics, and Public Policy. While most of these and discussion of student research papers public administration (MPA) programs, if they centers support students after the first year, in general, and specifically for the develop- choose. the Center for Press, Politics and Public Policy ment of a dissertation topic. By the end of At the end of the second year of study, offers research support to eligible first-year this course, students must present a completed predoctoral students who have passed all PhD students as well. prospectus to the Committee on Higher qualifying requirements are recommended Degrees in Public Policy. Approval of the to the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Program of Study prospectus is contingent upon a successful oral (GSAS) for admission. The entire academic A sophisticated understanding of the core presentation to two of the three dissertation focus at this point is generally on the disserta- materials in the MPP program at the Kennedy committee members at the end of the third year tion and any remaining elective coursework. School, and a demonstrated ability to apply in residence. All applicants are required to take the analytic techniques to a field of policy are The dissertation is expected to represent GRE no later than November 2010. Students critical factors in the faculty decision to a significant contribution to knowledge in a whose native language is not English must recommend a student to the GSAS for the policy area, or to yield insight aimed more take the Test of English as a Foreign Language dissertation phase of study. Mathematical broadly at improving the functioning of (TOEFL) unless they have already completed preparation should include multivariable government. Most dissertations involve the a degree from an institution in which the calculus. Accordingly, all PhD candidates must application of analytic techniques to the solu- language of instruction is English. demonstrate proficiency in the areas of theory, tion of a substantive problem. A few meth- Applications for admission are available methods, and a substantive special field. The odological theses concentrate on developing online at www.hks.harvard.edu. theory area includes economics and politics/ new analytic techniques, their usefulness to be Applications must be submitted to the political philosophy/public management. The demonstrated through explicit application to a Harvard Kennedy School and not to GSAS. methods area includes qualitative methods, policy issue. For more detailed program information, quantitative methods and analytical methods. consult the Website maintained at the Harvard The special field includes, among other areas, environmental policy, international economic

Programs of Study 1 8 3 Dissertation Defense Performance of Semi-autonomous Revenue Members of the Committee on After completing all other requirements for Authorities in Latin America” the degree, the candidate must pass an oral “Federalism and the Policy Process: Using Higher Degrees in Public Policy defense of the dissertation. The dissertation Basic Education as a Test-case of Decentraliza- Alberto Abadie, Professor of Public Policy, examiners will include at least two readers tion in Mexico” Kennedy School. Econometrics, labor, and who are serving as dissertation supervisors, “The Effects of Freeway Management pubic finance. one of whom must be a Kennedy School Systems and Motorist Assistance Patrols on Mary Joe Bane, Kennedy School faculty member on the PhD Committee, and the Frequency of Reported Motor Vehicle one of whom must hold an appointment at Crashes” Arthur I. Applbaum, Professor of Ethics the Faculty of Arts and Sciences. The third “The Political Economy of Institutional and Public Policy, Kennedy School . Political committee member may be chosen by the Change in the Electricity Supply Industry” philosopher. Normative theories of political legitimacy at home and abroad; human rights; student from any department at the Univer- “Pension Reform in Economies with Large sity. Additional members of the committee ethics and the professions; ethics of stem cell Informal Sectors: The Case of the Ukraine” research; early modern accounts of authority may include a non-Harvard faculty member or Essays in Program Evaluation” a Harvard professor emeritus. and resistance. “Essays on the Changing Labor Market: General Computerization, Inequality, and the Devel- Iris Bohnet, Professor of Public Policy, Kennedy opment of the Contingent Work Force” School . Negotiations, social capital, behavioral One chapter of the dissertation must be economics, statistics; relevance of fairness and completed each year after the second year in “Keeping the Job You Find: Understanding trust for individual and collective decision Job Turnover Among Welfare Recipients Who residence at GSAS. Except by special vote of making. Author of Cooperation and Communi- Obtain Work” the committee, all work for the PhD degree cation (Mohr/Siebeck, 1997). must be completed within five years of recom- “Incentives in Health Care Payment Systems” George J. Borjas, Robert W . Scrivner Professor mendation for entry to the Graduate School of “Structural Change and Technological Diffu- Arts and Sciences. of Economics and Social Policy, Kennedy School. sion in Transition Economies: Implications for Impact of government regulations on labor Energy Use and Carbon Emissions in China” markets. Author of Friends or Strangers: The “A Theory of the Determinants of R&D: Impact of Immigrants on the U .S . Economy Recent Dissertation Titles Consumer Characteristics and Technological (Basic Books, 1990); Heaven’s Door: Immigra- Competence” tion Policy and the American Economy (Princ- “Integrating Information and Decision “A Theoretical and Empirical Examination of eton University Press, 2001). Making in a Multi-Level World: Cross-scale Land Use Change Under Uncertainty” Environmental Science and Management” Hannah Riley Bowles, Associate Professor of “Speed Bumps and Road Blocks: Procedural Public Policy, Kennedy School. Gender in nego- “Regulation of the Medical Use of Psychedelics Controls and Regulatory Change” tiation and attainment of leadership positions. and Marijuana” “Silence, Sacrifice, and Shoofly Pies: An William C. Clark, Harvey Brooks Professor “Norms and Membership Conditionality: The Inquiry into the Social Capital and Organiza- of International Science, Public Policy, and Role of European Institutions in Ethnic Poli- tional Structures of the Amish Community in tics in Latvia, Estonia, Slovakia, and Romania” Human Development, Kennedy School . The use Lancaster County, Pennsylvania” of expertise in public policy, environmental “Essays on Institutions and Finance” “In Search of a Second Chance: The Conse- assessment, and sustainable development. “Policy Coordination, Political Structure, quences of GED Certification, Education, and Publications include Redesigning Rural Devel- and Public Debt: The Political Economy of Training for Young Women Without Tradi- opment: A Strategic Perspective (John Hopkins, Public Debt Accumulation in OECD Coun- tional High School Diplomas” 1982); The Carbon Dioxide Review (1982). tries Since 1960” “Skill Mismatch, Turnover, and the Develop- David T. Ellwood, Scott M . Black Professor “Strategy and Psychology in Environmental ment of Young Workers’ Careers” of Political Economy; Dean, Kennedy School . Assessment” “After the Peace Agreement: Lessons for Community revitalization, housing mobility “The Management and Performance of Micro- Implementation from Mozambique, Angola, and policy, job opportunities, impacts of segre- finance Organizations” and Liberia” gation and neighborhood poverty, community “Essays on Monetary Policy and Debt Accu- “Essays in Environmental Economics and development. Author of Poor Support: Poverty mulation” Policy” in the American Family . “Land, Money and Politics: Essays on Govern- “Child Care Arrangements Among Low-In- Jeffrey A. Frankel, James W . Harpel Professor ment Intervention in Housing Markets” come Families: A Qualitative Approach” of Capital Formation and Growth, Kennedy “Living as a Debtor in a World of Sudden “Between Politics and Markets: The Insti- School . International finance, monetary policy, Stops: The roles of exposure to trade and tutional Allocation of Resources in Higher regional blocs, international environmental commitment” Education” issues. “Household Behavior and Energy Demand: “Money and Mission: How Nonprofit Organi- Ricardo Hausmann, Professor of the Practice of Evidence from Peru” zations Finance Their Charitable Activities” Economic Development, Kennedy School . Issues “The Economic Interdependence of China “Centralization or Democratization: Assessing of growth, macroeconomic stability, interna- and the World” the Internet’s Impact on Policy Networks” tional finance, and the social dimensions of “A Comparative Study of Income Inequality, development. Corruption, and Social Trust” William Hogan, Raymond Plank Professor of “Administrative Reform as Credible Commit- Global Energy Policy, Kennedy School: HEPG ment: The Design, Sustainability, and Research Director . Public policy dealing

1 8 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences with externalities and other market failures. Robert N. Stavins, Albert Pratt Professor of Modeling and the role of analysis in the policy Business and Government, Kennedy School . process. Environmental and natural resource Asim I. Khwaja, Associate Professor of Public economics and policy, particular focus on Policy, Kennedy School . Economic develop- normative and positive analysis of alternative ment, finance, education, political economy, environmental policy instruments, economics Institutions, and contract theory/mechanism of technology change, economic causes and design. consequences of land-use changes, costs of carbon sequestration, and policies to address Sheila Jasanoff, Pforzheimer Professor of Science global climate change. and Technology Studies . Special focus on the relationship between law, science, and poli- Monica Toft, Associate Professor of Public tics in contemporary democratic societies. Policy, Kennedy School . Conflict resolution; Environmental policy, science and technology nationalism, territory, and ethnic conflict; policy, and comparative regulatory policy. international affairs, civil, and interstate Co-author of Controlling Chemicals: the Politics wars; relationship between demography and of Regulation in Europe and the United States, national security. author of Risk Management and Political Stephen Martin Walt, Robert and Renee Belfer Culture; The Fifth Branch: Science Advisers Professor of International Affairs, Kennedy Schol . as Policymakers; and Science at the Bar: Law, Author of The Origins of Alliances (Cornell Science, and Technology in America . Editor of University Press, 1987); Taming American Learning from Disaster: Risk Management After Power: The Global Response to U.S. Primacy Bhopal, co-editor of the Handbook of Science (W.W. Norton, 2005). and Technology Studies . Richard J. Zeckhauser, Frank Plumpton Jennifer Lerner, Professor of Public Policy and Ramsey Professor of Political Economy, Kennedy Management Kennedy School Decision Science School . Possibilities for democratic, decentral- in emotion and accountability. Director of the ized, allocation procedures; ways to promote Harvard Laboratory for Decision Science. the health of human beings, to help labor and Dan Levy, Lecturer in Public Policy, Kennedy financial markets operate more efficiently, and School Quantitative methods and program to foster informed and appropriate choices by evaluation. individuals, groups, and government agencies. Brigitte C. Madrian, Aetna Professor of Public Policy and Corporate Management, Kennedy School . Erich Muehlegger, Assistant Professor of Public Policy, Kennedy School . Industrial organization, economic regulation, and environmental policy. Rohini Pande, Mohamed Kamal Professor of Public Policy, Kennedy School . Economics analysis of the politics and consequences of redistribution. Robert D. Putnam, Peter and Isabel Malkin Professor of Public Policy, Kennedy School . Democratic theory, social capital, comparative analysis of elites, civic engagement. Author of Bowling Alone: Civic Disengagement in America and What To Do About It (2000). Dani Rodrik, Rafiq Hariri Professor of Inter- national Political Economy, Kennedy School . International economics, economic development, and political economy, the consequences of international economic integration, the role of conflict-management institutions in determining economic performance, and the political economy of policy reform. Author of The New Global Economy and Developing Countries: Making Openness Work (Overseas Development Council, 1999).

Programs of Study 1 8 5 AM in Regional Studies: Russia, Eastern Europe, and Central Asia

www.gsas.harvard.edu/prospective_students/ Course Requirements. Each student selects General program_deadlines.php for this year’s deadline. two or three disciplines from the social sciences The program in Regional Studies — Russia, (economics, government, and history) and one Eastern Europe, and Central Asia (REECA) Financial Aid or two disciplines from the humanities (upper- is based on the premise that in the study of Financial aid is administered under the level Russian language, a non-Russian regional society and culture the integration of the direction of the Graduate School of Arts language, linguistics, and literature), for a various academic disciplines will produce and Sciences. Harvard are grants open to all total of four. Over the course of the two-year insights unobtainable within the confines students, regardless of citizenship, and are program, students must successfully complete of any single discipline. The program seeks awarded on the basis of academic merit and at least two approved courses concerning the to produce area specialists with a sound financial need, as determined by documents region in each of the selected four disciplines. knowledge of the Russian language and a submitted to the Graduate School of Arts One half-course must address questions of broad background in the history, literature, and Sciences. Prospective students apply for national identity and state structure in Russia, government, and economics of Russia and financial aid at the same time they apply for Eastern Europe, and/or Central Asia. This half- other countries of the area. admission. course may also be counted toward one of the The program offers preparation for The Foreign Language and Area Studies discipline requirements, where appropriate. careers in public service, business, journalism, (FLAS) fellowship program, sponsored by the Electives are selected in consultation with or for more advanced academic programs. US Department of Education, is designed to the academic advisor to round out the plan Each student’s career goals, as well as previous meet the critical need for American specialists of study. Approved electives typically include training, experience and academic qualifica- in education, government, and other fields theory courses in a discipline that do not tions, are taken into account in planning his who have knowledge and understanding of directly address the region; additional language or her course of study. A limited enrollment non-Western languages and cultures. Appli- study; or courses at one of the professional in the program facilitates individual guidance cants must be US citizens or permanent schools that relate to future career plans. residents of the United States. and personal attention. Proseminar. In the fall of their first term in All eligible applicants should complete a Students in the program benefit from residence, students are required to attend the FLAS application form, available online at association with the Davis Center for Russian REECA Proseminar, an ungraded, not-for- and Eurasian Studies, Harvard’s research insti- www .gsas .harvard .edu/prospective_students/flas . credit workshop on how to develop and write tution on countries of the former USSR and php . Please note that the FLAS fellowship compe- a thesis prospectus, including developing a Eastern Europe. There is considerable intel- tition is conducted separately from the standard research question and designing a method- lectual interchange between the center and the financial aid process and requires a separate ological approach. program, since the center’s faculty associates application . teach in the program, and students in the Seminars. Students must take a minimum of program have access to the center’s library, two seminars, and are strongly urged to take seminars, and other activities. Degree Requirements more than two. Academic Residence. Two years of full-time Thesis. Students are required to write a study while registered in the Graduate School master’s thesis during the second year, which is of Arts and Sciences are required. counted as the equivalent of two half-courses. Requirements for Admission Program of Study. Programs are designed The thesis is to be an original paper showing All applicants to the program must meet the individually in consultation with the program’s evidence of advanced research in a particular requirements of the Graduate School of Arts academic advisor to meet each student’s partic- field, and based on primary sources in at least and Sciences. These include a bachelor’s degree ular needs. The precise requirements depend one of the area languages. It is supervised by a from a recognized institution (or an accept- upon the student’s background and prepara- member of the Harvard faculty. able substitute) and a superior undergraduate tion. Each student submits a two-year plan of Foreign Area Officers record. The statement of purpose, three letters study to the academic advisor before making of recommendation, and results of Graduate final course selections for the first term in Foreign Area Officers in the US Army who are Record Examinations (GREs) are required the program. At the beginning of each subse- completing a civilian master’s degree as part for indications of promise and commitment. quent term, students meet with the program of their US Army service are subject to special Three years (or the equivalent) of college-level academic advisor to discuss the plan and make requirements. Please consult the REECA Russian are strongly recommended. Foreign any necessary changes. program office for details. students must demonstrate proficiency in English by submitting results of the Test of Language Requirement. Before graduation, Sample Thesis Topics English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). REECA students must demonstrate a high level of proficiency in reading Russian journal- “Reconciling Reform with Reality: Enforce- Deferrals for admission are not allowed. ment of Intellectual Property Rights in Russia” Students accepted into the program but unable istic and scholarly prose by passing the Russian to enroll must reapply for admission for the Language Qualifying Examination. This three- “Nation-Making in Russia’s Jewish Autono- year in which they expect to take up academic hour examination, is offered three times a mous Region: Initial Goals, Unwitting Contri- residence. The application deadline typically year. In order to pass the exam, stu-dents must butions, and Surprising Results” falls in late Decembe for the academic year demonstrate the ability to read and accurately “A War of Laws: The Crimean Question, beginning the following August; see http:// translate articles from the Russian press and Tensions, and Ukrainian-Russian Relations” scholarly journals on history, politics, and economics.

1 8 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences “The Political Economy of Mass Privatization at Harvard or other universities. Students Colton, Timothy J., Morris and Anna Feldberg in Kazakhstan” interested in obtaining a PhD may wish to Professor of Government and Russian Studies; “The Re-emergence of Ethnic-Nationalistic consider one of the following programs. Chair, Department of Government. Political Concepts in Modern Russian Philosophical PhD in Economics: see Higher Degrees under leadership in Russia; mass politics in Russia; and Political Thought” the Department of Economics . relations between Russia and other post-Soviet countries. “Russian Experimental Jury Trials: A Prelimi- PhD in History: see Higher Degrees in History . nary Examination” Ekiert, Grzegorz, Professor of Government . PhD in History of Science: see History of Comparative politics; regime change and “Questions of Identity: Islam and Ethnicity in Science . democratization; civil society and social move- St. Petersburg and Moscow” PhD in Political Science: see Department of ments; East European politics and society. Government . “Claiming Autonomy in Russian Federalism: Elliott, Mark C., Mark Schwartz Professor of A Study of Conflict in Russia’s Main Oil and PhD in Slavic Languages and Literatures: Chinese and Inner Asian History . Social, polit- Gas Producing Region” see Higher Degrees in Slavic Languages and ical, and institutional history of China and “Growing Against the Odds: Russian Small Literatures . Inner Asia; Manchu studies. Business Development and the Role of PhD in Sociology: see Higher Degrees in Flier, Michael S., Oleksandr Potebnja Professor External Finance” Sociology . of Ukrainian Philology; Director of the Ukrai- nian Research Institute. Slavic linguistics; semiotics of medieval East Slavic culture. Course Offerings Faculty Frank, Alison F., John L . Loeb Associate Professor of the Social Sciences . Modern Europe; Course offerings vary from year to year. For Abdelal, Rawi, Joseph C . Wilson Professor of Central Europe; transnational approaches to specific details see Courses of Instruction, Business Administration . International political history. published by the Faculty of Arts and Sciences. economy; the politics of globalization and the In certain cases, students may cross-register in political economy of Eurasia; energy politics; Grabowicz, George C., Dmytro Cyzevs’kyj Harvard’s other professional schools (including comparative aspects of post-Soviet regional Professor of Ukrainian Literature . Ukrainian the Kennedy School of Government, School economy. literature; Russian-Ukrainian and Polish- of Public Health, Law School, and Business Ukrainian literary relations; literary theory Adams, Laura, Culture School), as well as in the Tufts University Lecturer on Sociology . (especially reception theory); Romanticism; Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy and and national identity in Uzbekistan; the the Baroque. performing arts, politics, and contemporary the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. You Malmstad, John E., Samuel Hazzard Cross may browse Harvard course catalogs online at social issues such as ethnicity, migration, and education in Central Asia. Professor of Slavic Languages and Literatures . http://crossreg.harvard.edu/OASIS/CourseCat/ Russian poetry of the 19th and 20th centuries; index. Bolton, Jonathan, Associate Professor of Slavic the culture of the “Silver Age”; the Russian Further information regarding courses and Languages and Literatures . Czech literature avant-garde. the AM program in general may be obtained and history in a Central European context; by contacting the Regional Studies Program, cultures of dissent during the Cold War; Jews Martin, Terry, George F . Baker III Professor of Davis Center for Russian and Eurasian in Central European literature; literary theory Russian Studies; Director of the Davis Center Studies, CGIS South Building, 3rd Floor, and theory of literary history; memoirs and for Russian and Eurasian Studies . History of 1730 Cambridge Street, Cambridge, MA first-person historical writing. the Soviet Union; nationalism and ethnicity; 02138; (617) 495-1194; [email protected]. the sociology of Stalinism; secret police in Boym, Svetlana, Curt Hugo Reisinger Professor edu. communist societies; comparative commu- of Slavic Languages and Literatures and Professor nism. of Comparative Literature . 20th-century Russian literature: poetry, essays, autobio- Nevins, Andrew, Associate Professor of Linguis- To Apply graphical fiction; film and art; cultural studies; tics . Russian phonology and morphology. Application forms for admission and financial literature of exile; Soviet and post-Soviet Nizynska, Joanna, Associate Professor of Slavic aid may be obtained from the Admissions culture; East European expatriate writers; Languages and Literatures . Polish literature Office, Harvard Graduate School of Arts memory and nostalgia. and culture; Polish studies; classics; American and Sciences, Holyoke Center 350, 1350 Buckler, Julie A., Professor of Slavic Languages poetry; literature and philosophy; hermeneu- Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA and Literatures; Chair, Department of Slavic tics; trauma studies; the theory of the everyday. 02138; (617) 495-5396; [email protected]. Languages and Literature. Russian literature O’Neill, Kelly A., Assistant Professor of edu. We encourage online submission of the of the imperial period; West-European and History. application; see www.gsas.harvard.edu for links American literature; cultural studies and Imperial Russia, particularly the expansion to more information about admissions and to semiotics; gender studies; performing arts; St. of the empire in the late 18th and early 19th the online application. Petersburg; memoirs; literary canon; popular centuries; economy and trade in the Black Sea; culture. social and cultural history; comparative history Chaput, Patricia R., Professor of the Practice of of empires. PhD Programs Slavic Languages . Russian verb aspect; lexical Plokhii, Serhii, Mykhailo S . Hrushevs’kyi semantics; pragmatics; language and culture; This interdisciplinary program is for the Professor of Ukrainian History . Cultural and language teaching. master’s degree only. Some graduates of the intellectual history of Eastern Europe, with program subsequently apply to PhD programs special emphasis on the history of Ukraine, Russia, and Belarus; the formation of national

Programs of Study 1 8 7 identities; the role of religion in the justifica- tion of revolt and violence in multiethnic and multicultural societies; and the role of historical narratives in the unmaking of imperial and construction of national loyalties and stereotypes. Polinsky, Maria, Professor of Linguistics . Language universals and their explanation; comparative syntactic theory; the expression of information structure in natural language; incomplete acquisition (heritage languages); Austronesian languages (especially Malagasy, Maori) and languages of the Caucasus (especially Tsez, Kabardian). Russell, James R., Mashtots Professor of Arme- nian Studies . Classical and Modern Armenian language and literature; North Caucasian epic; Russian literature. Sandler, Stephanie, Ernest E . Monrad Professor of Slavic Languages and Literatures . Modern Russian poetry; film; literary and psychoana- lytic theory; feminist approaches to literature and culture; Pushkin and the myths of Pushkin in Russia. Todd, William Mills III, Harvard College Professor, Harry Tuchman Levin Professor of Literature, and Professor of Comparative Litera- ture . 19th-century Russian and European literature; Russian pastoral; journalism and literature; Pushkin; Dostoevsky; theory of narrative; semiotics; literary sociology; cultural studies. Toft, Monica, Associate Professor of Public Policy, John F . Kennedy School of Government. Settlement patterns and ethnic conflict; origins and resolution of civil wars; the meaning of territory; demography and conflict. Weir, Justin McCabe, Professor of Slavic Languages and Literatures . 19th- and 20th-century Russian prose; 20th-century Russian drama; film and visual art; literary theory.

1 8 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Higher Degrees in the Study of Religion

The doctor of philosophy (PhD) program in Note: At Harvard, advanced programs African Religions religion at Harvard dates from 1934, when of study involving religion may be arranged Buddhist Studies the Faculty of Arts and Sciences established a under many auspices. The PhD under this East Asian Religions degree of PhD in “The History and Philosophy committee, in “The Study of Religion,” is one *Ethics of Religion.” Its purpose, as stated by the among various possibilities. Some candidates Greco-Roman Religions Faculty, was “to make possible a course of will find that they can best pursue their inter- Hebrew Bible studies which shall enable the candidate both ests by becoming a candidate for the PhD in Hindu Studies to lay a broad and sufficient foundation for such departments as Anthropology, Classics, History of Christianity teaching and study within the field of reli- History, East Asian or Near Eastern Languages Islamic Studies gion, and to do individual research at some and Civilizations, Philosophy, or Sanskrit and Jewish Studies point in that field.” In accordance with that Indian Studies. The ThD program of Harvard New Testament and Early Christianity expressed intention, the Faculty voted in 1963 Divinity School, also administered by the *Philosophy of Religion to name the program the Study of Religion. Committee on the Study of Religion, offers *Religion and Society Programs leading to this degree, and specialized theological study of the Christian, *Religion, Gender and Culture also to the bachelor of arts (AB), master of Jewish, and western humanistic traditions. Religions of Late Antiquity: Judaism and arts (AM), and doctor of theology (ThD) Some candidates may find the program for the Christianity degrees in the same subject, are administered MTS, MDiv, or ThM degree in the Divinity Religion in the Americas by the Committee on the Study of Religion, School more suitable for focusing their inter- South Asian Religions a standing committee of the Faculty of Arts ests and strengthening their preparation for *Theology and Sciences with membership from both that doctoral studies. The Committee reserves the Faculty and the Faculty of Divinity. right to advise the applicant to seek training Applicants may propose other traditions or in one of these alternative programs if, in historical complexes, e.g., Inner Asian or its judgment, such a course would be in the African religions, for study. Those interested applicant’s interest. in Iranian or Ancient Near Eastern religions Admission We encourage online submission of the should consult both the Study of Religion and Applicants to the PhD program must, at a application. See www.gsas.harvard.edu. the department of Near Eastern Languages minimum, have a bachelor’s degree, or its and Civilizations to determine how a program equivalent, with an undergraduate record might best be shaped. of outstanding quality. Although a previous master’s degree is not required, it is an advan- The PhD Degree in the Study tage in the competition for admission. Simi- of Religion General Requirements for the larly, while a previous major in the field of religion is not required, the applicant’s back- This degree involves both general and special- PhD in the Study of Religion ground in this and related subjects is a critical ized work in the study of religion. Students will be expected to identify a specific field Students admitted to this program will register consideration. Please note that GRE scores are in the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences. required for admission. of study, with the understanding that their work within this field will be done within the Courses pertinent to their different areas of All doctoral applicants are expected to study are listed in the Courses of Instruction have foundational language work in the area broader context of the interdisciplinary study of religion. of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences and in the of specialization (Hebrew, Latin, Sanskrit, Divinity School catalogue. Arabic, Chinese, etc.) at the time of applica- Fields of Study. The following fields represent Full-time study is required during the first tion. In addition, as described in detail further the areas in which students currently may two years of the PhD program. This means on, admitted students must demonstrate concentrate in this program. While students four half-courses during each term, with a reading competence in two modern languages may take courses in any of these fields during minimum average grade of B. For tuition of secondary scholarship relevant to their their course of study -- and there is consider- requirements, see the Graduate School of Arts course of study. A background in either or able overlap in the content considered by and Sciences Handbook or the GSAS Guide to both of these languages is also advantageous in these areas -- the student’s primary field will Admission and Financial Aid . the admissions process. constitute their principal intellectual and Students are expected to complete the Applicants should indicate, on the professional orientation within the Study of PhD in seven years. Only in unusual cases can Proposed Program Sheet, the broader area Religion. the program be completed in less than four- within the study of religion in which they Applying students should indicate in their and-a-half academic years. expect to work and the special interests application which field will be their primary they would like to pursue, according to the specialization. If you indicate one of the fields Languages. A high standard of reading profi- description of the PhD program. marked below by an asterisk*, please specify ciency in two modern languages of secondary the religious tradition(s) and/or approximate scholarship relevant to a student’s course of geographical range(s) or temporal period(s) study (in addition to English) is required. This from which the primary sources for your proficiency is to be demonstrated through focus of inquiry will be drawn. You may also coursework or by exam after enrollment in propose comparative work within any of these the program. A student and his or her adviser fields. will determine the choice of the two modern

Programs of Study 1 8 9 languages, which should not be confused doctorate, and are expected to be completed Fiorenza, Francis, Charles Chauncey Stillman with primary source languages necessary by the end of the fourth term. Professor of Roman Catholic Theological Studies for the specialization. Typically French and The AM degree may be granted when (Divinity School) German are selected as modern languages these requirements are fulfilled. Frederick, Marla, Assistant Professor of African of secondary scholarship, however in certain For the AM degree a minimum of two full and African American Studies and of the Study fields other modern languages are more years of coursework (with a minimum average of Religion (on leave spring 2010) relevant. For example, a student focusing on grade of B) is required, the modern language Chinese Buddhism would normally study clas- requirements must be met, the requirement Giron Negron, Luis, Professor of Romance sical Chinese and Japanese as primary source of two courses outside the specialization Languages and Literatures and of Comparative languages, and then might choose modern fulfilled, and a satisfactory second-year review Literature Japanese and modern Korean as languages of completed. Graham, William A., Murray A . Albertson secondary scholarship. Professor of Middle Eastern Studies (FAS) and Coursework Outside the Specialization. The John Lord O’Brian Professor of Divinity (Dean committee requires of each student satisfactory For More Information of the Divinity School) completion of two common seminars in the Griffith, R. Marie, John A . Bartlett Professor of For questions regarding the PhD program first two years (normally in the first and fourth New England Church History (Divinity School) term of study), and in addition two courses in the Study of Religion, please contact the Gyatso, Janet, Hershey Professor of Buddhist outside the specialty, focusing on a religious Program Administrator, Committee on Studies (Divinity School) (Director of PhD tradition or traditions other than the one a the Study of Religion, 12 Quincy Street, Studies) student elects as the context of study. Cambridge, MA 02138; phone: (617) 495-5781; e-mail: [email protected]. Hallisey, Charles, Senior Lecturer on Buddhist Second Year Review. An oral review (one-and- Applications to the program may be Studies (Divinity School) a-half hours) in the second year will assess obtained online via the Study of Religion the student’s progress in the specialty, ability Website: www.fas.harvard.edu/~csrel/. The Hamburger, Jeffrey, Professor of History of Art to pursue self-critically an academic study of Website also includes links to many related and Architecture religion, and probability of completing the sites, such as course catalogues, and the Hardacre, Helen, Reischauer Institute Professor doctoral program successfully. The review masters and ThD degree programs offered of Japanese Religions and Society normally occurs in the third or fourth term through Harvard Divinity School. of study. Hollywood, Amy, Elizabeth H . Monrad Applications for admission and financial Professor of Christian Studies (Divinity School) General Examinations. After the satisfac- aid may be obtained from the Admissions (Director of ThD Studies) tory completion of two years of full-time Office, Harvard Graduate School of Arts and study, the modern language requirements, the Sciences, Holyoke Center 350, 1350 Massa- Jackson, Michael, Visiting Professor of World coursework outside the specialization, and chusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02138. We Religions (Divinity School) the second year review, a student prepares encourage online submission of the applica- Jones, Tamsin, Lecturer on the Study of Reli- for the General Examinations. PhD students tion. See www.gsas.harvard.edu. gion, Director of Undergraduate Studies must take their Generals by the end of their Lamberth, David, Professor of Theology third year. All PhD students take a Theory (Divinity School) and Methods in the Study of Religion general exam. Three additional exams are arranged Standing Committee Membership: Nasrallah, Laura, Assistant Professor of New according to a student’s context of study and 2009-2010 Testament and Early Christianity (Divinity specialization. School) Eck, Diana L., Frederic Wertham Professor of The Dissertation. Within 12 months of Olupona, Jacob, Professor of African and Law and Psychiatry in Society (Chair) passing the General Examinations, all candi- African American Studies (FAS) and Professor of dates must submit a written dissertation Abe, Ryuichi, Reischauer Institute Professor of African Religious Traditions (Divinity School) prospectus of not more than 3,000 words Japanese Religion Patil, Parimal, Associate Professor of the Study of (plus bibliography), formulating a disserta- Ahmed, Leila, Victor S . Thomas Professor of Religion and of Sanskrit and Indian Studies tion project. Upon formal approval of the Divinity (Divinity School) Patton, Kimberley, Professor in the Compara- prospectus, the student commences the tive and Historical Study of Religion (Divinity writing of the dissertation. The length of the Ahmed, M. Shahab, Associate Professor of School) dissertation is limited to 300 pages. Once the Islamic Studies dissertation is completed and approved by Asani, Ali, Professor of the Practice of Indo- Puett, Michael, Professor of Chinese History the adviser, the degree candidate is examined Muslim Languages and Culture orally by a committee of at least three faculty Carrasco, David, Neil L . Rudenstine Profes- readers, two of whom must be members of the sorfor the Study of Latin America (FAS, Divinity Faculty of Arts and Sciences. Other Faculty Offering School Instruction in the Study Clooney, Francis X., Parkman Professor of Divinity and Professor of Comparative Theology of Religion The AM Degree (Divinity School) Bazzana, Giovanni, Assistant Professor of New No one is admitted as a candidate for the AM, Cohen, Shaye, Nathan Littauer Professor of Testament (Divinity School) only for the PhD. Nevertheless, the require- Hebrew Literature and Philosophy ments for the master’s degree must be satis- Beliso-deJesus, Asha, Assistant Professor of fied by all students as they move toward the African-American Religions (Divinity School)

1 9 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Bovon, Francois, Frothingham Professor of the Mendelsohn, Everett, Professor of the History History of Religion (Divinity School) of Science Braude, Ann, Senior Lecturer in American Reli- Mitten, David G., James C . Loeb Professor of gious History (Divinity School) Classical Art and Archaeology Cesari, Jocelyne, Visiting Associate Professor of Mottahedeh, Roy, Gurney Professor of History Islamic Studies Schmidt, Leigh, Charles Warren Professor of the Cox, Harvey, Hollis Professor of Divinity History of Religion in America (Divinity School) (Divinity School) Schofer, Jonathan, Assistant Professor of Duffy, John, Dumbarton Oaks Professor of Comparative Ethics (Divinity School) Byzantine Philology and Literature Schüssler Fiorenza, Elisabeth Elisabeth Krister Dyck, Arthur, Mary B . Saltonstall Professor Stendahl Professor of Divinity (Divinity School) of Population Ethics (Public Health, Divnity Skjaervo, P. Oktor, Aga Khan Professor of School) Iranian Gomes, Peter J., Plummer Professor of Chris- Stang, Çharles, Assistant Professor of Early tian Morals (Divinity School) Christian Thought (Divinity School) Griffith, R. Marie, John A . Bartlett Professor of Teeter, D. Andrew, Assistant Professor of New England Church History(Divinity School) Hebrew Bible/Old Testament (Divinity School) Hall, David D., John A . Bartlett Professor of Swearer, Donald, Visiting Professor of Buddhist New England Church History (Divinity School) Studies (Divinity School) Harris, Jay M., Harry Austryn Wolfson Professor Thiemann, Ronald, Bussey Professor of of Jewish Studies Theology and of Religion and Society (Divinity Hempton, David, Alonzo L . MacDonald School) Family Professor of Evangelical Theological Tu, Wei-Ming, Harvard-Yenching Professor of Studies (Divinity School) Chinese History and Philosophy and of Confu- Henrichs, Albert, Eliot Professor of Greek cian Studies Literature Van der Kuijp, Leonard, Professor of Tibetan Higginbotham, Evelyn Brooks, Victor S . and Himalayan Studies (on leave fall 2008) Thomas Professor of History and of African and Williams, Preston, Houghton Research Professor African American Studies of Theology and Contemporary Change (Divinity Johansen, Baber, Professor of Islamic Religious School) Studies (Divinity School) (on leave fall 2008) Zeghal, Malika, Professor of Contemporary Jones, Tamsin, Lecturer on the Study of Reli- Islamic Thought and Life gion, Director of Undergraduate Studies Kienzle, Beverly, Professor of the Practice of Latin and Romance Languages (Divinity School) King, Karen, Winn Professor of Ecclesiastical History (Divinity School) (on leave fall 2009) Kleinman, Arthur, Esther and Sidney Rabb Professor of Anthropology (FAS) and Professor of Psychiatry and Medical Anthropology (Medical School) Kloppenberg, James, Harvard College Professor and David Woods Kemper ’41 Professor of American History Koester, Helmut H., John H . Morison Research Professor of New Testament Studies and Winn Research Professor of Ecclesiastical History (Divinity School) Lahiri, Smita, Associate Professor of Anthro- pology Levenson, Jon D., Albert A . List Professor of Jewish Studies (Divinity School) Machinist, Peter, Hancock Professor of Hebrew and Other Oriental Languages

Programs of Study 1 9 1 1 9 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences The Study of Religion Proposed Program Sheet

This sheet must be filled out and submitted with your formal application for admission to the PhD program in the Study of Religion.

Your Name: ______Date: ______

The following fields represent the areas in which students currently may concentrate in this program. While students may take courses in any of these fields during their course of study—and there is considerable overlap in the content considered by these areas in any event—the student’s primary field will constitute their principal intellectual and professional orientation within the Study of Religion. Applying students should indicate in their application which field will be their primary specialization. If you indicate one of the fields marked below by an asterisk*, please specify the religious tradition(s) and/or approximate geographical range(s) or temporal period(s) from which the primary sources for your focus of inquiry will be drawn. You may also propose comparative work within any of these fields

African Religions Buddhist Studies East Asian Religions *Ethics Greco-Roman Religions Hebrew Bible Hindu Studies History of Christianity Islamic Studies Jewish Studies New Testament and Early Christianity *Philosophy of Religion *Religion and Society *Religion, Gender and Culture Religion in the Americas Religions of Late Antiquity: Judaism and Christianity South Asian Religions *Theology

Field:______

Religious Tradition or Geographical /Historical Complex:______

! Topical Interests:______

Please Upload this sheet with your on-line Admissions Application

Programs of Study 1 9 3 1 9 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Higher Degrees in Romance Languages and Literatures

The graduate program in the Department of should continue in the program. The same place of this requirement by petition to Romance Languages and Literatures offers evaluation determines what credit the depart- the Curriculum Committee and with the students outstanding opportunities to pursue ment will approve for previous graduate work approval of the student’s advisor. work in the French and Francophone, Italian, at other universities. Note: The ultimate deci- c. For students specializing in literature of Portuguese, and Spanish and Latin American sion regarding transfer of credit rests with the the Medieval or Renaissance, an addi- traditions, alone or in combination, leading registrar of the Graduate School. tional term of Latin beyond the require- to Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy All course work for the AM must be ment for the AM. degrees. After the first two years of graduate completed by the end of the second year of d. Romance Studies 201. RS 201 is a study, students receive practical training in graduate study. Successful completion of all seminar on approaches to literary and teaching both language and literature courses. AM requirements is a prerequisite for the PhD cultural theory specifically designed for The Romance languages and literatures program. all the graduate students in RLL. For faculty is committed to interdisciplinary work, students entering the program in fall of including history, philosophy, psychoanalysis, General Requirements for the AM 2009 or later, it is required. RS 201 is film studies, gender studies, literary theory, 1. One year’s residence at Harvard and a pro- taught collaboratively among the faculty literary history, and philology. Students are gram of eight courses, to include three 200- in RLL and other departments. This encouraged to situate literature in the broad level half-courses. course offers students an opportunity to context of cultural productions, ranging 2. Proficiency in the oral and written use discuss literary theory through a range from the canonical to alternative modes. The of the chosen Romance language, to be of readings and perspectives, to get to Harvard program provides students with the demonstrated either by examination upon know the faculty of the department, opportunity to work in a range of periods, entrance or by performance in course work and to learn from their approaches to genres, and approaches, and to formulate during the period of residence. the study of literature. Note: Students individual study plans with the help of their 3. The ability to read Latin, demonstrated by should be aware that RS 201 is offered advisors. While students take courses primar- successful completion (B- or better, or grade every other year. ily with members of the department, they of SAT) of Harvard Latin A and Latin B, Note: Students should consult with their advi- may also participate in courses and seminars or their equivalent elsewhere. Any work sors before registering for 320-level (Super- with faculty working in related areas in other offered in satisfaction of this requirement vised Reading and Research) courses for credit. departments of the University. must be taken in addition to the eight half- 2. Normally, all students teach for at least one Graduate students are encouraged to teach courses required for the AM degree. year at Harvard as part of their graduate beginning in the third year of the program. a. For students in Hispanic literatures: program. Those teaching courses lettered Options include teaching a section of an Reading knowledge of Latin or another or numbered below 70 in the Harvard undergraduate language course or leading a language related to the student’s cho- Language Program must take Romance discussion section of a literature course taught sen field of expertise (French, Italian, Languages 200, which includes a practicum by a professor. Teaching opportunities in the Catalán, Quechua, etc.) demonstrated on teaching techniques; Romance Lang Core Program and other departments are also by a grade of B- or better in a Harvard uages 200 (or an equivalent approved by the available. Harvard provides its teaching fellows language course (or an equivalent course Director of Language Programs). This course with state-of-the-art classroom resources, guid- at another university, approved by the does not count among the 16 required half- ance, and regular evaluations by permanent Department). courses. faculty members. Such ample teaching oppor- 4. Sound knowledge of the major aspects of 3. The passing of a PhD general examination tunities refect a departmental philosophy of one Romance literature, to be tested by the (see Examinations), which should be taken nurturing strong candidates for the academic examination at the end of the first year of no later than the end of the third year of job market. study. graduate studies. 4. A dissertation on a subject chosen by the student in consultation with the advisor, to be completed by the end of the sixth year Master of Arts (AM) Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) of graduate studies. Following the general The AM requirements are considered an inte- General Requirements for the PhD examination (at the latest), the student gral part of the PhD program. Applicants who chooses a dissertation director; together they wish to pursue only the AM are not admitted. 1. All students entering the PhD program select a committee to supervise the research However, a terminal AM may be conferred on should expect to take two full years of and writing of the PhD dissertation. The students who will not be completing require- course work (16 half-courses), including committee, chaired by and including the ments for the PhD. course work done in fulfillment of the AM dissertation director, is made up of three All students are examined at the end of requirement. The 16 half-courses must (exceptionally four) faculty members, their second term of study in the department. include: chosen by the student in consultation with The full section faculty will evaluate each a. One half-course in the history of the the dissertation director. Two of the three student’s performance in the examination, as major Romance language. readers must be members of the Harvard well as in courses taken during the first year. b. One half-course in a second Romance University Faculty of Arts and Sciences. This evaluation determines whether further literature at the 100 or 200 level. Certain Visiting professors with renewable term coursework will be required for the AM, and other options (e.g., German, Greek, appointments may serve on dissertation in exceptional cases, whether the student Romance Studies) may be considered in committees, but not chair them. Ordinarily,

Programs of Study 1 9 5 two members of the committee represent Hispanic texts will remain the same for all 3. In the case of unsatisfactory performance, the student’s language and field; a third may students. the student may, if the examining board so come from another language or discipline. d. The general exam will be prepared as recommends, take all or part of the PhD This committee approves the disserta- follows: a two-hour component of Portu- Examination a second time, within one year tion prospectus, establishes the schedule guese literature will be added to the second of the first. Failure to pass the PhD General for completion, and reviews the student’s part of the written exam, that is, to the Examination the second time will result in progress. The dissertation may be written portion on the student’s field of specializa- automatic withdrawal from the PhD pro- in English or in the appropriate Romance tion in Hispanic literature. The rest of the gram. language. The final manuscript must exam will not change. 4. Students have six weeks following formal conform to the requirements described e. The dissertation topic must address written notification of their General Exam in the booklet, The Form of the Doctoral significant issues from both Spanish and grade in which to constitute their disserta- Dissertation. After acceptance of the thesis Portuguese literature. tion committees. When the committees by the committee, all PhD candidates make 4. Portuguese and Brazilian Literatures. have been constituted, students must sub- an oral presentation to faculty and students, Candidates for this degree are expected mit a contract bearing the signatures of all followed by a question and answer period. to acquire a detailed knowledge of four their committee members, indicating they fields: medieval and Renaissance Portuguese have agreed to meet the deadline for pro- Specific Requirements for the PhD by literature; colonial Brazilian literature; spectus turn-in. Electronic signatures are Language Section Portuguese literature from the 18th to the acceptable. 1. French and Francophone, and Italian 20th century; and contemporary Brazilian The prospectus, which should be approxi- Literatures. Through a combination of literature. mately 15 pages in length, should include course work, seminars, and individual study, a. Students specialize in one of these fields. a statement or outline of the problem to be candidates are expected to acquire a gen- b. Competence in the chosen field of special addressed, a preliminary indication of argument eral familiarity with major figures, works, ization and two other selected fields will and method, and a representative bibliography. and trends in the history of French and be tested in the general examinations. Students have six months from the date on Francophone, and Italian literature from the Requirements for the fourth field can be which they receive a grade for their general earliest texts to the present day. This com- met by taking one course in this field before exams (including the summer for those taking petence will be tested at the PhD general the examinations. generals in May) in which to complete the examination. c. Students of Portuguese and Brazilian prospectus, in consultation with members of 2. Hispanic Literatures. Candidates for the literatures are required to complete one half- their committee. The prospectus will then be degree are expected to prove evidence of course at the 100 or 200 level in Spanish. reviewed by the committee for formal approval general understanding of the Hispanic liter- (Note: This does not fulfill the requirement in a meeting at which the student is present. atures. For examination purposes, the field for a graduate level literature course in a is divided into six areas, three in Spanish second language.) Peninsular literature (Medieval, Golden 5. Other programs in one Romance literature Age, and 18th–20th centuries) and three in with a minor in another Romance litera- Important University and Depart- Latin American literature (Colonial, 18th– ture may be arranged in consultation with mental Regulations 19th centuries, and 20th century). the Directors of Graduate Study in both 1. The Graduate School requires that students a. Each student is examined in all six languages. maintain a B average in order to remain in fields, choosing one as a special field. The 6. For questions concerning the Dual-Track good standing. two parts of the examination (general and degree, please consult the Director of Grad- 2. The departmental faculty strongly special field) may be taken separately. uate Studies or the graduate coordinator. discourages students from taking an b. Students of Spanish are required to Incomplete in a course. The Department complete the equivalent of one half-course of Romance Languages and Literatures at the 100 or 200 level in Portuguese or Examinations adheres strictly to the policies established by Brazilian literature. (Note: This does not Oral and Written Language Proficiency the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences fulfill the requirement for a graduate level Examinations for Incoming Students regarding unfinished coursework. Graduate literature course in a second language.) students in Romance Languages and 3. Hispanic Literature with a Minor in Portu- These are scheduled during the week Literatures may commit to writing a maxi- guese preceding the first day of classes of the fall mum of three article-length research papers a. Proven oral and written proficiency in the term. Incoming students will receive a mailing per term. Students assigned such papers Portuguese language. during the summer prior to entrance speci- in 100-level courses should petition for an b. A minimum of 18 courses (instead of fying the exact time and place of these exami- alternate assignment, such as an exam, a the standard 16) distributed as follows: nations. series of smaller papers, etc. Students should • 14 courses in Spanish, including the 1. First-year Examination . See the General consult the graduate coordinator regarding required course of History of the Language Requirements for the AM section. administrative procedures for this. and Romance Languages. 2. PhD General Examinations . The General 3. Students must make up Incomplete grades • Four courses in Portuguese. At least two Examinations are made up of written before sitting for examinations. of those four should be graduate seminars and oral parts; the precise format differs 4. Students must satisfy the Latin (or other (200 level); the other two may be advanced by section. The PhD General Exams are language) requirement before taking undergraduate courses (100 level). given during the week before classes begin examinations. c. A general reading list of 24 Portuguese in September, and during the May exam 5. Students who have not met all the require- texts (selected by the director of graduate period. Students must take these exams by ments for the AM degree may not hold studies in Portuguese). Reading lists of the end of the third year of graduate study.

1 9 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences appointments as teaching fellows. Verena Conley, Long-Term Visiting Professor Italian 6. Detailed regulations concerning residence of Literature and of Romance Languages and requirements and credit for work done else- Literatures, BA, MA, PhD, University of Francesco Erspamer, Professor of Romance where may be found in the Graduate School Wisconsin, Madison. Interests: Modern Languages and Literatures, Diploma di perfezi- of Arts and Sciences Handbook . French and comparative literature; contempo- onamento in Filologia moderna, Università di rary cultural theory; ecology and technology. Roma. Interests: Renaissance culture; intellectual history; modern and contemporary Italian Virginie Greene, Professor of Romance novel; literature and politics. Financial Aid Languages and Literatures and of History and Literature, and Harvard College Professor, Giuliana Minghelli, Associate Professor of 1. Financial aid is awarded on the basis of Licence, Maîtrise, Université de Paris IV, Romance Languages and Literatures, MA and merit and need. Sorbonne; PhD, University of Illinois at PhD, Johns Hopkins University. Interests: 2. Awards may take a variety of forms, includ- Urbana-Champaign. Interests: French medi- Italian modernism; geography and memory in ing grants-in-aid toward tuition, cash eval literature; Proust and his times; time, postwar Italian literature and film; contempo- stipends, summer travel subsidies, teaching death, and subjectivity; images and texts (illu- rary women writers. fellowships, loans, exchanges with uni- minated manuscripts); literature and logic. Lino Pertile, Harvard College Professor and versities abroad, etc., to be determined by Carl A . Pescosolido Professor of Romance the personal circumstances and academic Sylvaine Guyot, Assistant Professor of Romance Languages and Literatures, Director of Villa I progress of the individual graduate student. Languages and Literatures, PhD, University of Paris (Sorbonne). Interests: 17th-century Tatti, 2010-15. Dottore in Lettere, Univer- sity of Padua. Interests: Dante and the Latin Especially during these “gap years,” graduate French Literature, 16th to 18th-century Middle Ages; Bembo and the “questione della students are encouraged to compete for trav- French Theater, Classical Tragedy, Early lingua”; Renaissance literature in France and eling and research fellowships, sponsored by Modern poetics and aesthetics; practice, Italy; Foscolo and Leopardi; contemporary both the Graduate School and institutions and theory, and social history of the performance Italian novel. centers elsewhere. Information on these may arts; visual culture as an historical and a be obtained through the GSAS Fellowships contemporary issue; representations and social Portuguese Office and the Department’s graduate coordi- practices of the human body. nator. Alice A. Jardine, Professor of Romance Joaquim-Francisco Coelho, Nancy Clark Languages and Literatures and the Committee on Smith Professor of the Languages and Literature For further details, see the Financial Aid sec- Degrees in Studies of Women, Gender, and Sexu- of Portugal and Professor of Comparative Litera- tion of the GSAS Guide to Admission and ality, AB, Ohio State University; AM, MPhil, ture, AB (Law), University of Pará, Brazil; Financial Aid . PhD, Columbia University. Interests: 20th- AM, PhD (Hispanic Studies), University of and 21st-century French and Francophone Wisconsin at Madison. Interests: compara- literature; feminist theory; women, gender, tive literature; Hispanic literature; Camões; Application Procedures and sexuality studies; culture, arts, and poli- Fernando Pessoa; Machado de Assis; theory tics; postmodern and trans-modern theories of and practice of translation. Applications for admission must be filed culture and society; the American 1950s. Nicolau Sevcenko, Professor of Romance electronically through the GSAS website. The Christie McDonald, Smith Professor of the Languages and Literatures, B.A., Ph.D.: online application for the coming year will be University of São Paulo, Brazil. Interests: available in late August. The filing deadline French Language and Literature, BA, Mount Holyoke College; PhD, Yale University. Inter- Modern Brazilian Culture, particularly the is 5 p.m. on December 31. Further informa- relationship between society and culture; tion regarding courses and programs of study ests: 18th- and 20th-century French literature; literary theory and cultural studies; feminism; 20th-Century Brazil; Modernity and Post- in Romance languages and literatures may be Modernity obtained by visiting the department’s Website questions of change in thought; the dialogue at www.fas.harvard.edu/~rll. of literature and criticism with other disci- Spanish plines. Bradley Epps, Professor of Romance Languages Mylène Priam, Assistant Professor of Romance and Literatures and the Committee on Degrees Languages and Literatures, Maîtrise in English Faculty List in Studies of Women, Gender, and Sexuality, Studies, DEA, Université de Cergy-Pontoise; AB, Wake Forest University; AM, University French PhD, University of Illinois at Champaign- of Virginia; PhD, Brown University. Inter- Janet Beizer, Professor of Romance Languages Urbana. Interests: Francophone literature. ests: 19th- and 20th-century Spanish and and Literatures, BA, Cornell University; Susan R. Suleiman, C . Douglas Dillon Professor PhD, Yale University. Interests: 19th- and Latin American literature; Catalan language of the Civilization of France and Professor of 20th-century French literature, feminist and literature; French and Anglo-American Comparative Literature, AB, Barnard College; studies, narrative theory, psychoanalysis and literature; critical theory; gender studies; AM, PhD, Harvard University. Interests: literature, cultural studies, literature and medi- modernism and postmodernism; gay, lesbian, 20th-century French literature and culture; cine, biography/autobiography. and queer studies; immigration; urban studies. avant-garde movements and theories of the Luis Fernández Cifuentes, Robert S . and Ilse Tom Conley, Abbott Lawrence Lowell Professor avant-garde; feminist theory; problems of Friend Professor of Romance Languages and of Romance Languages and Literatures, MA, narrative; writers and politics; film and litera- Literatures, Harvard College Professor, AB, Columbia University; PhD, University of ture of the Holocaust. Wisconsin. Interests: Early Modern French Universidad Complutense, Madrid; PhD, literature; film and media studies; intersection Princeton University. Interests: contempo- of literature and graphic imagination. rary Spanish and Latin American literature; 19th-century narrative; Romantic thought;

Programs of Study 1 9 7 autobiography; cultural studies; travel litera- Christian Claesson (Spanish): The Role of the Natalia Santamaría (Spanish): El Retono de la ture; The City; The Body. Author in Juan Carlos Onetti and Juan José Carabelas: Ideales Regeneracionistas Espanoles Mary Malcolm Gaylord, Sosland Family Saer. Advisor: Diana Sorensen [Brad Epps, y Latin Americanos. Advisor: Luis Fernandez Professor of Romance Languages and Literatures, Mariano Siskind, Julio Premat (Paris VIII)] Cifuentes [Brad Epps, Doris Sommer] AB, Wellesley College; AM, Middlebury Sara Kippur (French): Life-Writing across Greg Cohen (Spanish): Cinema, Spatial College; PhD, Harvard University. Interests: Languages in the Works of Hector Bianciotti, Thought, and the Ends of Modernity. Argen- Medieval and Golden-Age Spanish literature; Jorge Semprun and Raymond Federman. tina and Brazil in the Sixties. Advisor: Diana Latin American colonial literature; Hispanic Advisor: Susan Suleiman [Diana Sorensen, Sorensen [Doris Sommer, Tom Conley]. poetry of all periods; poetics; literary theory; Christie McDonald] Antonio Cordoba (Spanish): “Las relacioné history and the novel; Cervantes; comparative María Ospina (Spanish): Prácticas de inmediatamente con la literatura”: De la mara- study of early Romance languages. memoria o cómo resistir el acabóse: Violencia villa a la biblioteca en la ciencia ficción lati- Luis Girón-Negrón, Professor of Comparative y representación en la narrativa colombiana, noamericana contemporánea. Advisor: Doris Literature and Romance Languages and Litera- 1985-2005. Advisor: Doris Sommer [Diana Sommer [Diana Sorensen, Mariano Siskind] tures, AB, MTS, PhD, Harvard University. Sorensen, Francisco Ortega (Universidad Dana Lindaman (French): Mapping the Interests: Medieval and Golden Age Spanish Nacional de Colombia)] Geographies of French Identity: 1871-1914. literature; Arabic, Latin, and Hebrew litera- Felisa Reynolds (French): “Almost the same, Advisor: Janet Beizer [Tom Conley, Patrice tures of the Middle Ages; history of religions; but not quite/Almost the same but not Higonnet] comparative literature. white”: The question of Literary Cannibalism. Carmen Oquendo Villár (Spanish): Chile José Rabasa, Undergraduate Adviser in Latin Advisor: Tom Conley [Abiola Irele, Odile 1973: el golpe mediático. Advisor: Luis American Studies, Long-Term Visiting Professor Cazenave, Maryse Condé.] Cárcamo-Huechante [Doris Sommer, Tom of Romance Languages and Literatures, B.A. Joaquín Terrones (Spanish):American Conley, Diana Taylor (NYU)] Universidad de las Américas (Puebla, Mexico); Baroques: The ethics of excess in Jorge Luis M.A. (cand) Universidad Nacional Autónoma Juan Pablo Rivera Herréra (Spanish): Sexu- Borges, Wallace Stevens, José Lezama Lima, ality, Multilingualism, and the Latin American de México (Mexico City, Mexico); Ph.D. in José Gorostiza, and Carlos Drummond History of Consciousness, University of Cali- Diaspora. Advisor: Doris Sommer [Diana de Andrade (1935-1940.) Advisor: Doris Sorensen,Rubén Ríos Ávila (UPR)] fornia, Santa Cruz. Interests: Colonial/Post- Sommer [Luis Girón, Arnaldo Cruz-Malave colonial Studies, Subaltern Studies, Nahuatl (Fordham U.)] Patricia Vieira (Portuguese): Seeing Politics Poetry and Painting, History of Voice, Histo- Otherwise. Representations of Vision in riography, Phenomenology. Vickie Tillson (Italian): From Myth to Iberian and Latin American Political Fiction. Borgota: Rome in Postwar Italian Narrative. Mariano Siskind, Assistant Professor of Romance Advisor: Joaquim-Francisco Coelho [Doris Advisor: Francesco Erspamer, [Giuliana Ming- Sommer, Nicolau Sevcenko] Languages and Literatures, PhD, New York helli, and Antonio Vitti (Indiana University, University. Interests: 19th- and 20th-century Bloomington)]. 2007 Latin American literature, travel writing, histories and theories of globalization, Marxism, Julieta Victoria Múñoz (Spanish): La poética Lison Baselis-Bitoun (French): Le proche et deconstruction, critical articulations of litera- de la amistad en Los seis libros de la Galatea. le lointain: herméneutique du cannibale chez ture and philosophy. Advisor: Mary Gaylord [Luis Girón-Negrón, Jean de Léry. Advisor: Tom Conley [Virginie Luce López-Baralt (University of Puerto Greene, Christie McDonald, Larry Kritzman Doris Sommer, Ira Jewell Williams Professor Rico)]. of Romance Languages and Literatures, AB, (Dartmouth College)] Douglas College; PhD, Rutgers University. James McMenamin (Italian): The Sequence Kim Beauchesne (Spanish): Narrativas de la Interests: 19th-century narrative in Latin “Beginning-Middle-End”, Dante and Petrarch. América marginada: La construcción discur- America; aesthetics; bilingualism; gender. Advisor: Lino Pertile [Luis Girón-Negrón and siva de la periferia en el imaginario colonial. Jan Ziolkowski] Diana Sorensen, James F . Rothenberg Professor Advisor: Jose Antonio Mazzotti, [Mary of Romance Languages and Literatures and of Antonio Morena (Italian): 1932. Advisor: Gaylord, Tom Conley] Comparative Literature; Dean for the Arts and Lino Pertile [Francesco Erspamer, Ruth Ben- Jennifer Brown Ickenstein (Italian): Humanities, AB, in Letras, Universidad de Ghiat (NYU)] Tommaso Landolfi between the Giuppe Rosse Buenos Aires; AM, PhD, Columbia Univer- Jerónimo Pizarro (Spanish): La mediación and middle Europe: 1930-1945. : Franco Fido sity. Interests: 19th- and 20th-century Latin editorial Sobre la vida póstuma de lo escrito. [Lino Pertile, Francesco Erspamer.] American studies; history and memory. Advisor: Diana Sorensen, [Doris Sommer, Santiago Morales Rivera (Spanish): Los Onésimo Almeida (Brown University)] Pretextos de la Culpa Javier Marías, Juan José 2008 Millás el Compromiso de la Notela Pos fran- Recent Dissertations Completed quista con el Azar. Advisor: Luis Fernandez- Margarita del Rosario (Spanish): El mude- Cifuentes [Brad Epps, Mary Gaylord.] 2009 jarismo en la obra de donn Juan Maneul. Iliana Pagán-Teitelbaum (Spanish): Advisor: Francisco Marquez Villanueva [Luis Visible invisible: La doble violencia en dos Bruno Carvalho (Portuguese): New City in a Girón-Negrón, James Monroe] ciudades latinoamericanas. Jose Mazzotti New World: Literary Spaces of an Afro-Jewish Lia Brozgal (French): Reading Albert Memmi: [Joaquim-Francisco Coelho, Nelson Vieira Brazilian Neihborhood. Advisor: Nicolau Authorship, Identity and the Francophone (Brown Univ.)] Sevcenko [Joaquim-Francisco Coelho, Tom Postcolonial Advisor: Susan Suleiman [Tom Conley] Meriel Baines Tulante (Italian): The Impulse to Conley, Abiola Irele] History: The Novels of Sebastiano Vassalli . Advisor: Lino Pertile [Franco Fido, Diego Zancani.]

1 9 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Programs Leading to Higher Degrees in Sanskrit and Indian or Tibetan and Himalayan Studies

The Department of Sanskrit and Indian of South Asian/ Himalayan Studies is also meeting with all graduate students and signing Studies offers programs leading to the doctor required. their study cards. of philosophy degree (PhD) in Sanskrit and Indian Studies or Tibetan and Himalayan General Examinations Studies, and, in exceptional cases, to a master AM Examinations. Two written translations of arts degree (AM). Structure of the Program (not to exceed three hours) of texts chosen The department’s PhD programs empha- from a specified reading list and an oral exam size the study of South Asian texts and text Coursework in the student’s special field. A dictionary is traditions, and the cultural, intellectual, and General requirements: For the AM: Eight not permitted for the translation exams. half-courses and at least one year in residence, social practices that they inform. Currently, PhD Examinations. Students are expected to although two years are usually needed to com- members of the department focus on Sanskrit take their general examinations no later than plete the necessary requirements. For the PhD: (Vedic, Classical) and Middle Indic (Pali, the middle of their third year in the program. 16 half-courses and a minimum of two years Prakrit), Tibetan (Classical, Modern), Hindi/ There are four written examinations, each in residence. Students are expected to continue Urdu (including Avadhi, Braj, and modern up to three hours. 1) Translation, without with advanced language coursework in each dialects), and Tamil (Classical, Modern) dictionary, from a Sanskrit or Tibetan text semester of residence. textual traditions. The department also of average difficulty. 2) Translation, with supports instruction in Gujarati, Sindhi, and Core requirements/AM: Two half-courses of dictionary, of texts in the student’s special Thai. In the past, the department has offered seminars, two half-courses in Classical Sanskrit field, with a discussion of textual problems, courses in Bengali and Malayalam. Persian is or Tibetan literature at the advanced level, thematic issues, etc. 3) A general exam in regularly offered through the Department of and four half-courses in the student’s special South Asian studies based on reading lists Near Eastern Languages and Civilizations. field, including related courses in other depart- put together by the student in consultation The department trains students to ments. An AM thesis is also required. with the director of graduate studies. 4) An approach South Asian textual traditions from Core requirements/PhD: Two half-courses of examination in the student’s special field, in a variety of disciplinary perspectives in the seminars, a minimum of four half-courses in which students must show familiarity with humanities including history, literature and Classical Sanskrit or Tibetan at the advanced both primary texts and secondary scholarship. literary theory, religious studies, theology, and level, two half-courses in a second South 5) An optional fifth exam in a secondary field philosophy. Students are encouraged to view Asian language, and eight other half-courses or discipline, often involving a faculty member their chosen texts and topics in their historical in the student’s special fields, including related from another department. Upon passing the contexts, while also exploring their significance courses in other departments. qualifying exams students will be expected to to South Asian traditions up to the present complete a dissertation prospectus no later and contemporary issues in the humanities Language requirements: AM: Reading knowl- than the fall term of their fourth year, and and social sciences. We emphasize both a edge of either French or German must be will be expected to complete two chapters of rigorous philological approach to South Asian documented before the student is admitted their dissertation no later than the fall term of texts, and the multidisciplinary perspectives to the AM examination, and no later than their sixth year. Many students apply for travel that are needed to study and write about them. the end of the first year of study. PhD: fellowships in their fourth year and spend a Written examinations in two modern research part of their fifth year in the field. languages, generally French and German, must Admission Requirements be passed with an honors grade by the end of Prospectus the second year of residence. Another modern After passing general exams, and no later than Admission to the AM and PhD programs language relevant to the student’s special field, the end of the fall semester of the fourth year, is granted on the basis of an outstanding but not the student’s native language, may doctoral students must submit a prospectus academic record and, ordinarily, GRE exami- be substituted for one, but not both of the of their dissertation. Once the prospectus nations. Applicants should contact the depart- required languages. has been approved, a public defense of the ment well before the admissions deadline, Advising prospectus will take place with the prospectus preferably visit the department, or make committee, other interested faculty, students, arrangements for a telephone interview. Through the pre-generals period, and until the etc. It is recommended that the prospectus be Prerequisites for admission to the depart- time a prospectus is approved, the director of in the range of 15 to 20 pages and include: 1) ment are two years of Sanskrit (Sanskrit graduate studies advises all graduate students. a clear statement of the dissertation project, and Indian Studies) or Tibetan (Tibetan When a student submits his or her prospectus its central problems and methodology; 2) its and Himalayan Studies)—corresponding to the department, she or he also names an place in the context of related scholarship; 3) to first- and second-year Sanskrit/Tibetan advisor to direct the dissertation. Once the its importance to the field. The prospectus taught at Harvard. The student’s command department approves the prospectus, it then should also include a chapter outline and of Sanskrit/Tibetan will be evaluated during designates a second advisor, and the student extensive bibliography. the first term. If necessary the student may will work with these two faculty advisors, at be required to take (or repeat) second-year least one of whom should be a department Thesis Sanskrit/Tibetan. For the PhD program member. At the beginning of each term, the AM Thesis: The AM thesis will be a sub- a strong background in one or more areas director of graduate studies is responsible for stantial paper demonstrating the student’s

Programs of Study 1 9 9 knowledge of primary texts, and the scholarly literature and methodologies appropriate to Faculty of the Department of the topic of the student’s choice. The topic will Sanskrit and Indian Studies be determined by the student in consultation with his or her advisor. A typical AM thesis Ali Asani, Professor of the Practice of Indo- is expected to be approximately 75 pages in Muslim Languages and Cultures, Director of length. Undergraduate Studies PhD Dissertation: The dissertation should not Francis X. Clooney, Parkman Professor of exceed 75,000 words or 300 pages in length. Divinity and Professor of Comparative Theology It must be a substantial and original piece of (Divinity School) work that demonstrates mastery of the field Richard S. Delacy, Preceptor in Urdu-Hindi and the student’s chosen topic. The disserta- Diana L. Eck, Fredric Wertham Professor of Law tion committee normally consists of three and Psychiatry in Society (Divinity School) members, including the dissertation advisor. Two members of the committee must be Naseem A. Hines, Preceptor in Urdu-Hindi members of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences. Guy Leavitt, Preceptor in Sanskrit and Indian Frequently, the committee will include at least Studies one member from outside the department, and occasionally one from outside the Univer- Anne E. Monius, Professor of South Asian Reli- sity. The director of graduate studies must gions (Divinity School) approve the proposed dissertation committee. Parimal G. Patil, John L . Loeb Associate By the beginning of the fall semester of their Professor of the Humanities, Director of Grad- sixth year, students are expected to have uate Studies completed two chapters of their dissertation. Leonard W.J. van der Kuijp, Professor of After this they are expected to produce at Tibetan and Himalayan Studies, Chair least one acceptable chapter of the dissertation each semester. The dissertation must be an Michael Witzel, Wales Professor of Sanskrit original work demonstrating the candidate’s ability to do independent research in the special field. The format of the dissertation must conform to the requirements described in the University publication The Form of the PhD Dissertation (www.gsas.harvard.edu/ publications/Form_of_the_phd_dissertation. php), and to any further requirements of style and form specified by the department. After it is completed, the dissertation must be submitted to the dissertation committee (at least two months before the official deadline) and be publicly defended in a roundtable discussion that includes members of the dissertation committee and other interested parties. To Apply Application forms for admission and financial aid may be obtained from the Admissions Office, Harvard Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, Holyoke Center 350, 1350 Massa- chusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02138, or at www.gsas.harvard.edu. For more detailed information about requirements and individual programs, please visit www.fas.harvard.edu/~sanskrit, or contact the department by phone at (617) 495-3295 or by e-mail at [email protected].

2 0 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences PhD Program in Science, Technology, and Management

Advances in technology are profoundly 617-495-6101 changing models of conducting business. At Faculty the same time, business-related challenges and Science Technology and Management faculty opportunities represent some of the major members come from both SEAS and HBS. factors shaping the development of technology Financial Aid They include, but are not limited to: and information management. All incoming students receive a merit-based Carliss Y. Baldwin, William L . White Professor Offered jointly by the School of Engi- award, regardless of need. This includes a of Business Administration . Finance and organi- neering and Applied Sciences (SEAS) in the fellowship for tuition and health fees, as well zational economics. Faculty of Arts and Sciences and the Harvard as a stipend for living expenses ($32,400 in Max Bazerman, Jesse Isidor Straus Professor Business School (HBS), the PhD in Science, 2007-2008). of Business Administration . Decision making, Technology and Management explores the negotiation, creation of joint gains in society, growing body of knowledge at the intersection and natural environment. of these fields. The program seeks to conduct systematic and innovative studies of techno- Program Lee Fleming, Professor of Business Administra- logical aspects of business and, conversely, The joint program systematically builds on a tion . Technological invention as process of business aspects of technology development. growing cross-disciplinary tradition. On the recombinant search and learning and organiza- In addition, it prepares students for careers in SEAS side, work focuses on the disciplines tional implications of recombinant view. research and teaching at top business schools. of engineering and the applied sciences (e.g., Barbara J. Grosz, Higgins Professor of Natural Please note that the Program in Science, applied mathematics, applied physics, mate- Sciences; Dean, Radcliffe Institute for Advanced Technology, and Management will not be rial science, electrical engineering, computer Studies . Artificial intelligence, collaborative accepting applications for the 2011-2012 science). On the HBS side, students are planning, and human-computer communi academic year. involved in special fields such as accounting cation. and control; competition and strategy; nego- Marco Iansiti, David Sarnoff Professor of Busi- tiation, organization, and markets; marketing; ness Administration. Technological innovation, Admission organizational behavior; and technology product development, entrepreneurship, and and operations management. The program operations. Successful candidates are familiar with the combines the quantitative and analytic contemporary literature on management and concepts and methodologies of the core H.T. Kung, William H . Gates Professor of global management practices and have well- disciplines studied in the SEAS with the disci- Computer Science and Electrical Engineering . developed knowledge and/or experience in the plinary expertise and field-based experience Computer networks and applications. fields of engineering or technology. Further- nurtured at HBS. Josh Lerner, Jacob H . Schiff Professor of Invest- more, they have a distinguished academic To complete the PhD in Science, Tech- ment Banking . Venture capital, private equity, record from a rigorous program and exemplary nology and Management, students must fulfill and intellectual property. the requirements listed below. The program is GRE General Test or GMAT scores, especially Andrew McAfee, Associate Professor of Business flexible, and students are expected to have an in the quantitative area. Please note that, when Administration . Performance impact of infor- advisor from SEAS and another from HBS. possible, the GMAT is preferred. Prior course- mation technology. work in engineering, computer science, or • Management and Markets course physical/life sciences is strongly recommended. • Five MBA courses to ensure mastery of Michael D. Mitzenmacher, Gordon McKay Several years of college-level mathematics, the fundamentals of business admin- Professor of Computer Science . Algorithms and such as calculus and linear algebra, are highly istration for those who do not have an data structures. desirable. MBA Venkatesh Narayanamurti, John A . and Eliza- Non-native English speakers must take • Courses in technology-related areas beth S . Armstrong Professor of Engineering and the TOEFL, unless they have obtained a • Other elective courses that strengthen Applied Sciences; Professor of Physics; Dean, degree from an institution in which English the students knowledge in areas such as School of Engineering and Applied Sciences . is the language of instruction. The committee economic theory, quantitative methods, Condensed matter physics. prefers scores of at least 600 and 260 on the and statistics Anthony G. Oettinger, Gordon McKay paper-based and the computer-based tests, • Written General Examination Professor of Applied Mathematics and Research respectively. • Oral special field examination Professor of Information Resources Policy . Infor- Further information about the program • Dissertation mation resources policy. is available on the Harvard Business School Website at www.hbs.edu/doctoral. Applica- David C. Parkes, John L . Loeb Associate tions for admission may be obtained from the Professor of the Natural Sciences . Computa- Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Admis- tional mechanism design. sions Office or completed online at www.gsas. Michael O. Rabin, Thomas J . Watson Sr . harvard.edu. Questions regarding the program Professor of Computer Science . Theory of should be directed to: computation and parallel systems. Harvard Business School Doctoral Programs Office Norman Ramsey, Higgins Professor of Physics, [email protected] Emeritus . Programming languages and tools.

Programs of Study 2 0 1 Jan Rivkin, Professor of Business Administra- tion . Intra-firm consistency across functional, geographic, and product boundaries. Margo I. Seltzer, Harvard College Professor; Herchel Smith Professor of Computer Science . Operating systems and databases. Michael D. Smith, Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences, Gordon McKay Professor of Computer Science and Electrical Engineering . Compilation and computer architecture. Stefan H. Thomke, Co-chair; William Barclay Harding Professor of Business Administration. Management of technology and product innovation. Mary Tripsas, Associate Professor of Business Administration . Technological change and industry evolution. Michael Tushman, Paul R . Lawrence MBA Class of 1942 Professor of Business Administra- tion . Management of strategic innovation and large system change. David M. Upton, Albert J . Weatherhead III Professor of Business Administration . Applica- tion of information technology in operations, in particular business-to-business applications of Internet, and flexibility in manufacturing systems. Salil P. Vadhan, Gordon McKay Professor of Computer Science and Applied Mathematics . Computational complexity and cryptography. Woodward Yang, Co-chair; Gordon McKay Professor of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science . VLSI system design and implementation.

2 0 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Higher Degrees in Slavic Languages and Literatures

The Department of Slavic Languages and The department has two fellowships, the Generally, incoming students, unless they Literatures includes among its aims the Boris A. Bakhmeteff and the Michael Karpo- are self-supporting, are offered a full financial training of graduate students in the linguistics vich, specifically designated for students in aid package. Each package includes five years and literature of the Slavic peoples. Doctoral Slavic Languages and Literatures. Candidates of tuition, plus a stipend in years one and two candidates specialize either in linguistics or for degrees in this field are also eligible for and guaranteed teaching in years three and in literature, but are required to have some regular Graduate School grants-in-aid. The four to cover cost-of-living expenses. In addi- knowledge of both fields. The department department requires that doctoral candidates tion, incoming students receive four summer offers courses in the various Slavic languages work as teaching fellows in its language and research grants, thus providing support over a and literatures, including Old Church literature courses, regarding such experience as twelve-month period for the first four years. Slavonic, Russian, Ukrainian, Polish, Czech, an integral part of doctoral training. The fifth tuition payment occurs in the final and Serbo-Croatian. year and is funded by a guaranteed dissertation Instruction in Russian, Polish, and Old completion fellowship, which covers tuition Church Slavonic was introduced at Harvard in and pays a full stipend. the academic year 1896-97 by Professor Leo Admission After the first two years of graduate study Wiener, who later added a course in Bohe- Applicants should show knowledge of Russian students are eligible and expected to teach in mian, as Czech was then called. In 1930 the (or the language of the student’s major field) the Slavic Department, the General Education late Professor Samuel Hazzard Cross took over equivalent to Harvard’s Slavic 103 (third year). program, or in other related Harvard programs the teaching of courses in the Slavic languages Formal training in literature or linguistics is to help defray living expenses. In addition to and literatures; under him offerings were highly desirable for admission to the program. such support, students are encouraged to apply expanded to include a course in Serbo- In order to anticipate the language require- for appropriate Harvard and outside fellow- Croatian. ment, the candidate for admission should have ships, and departmental research assistant- The present Department of Slavic a reading knowledge of French or German, ships. Languages and Literatures was established although this is not a prerequisite. as a separate department of the University All applicants to the department are under the Division of Modern Languages and required to submit General GRE scores, as Literatures by a vote of the Faculty of Arts Library Resources well as an extensive writing sample in English. and Sciences on January 4, 1949. Professor The collections of Widener Library offer Any applicant whose native language is not Michael Karpovich was appointed chair of resources for the study and research of Slavic English is required to take the TOEFL exam, the department. In the same year, through culture without parallel at any American the devotion and generosity of Professor and achieve a score of 550 or better, or to university. The Kilgour collection in the Cross’s classmate, Mr. Curt Reisinger, the receive a degree from an institution where the Houghton Library is the finest holding of Samuel Hazzard Cross Professorship of Slavic language of instruction is English. Applica- Russian first imprints in the Western world. Languages and Literatures was established, tions without GRE scores and TOEFL results The library of the Davis Center houses a sepa- and Professor Roman Jakobson named to it. (where applicable) will be considered incom- rate specialized collection available to enrolled In 1954, the Curt Hugo Reisinger Professor- plete. students. ship of Slavic Languages and Literatures was The department ordinarily interviews created, with Professor Michael Karpovich finalists for admission over the telephone in as first incumbent. The Alfred Jurzykowski February. Admitted students are invited to Professorship of Polish Language and Litera- campus for a one-day visit in mid-February Master of Arts (AM) ture was activated in 1971, and held first by to meet with faculty and graduate students The department does not admit candidates Professor Wiktor Weintraub. Chairs in Ukrai- and to find out more about programs of study for a terminal AM degree. PhD candidates nian Philology and in Ukrainian Literature available within the department. We strongly may, however, apply for a master’s degree after were endowed in 1973. urge applicants who may be out of the country having completed, with satisfactory grades, The department, although its specific in February to so inform the department and eight half-courses that satisfy department requirements. The degree may also be offered concerns center on the fields of language and try to visit Cambridge before their departure. literature, maintains close working ties with to students unable to complete the doctorate. other groups studying the Slavic world at Harvard; among these are the Regional Studies Program, the Davis Center for Russian and Financial Aid Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) Eurasian Studies, and the Ukrainian Studies Graduate students pay full tuition for two The requirements for this degree are: Program of the Harvard Ukrainian Research years, reduced tuition for two years, and a Institute. facilities fee or active file fee thereafter. A Residence (Academic) — Minimum of two student must be in good standing and making years (see The Graduate School of Arts and satisfactory progress toward the degree to be Sciences Handbook). In practice, most students eligible for financial support. To apply for should expect course work to extend into the financial aid, a student must complete a finan- third year. cial aid application each year. Good Standing — The minimum standard set by the department for satisfactory work

Programs of Study 2 0 3 by graduate students is an A-/B+ average (as General Examinations — Before proceeding years after the general examinations. The PhD many A’s as B’s). Students who fall below this to write a dissertation, the candidate must candidate is then asked to give a defense before level must, in the following term, demonstrate pass the following examinations; they will be members of the Department. their ability to meet this minimum in courses offered only during the fall and spring terms. One bound and one unbound boxed taken within the department. Only students copy of the dissertation, with the department’s who remain in good standing are eligible to Plan A: Literature signed dissertation acceptance certificate take the PhD general examinations. Part 1 . A minor field portfolio and collec- attached, must be delivered to the registrar tive presentation. Special Fields — Slavic literatures, Slavic of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences by the Part 2a . A four-hour written examination linguistics. deadline established for each degree conferral that will consist of eight textual excerpts from a date. The final manuscript should conform to Program of Study — Out of the 16 half- range of periods and genres. The author, title, the requirements described in The Form of the courses required, at least two must be seminars and year the work was written will be identi- PhD Dissertation. or conference courses, which involve the fied. The student will write on six of these writing of a substantial research paper. One- excerpts, contextualizing each within literary Further information regarding courses and hundred-level courses in literature may be history and the author’s creative biography, and programs of study in Slavic Languages and counted for graduate credit with permission also analyzing the work’s formal features. Literatures may be obtained by writing to: of the chair and the professor involved, and Part 2b . A single take-home essay in which Chair, Department of Slavic Languages and on condition that a graduate-level paper be the student will be given 48 hours to complete Literatures, Barker Center 374, 12 Quincy submitted as part of the course work. the essay and an expected word count for the Street, Cambridge, MA 02138, or by viewing There are two general programs of study, result.is The written part of the exam is to be the Website at www. slavic.fas.harvard.edu/. corresponding to the special fields listed above. taken no more than one month before Part 3. Information on admission, tuition All students are required to take the Proseminar Part 3 . A two-hour comprehensive oral and registration policies, and grants may and Old Church Slavonic, the former in the examination centering on four “fields” chosen be obtained by writing to the Admissions first term of the first year. by the candidate in consultation with the Office, Harvard Graduate School of Arts and Plan A — Slavic languages and literatures director of graduate studies in the candidate’s Sciences, Holyoke Center 350, 1350 Massa- with concentration on the study of literature. major literature. One field will be on the chusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02138 . The candidate will choose one major Slavic dissertation while the others will be evolu- We encourage online submission of the language and literature and a minor field, tionary (intrinsic), theoretical, and contextual application. See www.gsas.harvard.edu. which can be another Slavic language and (extrinsic) in nature. literature, another European language and Plan B: Linguistics literature, Slavic linguistics and language pedagogy, Russian and East European history, Part 1 . A two-hour written examination, Selected Recent Dissertation Titles or comparative literature (six courses in the testing the candidate’s knowledge of Slavic major field and four in the minor field). linguistics from a comparative-historical or Alex Spektor, “Narrative Ethics in the First- contrastive perspective. Person Prose of Fyodor Dostoevsky and Plan B — Slavic languages and literatures with Part 2 . A three-hour written examination Witold Gombrowicz.” concentration on the study of Slavic linguistics. on the linguistics of the candidate’s major Emily Van Buskirk, “Reality in Search of Liter- In this program the candidate will choose one language in the context of the Slavic family; ature: Lydia Ginzburg’s In-Between Prose.” Slavic language as the major (four courses), this is taken no more than one month before a second Slavic language as the first minor Part 3. Hakyung Jung, “The Grammar of Have in (two courses), and a related elective field as Part 3 . A two-hour comprehensive oral Have-Less Language: Possession, Perfect, and the second minor (two courses). Additionally, examination centering on (although not Ergativity in North Russia.” Introduction to Comparative Slavic Linguistics limited to) five “fields”; the fields are to be Ian Chesley, “Handwriting, Typography, and Introduction to Linguistics are required. chosen by the candidate in consultation with Illustration: The Visual Word of the Russian Languages — Before the candidate is eligible the director of graduate studies. Avant-Garde” for the general examinations, a reading Dissertation — A dissertation prospectus Inna Galperin, “Gogol’s Play with Multiple knowledge of both French and German or must be submitted for review and approval by Addressees: Society Vaudeville and Satirical French or German, plus one other language all members of the department, ideally after Comedy in The Inspector General” of demonstrable importance to the student’s three and a half years, but no later than the Anna Gessen, “Four Strangers, Life on the research interests must be demonstrated, and end of four and a half years. When a student Margins” departmental requirements in the major Slavic submits the prospectus to the department, language and in the minor Slavic language or however, he or she also names an advisor Benjamin Barnaby Paloff, “Intermediacy: A languages (one for candidates who have chosen to direct the dissertation as first reader, and Poetics of Unfreedom in Interwar Russian, a second Slavic field under Plan A, two for requests second and third readers as well. Polish, and Czech Literatures” Plan B) must be satisfied. (See the Graduate Once the department approves the prospectus, Jacob Emery . “Stock Exchanges: Heredity, Program Requirements document available the student will work with these three faculty in the department office for more specific Identity, and Metaphor in Modernist Slavic members (at least one of whom must be a Literature Modernist Slavic Literature” details.) department member) as needed throughout Teaching — As part of their preparation the dissertation process. Séamas Stiofan O’Driscoll, “Invisible Forces: candidates are expected to teach within their The dissertation must give evidence of Capitalism and the Russian Literary Imagina- areas of specialization. Teaching is supervised original research or of original treatment of the tion (1855-1881)” by members of the department and includes a subject and must be in good literary form. The program of teacher training. dissertation should be completed within three

2 0 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Julia Vaingurt, “Wonderlands of the Russian Bolton, Jonathan, Associate Professor of Slavic cultural studies and semiotics, performing arts Avant-Garde: Technology and the Arts in the Languages and Literatures. BA 1990, Harvard (opera, ballet, drama, music) and performance 1920s” University; MA 1995, University of Texas at studies, urban studies, imperialism, monu- Alexandra Kirilcuk Lyons, “A Hermitage of Austin; PhD 2001, University of Michigan. ments and commemorations, literary canon Poets: Russian Emigre Poetry in Prague, 1922- Interests: Czech literature, history, and culture and popular culture. 1939” from the medieval period to the present; Selected Works: Mapping St . Petersburg: Impe- discourses of Central European identity after rial Text and Cityshape (2005); The Literary Rachel Slayman Platonov, “Marginal Notes: World War II; Jews in Central European litera- Lorgnette: Attending Opera in Imperial Russia ‘Avtorskaia Pesnia’ on the Boundaries of ture; Communism as ideology and culture; (2000); “The City’s Memory: Texts of Preser- Culture and Genre” language, narrative form, and political power vation and Loss in Imperial St . Petersburg” Julia Bekman Chadaga, “The Language of in first-person writing under Communism; (2007); “Eccentricity and Cultural Semiotics Glass and the Transformation of Vision in literary theory and theory of literary history. in Imperial Russia” (2006); “Eclectic Fabrica- Modern Russia” Selected Works: New Historicism/Nov´y Histo- tion: St. Petersburg and the Problem of Impe- rismus (edited volume, 2007); “Writing in rial Architectural Style” (2003); “Reading Kylie R . Richardson, “The Case for Meaningful a Polluted Semiosphere: Everyday Life in Anna Karenina: Opera, Tragedy, Melodrama, Case: The Interaction of Tense, Aspect, and Lotman, Foucault, and de Certeau” (2006), Farce” (2003); “Melodramatizing Russia: Case in Russian” “What Lies in Wait Behind the Wall: Meta- Nineteenth-Century Views from the West” Edyta Bojanowska, “Nikolai Gogol: Between morphoses of Domestic Space in Czech Litera- (2002); “Novelistic Figuration, Narrative Ukrainian and Russian Nationalism” ture after 1989” (2006), “Mourning Becomes Metaphor: Western and Russian Models of Griorgio DiMauro, “The Furnace, the Crown, the Nation: The Funeral of Tomá˘s Masaryk the Prima Donna.” (1998); “Her Final Debut: and the Serpent: Images of Babylon in Musco- in 1937” (2004), “Public and Private Elegies: The Kadmina Legend in Russian Literature” vite Rus” Melancholy in Seifert, Orten, and Blatny”´ (1998). (2001), “In the Puppet Gardens: The Skeptical Work in Progress: Russian Imperial Masterworks Justyna Beinek, “The Album in the Age of Imagination of Ivan Wernisch (forthcoming and their Post-Histories; Cultural Properties: Russian and Polish Romanticism: Memory, 2007), “Czech Literature” (forthcoming in Afterlives of the Imperial in Soviet and Post- Nation, Authorship” The YIVO Encyclopedia of Jews in Eastern Soviet Russia; Staging Russianness: Cultural Life Timothy C . Harte, “Russian Motion: Kinetic Europe, 2008). in Performance; The Over-Examined Life: New Dynamism and Speed in Russian Avant-Garde Work in Progress: Everyday Life under Normal- Perspectives on Tolstoy (conference volume). Poetry, Painting, and Film” ization: Power, Language, and Stories in Czech Chaput, Patricia R., Professor of the Practice Taras Koznarsky, “Kharkiv Literary Almanacs Literature after 1968; Prague Between Two of Slavic Languages, Director of the Language of the 1830s: Shaping Ukrainian Cultural Empires: Literary Culture in Czechoslovakia Program. BA 1968, UCLA; MA, PhD 1979, Identity” Between the Wars . Harvard. Annette Gertraude Pein, “How Stories Are Told Boym, Svetlana, Curt Hugo Reisinger Interests: Russian verb aspect, lexical seman- in Romantic Verse: Problems of Narration in Professor of Slavic Languages and Literatures tics, pragmatics, language and culture, Vasily Zhukovsky’s Vadim” and Professor of Comparative Literature. BA language teaching. 1980, Leningrad State Pedagogical Institute; Selected Works: “Shifting Culture from Aida Vidan, “Ballads by Women Performers in MA 1983, Boston University; PhD 1988, Custom to Context” (2000); “Culture in the Oral Traditions of the South Slavs” Harvard. Grammar” (1997); “Functional and Semantic Interests: 20th-century Russian literature Factors Affecting Aspect Choice in Questions” (poetry, essay, autobiographical fiction), (1990); “On the Question of Aspectual Selec- Faculty List film and contemporary art, cultural studies, tion in Denials” (1986). comparative literature, literature of exile, Work in Progress: College Language Teaching; Baranczak, Stanislaw, Alfred Jurzykowski literary theory, Soviet and post-Soviet culture, “The Pragmatics of Aspectual Choice in Professor of Polish Language and Literature. East European expatriate writers, study of Russian Imperatives”; Topics in Russian MA 1969, PhD 1973, Adam Mickiewicz memory and nostalgia, political and artistic Grammar: An Instructor’s Handbook; Pervyj University, Poland. freedom. shag (textbook for beginning Russian). Interests: Modern Polish literature, Polish Selected Works: The Future of Nostalgia (2001); poetry of the 19th and 20th centuries, literary Flier, Michael S., Oleksandr Potebnja Death in Quotation Marks: Cultural Myths translation. Professor of Ukrainian Philology. BA 1962, of the Modern Poet (1991); Common Places: Selected Works: A Fugitive from Utopia: The MA 1964, PhD 1968, University of California Mythologies of Everyday Life in Russia (1994); Poetry of Zbigniew Herbert (1987); Breathing at Berkeley. “From Russian Soul and Post-Communist Under Water, and Other East European Essays Interests: Slavic linguistics, semiotics of medi- Nostalgia” (1995); “Socialist Realism and (1990); ‘Spoiling Cannibals’ Fun’: Polish Poetry eval East Slavic culture. Kitsch” (1995); “Estrangement and Exile: of the Last Two Decades of Communist Rule Selected Works: “Surzhyk: The Rules of Shklovsky to Brodsky” (1996). (an anthology, ed. and transl. with Clare Engagement” (1999), “Now You See It, Now Work in Progress: Freedom/Liberty/Svoboda: Cavanagh); Wislawa Szymborska, View with You Don’t: The Ukrainian Phoneme j in Cross Cultural Approaches . a Grain of Sand: Selected Poems (1995, ed. Context” (1998); “The Jer Shift and Conse- and transl. with Clare Cavanagh); Jan Kocha- Buckler, Julie A., Professor of Slavic Languages quent Mechanisms of Sharping (Palatalization) nowski, Laments (1995, transl. with Seamus and Literatures. BA 1980, Yale; PhD 1996, in East Slavic” (1998); “Pokrovskii sobor i Heaney). Harvard. arkhitektonika moskovskikh srednevekovykh Work in Progress: Polish Poetry After 1944; Interests: Russian literature, 19th-century and ritualov” [The Church of the Intercession and Three Great Polish Romantic Poets (transl. with pre-revolutionary prose, 18th-century litera- the Architechtonics of Medieval Muscovite Clare Cavanagh). ture, West European and American literature, Rituals] (1998); ed. Ukrainian Philology and

Programs of Study 2 0 5 Linguistics (1996); co-ed. Medieval Russian • “The Reception of Sappho in Antiquity,” Interests: 19th- and 20th-century Russian Culture, II (1994); co-ed. Medieval Russian “The Reception of Alkaios in Antiquity” prose, Russian film, literary theory. Culture (1984); Aspects of Nominal Determina- (1994) Selected Works: The Author as Hero (2002); tion in Old Church Slavic (1974). Work in Progress: Eight Twentieth-Century Russian Plays, ed. and Work in Progress: A book on the semiotics • The Glaring Identity of ‘Now’: Trauma, trans. with Timothy Langen (2000); Work in of the Apocalypse in Medieval Rus’; articles Memory, and the Quotidian in the Works of Progress: Leo Tolstoy and the Alibi of Narrative . on Ukrainian case government, Ukrainian- Miron Bialoszewski, book manuscript. Russian code-mixing. • Co-editor of Polish-German Post/Memory: Grabowicz, George G., Dmytro Cyzzevs´kyj Aesthetics, Ethics, Politics . Professor of Ukrainian Literature. BA 1965, • Co-organizer of the international conference Yale; AM 1970, PhD 1975, Harvard. “Polish-German Post/Memory: Aesthetics, Interests: Ukrainian literature, Russian-Ukrai- Ethics, Politics.” Indiana University, Bloom- nian and Polish-Ukrainian literary relations, ington, April 19-22, 2007. literary theory (especially reception theory), Sandler, Stephanie, Ernest E. Monrad Romanticism, the Baroque. Professor of Slavic Languages and Literatures. Selected Works: Toward a History of Ukrai- BA 1975, Princeton; PhD 1982, Yale. nian Literature (1981); The Poet as Myth- Interests: Contemporary Russian poetry; maker (1982); In Search of a Great Literature modern Russian poetry and theory; feminist (in Ukrainian, 1993); Do istorii ukrainskoi approaches to Russian literature; Pushkin and literatury (1997); Poet jak mifotvore´c (1998). myths of Pushkin in Russia; cinema; psycho- Work in Progress: The Reception of Sˇevcˇenko; analysis; literature and religion. Ethnicity and Populism in Modern Ukrainian Selected Works: Distant Pleasures: Alexander Literature; Russian-Ukrainian Literary Relations Pushkin and the Writing of Exile (1989, in the 19th Century . Russian translation 1998); Sexuality and the Malmstad, John, Samuel Hazzard Cross Body in Russian Culture (co-edited collection, Professor of Slavic Languages and Literatures. 1993); Rereading Russian Poetry (edited collec- BA 1963, Northwestern; MA, PhD 1969, tion, 1999), Self and Story in Russian History Princeton. (co-edited collection, 2000); Commemorating Interests: Russian poetry of the 19th and 20th Pushkin: Russia’s Myth of a National Poet centuries; the culture of the “Silver Age”; the (2004). Russian avant-garde. Work in Progress: A book on Russian poetry Selected Works: Mikhail Kuzmin: A Life in since the 1960s; articles on contemporary Art (with Nikolay Bogomolov) (1998); Andrey women poets in Russia and the US, and on Bely: Spirit of Symbolism (1987); transl. (with the films of Sokurov and Tarkovsky. Robert Maguire) of Bely’s Petersburg (1978); Todd, William Mills III, Harvard College editions of the works of Bely, Kuzmin, and Professor, Harry Tuchman Levin Professor Khodasevich; articles on modern Russian of Literature, and Professor of Comparative poetry and Russian avant-garde. Literature. AB 1966, Dartmouth; MA 1968, Work in Progress: A biography of Andrey Bely; Oxford; PhD 1973, Columbia. the correspondence of Bely and E.K. Metner. Interests: 19th-century Russian and European Nizynska, Joanna, Associate Professor of Slavic literature, Russian pastoral, journalism and Languages and Literatures. MA 1991, Adam literature, Pushkin, Dostoevsky, theory of Mickiewicz University; MA 1996, PhD 2002, narrative, semiotics, literary sociology, and University of California at cultural studies. Los Angeles. Selected Works: Sovremennaia Amerikanskaia Interests: Post-WWII Polish literature, Pushkinovedenie: Sbornik Statei (St. Petersburg, comparative approaches to literature, literature 1999); The Familiar Letter as a Literary Genre and philosophy, hermeneutics and psycho- in the Age of Pushkin (1976, Russian transl. analysis, trauma and memory studies. 1995); Literature and Society in Imperial Russia: Selected Works: 1800-1914 (1978); Fiction and Society in the • “The Impossibility of Shrugging Your Shoul- Age of Pushkin: Ideology, Institutions, Narrative ders: O’Harists, O’Hara and Post-1989 Polish (1986, Russian transl. 1996.); Soviet Sociology Poetry” (forthcoming). of Literature: Conceptions of a Changing World • “The Something More of ‘almost (1990). nothing’: Miron Bialoszewski’s Kairotic Work in Progress: A book on the serialization Everyday”(forthcoming) of the Russian novel (1860s-80s), articles on • “Marsyas’ Howl: The Myth of Marsyas Russian literary theory. in Ovid’s Metamorphoses and Zbigniew Weir, Justin McCabe, Professor of Slavic Herbert’s ‘Apollo and Marsyas’” (2001) Languages and Literatures. BA 1991, Univer- • Translations of S. Grochowiak, Z. Herbert, sity of Minnesota; MA 1993, PhD 1997, E. Lipska, S. Baranczak (1998) Northwestern.

2 0 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences PhD Programs in Social Policy

This program awards a PhD degree in either in their second year, students move into a (2) neighborhoods and spatial segregation; (3) Government and Social Policy or Sociology three-term Proseminar based at the Kennedy family structures and parental roles; (4) immi- and Social Policy. Both of these programs are School which focuses on the study of social gration, race, and labor market segregation; joint degrees that provide students a thorough policy, with an emphasis on the manifestations (5) education and inequality; and (6) historical grounding in one of these two traditional of inequality (residential racial segregation, and comparative social policy. Students must disciplines and then move them into a series educational attainment, differential political take one course in the field they select. A of inter-disciplinary seminars on social policy participation, immigration, race and gender list of suitable courses is available from the based at the Kennedy School of Govern- segregation in the labor market, etc.). In program office. This requirement can also be ment (KSG). Students submit applications the course of this seminar, students prepare satisfied as a tutorial or independent study for admission to the Committee on Higher original research papers that serve as qualifying from a member of the social policy faculty in Degrees in Social Policy, which must be papers (in sociology) or research papers (in the Kennedy School. accepted as well by the admissions committee government). Students in Government and All students in the joint programs are of either the Department of Government or Social Policy must elect social policy as their required to enroll in the advanced seminar in the Department of Sociology. From the very “focus field” in satisfying their government social policy that will assist them in designing beginning of their graduate careers, then, requirements. their dissertation prospectus. Students must students are taught and supervised by faculty Participants in both degree programs are complete a prospectus for the doctoral from government, sociology and the Malcolm expected to select a field specialization within dissertation for a three-person committee Wiener Center for Social Policy in the social policy. Six topical areas are available: composed of faculty from Government or Kennedy School. (1) work, wages, and the marketplace; Sociology and Social Policy. Ordinarily the This degree is intended for students prospectus is completed by the end of the who have central interests in problems of third year in residence. economic inequality, segregation, poverty, changing family structure, immigration, race and labor market segmentation, educational The table below summarizes the degree requirements in each joint degree program: inequality, and historical and comparative Degree Requirements in each Social Policy PhD Program studies of inequality in the United States and abroad (especially Western Europe). It will be Sociology and Social Policy PhD Government and Social Policy PhD • Two-term sequence in classical and contemporary • Twelve half-courses, of which eight must be in of particular interest for students who wish theory. government. At least ten of these 12 half-courses to combine solid training in the fundamental • Two-term sequence in quantitative and qualitative and seven of the eight half-courses in government theoretical perspectives and methodological methods, and one advanced course in quantitative must be 1000- or 2000-level courses. Students traditions of either government or sociology methods. must complete six half-courses by the end of their with advanced study of policy responses to Sociology General Examination second term in residence and nine by the end of their third. One of the government department these social problems. Students who would Qualifying examination taken in September following Year 1, to cover theory, methods, organiza- half-courses, ordinarily at the 2000 level, must be like the flexibility to pursue research careers in tions, and political sociology, plus an elective area. taken in the student’s minor field, which is either of the remaining two fields not assessed in the departments of political science or sociology Post-General Examination Program and schools of public policy or other research General Examination. Beginning in the first year and continuing on there- • Completion of two of the three terms of the fields may find these joint degrees especially after, all students must complete 14 term courses Proseminar in Social Policy. suitable. at the 200 level with an average of B or better. Five • Students must complete three seminar style of these courses must be the the theory and methods research papers, one of which should fulfill the Course of Study courses listed above. social policy program’s requirement to complete • Research apprenticeship, one term Students are expected to complete all of the a research paper in a topical area with major • Completion of Sociology 305, the Teaching literatures in government and social policy. This required courses and examinations in govern- Practicum latter paper should emanate from the Social Policy ment or sociology (outlined in the table), • Service as teaching fellow in one sociology course Proseminar and may serve as the basis for the which ensures that joint degree candidates • Completion of three terms of Social Policy qualifying paper in social policy discussed below. Proseminar • Competency in one language other than English. will be thoroughly grounded in the theory, • Completion of research paper in topical area with methods, and a key substantive area of the Must be demonstrated via language examinations. major literatures in sociology and social policy. • Completion of one course in quantitative methods traditional discipline. Applicants are urged to This paper should emanate from the Social Policy (with a grade of B or better), or, with the approval consult the government or sociology depart- Proseminar and may be used as the basis for the of the Director of Graduate Studies, an equivalent ment listings for more information regarding qualifying paper. course. • Completion of an oral examination in the the degree requirements in those departments. student’s area of special interest, which is expected Government General Examination The government department requires that the to be the area in which the dissertation will fall. General examination taken at the end of year two, general, oral examination be taken at the end to cover political theory, a major field (American government, comparative politics, international of the second year. The sociology department relations, political theory), and a focus field in social requires that a written examination be taken in policy. September preceding the second year. Post-General Examination Program Students then embark on a complemen- Completion of third term in Social Policy tary program of study in social policy. Starting Proseminar. Continued on next page

Programs of Study 2 0 7 Advanced Studies in Social Policy: Required for all students Faculty List • Field Specialization: ** indicates members of the Committee on • One course for field specialization within social policy. Students will choose a field Higher Degrees in Social Policy specialization from among the following six topical areas: (1) work, wages, and the marketplace; (2) neighborhoods and spatial segregation; Mary Jo Bane, Thornton Bradshaw Professor (3) family structures and parental roles; (4) immigration, race, and labor market segre- of Public Policy and Management, Kennedy gation; (5) education; and (6) historical and comparative social policy. Students may School . Education. Public management, also satisfy this requirement by taking tutorials/independent study under the guidance poverty, welfare, child support, family, and of a member of the social policy faculty in KSG. social policy. • Qualifying paper in the specialized field. Supervised by committee drawn from partici- George J. Borjas, Robert W . Scrivner Professor pants in the joint degree program (normally including member of the student’s Faculty of Economics and Social Policy, Kennedy School . of Arts and Sciences (FAS) department). May be based upon paper completed for the Economist. Government regulations of labor Social Policy Proseminar. markets, economic impact of immigration, • Advanced Seminar in Social Policy. Required of all students in the program; designed to skill composition of the labor force. assist them in preparation of the dissertation prospectus. Mary C. Brinton, Reischauer Institute Professor • Completion of dissertation prospectus (including oral defense). of Sociology . Sociologist. Gender stratifica- • Teaching fellowship. Students are encouraged to serve as teaching fellows in government, tion, labor market organization, education, sociology, or Kennedy School social policy courses. economic sociology, and Japanese society. • Completion of dissertation. Amitabh Chandra. Assistant Professor of Public Policy, Kennedy School . Economist. Racial disparities in healthcare, medical malpractice The final draft of a student’s dissertation is It is expected that students generally complete and defensive medicine, and technology and evaluated during a public oral defense before all the requirements for the PhD degree within productivity in healthcare. the dissertation committee. The outcomes of six years after admission. Pepper Culpepper, Associate Professor of this hearing are pass, pass conditional on Public Policy, Kennedy School . Comparative minor revisions, or fail. The final manuscript Academic Review capitalism, strategies of economic reform, must conform to the requirements described The Committee on Higher Degrees in Social and politics of the European Union. Role of in The Form of the PhD Dissertation. Policy is charged with monitoring the progress employers and politics, and on determinants of students in both joint programs. Together of supply-side economic policies in Europe. Financial Aid with academic advisors and the director of Susan Dynarski, Associate Professor of Public Harvard intends that all graduate students graduate studies in the respective departments, Policy, Kennedy School . Applied micro should have support adequate to enable them the committee is responsible for ensuring that economics to analyze impact of government to complete their studies while enrolled full- students are progressing through the degree policy on individual behavior. Distributional time. The University’s financial aid continues requirements in government or sociology and impact of tax incentives for education saving. for the five-year period of study, though the in social policy. amount varies as the individual’s needs change Kathryn Edin, Professor of Public Policy and and the form of aid changes from year to Admissions Management, Kennedy School . Sociologist. year. In general, students are provided tuition Applications for admission and financial aid Urban poverty and family life, social welfare, and stipends during their first two years and are available from the Admissions Office, public housing, child support, and non-mar- the final dissertation year, and receive tuition Harvard Graduate School of Arts and ital childbearing. support and teaching or research assistantships Sciences, Holyoke Center 350, 1350 Massa- **David T. Ellwood, Scott M . Black Professor during their third and fourth years. Students chusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02138. We of Political Economy, Dean, Kennedy School . are admitted only when the University has encourage online submission of the applica- Economist. Welfare, teenage unemployment, arranged to offer them the needed financial tion. See www.gsas.harvard.edu. poverty, wage disparities, causes of rapidly assistance, or if they have demonstrated the Further information about the joint changing family structures and their impacts capacity to finance their studies without degree programs may be obtained from the on inequality. University help. program Website (www.ksg.harvard.edu/ All students in the Graduate School of socialpol/) . Questions or requests for addi- Margarita Estevez-Abe, Paul Sack Associate Arts and Sciences must continue to make tional printed materials should be directed Professor of Political Economy . Comparative satisfactory progress in order to be eligible for to the office of the director, Pamela Metz, via social policy, Japanese politics and economy, any type of financial aid. The joint doctoral e-mail ([email protected]) or corre- varieties of capitalism, and gender inequality. programs in Government and Social Policy spondence addressed to her attention at the Ronald F. Ferguson, Lecturer in Public Policy, and Sociology and Social Policy observe the Kennedy School of Government, 79 John Kennedy School . Economist. Education general guidelines outlined in The Graduate F. Kennedy Street, Cambridge, MA 02138. finance, diffusion of teaching reforms, deter- School of Arts and Sciences Handbook . minates of disparity in earnings and employment, and evaluation of community-based Residence youth programming. For the degree of doctor of philosophy, a Peter A. Hall, Krupp Foundation Professor of minimum of two years (four terms) of full- European Studies . Varieties of capitalism, Euro- time graduate study in residence in the Grad- pean politics, policymaking, and compara- uate School of Arts and Sciences is required.

2 0 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences tive political economy. Contribution of Robert D. Putnam, Peter and Isabel Malkin institutional analysis to the study of political Professor of Public Policy, Kennedy School . Faculty Affiliates in Other economy, and the political responses to inter- Political scientist. Democratic theory, social Departments national integration in post-war Europe. capital, comparative analysis of elites, civic Richard B. Freeman, Herbert Ascherman **Jennifer L. Hochschild, Henry LaBarre engagement. Professor of Economics . Economist. Supply and Jayne Professor of Government and Professor of Monica Singhal, Assistant Professor of Public demand for skilled workers, discrimination, African and African American Studies, Harvard Policy, Kennedy School . Economist. Public the welfare state, comparative analysis of labor College Professor . Political scientist. Political finance and labor economics. market institutions, trade unionism and work- philosophy, American political thought, public Robert J. Sampson, Henry Ford II Professor place representation, the youth labor market, opinion, race in America, identity politics, of the Social Sciences . Etiology of crime and and wage inequality. desegregation. violence, the life course, and urban sociology. Roland G. Fryer, Professor of Economics . Torben Iversen, Harold Hitchings Burbank Nature, sources, and consequences of commu- Applied theory, applied microeconomics, Professor of Political Economy . Political scien- nity-level social processes. and labor economics. Application of tools tist. Comparative political economy, electoral Theda Skocpol, Victor S . Thomas Professor of of economic analysis to issues of race and politics, and applied formal theory, European Government and Sociology . Political scientist. inequality. Affirmative action, discrimination, voting and party behavior, impact of de-in- Comparative politics, American politics, and and social economics. dustrialization and partisan politics on public political sociology, history of social policy, Edward L. Glaeser, Fred and Eleanor Glimp spending policies. civic engagement. Professor of Economics . Economist. Political Brian Jacob, Assistant Professor of Public Policy, **Mary C. Waters, M .E . Zukerman Professor of economy, urban economics, labor turnover. Kennedy School . Economist. Labor economics, Sociology . Sociologist. Race and ethnic identity, Claudia Goldin, Henry Lee Professor of program evaluation, and the economics of immigrant assimilation, labor markets. Economics . Economist. American economic education. Martin Whyte, Professor of Sociology . Compar- history, including slavery, emancipation, the **Christopher Jencks, Malcolm Wiener ative sociology, sociology of the family, soci- post-bellum South, the family, women in the Professor of Social Policy, Kennedy School . ology of development, the sociological study economy, the economic impact of war, immi- Sociologist. Material standard of living of contemporary China, and the study of post- gration, New Deal policies, inequality, and over the past generation, homelessness, the Communist transitions. education. effects on children of growing up in poor Kim M. Williams, Associate Professor of Public Thomas J. Kane, Professor of Education . neighborhoods, welfare reform, and poverty Issues of higher education, including labor measurement. Policy, Kennedy School . American racial politics, social movements, and immigration policy. market payoff to community college, impact Alexander Keyssar, Matthew W . Stirling Jr ., of tuition and financial aid policy on college Professor of History and Social Policy, Kennedy Julie Boatright Wilson, Harry S . Kahn Senior enrollment rates, and impact of affirmative School . Election reform, the history of democ- Lecturer in Social Policy, Director of the Malcolm action in college admissions. racies, and the history of poverty. Wiener Center for Social Policy, Kennedy School . Sociologist. Urban, family, and welfare policy; Lawrence F. Katz, Elisabeth Allison Professor of Michèle Lamont, Robert I . Goldman Professor poverty; and survey research methodology. Economics . Economist. Labor economics, the of European Studies, Professor of Sociology and of economics of social problems including wage African and African American Studies . Cultural William Julius Wilson, Lewis P . and Linda L . and income inequality, unemployment, the sociology, inequality, race and immigration, Geyser University Professor . Sociologist. Poverty impact of immigration and international trade comparative sociology, the sociology of knowl- and joblessness, inequality, race relations, on the labor market, neighborhood effects and edge, and contemporary sociological theory. welfare, social policy. the problems of disadvantaged youth. Jeffrey B. Liebman, Malcolm Wiener Professor **Christopher Winship, Diker-Tishman Martha Minow, Jeremiah Smith Jr . Professor of Public Policy, Kennedy School . Economist. Professor of Sociology . Sociologist. Social/ of Law . Law and social change, international Public finance, labor economics, welfare economic status of African Americans, transi- human rights, religion and pluralism. policy, and tax policy. tions to adulthood, differential patterns of educational attainment, family formation Richard Murnane, Juliana W . and William Foss Erzo F.P. Luttmer, Associate Professor of Public process. Thompson Professor of Education and Society . Policy, Kennedy School . Economist. Public Economist. Education and the economy, economics, labor economics, and applied teacher labor markets, skills and training, the econometrics. determinants of children’s achievement, strate- Jane J. Mansbridge, Adams Professor of Political gies for effective schools. Leadership and Democratic Values, Kennedy School . Political scientist. Representation, trust, democratic theory, public understanding of collective action problems, social movements. Orlando Patterson, John Cowles Professor of Sociology . Sociologist. Race, immigration, and multiculturalism, trust among Afro- Americans, the history of freedom. Paul E. Peterson, Henry Lee Shattuck Professor of Government . Political scientist. Federalism, educational policy, and welfare policy.

Programs of Study 2 0 9 Higher Degrees in Sociology

The aim of the graduate program in sociology Academic Review Qualifying Requirement: Research Paper is to prepare students for scholarly and applied The committee on higher degrees is charged Each student must submit one research paper research and for teaching in sociology. with monitoring the progress of students in of article length to a committee of three Prerequisites the program. For University rules, students members of the faculty no later than by the should consult appropriate sections of The end of the sixth term in residence in order to For admission to candidacy for the PhD Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Hand- demonstrate the quality of his or her ability degree in the Department of Sociology, the book. Details on departmental practices and to deal systematically with empirical evidence. applicant must have a bachelor’s degree, or procedures can be obtained in the sociology The faculty committee is appointed by the its equivalent, based upon a distinguished graduate office. committee on higher degrees. record of college work. Applicants who wish to pursue only the master’s degree are not Course Requirements Qualifying Requirement: Special Area accepted in the graduate program of the Each student is expected to take and com- Examination department. Undergraduate work in the social plete at least 14 half-courses in sociology at The final qualifying requirement is an oral sciences, the humanities, the natural sciences, Harvard University. These may be 100-level examination in the student’s area of special and mathematics are all considered an appro- conference courses, 200-level courses, or interest. The field must be approved by the priate background. (a maximum of two) workshops. Teaching committee on higher degrees, which will then Applicants must take the general test Practicum (Soc 305) is also a course require- appoint a committee of at least three members portion of the Graduate Record Examination ment and should be completed within the of the faculty to conduct the examination. in time for the results to reach the Admis- first or second year. Sociology Research Ordinarily, the special area examination must sions Office of the Graduate School of Arts Design (Soc 201) is a full-year course that be taken no later than the end of the eighth and Sciences by January 2. Information about is required of second-year graduate students term. The outcomes are: distinction, above taking the GRE may be obtained from the while writing their qualifying papers. The PhD level, at PhD level, or not acceptable. Educational Testing Service, Princeton, NJ Graduate School requires a minimum of a 08540, www.gre.org. B average each term. Students are encour- Doctoral Dissertation: Prospectus Financial Aid aged to take courses beyond these minimum The candidate is required by the end of requirements, including offerings outside the the tenth term in residence to submit to Harvard intends that all graduate students Department of Sociology. the committee on higher degrees a disserta- should have support adequate to enable them tion prospectus stating a plan or design for to complete their studies while enrolled full- First-Year Requirements the research on which the doctoral disserta- time. Prospective students apply for financial All graduate students must take and pass tion will be written. The prospectus must aid at the same time they apply for admission, within the first year two half-courses on theo- be approved by a three-person dissertation- and are also required to submit a Statement retical approaches to sociology (Soc 204 and reading committee appointed by the of Financial Resources. The financial aid Soc 208) and two half-courses on methods of committee on higher degrees. The disserta- package for sociology students typically research (Soc 203a and Soc 209). At the time tion-reading committee should have at least includes tuition and fees plus a stipend for the of admission, a letter will be sent to each stu- two members from the Department of Soci- first two years; tuition and fees plus a combi- dent stating the background that will be ology, including the chair. If the prospectus nation of teaching fellowships and research presupposed in these courses. If a student is not accepted by the committee when first assistantships thereafter. does not have the needed background, he or submitted, the student ordinarily is allowed All students in the Graduate School of she will be required to take an appropriate one further opportunity to submit a new or Arts and Sciences must be making satisfactory course during the first term to remove the revised prospectus. progress in order to be eligible for any type of deficiency. financial aid. The Department of Sociology In unusual cases, an individual may be Doctoral Dissertation: Completion observes the general guidelines outlined in excused from one or more required courses by After consultation with the dissertation reading The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Hand- the committee on higher degrees. committee and with its consent, the student book. submits the final draft of the dissertation for Qualifying Requirement: Written Academic Residence a public oral defense before the committee. Examination The outcomes of this hearing are: pass, pass For the degree of doctor of philosophy, a The department expects that each student will conditional on minor revisions, or fail. If the minimum of two years (four terms) of full- take a written examination in the broad field dissertation is passed conditional on minor revi- time graduate study in residence in the Grad- of sociology. Students must take this exami- sions, the dissertation-reading committee can uate School of Arts and Sciences is required. nation in the third term in residence. The ordinarily approve the final draft without an Students must complete all the requirements examinations are graded by a single faculty additional hearing. The final manuscript must for the PhD degree within eight academic committee appointed each year by the depart- conform to the requirements described in The years after admission. ment chair. The outcomes are: pass, fail, or Form of the PhD Dissertation. honors pass. If a student fails, the examination must be retaken within a year. Students will not ordinarily be permitted to retake the examination more than once.

2 1 0 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Requirements for the Master’s Degree poverty, inequality, segregation, labor market “Why Are the Nurses Crying?: Restructuring, The department will not accept for admission studies, and the like. Power, and Control in an American Hospital” to graduate study a student who is a candidate Details on these related programs may “The Educational Pathways of White Work- for the master’s degree only. But candidates for be obtained by referring to their respective ing-Class Students” entries in this publication. the degree of doctor of philosophy are allowed “Gender and Organizational Selection Deci- to take a master’s degree in the course of their sions: Evidence from Law Firms” work toward the doctor’s degree. A candidate has met the requirements Recent Dissertation Titles “Becoming an Activist: Believers, Sympa- for the AM degree when he or she has taken thizers, and Mobilization in the American Pro- at least nine half-courses (maintaining a “The Racialization of Latinos in the United Life Movement” minimum of a B average), of which five States: Racial Options in a Changing Society” “Achieving Full Citizenship: An Institutional must be the department’s required courses; “Elites, Corporations, and the Wealth of Approach to the Political Incorporation of has passed the written examination; and has Nations” Immigrants and Refugees in the US and passed the research paper requirement. Canada” Ordinarily, all of these courses will be “Low-Income Fathers: Contexts, Connections, “Direct Democracy and Political Tactics: How 200-level seminars in sociology. and Self” Ballot Initiatives Increase the Competitive “Rethinking Japanese National Identity: Dynamism of the Political Process” Research Apprenticeships Narratives of Japanese Intellectuals” Each student is required to work as a research “To Speak or Not to Speak: The Multi-Level “To Speak with One Voice: Supra-tribal Amer- assistant in an apprenticeship capacity with a Leadership Influence in Voice and Silence in ican Indian Collective Identity Incorporation faculty member in the department for at Organizations” Among the Piscataway, 1500-1998” least one term. The apprenticeship is usually “Status Attainment Patterns of Latino and “The Rise and Decline of a Mass Movement: completed no later than the end of the fourth Asian Immigrant Students” term in residence. Students should be engaged American Workers and the Strike Wave of actively in research in these assistantships, not 1886” “Black-White Differences in the Gender Wage Ratio” merely performing clerical duties. “Protestant-Catholic-Buddhist: Korean-Amer- “The Incomplete Revolution: Constraints on Teaching Fellowships icans and Religious Adaptation in Greater Boston” Reform in Welfare Bureaucracies” Teaching fellowships are available to students “Freedom and Constraint: The Design of who have had at least two terms of residence at “Models of Economic Organization and the Governance and Leadership Structures in the University. Each student is required to be a New Inequality in the United States” British and American Firms” teaching fellow for at least one term course. “Negotiating Black Identities: The Construc- tion and Use of Social Boundaries Among “The Burning Man Organization Grows Up: Admissions Middle-Class Black Suburbanites” Blending Bureaucratic and Alternative Struc- For applications for admission and grants, tures” “Family Types and Marital Power: A Field write to the Admissions Office, Harvard Study in Taiwan” ”The Little Shops of Lhasa: Migrant Busi- Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, nesses and the Formation of Markets in a “Educational Attainment and the Bayesian Holyoke Center, 3rd floor, 1350 Massachu- Transitional Economy” setts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02138. We Dynamics of Expectation Formation” “Police in the ’Hood: Drug Laws, Police encourage online submission of the applica- “From Entertainment to Art: The Social Discretion, and Arresting African-Americans” tion; see www.gsas.harvard.edu. History of Film in the United States” Further information about the program “Buffers Against Uncertainty: Material Hard- “Five Smooth Stones: Strategic Capacity in the of study offered by the Department of ship and Poverty” Sociology may be obtained from the Unionization of California Agriculture” Graduate Office, Department of Sociology, “American Indian Identity Matters: The Poli- William James Hall 540, 33 Kirkland Street, tics of Identity and the Political Economy of Cambridge, MA 02138; socinf04@wjh. Ethnic Boundaries” Faculty List harvard.edu. “A Darker Shade of Pale: The Influence of Brinton, Mary C., Reischauer Institute Professor Related Programs Local Context and Racial Identity on White of Sociology . Gender stratification; labor market Attitudes Towards Black Americans” organization, education, economic sociology, The PhD Program in Organizational Japanese society. Behavior (joint with Harvard Business “Empowerment or Exploitation? International School) offers training in the theory and Migration of Women and State Policies in Asia” Carter, Prudence, Associate Professor of methods of sociology or psychology “Gender and Organizational Selection Deci- Sociology . The intersections of race, ethnicity, combined with the study of business sions: Evidence from Law Firms” class and gender; sociology of education; operations and with empirical research in urban poverty and social policy; mixed “Opening the ‘Black Box’ of Neighborhood organizational settings. methods; culture and identity. Effects: A Study of Voluntary Participation The PhD Program in Sociology and and Social Isolation in a Poor, Predominantly Chang, Mariko, Associate Professor of Sociology Social Policy (joint with the Kennedy School Puerto Rican Housing Project” and of Social Studies . Gender; social stratifica- of Government) is particularly suitable for tion; social policy; work and occupations; students who wish to combine theoretical “Children in Flux: The Frequency, Risk comparative sociology. and methodological expertise in sociology Factors, and Consequences of Children Not with policy training in the fields of urban Living with Their Parents”

Programs of Study 2 1 1 Christakis, Nicholas, Professor of Medical Waters, Mary C., Professor of Sociology. Social Sociology (Harvard Medical School), Professor demography; race and ethnic relations; social of Sociology . Socio-cultural factors that affect stratification. the supply, demand, and outcomes of medical Whyte, Martin K., Professor of Sociology and care; role of prognosis in medicine; improving Director of Graduate Studies . Comparative end-of-life care; health benefits of marriage. sociology; comparative family systems and Dobbin, Frank, Professor of Sociology . Compar- family change; the American family; gender ative/historical sociology; organizations; policy roles in comparative context; inequality and analysis/public policy. stratification; bureaucracy; sociology of China; Good, Mary-Jo Delvecchio, Professor of Social development. Medicine (Harvard Medical School). Medical Wilson, William Julius, Lewis P . and Linda L . sociology; Middle Eastern societies (social Geyser University Professor (Kennedy School of hierarchy, social transformation, culture). Government) . Race/ethnic/minority relations; Gross, Neil, Assistant Professor of Sociology. urban sociology; social policy. Classical and contemporary sociological Winship, Christopher, Professor of Sociology theory, sociology of ideas, sociology of culture. and Director of Graduate Studies . Quantita- Jencks, Christopher, Malcolm Wiener Professor tive data analysis; family formation process; of Social Policy (Kennedy School of Government) . transition to adulthood; changes in social and Race/ethnic/minority relations; stratification/ economic status of African Americans. mobility/inequality. Kaufman, Jason A., John L . Loeb Associate Professor of the Social Sciences . Political sociology; comparative/historical sociology; medical sociology/public health; urban sociology; sociology of law. Lamont, Michèle, Professor of Sociology . Cultural sociology; inequality; race and immigration; comparative sociology; sociology of knowledge; contemporary sociological theory. Lieberson, Stanley, Abbott Lawrence Lowell Professor of Sociology, Emeritus. Social determinants of tastes; logic of social research. Marsden, Peter V., Professor of Sociology, Harvard College Professor. Social networks; formal organizations; social stratification; methods. Patterson, Orlando, John Cowles Professor of Sociology. Sociology of economic development with special reference to the Caribbean; historical sociology of slavery and freedom; sociology of slavery; Caribbean and Afro- American culture and social structure; ethnicity from a critical and social- philosophical perspective. Sampson, Robert J., Henry Ford II Professor of the Social Sciences and Chair . Crime, law, and deviance; community and urban sociology; the life course. Skocpol, Theda R., Victor S . Thomas Professor of Government and Sociology. Political sociology; social revolutions; modern welfare states; comparative historical sociology. Sørensen, Annemette, Associate of the Depart- ment and Lecturer on Sociology . Stratification and mobility; family; sex and gender; sociology of the life course.

2 1 2 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Special Programs

codicology, epigraphy, numismatics or sigillog- Ioli Kalavrezou, Dumbarton Oaks Professor of Higher Studies in Byzantine raphy, and archaeology. Byzantine Art . Ioli Kalavrezou’s teaching covers Studies Students will normally take their examina- a wide range of topics in art and architecture The program is based on the philosophy that tions at the end of their third year of study. from the early fourth century to the fall of the a Byzantinist should be fully conversant with After successful completion of the examina- Byzantine Empire in 1453. the history, literature, and art of the Empire, tions, and provided that the student is in Fields of interest and publications range and be able to do research in all three areas. good standing, he or she will be supported from monumental wall paintings and mosaics Its aim, therefore, is to offer students the at Dumbarton Oaks for the fourth year. It is to objects carved in ivory and steatite, icons, opportunity to pursue a course of studies that expected that, at the end of the fourth year, and manuscripts. Of special interest are topics will give them competence in all three fields. students will return to Harvard and become in political history: the representation of the It is an interdepartmental program drawing teaching fellows, normally in the department relationship of Church and State, images on the human resources of Harvard University of admission. relating to the Schism, and imperial art. and Dumbarton Oaks. It is supplementary Examinations — Students will be examined in Recent research has focused on the Byzantine to, and does not preempt, the departmental the three Byzantine fields plus one field among body language. programs, through which a student whose those offered by the department of admission. Angeliki Laiou, Dumbarton Oaks Professor of primary interest is in the Byzantine field may A. By May of the second year, students will Byzantine History . Angeliki Laiou’s research has receive a PhD degree in history, classics, or art take a three-hour written examination, con- been concentrated on Byzantine history, with history. sisting of: special emphasis on social and economic insti- Admission — Students are required to seek 1. translation of a Byzantine author tutions, legal history, and history of women admission into one of the existing depart- 2. a special subject within Byzantine art and the family. Her work also includes the ments and, if admitted, to work for one year history history of the Mediterranean in the Middle in the regular program of the department of 3. a special subject within Byzantine Ages and the history of modern Greece. admission. After one year, students must peti- history Michael McCormick, Francis Goelet Professor tion the dean for admission into the program, B. By the end of the third year, students will of Medieval History . Michael McCormick’s after having first secured the agreement of take a two-hour oral examination in the fol- Byzantine research interests concern the the members of the Committee on Byzantine lowing fields: social, political and cultural history of the late Studies. The student then moves outside the 1. Byzantine history antique and middle Byzantine periods, partic- departmental framework. It is wise, however, 2. Byzantine literature and philology ularly imperial rulership, the transition from for students to keep in touch with the 3. Byzantine art history ancient to medieval civilization, hagiography, department originally entered, as a source of 4. A related field chosen from those offered and the interrelations of social and economic recommendations for fellowships and, later, by the department of admission structures with patterns of communication for teaching positions. Upon the successful Dissertation — By the end of the term between Byzantium and the West in the early conclusion of his or her studies, a student following the oral examination, students will Middle Ages. will receive a degree in Byzantine studies, or present a dissertation prospectus to a com Byzantine history, literature, and art. mittee composed of three Byzantinists and one Admissions Requirements — 1) Good other faculty member. Higher Studies in Medieval standing in the department of admission; 2) The dissertation must be completed Languages: Greek and Latin. Candidates must by the end of the sixth year. It will then be Studies read and judged by the student’s dissertation demonstrate a reading knowledge of two of the For over a century, medieval studies have committee. following languages: French, German, Italian, played an important part in the curriculum Recent dissertation title: “The So-Called Russian. Examinations in the modern languages at Harvard. This tradition is reflected in the Oneirocriticon of Achmet: A Byzantine Book on will normally be completed by the end of the splendid holdings of books on medieval sub- Dream Interpretation and its Arabic Sources.” first year. jects in the various Harvard libraries. For Course of Study — Students will take at least many topics the Widener Library shelf list is a one full-year course (or the equivalent in half- standard bibliography. In recent years the field courses) in each of the three Byzantine fields, Committee Research Interests has expanded rapidly, and almost all the one of the courses to be taken in the first year. departments of the humanities, and several of John Duffy, Dumbarton Oaks Professor of Students will also take at least one seminar the departments of social sciences, as well as Byzantine Philology and Literature. John Duffy (of one term) in each of the three fields. Two the Divinity and Law Schools, now offer work teaches a variety of courses that cover several of the seminars will be taken in the second on medieval subjects. A Standing Committee genres of Byzantine literature and different year. The rest of the student’s program will be on Medieval Studies was therefore established aspects of medieval Greek culture. His research determined in accord with his or her interests, in the spring of 1969 in order to promote has centered on the transmission and editing and after consultation with the departmental and coordinate work in this area, to publicize of texts in philosophy, medicine and theology, advisor in the first year and with the chair of it within and outside the University, and to and he has special interests in issues of the committee thereafter. Students will also be sponsor occasional events and activities of aesthetics and literary style, the medieval book expected to acquire familiarity with one auxil- interest to medievalists. as a cultural object, and the intellectual tradi- iary discipline, such as Greek paleography, The Medieval Studies Committee works tion of the Cappadocian Fathers. in cooperation with the Seminar on Medi-

Programs of Study 2 1 3 eval Literature and Culture at the Center for outside the departmental framework. It is Literary and Cultural Studies, which includes wise, however, for the student to keep in touch both faculty and students interested in all with the department originally entered or in aspects of medieval studies. Lectures are which the student’s major work lies as a source offered under the auspices of the committee, for recommendations for scholarships and, and in past years it has sponsored conferences later, for teaching positions. on medieval historiography, medieval poetics, Applications for admission from incoming 12th-century renaissance, medieval drama, graduate students must be directed to one of Islamic studies, power and society in the 12th the relevant departments (Celtic languages century, and medieval social control and aris- and literatures, the classics, comparative litera- tocratic creation. It was empowered by vote of ture, English, history of art and architecture, the faculty in 1973 to offer courses in medi- Germanic languages and literatures, history, eval studies. history of science, linguistics, music, Near The Medieval Studies Committee orga- Eastern languages and civilizations, Romance nizes special seminars designed to introduce languages and literatures, Slavic languages and students from around the Yard to important literatures, and sociology), or to one of the disciplines and source materials that bridge relevant committees (Middle Eastern Studies, departmental boundaries. The first was held by Study of Religion). Specific questions Philip Grierson in 1999. The Medieval Studies concerning medieval studies at Harvard should Committee sponsors a special exchange fellow- be addressed to the chair of the Committee, ship program with Dumbarton Oaks, which 201 Robinson Hall, Harvard University, allows advanced medievalist graduate students Cambridge, MA 02138. and professors to spend a week of research and Those who are interested in planning discussion at each other’s institutions. individual programs are urged to contact No degree specifically in medieval studies the Committee on Medieval Studies for is offered on either the undergraduate or grad- updated listings of Medievalists at Harvard; uate level, although it is possible to develop this listing must be used in conjunction within many departmental programs an indi- with the annual catalogue of Courses of Instruc- vidual program emphasizing the medieval tion. For more information, visit the Medi- aspects of the field. A graduate student who is eval Studies Committee’s Website: www.fas. interested in following medieval studies exclu- harvard.edu/~medieval. sively, however, is required to enter and to work for at least one year in one of the regular departmental programs for the PhD. After a year, he or she may request the dean of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences to appoint a special committee to administer an interdepartmental program involving work in medieval studies from more than one discipline. Such a committee is made up of members of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences and other faculties within the Univer- sity who teach medieval subjects and who have expressed their willingness to serve on the committee. A graduate student interested in such a program should therefore become acquainted during the first graduate year with several medievalists, obtain their preliminary consent to a proposal, request one (normally the student’s principal advisor) to be chair, and then, toward the end of the year, formally submit a request in writing to the dean, listing the composition of the proposed committee. The program will thus reflect the student’s individual interests, within the limits of what is approved by the members of the committee and by the dean, and will be described on the student’s diploma in terms not simply of medieval studies but of its actual composition (that is, i.e., medieval history and medieval Latin, or medieval French, medieval English literature, and medieval art). Once the committee has been set up by the dean, the student moves

2 1 4 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Higher Degrees in Statistics

Statistical modeling and analysis, including expected to engage in some teaching during ment of Statistics, including at least four on the collection and interpretation of data, form their period of training. advanced topics. an essential part of the scientific method in Cognate Requirement. Cognate Require- diverse fields, including social, biological, and ment. To satisfy (iii), students are required to physical sciences. Statistical theory is primarily Preparation in Mathematics, demonstrate competence at communication based on the mathematical theory of proba- (in lieu of a formal language requirement) in bility, and covers a wide range of topics, from Statistics, and Computation a selected cognate field. The most important highly abstract areas to topics directly relevant The minimum mathematical preparation for criterion is an investment in the language, for applications. Research in statistics covers admission to graduate study in statistics is methods, and use of statistics in the cognate many issues, some closely tied to theoretical linear algebra and advanced calculus. Ideally, field. Examples of cognate fields are mathe- principles of statistical inference, and others each student’s preparation should include at matics, computer science, or in some field of more concerned with developing and least one term each of mathematical proba application of statistics such as astrophysics, extending techniques for descriptive and bility and mathematical statistics. Additional biostatistics, business, computational exploratory analysis of data. The theory and study in statistics and related mathematical biology, economics, education, engineering practice of designing the efficient collection of areas, such as analysis and measure theory, is science, environmental science, sociology, data through experiments, surveys, and obser- helpful. In the initial stages of graduate study, psychology, public health, or public policy vational studies constitute important areas of students should give high priority to acquiring Students satisfy the cognate requirement statistics. Since computers play a major and the mathematical level required to satisfy their with two half-courses at an appropriate level often crucial role in statistical research through objectives. Before registering for their fall term in the chosen field/s. simulation techniques, and in statistical appli- classes, all entering students will be required to Courses that ordinarily would not give cations through the analysis of data, statistical take a diagnostic test in mathematics. Perfor- students the intended cognate experience, such computation is another major subfield. mance on this test will assist the department in as courses in mathematics and applied mathe- Statisticians are frequently concerned with determining whether students need additional matics will require the approval of the Director modeling complex phenomena, especially by mathematics preparation. of Graduate Study. For example, students with developing and applying appropriate proba Successful applicants demonstrate that strong mathematical aptitudes and prepara- bility models to empirical data, and often they understand what the discipline of statis- tion who wish to pursue this direction may these efforts are intimately connected to tics entails, and show evidence of involvement select a cognate in mathematics in preparation policy-relevant decision-making in business in applications or a strong theoretical interest. for research in mathematical statistics, and and government. We seek to train statisticians They are able to articulate a strong motivation satisfy this requirement with four half-courses who will contribute to theory, develop innova- for studying statistics. in mathematics; an analogous plan may be tive and useful statistical models and methods, As statistics is so intimately connected with appropriate for students with a strong interest and conduct serious applied statistical scientific computation, computation is an important in computer science. investigations. Individual statisticians will vary part of almost all courses and research projects In other cases, the cognate can be satis- in their emphasis, but the field includes all of in the department. Ideally, students should fied by a major investment in the cognate field these aspects. have programming experience in, or exposure through involvement in projects at another Statisticians with advanced training are in to, some high-level computer language, such as School or department at Harvard, at some substantial demand for positions in academic SAS, S+, Fortran, and C. other research institution, or at a government teaching and research, in research laboratories agency. Details of programs should be estab- and organizations, in government agencies, lished in consultation with the faculty advi- and in business. As society, science, and the sors. During the second year of study, students technology of data handling grow in com- Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) should submit their prospective programs for plexity, the need for highly qualified statisti- The formal residence requirement for the PhD approval by the department. Students will be cians is expected to grow steadily. is 16 half-courses devoted to advanced study. expected to complete all work with distinc- The Department of Statistics offers Other formal requirements are the passing of tion. courses of study leading to both the PhD and a qualifying exam, the completion of a quali- master’s degrees. The department encourages Qualifying Examination. The student must fying paper, the fulfillment of the cognate applications from students with strong math- pass a written qualifying examination in requirement, and the completion of a PhD ematical backgrounds who plan to concentrate statistics, which is given once each year. The dissertation. Details are provided below. on theoretical statistics, students with training examination is normally taken by students in substantive fields whose primary interest Program of Study. Students should plan in their second year. It is given at the end of is in applied statistics, and students whose their course program with three objectives in the spring term, with two parts, the first on backgrounds and interests lie between these view: (i) acquiring basic knowledge in prepa- theoretical statistics including probability and two extremes. In addition to formal course ration for the qualifying examination; (ii) mathematical statistics, and the second on work and dissertation research, students are investigating a range of advanced topics; and applied statistics including statistical design encouraged to work closely with faculty and to (iii) exploring in some depth a field and data analysis. attend seminars concerning current problems outside of statistics. To satisfy (i) and (ii), Research Presentations. At the end of each in empirical research and thereby to gain expe- students will normally take a minimum of term, all students who have passed the quali- rience with interdisciplinary statistical research nine half-year courses offered by the Depart- fying exam present to department faculty and and consulting. All PhD candidates are

Programs of Study 2 1 5 to fellow students brief summaries of their Video Microscopy, and Network Data” with appropriate mathematics backgrounds research in progress. (Benjamin P. Olding) (linear algebra and multivariate calculus) who Qualifying Paper. The objective of the quali- “Assessing Thought Disordered Behavior can demonstrate motivation for pursuing a fying paper is to provide the student with an Using Finite Mixture Models and Comparing terminal AM degree. As the Department of opportunity to explore a serious topic in Approximations for Logistic Regression” Statistics cannot provide tuition fellowships for statistics and to express the findings coherently (Charity Johanna Morgan) terminal AM candidates, candidates seeking in a written document. Although the work only the AM degree must be financially self- “Nonparametric Studies of Doubly Stochastic supporting. Teaching fellowships may be avail- need not be original, it should demonstrate Poisson Processes, Binomial Data, and High understanding of the topic, knowledge of the able for partial financial support. Dimension, Low Sample Size Data” (Tingting The AM degree requires the satisfactory tools of research, and clarity of exposition. Zhang) The effort involved is expected to require completion of eight half-courses approved by no more than the equivalent of one term “Decoding Gene Expression Regulation the department, normally requiring two terms at one-third time. This paper should be through Motif Discovery and Classification” of residence and study at Harvard. The courses submitted and accepted by the department (Yuan Yuan) must include at least six letter-graded half- courses at the level of Statistics 110 and above as early as possible, and preferably during the “Bayesian Inference of Interactions in Biolog- taken within the Department of Statistics. The year following the qualifying exam. Delays in ical Problems” (Jing Maria Zhang) submission require permission of the depart- actual course of study will vary according to “Bayesian Two-Glasso for the Study of Finan- ment. the student’s interest and preparation and will cial Contagion” (Alan Lenarcic) be determined in consultation with the Dissertation. Each student is expected to “Statistical Methods for Detecting Expression student’s advisor. Statistics 110 or 210 and exercise initiative in seeking out both a disser- Quantitative Trait Loci (eQTL)” (Wei Zhang) Statistics 111 or 211 or equivalent are tation topic and a faculty advisor who will required. AM students must earn a B average “Profile HMMs for DNA Sequence Families: take primary responsibility for supervising in Statistics courses and no more than one C the Conditional Baum-Welch and Dynamic the student’s work. The PhD dissertation is in all courses. Terminal AM students can take Model-Surgery Algorithms” (Paul Edlefsen) expected to be a research contribution of high at most one 300-level course, which ordinarily quality adding to our knowledge of either the “Estimation of Overflow Probabilities for cannot be used to meet the minimum require- theory or practice of statistics. A PhD disserta- Models with Heavy Tails and Complex ment for letter-graded statistics courses. tion in statistics may also consist primarily of Dependencies” (Chenxin Li) The remaining two half-courses may an innovative analysis of a specific, complex “Hierarchical Models for Relational Data: An include courses in related areas (such as body of data in some substantive field. Gener- Example from Political Science” (Andrew C. economics, psychology, and biostatistics) ally, the material in a PhD dissertation should Thomas) that develop statistical methodology and are be publishable in a refereed journal. judged to be at an equivalent level to Statistics Two copies of the completed dissertation “Statistics, Science and Statistical Science: 110 or above. They may also include upper- must be submitted for consideration in the Modeling, Inference and Computation with level mathematics courses, computer science department office at least two weeks prior to a Applications to the Physical Sciences” (Paul courses, or, in some cases, other courses that department colloquium on the substance of Baines) broaden the student’s ability to apply statis- the dissertation. The faculty will consider the “Three Applications of Statistics to Medical tical methods. The department maintains a submitted dissertation and make recommen- Research” (Yves Chretien) list of approved related courses. Generally, dations, which generally lead to revisions. Limitation of Time to Degree. The depart- the department encourages a coherent theme Next, the faculty, with the explicit advice of connecting the related courses. three faculty readers nominated by the department policy is that, except in unusual circum- ment, vote on the completed dissertation as stances, students cannot register for the PhD submitted in finished form, which must program or be paid research assistant or conform to the requirements described in The teaching assistant salaries after their sixth year. Admissions and Financial Aid A student who has completed the sixth year in Form of the PhD Dissertation, available in the Students are admitted for the fall term only; the department and satisfied all requirements Registrar’s office. The approved final disserta- applications must be received by December except the PhD dissertation may take a leave tion can be submitted to the Registrar. The 15 for admission in the following fall. Applica- of absence, and the department will ordinarily time from the colloquium to the final vote is tions received after December 15 cannot be consider a dissertation submitted before or ordinarily about one month. guaranteed consideration. For more detailed during the ninth year. After the ninth year, information and forms, write to: Admissions Recent dissertation topics have included: the student is required to petition the faculty Office, Harvard Graduate School of Arts and “Contributions to Law and Empirical to have a dissertation considered, and will Sciences, Holyoke Center 350, 1350 Massa- Methods” (D. James Greiner) ordinarily be required to retake and pass the chusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02138. We qualifying exam. “Decoding Mammalian Gene Regulatory encourage online submission of the applica- Programs through Efficient Microarray, ChIP- tion. See www.gsas.harvard.edu. GRE General chip, and Sequence Analysis” (Hongkai Ji) scores are required, and subject scores, partic- “Effective Modeling and Scientific Compu- Master of Arts (AM) ularly in mathematics, are recommended. tation with Applications to Health Study, The Department of Statistics welcomes appli- GREs should be taken by October so that Astronomy, and Queuing Network” (Jingchen cants for the terminal AM degree. Typical AM examination score reports arrive in time for Liu) candidates are PhD candidates in another field admission decisions. For financial aid, the at Harvard for whom a statistics minor is appropriate financial aid application should “Methods of Approximate Inference: Applica- be completed. tions to Stochastic Differential Equations, appropriate, well-prepared undergraduates eligible for the AB/AM program, and candidates

2 1 6 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences The statistics department usually provides sciences, Monte Carlo algorithms, probability niality, self-efficiency, and quantifying igno- adequate financial support, which includes and combinatorics. rance. Bayesian wavelet and multi-resolution tuition, health fees, and living expenses, to Tirthankar Dasgupta, Assistant Professor methods, especially with missing data. PhD students in good standing. In the first of Statistics; BSc in Statistics, University of Bayesian ranking and mapping. Stochastic and year of graduate study, this support typi- Calcutta; MStat in Applied Statistics and Data deterministic iterative algorithms, especially cally involves a grant-in-aid to cover tuition, Analysis and MTech in Quality, Reliability and perfect sampling. Applications of the above fees, and living expenses. In the second year, Operations Research, Indian Statistical Institute; research to astrophysics, genetic and environ- support is typically a grant-in-aid to cover PhD in Industrial Engineering, Georgia Institute mental studies, demosaicing and image recon- tuition and fees, and teaching/research fellow- of Technology . Design of experiments, modeling struction, mental health surveys, and survival ships to cover living expenses. In the third and optimization of experimental data, process analysis. through sixth years, when tuition is consid- control and quality engineering. Areas of Carl N. Morris, Professor of Statistics, Professor erably reduced, the department usually can application include large-scale, reproducible, of Health Care Policy . BS, Engineering, provide a teaching and research fellowship high-yield manufacture of nanostructures, the Cali¬fornia Institute of Technology; MS and sufficient to cover tuition and living expenses. design of robust control systems, measurement PhD, Statistics, Stanford University . Hierar- The department cannot provide financial aid systems, six sigma quality and supply chain chical modeling, Bayesian and likelihood beyond the sixth year. management. theory, exponential families, and statistical Teaching and research fellowships are S.C. Samuel Kou, Professor of Statistics . applica¬tions, especially in mental health and normally limited to 40 percent of full-time in Computa¬tional Mathematics, Peking Univer- health policy research, and also in other scien- the first two years and to 60 percent of full- sity; MS and PhD, Statistics, Stanford Univer- tific areas, including sports and competition. time in the third through sixth years. sity . Stochastic modeling in natural sciences Michael Parzen, Senior Lecturer on Statistics, The statistics department is able to (such as nano-biophysics, chemistry and BS and MS, Mathematics, Carnegie Mellon support a very limited number of qualified biology) and in economics and finance; infer- University; MS, Applied Mathematics, Brown applicants each year. Applicants are therefore ence about stochastic models (processes); University; DSc, Biostatistics, Harvard School of expected to apply for all non-Harvard and statistical analysis of single-molecule experi- Public Health . Statistical methods for Missing competitive Harvard scholarships for which ments; non-parametric methods; model Data, Non-Standard Regression, Computa- they are eligible. For example, US citizens selection; Bayesian and empirical Bayesian tional Statistics and Statistical Education. Also should investigate fellowships offered by the methodology; Monte Carlo methods. developing and applying statistical models to National Science Foundation and many other data from business and biostatisical problems. public and private sources. Yoonjung Lee, Assistant Professor of Statistics . Students with an interest in biostatistics BSc in Statistics, minor in Economics, Ewha Natesh S. Pillai, Assistant Professor of Statis- should explore the PhD program in biostatis- Women’s University; MS, Statistics, Florida State tics . BTech, Indian Institute of Technology; MS University; Joint PhD in Statistics and Finance, Statis- tics at the School of Public Health. For more and PhD, Statistics, Duke University . University of Wisconsin-Madison . Stochastic tical Inference for stochastic processes and information, write to Department of Biosta- analysis with applications to finance, financial dynamical systems. Markov Chain Monte tistics, HSPH, 677 Huntington Avenue, Boston, engineering, market microstructure; finan¬cial Carlo methods and their applications to MA 02115, or see www.biostat.harvard.edu. markets; liquidity/credit risk modeling; Bayesian statistics. Bayesian inverse problems filtering; parameter estimation in partially for dynamical systems. Ergodic properties of observed systems; stochastic partial differential diffusions, stochastic differential equations Research Interests of the Faculty equations; and stochastic control. and stochastic partial differential equations. Jun S. Liu, Professor of Statistics . BS, Nonparametrics, machine learning. Currently Teaching in the Math¬ematics, Beijing University; PhD, Bernard Rosner, Professor of Medicine, Harvard Department University of Chicago . Bayesian methodology: Medical School, and Professor of Biostatistics, modeling, testing, and nonparametrics. Monte Harvard School of Public Health . BA, Math- For more information on research in the Carlo methodology: Gibbs sampling and ematics, Columbia University; MA, Statistics, Department of Statistics, see www.stat. MCMC methods; MC methods in physics, Stanford University; PhD, Statistics, Harvard harvard.edu. material science, chemistry, and structural University . Methodological issues in biostatis- Edoardo M. Airoldi, Assistant Professor of biology; rate of convergence. Dynamic tics and outlier detection theory; the former Statistics . BS, Mathematical Statistics, Bocconi systems: nonlinear state-space models; target includes longitudinal data analysis, analysis University; PhD, Computer Science, Carnegie tracking; digital signal processing; financial of clustered binary data, measurement error Mellon University . Statistical theory and meth- data modeling. Bioinfor¬matics and compu- problems, methodological problems in hyper- odology for analyzing complex networks. tational biology: gene regula¬tion; sequence tension screening and evaluation, sports statis- Applications to cellular and molecular biology, alignment; protein structure prediction; gene tics, and modeling breast cancer incidence with focus on quantitative modeling and clustering and classification; genetics. Statis- data. discovery of regulatory elements driving tical missing data problems. Donald B. Rubin, John L . Loeb Professor of metabolism and cellular proliferation in Xiao-Li Meng, Whipple V .N . Jones Professor of Statistics . AB, Psychology, Princeton University; bacteria, yeast, mammalian and cancer Statistics . BS, Mathematics, Fudan University; MS, Computer Science, Harvard University; systems. AM and PhD, Statistics, Harvard University . PhD, Statistics, Harvard University . Causal Joseph Blitzstein, Assistant Professor of Statistical inference under complex settings, inference in experiments and observational Statis¬tics . BS in Mathematics, California such as partially observed data, pre-processed studies, including complex situations with Institute of Technology; MS in Statistics, Stan- data, and simulated data. Quantifying statis- noncompli¬ance and dropout; computa- ford University; PhD in Mathematics, Stanford tical information and efficiency in scientific tion and inference in sample surveys with University . Statistical inference and models for studies. Statistical principles and foundational nonresponse and in missing data problems, networks and graphs in the social and health issues, especially regarding model unconge- including EM-type algorithms; application of

Programs of Study 2 1 7 Bayesian and empir¬ical Bayesian techniques; and developing and applying statistical models to data in a variety of scientific and policy relevant disciplines. Alan M. Zaslavsky, Professor of Health Care Policy (Statistics) in the Department of Health Care Policy, Harvard Medical School . AB, Government, Harvard; MS, Mathematics, Northeastern University; PhD, Applied Mathe- matics-Statistics, Massachusetts Institute of Tech- nology . Hierarchical Bayes models, design and analysis of surveys, discrete data, small area estimation, government statistics, with applications to health care policy, health services research, and psychiatric epidemiology.

Emeritus Faculty Herman Chernoff, Professor of Statistics . BS, Mathematics, City College of New York; MSc, and PhD, Applied Mathematics, Brown Univer- sity . Sequential analysis, optimal design of experiments and pattern recognition, statistics applied to molecular biology. Arthur P. Dempster, Research Professor of Theoretical Statistics . BA, Mathematics and Physics, University of Toronto; MA, Mathematics, University of Toronto; PhD, Mathematical Statis- tics, Princeton University . Statistical science as probabilistic reasoning from data and model assumptions with reference to unique infer- ential situations, primarily through methods and analyses based on the Dempster-Shafer calculus and its specializations to Fisherian and Bayesian inference. Areas of applied interest include biometric identification, machine learning applied to pattern and network identification in genomics, and physical and statistical modeling and analysis related to climate change and similar environmental issues.

2 1 8 H a r v a r d U n i v e r s it y Graduate School of Arts and Sciences 7/2009 hprinted on recycled paper